Skip to main content

Full text of "Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia"

See other formats


ee nt celle Gir aif, Ae tattle totes Bb ast ag GS El tem & awh tod 6620088 Oa. 2 eens be! tenes S . ~- ww Vv 
Soran patteny Capo Soot en * Saropere $58 -> Jane eann en Paths mann Bee NA) ea Te Tk ae be eee eee 
7S : Caen Se 


Serer eae oss ‘ = aba ee : > SUTTER SS ee a me ES 
Spain etencs 5 Lika laren a Sores en TE ae ee 5 SLAC ene 
s ~ cC A * “ . . ” . * 


ee 


ene 


Coen 
aan 


nee 9 : re we oe ae ae 


Sere SS ew weer eens 
Lnetcbenecereeech ional 


sa 
oo 8 cae eh 


Cie Ce rrr PIT er te 


Se ee eee “ 
omni ~ s ee beer ewes ee Se 
8 TR wy ee et ee ee 
a te tome . S Pee cerns 
ee A 
Sr 5 he ee rrr. 
ee ee LE ener) 


ere ree ree rn ere ere rere rireuieai 


rere 
ana 


ey A me 
ah 


ae 
erry 


Aaah 
ee 
Ak Se hee NN Ae ae NNT TA A A A ee A AA RR 
eee ere ee et ee eer et er er ee es 
NN A EO OE ee ee eS nt ee eS eee 
eee rr eran ee ee eee 


os 
ee Ae as A EN ene ee NENT NA mee Ane themn NA ee et om me mm 
ee ee ee, Ad pte meth eh A ee eet ee hin tee mm eee te Rech nt, mee ay th ee See eS Re ae ny lett Pc 
ee re eer ern fee erere ent ere kes 


A teh tam mch ae a ~ = rs —. —— 


a en 
cers 


a ae 
Snes 


eres : Sree = ——— 


ee 


ee 


THOMAS LINCOLN 
CASEY 
~ LIBRARY 
1925 


or 


% Sad pa 
GIN Ls 


eA 


Wd WdsAtn Ean ie i Me bait 
ae ey eae 
b, ahr Bau Pate i 
oll fing a sot 
cy in ae ; cin ) Ban 2) i 
iy SHATTER 


pans 
Gay 
i 


HO Noaa 
a 


JOURNAL 


OF 


The Academy of Natural Sciences 


OF 


PHILADELPHIA. 


VOLUME XII, SECOND SERIES. 


PHILADELPHIA : 
PRINTED FOR THE ACADEMY. 
1902-1904. 


PUBLICATION COMMITTEE. 


Henry Sxryner, M. D. Partie P. Catvert, Pu. D. 
Henry A. Pirssry, Sc. D. 3 WiITMER STONE. 


Epwarp J. Nouan, M.D. 


The President, SamurL G. Dixon, M. D., ex-officio. 


Epitor, Epwarp J. Noxan, M.D. 


1 ART: I.—Karyokinesis and Cytokinesis in the Maturation, Fertilization and Cleavage of 
Crepidula and other Gasteropoda. By Edwin G. Conklin, Ph.D. 


2 ART. Il.—Certain Aboriginal Remains of the Northwest Florida Coast. 


SARE 


CONTENTS. 


PARTY I. 


PART II. 


Clarence B. Moore 


PART III. 


. 11].—Certain Aboriginal Remains of the Florida Central West Coast. 


B. Moore 


. 1V.—Certain Aboriginal Mounds of the Apalachicola River. 


PART IV. 


. V.—A Collection of Fishes from Sumatra. By Henry W. Fowler. 


XX VIL). 


1 Extra copies printed for the author, 
2 Extra copies printed for the author, 
8 Extra copies printed for the author, 


4 Extra copies printed for the author, 


November 15, 1902. 


October 22, 1902. 


September 15, 1903. 
June 10, 1904. 


(Plates I-VI) 


Part IT. By 


By Clarence 


By Clarence B. Moore 


(Plates VII- 


123 


495 


“ 
Bit 
ey) 


py ara 
nian 


¥ 
alii 


siffeett 


ius 


rt 
fhe 
7 the 


y 


INDEX TO SPECIES, ETC., 


REFERRED TO OR DESCRIBED IN 


VOLUME XII. 


New Species, ete., are printed in Small Capitals, Synonyms in Italics. 


Acanthocystis, 65. 

Acanthurus, 544. 

ACTINICOLA, 533 

Actinospherium, 18, 37, 43, 56, 
59, 65, 68, 69, 103, 112. 

olis, 56, 59, 61. 
papillosa, 6. 

JETHALOPERCA, 522. 

ALEPES GLABRA, 507. 
melanoptera, 507. 
SCITULA, 509. 

Allolobophora, 11, 22, 29. 

Amphioxus, 28. 

Amphiprion, 533. 
ephippium, 533. 
percula, 533. 

Anabantide, 530. 

Anabas scandens, 530. 

Anchoyia commersonnii, 501. 
encrasicholoides, 501. 
yalenciennesi, 501. 

ANEMURA, 527. 

Anguilla bengalensis, 500. 
bicolor, 500. 

Anguillide, 500. 

Anthias johnii, 524. 

Aphanostoma, 98. 

APOGON EVANIDUS, 518. 
frenatus, 519. 
hyalosoma, 518. 
melanorhijnchos, 519. 
novemfasciatus, 519. 
vittiger, 519. 

Apogonide, 518. 

Apolectus niger, 513. 


. Aprion typus, 527. 


Arbacia, 98. 
Archamia bleekeri, 519. 
Arenicola, 25, 29, 54. 


Ascaris, 20; 27, 35, 51, 52, 61, 
Ga GE), val Ves 
megalocephala, 104. 

Aspisurus, 544 

Asterias, 52, 66. 

Axolotl, 20. 

Balistapus undulatus, 547. 

Balistide, 546. 

Barbodes binotatus, 500. 
fasciatus, 500. 
schwanenfeldii, 500. 

Belonide, 501. 

BENNETTIA, 524. 

Blenniide, 552. 

Bodianus, 522. 
aurantius, 522. 
INDELEBILIS, 521. 
miniatus, 522. 

Togaa, 522. 

Branchipus, 20. 

Butis gymnopomus, 550. 


Cesio cerulaureus, 528. 
ERYTHROCHILURUS, 528. 
lunaris, 529. 

Callonymide, 550. 

Callionymus sagitta, 550. 

Callista gigantea, 396. 


| Campeloma lima, 481. 
| Canis occidentalis, 228. 


Carangide, 506, 518. 
Carangoides oblongus, 513. 
GIBBER, 512. 
malabaricus, 512, 513. 
Caranx djedaba, 509. 
forstert, 510. 
kuhli, 510. 
mate, 510. 
macrurus, 509. | 
malam, 509. | 


Caranx megalaspis, 510. 
sem, 512. 
SEMISOMNUs, 510. 

Carcharhinus menisorrah, 499. 

Cardium, 396. 

Cerebratulus, 20, 29, 35, 36, 

54, 66. 

Cerithium 397. 

Chetodon canaliculatus, 546. 
trifasciatus, 544. 
vagabundus, 544. 

Cheetodontide, 544. 


| Cheetopterus, 29, 62, 66, 78. 
| Cheilinus diagramma, 539. 


enneacanthus, 539. 
trilobatus, 539. 


| Chiloscyllium indicum, 499. 
| Chirocentride, 501. 


Chirocentrus dorab, 501. 

Chlarias batrachus, 499. 
liacanthus, 500. 
OLIVACEUS, 499. 

Chlariidae, 499. 


| Choerops schoenleinii, 535. 


Chromis cinerascens, 533. 
Chrysiptera unimaculata, 535. 
modesta, 535. 
Cirrhimurzena chinensis, 501. 
Citula armata, 513. 
atropos, 513. 
Clarias fuscus, 499, 500. 
Clupeide, 501. 
Cobitidide, 500. 
Cottus seaber, 550. 


| Crepidula, 10--113. 


adunea, 6. 
conyexa, 6. 
fornicata, 6. 
plana, 6, 7, 26. 


Ctenodon ctenodon, 545. 

Ctenolabrus, 98. 

Cucullanus, 50. 

Cyclocheilichthys siaja, 500. 

Cyclops, 35, 52. 

CynoGLossus 0s, 556. 
sumatranus, 556. 

Cyprinus carpio, 500. 

Cyprinide, 500. 

Dascyllus aruanus, 533. 
trimaculatus, 533. 

Dasyatiide, 499. 

Dasyatis russellii, 499. 

Dentex blochii, 527. 
mesoprion, 527. 
notatus, 527. 
tolu, 527. 

Denticine, 527. 

DEVEXIMENTUM, 517. 
insidiator, 517. 

Diagramma affine, 527. 

Diaulula, 16, 17, 56, 57, 61, 69. | 

Dosinia discus, 482. 

Dussumieride, 501. 

Dussumieria elopsoides, 501. 

Dytiscus, 38. 

Echeneidide, 552. 

Echinus, 56, 61, 115. 

Elagatis bipinnulatus, 507. 

Eleotridine, 550. 

Eleotris fusca, 550. 

Engraulidide, 501. 

EnToMACRODUS CALURUS, 555. 
LEOPARDUS, 554. 

Ephippide, 544. 

Ephippus argus, 544. 

Epinephelus dermochirus, 524. | 
heniochus, 522, 524. | 
horridus, 524. 
lanceolatus, 524. 
maculatus, 524. 
megachir, 524. 
preopercularis, 524. | 
sexfasciatus, 524. 

Equula blochi, 517. 
lineolata, 514. | 
splendens, 516. 


‘Kteline, 527. 


| Gerres filamentosus, 530. 
Gerride, 530. 
| Glycymeris americana, 228. 


| Gobiide, 550. 


| Gymnocranius lethrinoides, 


| Halicheeres, 537. 


Equutitss, 513. 
Erythrodon, 546. 


INDEX. 


FUBLEEKERIA, 516. 
EUELATICHTHYS, 527. 
EUTHERAPON, 527. 
EurHYOPTEROMA, 527. 
Evenchelys macrurus, 501. 
Eyoplites decemlineatus, 524. 
Fasciolaria, 394, 415, 417. 
Felis concolor, 228. 
Fulgur, 56, 78, 160, 220, 252. | 
365, 396, 417, 446, 474. 


carica, 6. 

perversum, 198, 212, | 
225, 258, 268, 394, 
396, 415, 426, 486, | 
44%. | 

pugilis, 196, 198. 


Galeocerdo tigrinus, 499. 
Galeorhinide, 499. 
Gazza minuta, 517. 
tapeinosoma, 517. 
Genyoroge, 526. 
Georgiana vivipara, 481. 
Germo germon, 506. 


Glyphisodon leucogaster, 535. 
saxatilis, 535. 
septemfasciatus, 535. 

Glyptothorax platygonides, 

500. 
platypogon, 500. 


Gobiine, 551. 

Gobius sumatranus, 552. 
VENUSTULUS, 551. 

GrRAMMOPLITES, 550. 
scaber, 550. 


527. 

Gymnothorax fimbriatus, 501. | 

flavimarginatus, 501. | 
Hemulide, 527. 


ANNULATUS, 535. 
euttatus, 537. ! 
hartzfeldiu, 527. 
leparensis, 537. 


Halicheres miniatus, 535. 
nigriscens, 537. 
poecila, 537. 

Haminea, 56, 61. 
solitaria, 6 

Hampala macrolepidota, 500. 

Harpochirus longimanus, 544. 

Harpodon nehereus, 501. 


| Harpurrpm, 544. 


Harpurus, 544. 
GNOPHODES, 544 
Helix, 70. 
Hemipteronotus baldwini, 541. 
LIOGENYS, 539. 
Hemiramphide, 501. 
Hemiramphus far, 501. 
Hemiscylliidae, 499. 
Heniochus macrolepidotus, 
544. 
Hippocampus kamphylotrache- 
los, 502. 
kuda, 502. 
pasxtops, DOL. 
Holocenthridx, 504. 
Holocenthrus, 504. 
albo-ruber, 506. 
AUREORUBER, 504. 
melanospilos, 506. 
radjabau, 528. 
Hymenophysa hymenophysa, 
500. 
Hyporhamphus neglectus, 501 


Hypselobagrus micracanthus, 


500. 
Tlarches orbis, 544. 
Tlarchidee, 544. 


| Jlisha brachysoma, 501. 


hoeyvenii, 501. 
Tllyonassa, 56, 78. 


| Julis dorsale, 537. 


(Halicheeres) harloffi, 
537. 
miniatus, 530 
semifasciatus, 539. 
(Julis) urostigma, 539. 
Kyphoside, 530. 
Kyphosus lembus, 530. 
Labeobarbus douronensis, 500. 
tambra, 500. 


Labride, 535. 
Labrus vittatus, 550. 
Lactarip® 517. 
Lactarius, 518. 
lactarius, 518. 
Lagocephalus albo-plumbeus, 
547. 
lunaris, 547. 
Leiognathide, 513. 
Leiognathus, 517. 
blochii, 517. 
bindoides, 516. 
edentulus, 517. 
sprLotus, 516. 
splendens, 516. 
VERMICULATUS, 513. 
VIRGATUS, 515 
Leiurus stellaris, 546. 
Lepidaplois mesothorax, 535. 
LETHRINELLA, 529. 
Lethrinus, 529. 
miniatus, 529. 
opercularis, 529. 
ornatus, 529. 
Timax, 13, 22, 23; 56, 59, 60, 
79, 104. 
Limnea, 29. 
Lobotes, 522. 
Lutianide, 522, 524. 
Lutianus, 524. 
argentimaculatus, 526. 
biguttatus, 524. 
cerulo-punctatus, 525. 
chirtah, 526. 
decussatus, 525. 
FURVICAUDATUS, 529. 
johnii, 525. 
lepisurus, 520. 
lineatus, 525. 
lioglossus, 525. 
lunulatus, 525. 
madras, 524. 
malabaricus, 527. 
nouleny, 524. 
percula, 533. 
roseus, 525. 
russellii, 525. 
seb 527. 
vaigiensis, 520. 


INDEX. 


Lutianus vitta, 524. 
Macrobdella, 64. 
Macrognathide, 501. 
Macropteronotus fuscus, 499. 
Malacanthide, 549. 
MALACANTHUS URICHTHYS, 
549. 
Marginella, 446. 
apicina, 169, 190. 
Mastacembelus unicolor, 501. 
Megalaspis rottleri, 506. 
Melongena corona, 394. 
Mene maculata, 517. 
Menidae, 517. 
Monoceros, 544. 
Monopteridz, 500. 
Monopterus albus, 500. 
Mugilide, 502. 
Mullide, 530. 
Murenide, 501. 
Murex flavescens, 482. 
Myripristis murdjan, 504. 
Mystacoleucus padangensis, 
500. 
Myzostomum, 20. 
Nandidx, 530. 
Nassa, 738. 
Nephelis, 50. 
Nereis, 52, 112. 
Netuma thalassina, 500. 
Noctiluca, 37, 65, 71. 
Nototheniidee, 548. 
OctocyNoDON, 535. 
ODONTOGLYPHIs, 527. 
Odontonectes erythrogaster, 
528. 
Oliva reticularis, 397. 
Oonidus, 547. 
immaculatus, 547. 
reticularis, 547. 
Opalina, 69. 
Ophicephalidee, 530. 
Ophicephalus lucius, 531. 
pleurophthalmus, 531. 
polylepis, 531. 
SPIRITALIS, 530. 
urophthalmus, 531. 
Ophichthyide, 501. 
Ophiocara porocephala, 550. 


| 


Ophryotrocha, 9, 20. 
Opisthopterus macrognathus, 
501. 


| Osphronemide, 530. 


Osphronemus goramy, 530. 
Osteochilus hasseltii, 500. 
kuhli, 500. 
Ostorhinchus, 518. 
Otolithus argenteus, 530. 
Pachynathus capistratum, 547. 
Paracanthistius maculatus, 
521. 
Paralichthys polyspilus, 
triocellatus, 555. 
Parameeba, 69. 
Paramecium, 69. 
Parapegasus natans, 501. 
PARAPERCIS ATROMACULATA, 
548. 
hexophtalma, 549. 
PArRKIA, 525. 
Pegaside, 501. 
Pentaprion longimanus, 517. 


5950. 


| Pentatoma, 12, 48, 104. 
| Perca rogaa, 522. 


Pertica, 530. 
Petrometopon cyanostigma, 
521. 
formosus, 521. 
pachycentron, 521. 
Pharopteryx corallicola, 530. 
Physa, 20, 21, 29, 43, 54, 104, 
112. 
Platacide 544., 
Platax orbicularis, 544. 
vespertilio, 544 
Platycephalidw, 550. 
Platycephalus indicus, 550. 
PLECTROPOMA PESSULIFERUM, 
520. 
Plectorhinchus, 528. 
affinis, 527. 
radjabau, 528. 
sebae, 528. 
Pleuronectidw, 555. 
Pleurophylidia, 26, 29, 54, 104. 
Plotoside, 499. 
Plotosus anguillaris, 499. 
Polydactylus pfeitferi, 530, 


Polycherus, 20, 51, 52, 98. 
Polynemidee, 530. 
Pomacentridee, 532. 
POMACENTRUS LEUCOSPHYRUS. 
533. 
tripunctatus, 535. 
vanicolensis, 535. 
violescens, 535. 
Pomadasys commersonnil, 528. 
Premnas biaculeatus, 533. 
EPIGRAMMATA, 582. 
semicincta, 533. 
Priacanthidey, 524. 
Priacanthus tayenus, 524. 
Prostheceraeus, 13, 22. 
Psettodes erumei, 555. 
Pterois lunulata, 548. 
Pterotrachea, 29. 
Rachycentride, 513. 
Rachycentron pondicerianus, 
513. 
Raizero, 524 
Rana temporaria, 98 
Rangia cuneata, 234, 281, 282, 
482. 
Rasbora argyrotenia, 500. 
Rastrum, 509. 
Remora nieuhofii, 552. 
Rhinobatide, 499. 
Rhynchelmis, 17, 56, 59, 112. 
Rhynchobatus djiddensis, 499. 
Salamandra, 56, 70. 
Salarias oortu, 553. 
Salmo, 56. 
Sardinella brachyosoma, 501. 
Saurida tumbil, 501. 
ScAaRTICHTHYS BASILISOUS, 
552. 
STIGMATOPTERUS, 553. 
Scaride, 541. 
Scarts CALLUS, 542. 
cantori, 544. 
quoyi, 544. 
PINGUIROSTRATUS, 541. 
rubroviolaceus, 544. 
Schismatorhynchus hetorhyn- 
chus, 500. 
Sciena macroptera, 530. 


INDEX. 


Scienide, 518, 530. 

Scolopendra, 105. 

Scolopsis bleekeri, 528. 

Scomber kanagurta, 506. 
lactarius, 518. 

Scomberoides tol, 506. 
toloo, 506. 


Scomberomorus gutiatus, 506. 


Scombride, 506. 
Scorpzenide, 548. 
Scorpeenopsis oxycephala, 548. 
Seyris indica, 513. 
Selar, 509, 510. 
Sebastopsis polylepis, 548. 
SERIOLA CRETATA, 506. 
purpurascens, 507. 
Serioloidei, 518. 
Serranide, 520. 
Serranus analis, 522. 
aurantius, 522. 
Sida, 56. 
SIGANITES,. 546. 
Sillaginide, 549. 
Sillago sihama, 549. 
Siluride, 500. 
Siredon, 35. 
Soleidae, 556. 
Sparide, 529. 
Sparus miniatus, 529. 
Sphaerechinus, 115. 
Sphyreena forsteri, 504. 
TOXEUMA, 502. 
toxeuma, 504. 
Sphyreenide, 502. 
Sphyrna zygena, 499. 
Sphyrnide, 499. 
SrrLoTicHtTiys, 528. 
Spirochona, 65. 


Stethojulis phekodopleura, 535. 


Stromateide, 513. 
Strombus gigas, 396. 
Sycotypus, 56, 78. 
eanaliculatus, 6.. 
Syngnathide, 501. 
Synodontide, 501. 
Teeniura lymma, 499, 


Tetraodon palembangensis, 547. 


leiurus, 547. 


Tetraodontide, 547. 

Teuthidide, 545. 

Teuthis canaliculatus, 546. 

corallinus, 546. 
javus, 545. 
vermiculatus, 546. 
virgatus, 546. 

Toxopneustes, 35, 37, 48, 65. 
54, 61, 66. 

Thalassoma dorsale, 539. 

hardwicke, 539. 
lunare, 537. 
MELANOCHIR, 537. 

Theropon, 527. 

jarbua, 527. 
theraps, 527. 

Theraponide, 527. 

Thysanozoon, 13, 15, 17, 19, 
22, 56, 57. : 

Toxopneustes, 35, 37, 48, 65. 

Trachinotus ovatus, 513. 

Triacanthide, 546. 

Triacanthus brevirostris, 546. 

nieuhofii, 546. 

Trichiuridee, 506. 

Trichiurus haumela, 506. 

Trichopodus trichopterus, 530. 

Triton, 20. 

Turbellaria, 29. 

Turriops turrio, 269. 

Tylosurus crocodilus, 501. 

3 leiurus, 501. 

melanotus, 501. 

Unio, 11, 14, 17, 19, 27, 29, 38, 
54, 56, 58, 61, 69, 109, 112, 
113. 

Upeneoides moluccensis, 530. 

sulfureus, 530. 
Upeneus malabaricus, 530. 
Urosalpinx, 56, 78. 

cinerea, 6. 

Variola louti, 521. 

Venus cancellata, 433. 

Zenodon, 546. 

CmRULEOLORUM, 546. 

niger,. 547. 

Zeus insidiator, 517. 

Zirpheea, 14. 


KARYOKINESIS AND CYTOKINESIS 


IN THE 


Maturation, Fertilization and Cleavage 


OF 


CREPIDULA and other GASTEROPODA. 


EDWIN G. CONKLIN, Pu.D. 


PHILADELPHIA: 
1902. 


Ae 
ee ie 


PART I. KARYOKINKESIS. 


CONTENTS. 


Introduction 5 : : eee ‘ : : ; : 
Methods : ‘ s 7 : E : F 2 : A 


I. Marurarron. 
A. Predivision Stages. 5 : : : : : ‘ é 
1. The Ovarian Ege : : : : : : 
Egg Laying. 5 ; : : é : . 
B. Maturation Divisions F : : : : : . 
1. Nuclei : ; , : : : : : ; 
a. Chromatin 3 : : : Me ; j 
b. Nuclear Sap ‘ ; : , : : ; é 
. Nucleolus . ; : : : ‘ E ? . : a 


‘. Chromosomes. : : : : : 0 $ 
. Centrosomes and Central Spindles ; . : : P : : 
3. Polar Rays, Spindle Fibres and Spheres _. : : : : ; 


4. Polar Bodies 


II. Ferri.izarion. 
1, Entrance of Spermatozoon : 
2. The Germ Nuclei : : : 
3. Egg and Sperm Asters and Spheres 
4. Approach of Germ Nuclei and Spheres 
5. Origin of Cleavage Centrosomes 


III. Cieavace. 
1. Nuclear Changes during Cleavage 
a. ait of Germ Nuclei. : 
. Chromatin “% 
te ution of Cinomazoms onl Boncarion of Date ntee Nuclei 
: Cet trosinaes and Central Spindles 


bo 


a. Centrosomes 

b. Central Spindles ; BPN 
3. Polar Rays and Spindle Fibres; Mid-Bodies 
4. Spheres 


TV. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS AND COMPARISONS. 
1. The Nucleus during the Cycle of Division : : é ; : 
a. Formation of Chromosomal Vesicles; Growth of Daughter Nuclei 


b. Chromatie Differentiation ; Solution of Oxychromatin and Nuclear Membrane 


c. Escape of Nuclear Substances; Aster and Spindle Formation 
d. Chromatic Elimination 
2. Centrosomes and Central Spindles 
a. Structure and Metamorphoses 
b. Relation of Centrosome to Cell Body and Shien 
ec. Relation of Centrosome to Nucleus 
d. Comparisons 
e. The Centrosome as a P ersistent Cell Onan 
f. Homology of the Centrosome 
3. Spheres, Idiozome, ete. 
4. Archoplasm, Kinoplasm, ete. 


wo 09 wD 0 OD OO 


+ 
_ 


41 


PART I. CYTOKINESIS. 


CONTENTS. 
I. Srrucrure or CyrorpLAsM 


Il. Movements oF Ceri Conrents 
A. During Maturation 
B. During Fertilization 
C. During Cleavage 
1. First Cleavage 
2. Second Cleavage 
. Third Cleavage 
4. Fourth Cleavage : 
5. Fifth and Sixth Cleavages 
6. Subdivisions of First Quartette 
7. Subdivisions of Second Quartette 
8. Subdivision of Third Quartette 


II]. AnAtysis oF MOVEMENTS DURING CELL DIviston. 
1. Movements during Metakinesis : 
a. Movements in Spindle and Aster . 
b. Movements in the Cell Body 
Comparisons ; 3 
. Movements during Telokinesis 
Comparisons : : : 
3. Orientation of Centrosomes and Spindles 
a. Relative to Nucleus. 5 : : 3 
b. Relative to Cell Body 


bo 


IV. Some Facrors oF DIFFERENTIATION. 
1. Polarity ; 
a. Unsegmented Ege 
b. Blastomeres : : , 
c. Nucleus, Centrosome and Sphere 
2. Differential Cell Division 
a. Rhythm of Division 
b. Direction of Division 
e. Size of Daughter Cells 
d. Quality of Daughter Cells 


References. : : : P j ; ; 5 
Explanation of Figures 


SS SS RE SSE I 
a0 oO 


Crnm 
C= Sco co 


KARYOKINESIS AND CYTOKINESIS IN THE MATURATION, FERTILI- 
ZATION AND CLEAVAGE OF CREPIDULA AND 
OTHER GASTEROPODA.' 


By Epwin G. Conxuin, Pu.D. 
1; 


INTRODUCTION. 


Cell division, in a broad sense, includes not only nuclear division and the separa- 
tion of daughter cells, but also all the phenomena which lead up to these processes 
and which follow them; the terms Aavyokzneszs (Schleicher 78) and Cytokzneszs 
(Whitman °87) are used in this paper to include these nuclear and cytoplasmic 
activities of the entire cell-cycle from one division to the next. Flemming (’§2) has 
objected to the term Aaryokzneszs on the ground, among others, that nuclear move- 
ments are not characteristic of indirect division. But in view of the extensive 
movements of both nuclei and cytoplasm, which occur in the cell divisions deseribed 
in this paper, the terms Karyokzneszs and Cytokineszs have peculiar appropriateness.” 

The phenomena of cell division still include an extraordinary number of dark 
problems, in spite of the fact that “all the search-lights of the biological sciences 
have been turned upon the cell.” Confusion and contradiction exist as to the nature 
and metamorphoses of the centrosome and central spindle, the origin and fate of the 
amphiaster, the characteristics and history of the attraction sphere, the existence or 
non-existence of a specific substance (Archoplasm, Kinoplasm, ete.) whose primary 
function is the division of the cell. Still less complete is our knowledge of the inter- 
relation of nucleus and cytoplasm during the various phases of division, of the 
phenomena and significance of the movements of cells and cell constituents and of 
the chemical, physical and physiological principles involved in the division of nucleus 
and cell body. 

In the early development of the egg, cell divisions have a peculiar interest 
because of their bearings on problems of heredity and differentiation. Here are 
found phenomena of the most general occurrence and of the deepest significance, viz.: 
the maturation, fertilization and cleavage of the egg and the early differentiation of 
the embyro. The bearings of the phenomena of maturation and fertilization upon 

‘ From the Zoological Laboratory of the University of Pennsylvania. 


2 On the other hand Flemming’s term mitosis commends itself because of its brevity, and it is 
frequently employed throughout this paper. 


1* JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


6 KARYOKINESIS. 


problems of heredity and differentiation are matters of common knowledge and need 
not be discussed here; the relation of cleavage to these larger problems is neither so 
generally recognized nor so freely admitted. 

In the cleavage of the egg, differentiations occur to a remarkable degree in 
certain cell divisions, while they appear to be absent in others. Typically, cell 
divisions are rythmical, alternating, qualitatively and quantitatively equal, and con- 
sequently non-differential. The differentiations of cleavage cells are due to depart- 
ures from this typical condition in one or more particulars. In certain animals 
these departures are very notable, the cleavage being from the first differential. The 
differentiations of cleavage may have a far-reaching prospective significance, since 
in certain animals (annelids, mollusks, polyclades and nematodes) the principal axes 
and body regions of the future animal are marked out by the cleavage planes and 
entire organs are represented by a single cell or group of cells. In such cases the 
minutest details of unequal, bilateral or qualitatively dissimilar division of cells may 
be of great importance. The forms and peculiarities of such cleavage are inherited 
quite as certainly as are any adult features, and when the problem of inheritance 
may be reduced to a certain peculiarity of a certain cell division it is evident that 
we have this problem reduced to relatively simple terms. 


The species which has formed the chief subject of this work and from which 
all the figures are drawn is Crepzdula plana Say. ‘The following species and genera 
have also been studied more or less completely :— 

C. fornicata Lam., C. convexa Say, C. adunca Keep, Urosalpinx cinerea Stimp- 
son, Sycotypus canaliculatus Gill, Fulgur carica Conrad, Hamznea solitaria Say, 
Lolis papillosa Loven. 

Many of the phenomena here recorded, particularly those relating to proto- 
plasmic movement and the history of the centrosomes during cleavage, have been 
observed in all of these seven species of Prosobranchs and two species of Opistho- 
branchs. These phenomena are, therefore, not isolated, and it is probable that they 
are of wide occurrence. 

METHODS. 


The eggs of Crepidula are in many respects peculiarly favorable for study. These mollusks are 
very abundant and the eggs are deposited in large numbers, a single female usually laying from eight to 
ten thousand eggs. No other egg with which. I am acquainted is so favorable for the study of cleavage. 
The eggs are inclosed in membranous capsules, which reagents readily penetrate; however, in order to 
insure rapid fixation I have usually punctured the capsules with a needle before putting them into the 
fixing fluid; they are then passed through the various reagents and finally imbedded and sectioned 
while still in the capsules. Each female of C. plana deposits an average of fifty capsules, with approxi- 
mately 175 eggs in each capsule. The eggs vary scarcely at all in size, each being about 0.136 mm. in 
diameter. The great advantage of being able, without further trouble, to handle in large numbers such 
small eggs will be at once apparent. On the other hand the eggs are unfavorable in having a relatively 
large quantity of yolk which is colored deeply by most stains. 

Two general methods of observation have been followed: (1) the study of entire eggs; (2) the 
study of serial sections. For the former the best method of preparation is as follows: The living eggs 
are teased from the capsules into Kleinenberg’s picro-sulphuric fluid, or into Boveri’s picro acetic, 
where they are left from thirty minutes to two hours; they are then washed in alcohol until the eggs 
become nearly white, and are stained in the following solution for from five to ten minutes. 


KARYOKINESIS. {i 


Delafield’s hzematoxylin 5 é ; F : : 5 Allee. 
Distilled water : 3 5 3 : ; : : LOR CC: 
Kleinenberg’s picro-sulphurie fluid : é : : . 10 drops. 

Eggs so stained are washed in alcohol, dehydrated and mounted in balsam. If the eggs of C. 
plana are mounted under a thin cover, supported at one side by a bit of glass .15 mm. thick (the eggs 
are about .136 mm. in diameter), they can be studied under an immersion lens and the relative posi- 
tions of nuclei, centrosomes, spheres and mid-bodies (‘“Zwischenkérpern”), can be determined as would 
be impossible in sections. 

I have tried many modifications of this stain, but have found none so good as the one given. 
The yolk is left transparent yellow, while the protoplasm is of a rosy tint, and the chromatin, centro- 
somes and mid-bodies are blue or black. I have found by experience with the eggs of many mollusks, 
annelids, crustacea and insects, that this method is especially useful with eggs in which there is much yolk. 

Eggs fixed in Kleinenberg’s fluid are always more transparent than those fixed in Boveri’s, the 
yolk stains less and the spheres, centrosomes, spindles and mid bodies stand out more clearly. On the 
other hand the structure of the cytoplasm is not so well preserved in Kleinenberg’s as in Boveri's fluid. 

For sectioning the following fixing fluids have given good results: Flemming’s, Hermann’s, 
Boveri’s picro acetic, Graf’s picro-formol; while the following were less satisfactory: Kleinenberg’s 
fluid, Perenyi’s fluid, chromo-acetic, chromo-formic, sublimate-acetic, sublimate (sat. sol.). Many 
different stains were used, among them Heidenhain’s iron-alum and Delafield’s hematoxylin, either 
alone or in combination with orange G., Bordeau red, eosin or acid fuchsin; Hermann’s saffranin- 
gentian-iodine; Biondi-Heidenhain’s mixture; Auerbach’s acid fuchsin and methyl green, ete. The 
best results were obtained with material fixed in Boyeri’s picro-acetic and stained in Delafield’s 
hematoxylin and orange G.! 

Many preparations which were so stained were afterwards decolorized and restained with iron 
hematoxylin and Bordeau red. In this way it was possible to observe certain details of structure which 
could not otherwise be determined with certainty. Since there are always devotees of certain fixing and 
staining media who refuse to accept results unless their favorite methods haye been employed, I may 
say here that every important result of my work has been confirmed by material fixed and stained in 
each and every one of the methods enumerated above. These results, therefore, cannot be attributed 
to the exclusive use of one or two media. 

In general the eggs were imbedded in paraffine in the usual way, but owing to the fact that they 
contain a large quantity of yolk and are, therefore, more or less friable, some were doubly imbedded in 
celloidin and parattine, after the method suggested by Kultschitzky (’87) and by Ryder (88). This 
method is especially valuable for tracing the movements of the pronuclei and spheres through the yolk. 
The advantages of this method over ordinary celloidin imbedding are that thinner sections can be had, 
and that these can be cut in series or ribbons. Its most serious disadvantage is that the sections are 
usually much folded and cannot easily be flattened. 


MATURATION. 
A. PRE-DIVISION STAGES. 


1. Tue OvartAn Ecc.—In the stages just before its escape from the ovary, 
the egg of C. plana is irregular or polygonal in outline, being pressed into this 
shape by surrounding eggs, and it contains a very large germinal vesicle located 
near the center of the cell. The egg is filled with yolk spherules, which vary 
greatly in size; there is extremely little cytoplasm visible, and this lies close 
around the nucleus. The latter contains a single large nucleolus, within which is a 


"The great value of Heidenhain’s iron hematoxylin method I have had abundant oceason to 
verify. Ihave used it extensively in this work and for certain purposes it is without an equal; but 
having said this, I wish to add that it is not by any means the best stain for all purposes and with all 
material, as some recent workers seem to suppose. It is not, as is now well known, a specific centrosome 
stain. In all mollusean eggs which I have examined the yolk stains as densely and retains the stain 
almost as tenaceously as the centrosomes. For this reason I have found it impossible by this method to 
recognize small centrosomes and asters in a dense mass of yolk, whereas with the picro-heematoxylin the 
yolk is left a clear yellow, while the aster is red and the centrosome black. The iron hzematoxlin is also 
a less delicate stain for spheres and cytoplasm than picro-hematoxylin while, of course, it cannot be used 
at all in the preparation of entire eggs. 


8 KARYOKINESIS. 


more densely staining body, usually eccentric in position, Plate I, fig. 1. The chro- 
matin is in the form of small granules, varying in size and irregular in shape, which 
are attached to linin threads stretching through the vesicle. Many of these gran- 
ules can be seen to be three- or four-parted, though others are rounded or irregular 
in shape. The four-parted granules are larger than the others but all are extremely 
small; their method of formation was not observed. At this stage no trace of cen- 
trosomes can be found anywhere in the egg. 

2. Eaa Layine.—After the eggs leave the ovary they descend to the lower 
enlarged part of the oviduct, where they meet spermatozoa from the receptaculum 
semints and together with an albuminous fluid are surrounded by a glairy, mucous 
substance, which hardens into capsules. These capsules are attached together in a 
cluster and are fastened by a common stalk to the object upon which the female is 
seated. All the eggs laid by one individual begin development at nearly*the same 
time and proceed with remarkable uniformity, so that whenever examined they are 
all found to be in approximately the same stage. 

The earliest stages of free eggs which I have seen were taken from the oviduct 
while the capsule was being formed. The outline of the egg at such a stage is 
usually elliptical or irregular, being in marked contrast with the spherical form 
which it attains after the entrance of the spermatozoon. The germinal vesicle is 
slightly eccentric in position and immediately around it there is a small amount of 
cytoplasm in the interstices between the yolk spheres; elsewhere in the egg the yolk 
spheres are closely crowded together. The nucleolus is now a single, homogeneous 
body and frequently exhibits an alveolar or recticular structure. The chromatin 
granules are rounder and a little larger than in the ovarian egg and many of them 
are arranged in rows or strands, fig. 2. In one egg of this stage I observed two 
minute granules in the cytoplasm, close to each other and in contact with the 
nuclear membrane; these are possibly the centrosomes, though no polar. radiations 
or central spindle was observed. At this stage the spermatozoon has not entered 
the ege (Plate I, fig. 2). 


B. Maturation Divisions. 


1. Nucreus.—The earliest trace of the first maturation division which I have 
seen appears about the time of the entrance of the spermatozoon. The centrosomes 
are now plainly visible, being surrounded by a few short radiations, and are connected 
by a central spindle. At the same time the nuclear membrane is indented opposite 
the poles of this spindle and fibres can he traced from the centrosomes to these 
indented areas, Plate I, figs. 3 and 4. 

At this stage the germinal vesicle contains a great number of chromatin granules 
which are connected together by linin threads, also a single extremely large nucleo- 
lus, while the nuclear sap fills all the interstices within the nucleus and constitutes 
the greater part of its bulk. 

(a). Chromatzn.—A few of the chromatin granules are larger than the others 
and their form is spherical, 2-lobed, 5-lobed or 4-lobed. They are probably identi- 
cal with similar granules found in the pre-division stages. They differ much in 


KARYOKINESIS. 9 


size and for this reason their number cannot readily be determined since they 
grade down to the smaller granules, which are innumerable (Plate I, figs. 5 and 4). 
These larger granules continually increase in size and become the chromosomes of 
the first maturation spindle; some of these granules stain less deeply at the center 
than at the periphery. As the chromosomes grow in size the remaining chromatin 
granules, which constitute the chief bulk of chromatin within the germinal vesicle, 
grow smaller and smaller and are gradually dissolved; on the disappearance of the 
nuclear membrane they escape with the nuclear sap into the cytoplasm, figs. 5, 6 
and 7. At the same time the linin threads, which were plainly visible at an earlier 
stage, fig. 4, are no longer to be seen, but the arrangement of some of the granules 
in radiating lines, fig. 5, is probably to be taken as evidence that some of these 
threads still exist. In the early stages of the first maturation division, all the 
chromatin granules stain alike, in later stages the chromosomes stain more densely 
with nuclear stains, while the remaining granules show an increasing affinity for 
plasma stains. In such stages as are shown in figs. 3 and 4, there are no perceptible 
_ differences, save size only, between the granules which become chromosomes and 
those which dissolve; the fact, however, that the history of these two groups is so 
different shows there is some fundamental difference between them. It is highly 
probable that the faintly staining granules which are ultimately dissolved or trans- 
formed into linin are identical with the lanthanin or oxychromatin of Heidenhain 
(94). 

(b). Nuclear Sap. Before the solution of the oxychromatin granules and 
nucleolus begins, the nuclear sap is a clear and almost non-colorable fluid. As the 
solution of these elements progresses the nuclear sap becomes granular and tingible, 
staining blue or purple with Delafield’s haematoxylin alone, though it stains deeply 
with plasma stains, such as eosin or orange G. when these are used after the hxema- 
toxylin. Even after the nuclear membrane has entirely disappeared the nuclear sap 
and oxychromatin can still be recognized as a granular mass, figs. 5, 6, 7. 

Korschelt (95) has observed a similar increase in the staining properties of the 
nuclear sap of Ophryotrocha, where the “ Kernsaft”’ stains more and more deeply 
as division advances until it becomes so dark that the chromatin threads are invisi- 
ble. Then the sap loses some of its staining qualities and, at the same time, dis- 
dissolved nucleolar substance is probably added to the chromatin threads. 

1 The term Achromatin, as used and defined by Flemming (’82, p. 375), is limited to “ that formed 
substratum of nuclear structures, as well as of the division figures, which is not colored by nuclear stains.” 
As thus defined, it is applicable only to the linin, and is not even applicable to it at all stages in the cell 
eycle, since the linin also is colored by nuclear stains at certain stages. Furthermore, it is extremely 
probable that oxychromatin is transformed into linin at certain stages, and that oxychromatin and 
perhaps linin are sometimes dissolved in the nuclear sap. This interrelation of these yarious parts of 
the nuclear substance makes it impossible to apply the terms “chromatin” and “achromatin” as used by 
Flemming. Nevertheless, it is convenient to have a term which will include all of the nuclear constit- 
uents which do not form chromosomes, as contrasted with that which does. Since the term achromatin 
has frequently been used in this sense, and since I am unwilling to further cumber cytological nomen- 
clature with new names, I shall employ the term “achromatin,” or “achromatic substance of the nucleus” 
to include all the contents of the nucleus except the chromatin, and even that portion of the chromatin 


which does not form chromosomes. As thus used it includes linin, oxychromatin, nuclear membrane 
and nuclear sap. 


2 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


10 KARYOKINESIS. 


(c). Mucleolus —The chromosomes, which are at first widely scattered through 
the nucleus, figs. 3 and 4, gather together more closely and often lie immediately 
around and upon the nucleolus, figs. 5 and 6. In some cases it looks as if these 
chromosomes were being formed out of the substance of the nucleolus, and the fact 
that the nucleolus diminishes in size as the chromosomes increase lends color to this 
view. On the other hand, when the chromosomes first appear they are scattered 
through the entire nucleus and do not lie close to the nucleolus, and though it is 
possible that they may later receive substance from the dissolving nucleolus, it is 
impossible to suppose that they are fragments of the nucleolus. The latter is grad- 
ually dissolved without any fragmentation. Before the complete disappearance of 
the nuclear membrane the nucleolus has greatly diminished in size, and at the same 
time the nuclear sap stains more deeply, fig. 5. After the disappearance of the 
nuclear membrane the nucleolus comes to lie outside the spindle, while most of the 
chromosomes are found within it, though some of them may still be scattered among 
the polar radiations, fig. 7. 

Within the cytoplasm the nucleolus continues to diminish rapidly in size and 
soon entirely disappears, figs. 8, 9, 12a. In this respect the history of the nucleolus 
in the first maturation of Crepzdula is the same as has been described by Hacker 
(93), Foot (94), Mead (95), Wheeler (95), Obst (’99), and others, in a considerable 
number of animals. 

(d). Chromosomes.—The shapes of the chromosomes of the first maturation 
spindle are shown in figs. 7-15 and in text fig. I. In the early prophase the most 
common form is that of a 3- or 4-lobed body; in fact, such bodies are found in 
the nucleus of the ovarian ege. There can be little doubt that these are the 
“tetrads”’ of authors, though in Crepzdula they are not always 4-lobed. As these 
chromosomes increase in size a hole appears through the middle, between the lobes. 
There are also found circular or elliptical rings which may be completely closed or 
may be open on one side; also dumb-bell and cross-shaped bodies. All these forms 
are represented in text fig. I; all the 2-part chromosomes are shown in the first line 
(A), the 3-part ones in the second line (B), and the 4-part one in the third (C). 
These forms are grouped according to evident resemblances merely and it is not cer- 
tain that they always stand in the genetic relations indicated. For example, A, 4 
and 5 may give rise to B, 6 and 7; B, 4 and 5 may be only variations of C, 3 and 
4, ete. In all cases, however, the short chromosomes of the early prophase give rise 
to rod-shaped or elongated chromosomes in the metaphase. In some cases (e. ¢. line 
A) this is probably accomplished by these chromosomes becoming ring-shaped and 
by the opening of these rings on one side. If the ring shows no thickenings (A, 2 
and 3) a rod-shaped chromosome is formed by its opening, which later becomes 
dumb-bell shaped (A, 4 and 5); if it shows three thickenings (B, 1-4) it gives rise 
when opened to a rod with a thickening at each end and one in the middle (B, 5). 
The 4-part chromosomes (C, 1) are frequently drawn out into cross-shaped ones; 
these crosses usually have a hole through the middle and each arm of the cross is 
split lengthwise from this hole nearly to the tips (C, 2.and 3). In later stages the 


KARYOKINESIS. 11 


arms which lie in the spindle axes lengthen, while the transverse arms shorten, the 
hole disappearing; in this way chromosomes are formed with three enlargements (C, 
4 and 5) similar in all respects to those described above (B, 4 and 5). The resemblance 
of these two forms is so close that it is difficult to explain the differences in their 
mode of origin. It is possible that forms, such as those shown in B, 4 and 5, are 
really crosses with short transverse arms, the tips of all four arms being bent toward 
each other until they nearly or quite meet. 

The striking differences in the shapes of the chromosomes of the prophase is 
continued into the metaphase where at least three distinct types may be recognized 
as shown in text fig. I, lines A, Band C. In the late anaphase, however, all come 
back to a cubical or tetrafoil condition; a hole is usually present through the 
middle of these as in the prophase. 


. 3 4 5 Gieiana Clean e 10 11 


Propnase Metaphase Anaphase 


Fria. I.—Chromosomes of the First Maturation Division of Crepidula. 


Various authors have called attention to the variety in the form of the chro- 
mosomes of the first maturation division (v. Klinckowstrém 96, Van der Stricht, 
98, Foot 98, Lillie 98, Griffin 99). Foot and Lillie figure 3-part chromosomes in 
the metaphase of the first maturation of A//olobophora and Unio entirely similar 
to those in Crepzdula, and Lillie shows these chromosomes split longitudinally, as 
they must be, if formed from crosses as shown in text fig. I, line C. 

It is difficult to say whether these differences in the shapes of chromosomes 
mean much or not. On the one hand it is possible that all the chromosomes of a 


12 KARYOKINKESIS. 


given mitosis cannot be reduced to a single type; that their differences in shape 
indicate differences in material substance, and that different chromosomes may 
therefore represent different heritable qualities. On the other hand these differ- 
ences in the shapes of chromosomes are generally limited to the first maturation 
division; they are rarely found in the second maturation and only to a limited 
extent in the cleavage. Furthermore, there are many evidences that the shapes of 
chromosomes are conditioned by their linin sheaths, and that the chromatic substance 
which fills the sheath is of a semi-fluid of viscid character. Thus in the metaki- 
nesis of the first maturation, it is always found that the chromosomes have enlarged 
ends toward the poles of the spindle, and that they are drawn out into thin connect- 
ing threads in the equator. In this region the chromosomes are frequently monili- 
form in shape (text fig. I, C, 8 and 9 and Plate I, fig. 15), and cross sections through 
the equatorial region of these elongated chromosomes shows many of the latter sur- 
rounded by a clear zone, which is bounded by a dark line (Plate I, fig. 12a). This 
clear zone is entirely lacking in sections through the enlarged ends of the chromo- 
somes. In fig. 12a one chromosome lies entirely outside of the spindle substance, 
and yet it is surrounded by this clear zone; this zone and its outer dark boundary 
is not therefore a mere expression of the absence of spindle substance around the 
chromosome, but is a structural peculiarity of the chromosome itself, and probably 
represents a linin sheath, which is separated from the contained chromatin in the 
equator, but is entirely filled by the chromatin at the poles. After the complete 
division of this thread of chromatin and its withdrawal into the enlarged ends of 
the daughter chromosomes, the linin sheath may still be seen for a long time con- 
necting the latter together, and constituting a connective fibre. 

The chromosomes grow continually during the early stages of the first matura- 
tion division and reach their greatest size in the metaphase when each is from two 
to twenty times the size of the largest granule present in the germinal vesicle (ef. 
figs. 3 and 12). After this stage they do not appear to increase in volume. ‘The 
great differences in the size of chromosomes in the same spindle is almost as striking 
as their differences in shape ; for example, the volume of the largest 3-part chromo- 
some in Plate I, fig. 12 and text fig. I, B, 7 and 8, is about fifteen times that of the 
smallest; I am unable to say, however, whether this difference in the size of chro- 
mosomes is the same in all eggs or not. I do not remember that any one has 
recorded such enormous differences in the size of chromosomes as are here described. 
Montgomery (98) says that the chromosomes of one of the spermatocytic divisions 
in Pentatoma vary greatly in volume, the largest sometimes having six times or 
more the volume of the smallest. In no other mitosis in Crefzdu/a is there such 
variety in the size of chromosomes, and nowhere else are there such differences in 
shape. 

The number of chromosomes in the first maturation division is thirty, as I have 
determined by a careful study of the entire mitotic figure, as well as by cross sections 
through the equatorial plate. Such a cross section is represented in Plate L, fig. 12a, 
and the whole number of chromosomes is there shown. This is undoubtedly the 


KARYOKINESIS. 1: 


Qo 


reduced number of chromosomes; I have been unable to count with accuracy the 
number present after fertilization, but it is evidently about sixty. 

In the early anaphase of the first maturation, the daughter chromosomes are 
either dumb-bell shaped, or cubical or spherical masses, frequently with a slender 
process of chromatin running from each daughter chromosome toward the other, 
figs. 15-15 and text fig. I. A little later each chromosome becomes cubical or 
quatrefoil in shape, and this form persists, and is universal until the metaphase of 
the second maturation division, when all become 4-parted, figs. 16-51 and text fig. 
II, and then cross shaped exactly as in the first maturation. In this ease, however, 
the arms of the cross are not split longitudinally, but the separation takes place 
between the arms, so that in the metakinesis two of the arms or spherules, in the 
form of a dumb-bell, go to one pole and two to the other, text fig. I], 5 and 6. In 
the anaphase of the second maturation, these dumb-bell or rod-shaped chromosomes 
again become cubical or spherical, as in the anaphase of the first maturation (Plate 
II, figs. 82, 33 and text fig. II, 8). 

The cubical chromosomes at the close of the first maturation are about half 

as large as the fully-formed chromosomes in 

Wrest ce Sle ea eke atthe metaphase of that division, while those 
o 8 a in the anaphase of the second maturation 

& & Y ap - are about one-half the size of those in the 
8 ja prophase of this division, z. ¢., the volume 

Prophase Metaphase | anaphase Of each chromosome at the end of the sec- 
ond maturation division is about one-quarter 


Fic. I1.—Chromosomes of the Second Maturation p » : 
Division of Crepidula. (In the reproduction that of the fully-formed chromosome in the 


pbeeeuie nas peoumred uced more Luan tel!) metaphase of the first maturation. There 
has been therefore no growth of the chromosomes after the metaphase of the first 
maturation. The number of chromosomes in the second maturation division is 
the same as in the first, viz. thirty, and the same number is left in the egg after 
the second polar body has been formed. 

It is especially noteworthy that in the prophase and anaphase of both matura- 
tion divisions the chromosomes are cubical or quatrefoil in shape. In the metaphase 
of the second maturation, figs. 27-531 and text fig. II, the chromosomes look like 
typical “tetrads”’ and they would undoubtedly be called such if they occurred in 
the first maturation. 

Similar 4-parted chromosomes in the second. maturation are figured by v. Kline- 
kowstrém (96) in Prostheceraeus, by Van der Stricht (98) in Zhysanozoon. and by 
Byrnes (99) in Lzmax. 

In Crepzdula it is impossible to say whether the plane of division of the chro- 
mosomes is the same or is different in the two maturation divisions. At the begin- 
ning and at the end of both divisions the chromosomes are cubical or quatrefoil in 
shape, and one might as well speak of the ** longitudinal” or “transverse” division 
of a cube or sphere as of these chromosomes. — It is impossible, therefore, to deter- 
mine whether or not reduction in the sense of Weismann takes place in this case. 


14 KARYOKINESIS. 


Griffin points out that the division of the tetrad in 7halassema and Zirphea is 
unlike that in the Copepods, in that in the former each spherule of the tetrad 
becomes an arm of a cross and that these arms then split longitudinally, whereas in 
the Copepod type two entire spherules separate from the other two. The former he 
calls a “spurious tetrad” (cross form), the latter a “tetrad of the Copepod type.” 
In Crepidula, just as in Thalassema and Zirphea, the tetrads are of the “spurious” 
type in the first maturation, whereas in the second maturation we have chromo- 
somes which, in every respect, resemble tetrads of the Copepod type. 

In the late anaphase of the second maturation the chromosomes which remain 
in the egg become vesicular and fuse together to form a few vesicles with large 
eranules of chromatin on their walls, Plate II, figs. 34-35. Finally all of these 
vesicles fuse into one, as is shown in fig. 36, e¢ seg. 

2. CENTROSOMES AND CENTRAL SpINDLES.—The earliest stage at which centro- 
somes have been seen was in an egg from the oviduct, not yet fertilized, fig. 2. In 
this ege the centrosomes are already present as two minute bodies, in contact with 
the nucleus and without any apparent central spindle or polar radiations. In fact, 
because of the absence of these radiations it is impossible to be certain that the two 
granules shown in fig. 2 are really centrosomes. In other eggs from the oviduct, 
figs. 8-7, into which a spermatozoon has penetrated, the centrosomes are larger, a 
central spindle is present and polar fibres are abundant. I have been unable to 
determine whether this central spindle arises as a centrodesmus (Heidenhain) or 
whether its fibres grow out independently from the two centrosomes and afterwards 
unite to form the spindle. In general it may be said, that the formation of the 
mitotic figure usually begins with the entrance of a spermatozoon into the egg. 

In the prophase of the first maturation the centrosomes are minute densely 
staining points; they grow larger as mitosis advances, and in the stages immediately 
preceding the metaphase, figs. 8, 8a, 11, and text fig. III, they are more or less 
irregular in shape, and when deeply stained and strongly destained with the iron- 
alum-haematoxylin of Heidenhain, they may be seen to contain a central clear area. 
Around this clear area the dense walls of the centrosome are thickened in places and 
‘may, perhaps, represent large granules in contact with one another, as Lille has 
found to be the case in U/zz0. In the prophase of the second maturation, the cen- 
trosomes are so small that I have found it impossible to make out their structure 
with certainty, but they are in many cases slightly irregular in form (cf. figs. 27-31), 
from which I conclude that their structure is the same as in the prophase of the 
first maturation. 

In the metaphase of the first maturation (fig. 12), the centrosomes are spherical 
bodies about 1 w in diameter. They contain a central area which stains faintly, 
around which is a thick, dense zone which corresponds to the irregular or granular 
zone of the prophase; in the metaphase, however, this zone is perfectly regular and 
gives no indication of being composed of granules as in the preceding stage. 

In the anaphase of the first maturation the centrosomes become large hollow 
spheres, the peripheries of which stain deeply while their central areas remain 


KARYOKINESIS. 15 


clear. Within the central area a faintly staming body becomes visible, which, in its 
turn, becomes a hollow sphere (text 
fig. III, e and /); this is the “corpus- 
cle central” of Van Beneden (87), 
or the “centriole” of Boveri ('95).* 

Up to this stage the centrosomes 
at the two poles of the maturation 
spindle are identical in size and struc- 
ture. When, however, the outer 
pole of the spindle comes into contact 
with the egg membrane, the sphere 
and centrosome at this pole become 
flattened, figs. 14-16, though the cen- 
trosome still shows its dark periph- 
ery, its central clear area and its cen- 
tral corpuscle.* In the late anaphase 
the outlines of the centrosome at the 
outer pole are marked by a layer of 
granules, while within the central 
clear area is the elongated central 
corpuscle, fig. 16a. Finally, after the 
complete separation of the first polar 
body, the granular outlines of this 
centrosome disappear, though the 
central corpuscle, or rather the cen- 
trosomes and central spindle to 
which it gives rise, are still found 
within it (Plate II, figs. 22, 28a, 29, 
D4, 36). 

The centrosome at the inner 
pole of the spindle continues to en- 
large until it reaches a truly aston- 
ishing size, becoming fully 4 uw in 
diameter. Its peripheral layer is at 
first a solid zone of deeply staining 
material. In later stages this zone 
breaks up into plates, figs. 16-25 
and text fig. III, and still later it ap- 
pears as a ring of close set granules. 


Fig. I1I1.—Centrosomal Cycle in Fig. IV.- Centrosomal Cycle in 
the Maturation of Crepidula. the Cleavage of Crepidula. 


‘ Boveri (’01) denies the general homology of his “centriole” with the ‘ corpuscle central” of 
Van Beneden. There can be no doubt that the structure in question in Crepidula is homologous with 
Boveri’s “centriole.” 

2 Van der Stricht (’98) has observed a similar flattening of the sphere and centrosome against 
the egg membrane in the first maturation of Thysanozoon. 


16 KARYOKINESIS. 


The central corpuscle, which is shown in figs. 15 and 14 as a faintly staining, 
hollow sphere, soon becomes elliptical in shape, fig. 15. At the poles of this ellipse 
its walls grow thicker and stain deeply. These thickened points become the centro- 
somes of the second maturation spindle, while the remainder of the ellipse forms 
the central spindle? (cf. figs. 14-16a, and text fig. III, ¢, 2). The daughter centro- 
somes and central spindle lie within the mother centrosome; the outlines of the 
mother centrosome then disappear and the new amphiaster lies free in the granu- 
ular remains of the sphere. ; 

During this metamorphosis the centrosome undergoes great changes in its stain- 
ing qualities; in the prophase and metaphase it stains deeply with haematoxylin; as 
it enlarges, however, the peripheral portion only takes haematoxylin, while the cen- 
tral part takes plasma stains; finally, in the late anaphase, even the peripheral por- 
tion takes plasma stains. 

At no time during this metamorphosis do the astral radiations penetrate the 
centrosome. As long as they can be seen they remain attached to its surface, and 
even after the new amphiaster has arisen within the mother centrosome, the rays 
are still centered on the figure as a whole, figs. 25-28, and text fig. Ill, ¢ and 2. 
The new radiations which appear around the daughter centrosomes develop de 
novo, as MacFarland (97) and Griffin (99) maintain. 

Up to the time when the second polar body is cut off, the history of the centro- 
somes during the second maturation is similar to that already described for the first ; 
at the beginning of division they are minute granules, as the division advances they 
become larger, and in the anaphase are large hollow spheres. 

After the second polar body has been formed, however, the centrosome which 
remains in the egg becomes a very large sphere filled with many coarse granules and 
with a boundary layer of close-set granules, from which, in some cases, polar fibres 
proceed, figs. 34-36. I have never seen a peculiarly large granule which might be 
regarded as a centriole within this centrosome, nor have I seen the formation of a 
central spindle as at the close of the first maturation. On the other hand, the for- 
mation of a large number of granules within the centrosome is a phenomenon 
which occurs in the telophase of every cleavage (text fig. IV), and seems, there- 
fore, to be the more usual process. It seems probable, therefore, that the par- 
ticular manner in which the daughter centrosomes and central spindle arise within 
the mother centrosome at the close of the first maturation, is a modification of the 
more typical process shown in the cleavage, due, perhaps, to the entire omission of 
a resting stage between the two maturation divisions. In the maturation, there- 

‘In view of the remarkable resemblance of this stage to a corresponding stage in the division of the 
“centrosome” in Diaulula (see MacFarland’s figs. 36, 37, et seq.) it may be supposed that the vesicular 
body which I have called the ‘central corpuscle’’ is really the centrosome and that the surrounding 
body is only the inner zone of the sphere. Fortunately, however, the outlines of the centrosome are so 
perfectly distinct and its history, as shown in my preparations, so continuous, that there can be no 
question as to its identity in this case. The outlines of the old centrosome remain until after the central 
corpuscle has given rise to a perfect spindle within it; so that in Crepidula, and several other gastero- 


pods which I have studied, the new centers and central spindle arise from the central corpuscle and not 
from the entire centrosome as in Diaulula. 


KARYOKINESIS. 17 


fore, the centrosomes, ike the chromosomes, undergo an unusual type of division. 
The centrosome which goes into the second polar body completely disappears. 

The egg centrosome is surrounded by a sphere with grows with the growth of 
the centrosome until it becomes very large and is filled with faintly staining granules 
which are held in a delicate reticulum, fig. 56. In some cases the outlines of this 
sphere are very distinct, in others more faint, but im all cases there are strongly 
marked polar fibres, which run from the periphery of the sphere for a considerable 
distance through the egg; some of these fibres may also be traced into the spheres 
where they appear to break up into rows of granules. In stages later than fig. 56 
I am unable to recognize the egg centrosome; its granules merge with those of the 
surrounding sphere and its outlines are no longer visible. 

In structure and metamorphosis the centrosomes of the maturation divisions of 
Crepidula are very similar to those described by MacFarland (97) in Dzau/lu/a, 
Lillie (98) in Unzo, Vejdovsky and Mrazek (98) in Rhynchelmzs and Van der 
Stricht (98) in Zhysanozoon. The further consideration of these centrosomes will 
be deferred until after the description of the cleavage. 

3. Poutar Rays, SprnpLte Fipres AND SpHERES.—At the time of the entrance 
of the spermatozoon into the egg, figs. 5 and 4, the centrosomes are surrounded by 
polar fibres and the nuclear membrane is indented in the region of each centrosome. 
A large number of fibres, forming a cone or half spindle, can be traced from each 
centrosome to the indented portion of the nuclear membrane. Within the nucleus 
the linin threads, with their attached chromatin granules, are arranged in the same 
radiating lines as these fibres and form an intranuclear continuation of them, figs. 5 
and 4. 

In early stages of this division both the extra- and intra-nuclear portions of the 
spindle consist of branching and anastomosing threads, along which are ranged oxy- 
chromatin granules. These two groups of fibres, z.¢., those imside and those out- 
side of the nucleus, are so essentially alike that I cannot doubt that both are derived 
from the same substance, viz., the linin and oxychromatin of the nucleus, in which 
case the extra-nuclear portion of the spindle must be formed from nuclear constitu- 
ents which have escaped from the nucleus at the indented areas mentioned above. 

The polar fibres also consist of threads along which granules are attached, figs. 
4,5 and 6. In the first maturation they closely resemble the spindle fibres. and, 
like them, may be derived from the achromatic nuclear substance. These granules 
are rarely arranged in concentric spheres as Heidenhain, Driimer and Lillie have 
found them. As mitosis advances, both polar and spindle fibres become smooth. 
There can scarcely be any doubt that this is accomplished by the transformation of 
these granules into the substance of the fibre (cf. Boveri, °88, p. 80, Wilson °95, 
Griffin *99). Again, in the dissolution of the spindle one frequently observes that 
the fibres become varicose, as in the early stages of mitosis, while the portion of a 
fibre between granules becomes less and less prominent, figs. l6a@ and 53. I have 
been unable to observe these same varicosities on the fibres of the central spindle in 
the maturation divisions, but they can be seen in the central spindles which are 
found during the cleavage of the egg (Plate LV, figs, 74, 75 and 76, and text fig. IV). 


3 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


18 KARYOKINESIS. 


The infolding of the nuclear wall mentioned above must, of course, be accom- 
panied by the escape of some substance from the nucleus. Coincidently with this 
infolding of the nuclear membrane the polar fibres and extra-nuclear spindle fibres 
become longer, stouter and granular. At the same time the spindle and the sphere 
surrounding the centrosome stain more deeply, owing to the presence of an interfilar 
substance, which stains like nuclear sap... The nuclear membrane then completely 
disappears, but the nuclear contents preserve for some time the outline of the 
nucleus and can easily be distinguished from the surrounding cytoplasm because of 
greater affinity for stains, figs. 6 and 7. The entire mitotic figure, with the excep- 
tion of the polar systems, lies within this granular area and the enormous growth 
of the spindle is at the expense of this intra-nuclear substance. Not all of the 
achromatic substance of the germinal vesicle is confined to the spindle and the polar 
systems, a large part of it passes directly into the cytoplasm, which is increased in 
quantity after the nuclear membrane dissolves. 

Both the aster and the spindle are plainly composed, during the early stages 
of mitosis, of two constituents, viz., fibres with their attached granules and an inter- 
filar substance. Between and around the spindle fibres, both in the first matur- 
ation and in all subsequent divisions, there is a homogeneous interfilar substance 
which colors deeply with plasma stains. This substance is sharply delimited from 
the surrounding cytoplasm, as is shown in figs. 12 and 12@ and also in later stages 
of both the maturation and cleavage. 

A cross section through the equator of the spindle in the metaphase, fig. 12a, 
shows the interfilar substance of the spindle as a homogeneous mass, staining deeply 
with orange or eosin, and with stellate radiations running out into the cytoplasm in 
all directions. These radiations around the equator are shorter, blunter and more 
irregular than those at the poles. They are probably caused as follows: in the forma- 
tion of the definitive spindle there is a general elongation of the linin reticulum in the 
direction of the spindle axis and a contraction of the reticulum at right angles to that 
axis; at the same time there is a condensation of the interfilar substance, the more 
fluid karyolymph being squeezed out of the spindle. In this equatorial shrinkage 
some of the linin threads probably remain attached peripherally and thus cause the 
stellate radiations.” The chromosomes le within this interfilar substance, though 
occasionally one is found just outside of it, fig. 12a, and they are scattered through 
the entire thickness of the spindle, and not merely in a wreath around the periphery. 
There is, therefore, strictly speaking, uo ‘‘central spindle” in Crepzdu/a as contrasted 
with a ‘peripheral spindle,’ but the fibres of the two must be intimately com- 
mingled. 


* Driiner calls attention to the fact that the nuclear membrane is dissolved at points opposite cen- 
trosomes and that coincidently the rays grow stronger; and R. Hertwig (99) has observed in Actino- 
spherium that nuclear material probably escapes into the plasma cones, since the latter stain more 
deeply about the same time that the nucleus shrinks in size. 

* Similar radiations around the equator of the spindle have been figured by Korschelt (795, figs. 
131, 139), Mead (’98, fig. 18), and Gardiner (98, figs. 28, 34). 


KARYOKINESIS. 19 


An interfilar substance, which is to all appearances similar to that of the spindle, 
surrounds the centrosomes and radiates along the polar fibres, so that in all middle 
stages of mitosis it is difficult to recognize the polar fibres and spindle fibres when 
once they are surrounded by it. 

In the later stages of mitosis this interfilar substance moves to the poles of the 
spindle, again allowing the spindle fibres to be seen distinctly ; it also moves inward 
toward the centrosome, leaving the polar fibres sharply marked, fig. 22, and thus 
ageregated, from the spindle and polar rays, forms a sphere with rather indefinite out- 
lines. This sphere differs notably in character from that which is found in many 
other animals, e. g.. the outer sphere of Unzo (Lillie 98) and the couche corticale of 
Thysanozoon (Van der Stricht’98). The latter are clear zones of definite outline, with 
faintly staining astral rays running through them; in Crepzdu/a, on the other hand. 
this zone is indefinite in outline until the late anaphase or telophase, and is even then 
not so sharply bounded as Lillie and Van der Stricht have shown it; further, instead 
of being a zone which is clearer than surrounding parts, it is denser and more deeply 
staining. The spindle fibres and polar rays can be traced through this sphere to 
the centrosome in early stages of mitosis, but in middle stages fewer radiating fibres 
can be seen in it (cf. figs. 5-8a@ with figs. 11-16). In later stages again polar rays 
can be traced through it to the centrosome (cf. figs. 22-24 and 54-56). 

The origin of this interfilar substance is difficult to determine. In the aster it 
seems to be principally derived from hyaloplasm (interalveolar substance) of the cell 
body, which is aggregated toward the centrosomes, the larger alveoles of the cyto- 
plasm and the yolk spherules being crowded out from the centrosome as the inter- 
alveolar substance moves in toward it. In the spindle, on the other hand, the 
interfilar substance seems to be formed in large part from achromatic material of the 
nucleus; such interfilar substance exists before the nuclear membrane is broken, 
though it is at this stage much less dense than in the fully formed spindle. When 
the nuclear membrane dissolves at the poles this substance escapes into the extra 
nuclear spindle and spheres; it is quite possible that at the same time there may be 
an invasion of the spheres and spindle by hyaloplasm from the cell, this double 
movement being in the nature of a diffusion in both directions. The fact that the 
interfilar substance is denser than either the nuclear sap or hyaloplasm may perhaps 
indicate that it is a new substance formed by a combination of the two. While this 
suggestion as to the origin of the interfilar substance accords well with all my obser- 
vations as to its character and movements, it cannot be considered as more than a 
suggestion. 

The form and size of the first maturation spindle varies greatly in different 
phases. From the prophase to the metaphase it increases in length and diameter, 
becoming most stout in the metaphase ; in the early anaphase it continues to increase 
in length, becoming about as long as the radius of the egg, figs. 11-14, and at the 
same time it grows very slender; finally, in the late anaphase it again shortens, be- 
coming stouter, until it is not more than one-half as long as in the metaphase or 
early anaphase, figs. 15 and 16, and at the same time the chromosomes are pushed 


20 KARYOKINESIS. 


right into and through the sphere until they come into contact with the cell wall. 
In no other mitosis is there such a shortening of the spindle; in fact, in all other 
divisions, with the possible exception of the second maturation, the spimdle continues 
to grow longer throughout the whole of the mitosis. A similar shortenmg of the 
first maturation spindle has been observed in Ascarzs (Boveri 87), Branchipus 
(Brauer °92), Opkryotrocha (Korschelt °95), MZyzostomum (Wheeler °95), Cerebra- 
tulus (Coe 99), Polycherus (Gardiner ’98), Axolot/ and Trzton (Carnoy and Lebrun 
99, see their figs. 110 and 112). The principal cause of this shortening is to be 
found in the peripheral movement of the mitotic figure, as will be described in 
Part IL; its chief result is the production of a much smaller polar body than would 
be possible if the spindle maintained its maximum length throughout the later stages 
of division. At the time of its greatest length the first maturation spindle is about 
one-half as long as the diameter of the egg, and since the division of the cell body 
always takes place through the middle of the spindle, the first polar body would 
have a diameter one-quarter that of the egg were it not for this shortening of the 
spindle. ; 

I agree with G. Niessing (799), that the shape of the spindle, z.e., whether it is 
stout or slender, is due to the quantity and location of the interfilar substance, but 
this depends upon the degree of contraction of the linin reticulum. Both reticulum 
and interfilar substance are widely distributed through the nuclear cavity in the 
early prophase, and at this stage the spindle is very stout; in later stages, as the 
reticulum contracts and the interfilar substance passes to the poles, the spindle 
grows slenderer. In the late anaphase, when the spindle becomes shorter, it again 
crows stouter, figs. 15 and 16. 

‘The second maturation spindle arises within the centrosome left in the egg at the 
close of the first maturation. At first it occupies but a small part of the cavity of 
this centrosome, but it grows rapidly until it fills the whole of it. The outlines of 
the mother centrosome then disappear and the spindle lies free in the sphere sub- 
stance. Here it grows rapidly in size, but never becomes more than half as long as 
the first maturation spindle, though it is relatively stouter. Its mantle fibres are 
not formed directly from a linin reticulum, since there is no vesicular nucleus, 
though they may possibly be formed from nuclear material which escaped from the 
germinal vesicle at the previous division. 

During the prophase, the direction of the first maturation spin dle bears no con- 
stant relation to the egg axis. It may lie obliquely or even at right angles to that 
axis, figs. 9 and 10, but ultimately it moves into a radial position, fig. 12, e¢ seq. 

The direction of the second maturation spindle, like that of the first, varies 
greatly, though in all cases it ultimately becomes approximately radial. As in 
Physa (Kostanecki and Wierzejski °96), the outer pole of the second maturation 
spindle les at the very point where the mid-body (Zwzschenkorper) of the first 
maturation spindle was formed. The second polar body is given off immediately 
under the first, so that the latter becomes separated from the surface of the ege and 
remains mounted upon the former. This happens irrespective of the initial direc- 


KARYOKINESIS. 21 


tion of the spindle, which always ultimately turns so that one pole lies immediately 
under the first polar body. If one may judge by the figures of many authors, this 
must be a phenomenon which occurs among a large number of animals. 

4. Porar Bopirs.—Finally, the outer half of the mitotie figure, with a small 
amount of surrounding cytoplasm, protrudes from the general surface of the ege. 
The furrow separating the first polar body begins to form at the periphery and pro- 
ceeds toward the middle of the stalk connecting the polar body with the egg. In 
some cases the spindle seems to retain its full diameter, even when the cytoplasm 
has been completely constricted by the dividing furrow, fig. 22, as has also been 
observed by Kostanecki and Wierzejsky (96) in Physa. Afterward, the spindle 
itself becomes constricted in the middle, fig. 25; and the constricting ring of darkly 
staining substance finally cuts the spindle in two and itself becomes a spherical 
mid-body. Durig and after the separation of the first polar body, one first becomes 
aware of the fact that there is an egg membrane, which takes no part in the con- 
striction, but is lifted from the egg by the polar body, Plate II, figs. 22, 23, 28, 30 
and 351. 

The second polar body is smaller than the first and is separated from the egg in 
the same way as the first, a mid-body being formed, as shown in figs. 34 to 41. This 
mid-body is larger and persists longer than that of the first maturation, as Mark and 
Kostanecki and Wierzejski have also observed. When fully developed, it consists of 
a central granule and two surrounding spheres, the inner one small, dense and sharp 
in outline, the outer one large, less dense and indistinct in outline. The remains of 
the spindle can be seen running through this outer sphere as two cones, their apices 
being in contact with the inner sphere and their bases with the two nuclei. 

The first polar body divides by mitosis into two, figs. 27, 28a, 32, 34 and 36, 
and each: of these may subdivide amitotically into a large number of cells, some of 
which are unequal in size and recall the macromeres and micromeres of developing 
ova, figs. 41, 45, 61, 69, 73 and 81. I have never seen the second polar body 
dividing. 

II. Ferrinization. 

1. EnrrANCE OF SPERMATOZOON.—Copulation occurs only at long intervals, 
perhaps once in the life time of a female, and the spermatozoa are stored after 
copulation in a tubular outgrowth of the uterus. Ova and spermatozoa meet in 
the uterus, and here the entrance of the spermatozoon occurs, though the later 
stages in the approach of the egg and sperm nuclei do not occur until after the 
capsules have been formed and deposited. In the examination of thousands of 
eges taken from the egg capsules I have never found one which was unfertilized 
and very few into which more than one spermatozoon had entered. 

A mature spermatozoon is shown in fig. 17; there is a relatively large head 
with pointed apex, separated, in preserved material, by a clear space from the tail. 
I am inclined to regard a minute, darkly staining cap which covers the posterior end 
of the head as the middle piece. It is extremely small and appears to contain no 


22 KARYOKINKESIS. 


archoplasm.' A spermatozoon enters the ovum almost immediately after it reaches 
the uterus and while the germinal vesicle is still intact, fig. 5, e¢ seg. The sperm 
may enter at any point on the surface of the egg, except within a small area im- 
mediately surrounding the animal pole; usually, however, it enters near the vegetal 
pole. Polyspermy is exceedingly rare; one sometimes finds several spermatozoa. 
attached to an egg, and in a few cases two spermatozoa may be found penetrating 
the egg membrane or lying just within it, fig. 10, but only on one or two occasions 
have I seen two well-developed sperm nuclei within one egg. The pointed head of 
the spermatozoon bores through the egg membrane, figs. 18, 19, 20, though the tail 
does not enter. After the sperm head is well through the egg membrane several 
granules are found just behind the head; these are probably derived from the middle 
piece. Their number and arrangement is variable, but there are always more than 
two, so far as I have observed, and they are never grouped at the poles of a 
spindle. After its entrance, the head occupies such positions as to justify the belief 

that it turns around, as is known to be the case in many other animals (ef. figs 18, 
1955205521): 

Foot (94 and ’97) has described in Allolobophora a number of dark round 
bodies which stain as intensely as the sperm head itself, and which lie on each side 
of the head or at its posterior end. These she calls the sperm granules and suggests 
that they may be formed from metamorphosed archoplasm. They are not constant 
in appearance and may be the result of degeneration. 

Byrnes (99) has also observed in Lewax a number of darkly staining granules 
which accompany the sperm head. She suggests that they are derived from particles 
of chromatin constricted off from the sperm nucleus. Later they disappear and 
become scattered through the cytoplasm of the egg. 

In the main the resemblance of these “sperm granules,” both of Ad/olobophora 
and Lzmax, to those which I have observed in Crepzdu/a, is striking enough. I can- 
not believe, however, that they are degeneration products in Crepzdula and for that 
reason, among others, have not adopted Foot’s name for them. 

2. Tur Germ Nucret.—Immediately after the sperm head has entered the ege 
it is seen to be a pointed rod with three constrictions and four enlargements, having 
much the same size and shape as one of the 4-part chromosomes found in the meta- 
phase of the first maturation division, fig. 18. It soon grows shorter and thicker 
and becomes dumb-bell shaped, fig. 20, then nearly spherical, figs. 10, 21, and then 
irregular or amoeboid, figs. 39, 40. Up to this stage it has remained chromatic 
throughout, but from this time forward spaces filled with achromatic substance 
appear within it and it begins to grow vesicular. V. Klinckowstrém (96) and Van 
der Stricht (98) have observed a similar transformation of the sperm nucleus in 
Prostheceraeus and in Thysanozoon, the sperm head being first moniliform, then 
spherical, then vesicular. 


‘Byrnes (’99) finds no middle piece in the spermatozoon of Lima and suggests that it may possibly 
be surrounded or overgrown by the sperm head. 


KARYOKINESIS. 23 


The egg nucleus is formed by the fusion of the chromosomal vesicles left in the 
egg at the close of the second maturation, as described on p. 14. 

The further changes of the germ nuclei may now be briefly followed as far as 
the prophase of the first cleavage. The developments of both germ nuclei are 
entirely parallel, so that a single description will serve for both. As soon as the 
vesicular stage of each nucleus is reached the chromatin is found to be stretched 
through the nucleus in the form of a reticulum. figs. 56-41. As the nuclei enlarge 
the chromatin takes more and more the form of rounded masses, Plate III, figs. 44, 
45 and 46, while the reticulum connecting the masses becomes extremely tenuous 
and does not stain. In short, there is at first a chromaten reticulum, which in later 
stages becomes a /27z” reticulum with the chromatin aggregated at nodal points. The 
chromatin masses differ considerably in size, fig. 45, and are at first quite solid. In 
later stages, figs. 49-53, these masses become hollow spherules. Those spherules 
which develop into chromosomes become connected together into a linear series, 
and either remain solid or at least have thicker walls than those spherules which 
take no part in the formation of the chromosomes. The further history of the 
chromatin will be taken up under the head of the first cleavage. As soon as the 
vesicular stage of each germ nucleus is reached there appears within it a single large 
nucleolus.’ This persists until a stage when the two nuclei come into contact, fig. 
44, when it is usually dissolved in the nuclear sap, though sometimes traces of the 
nucleoli may be seen in later stages, e.¢., fig. 49. 

3. EeG ANp Sperm Asters anp Spueres.—The history of the egg centrosome 
and sphere in the second maturation division has already been considered, pp. 16 and 
17. At the same time that the egg aster is being transformed into the enormous ege 
sphere, figs. 32-36, a sperm aster has appeared and is undergoing a parallel trans- 
formation. The various stages in this process occur at approximately the same time 
in the two, though the sperm sphere and nucleus remain slightly smaller than those 
of the egg until the nuclei lie near each other. We may now follow in detail the 
origin of the sperm sphere. ; 

After its entrance the sperm head lies among the yolk spheres in a small 
quantity of cytoplasm, while the granules derived from the middle piece lie just 
behind the head. There is at this stage no trace of astral radiations anywhere in 
the ege, except in connection with the first maturation spindle. The sperm nucleus 
lies in this position, near the periphery of the egg, without any trace of astral 
radiations near it, until the anaphase of the second maturation division. At this 
time the nucleus has become irregular or amceboid in shape and some distance 
from the nucleus, toward the center of the egg, the sperm aster appears. It is a 
noteworthy fact that no sperm aster appears until the sperm nucleus begins to 
absorb achromatic material, and this suggests that the two processes stand in some 
causal relation to each other. Furthermore, the fact that the two spheres are pro- 
portional in size to their nuclei, and that the sperm sphere remains smaller than 


"Mark (’81) observed in an undetermined species of Limax that each of the germ nuclei contained 
a single nucleolus. 


24 KARYOKINESIS. 


the egg sphere as long as the sperm nucleus is smaller than that of the egg, lends 
further weight to this suggestion. 

The earliest stage in the formation of the sperm aster which I have seen is 
shown in figs. 59 and 40. I have examined thousands of eggs of earlier stages, but 
have failed to find a sperm aster in any of them. The aster when first seen is a 
radiating figure in the cytoplasm, with several dark granules at its center. The 
number, position and size of these granules is not constant, and in later stages they 
greatly increase in number and stain less darkly than at first; there can be little 
doubt that they are identical with the granules derived from the middle piece. The 
sperm aster with the granules at its center ultimately becomes more rounded in 
outline and forms a large sphere from which radiating fibers proceed in all direc- 
tions. This sphere exactly resembles the sphere in contact with the egg nucleus, 
fig. 41. 

From the time of their first appearance each of these spheres les close to its 
own nucleus, and they do not wander from these relative positions so that there is 
no possibility of confusing or mistaking them. During the approach of the sperm 
nucleus and aster to those of the egg, one or two small accessory asters appear in 
the egg, usually at some distance from the sperm and egg nuclei (figs. 42 and 45); 
these resemble the minute asters described by Mead (98), and Lillie (98) as 
“accessory asters.” They contain no centrosomes or large granules, and their 
origin at.a distance from the egg and sperm asters shows that they are independent 
of either of these. These accessory asters are present for a brief period only and 
then completely disappear. 

At no stage in their development do the egg and sperm spheres show the com- 
pact and densely staining qualities which the spheres show throughout the cleavage 
stages; this added to the fact that there is a less perfect separation of cytoplasm 
and yolk during the fertilization than in the cleavage makes the study of these 
structures difficult, and this is especially true in the stages just before and after 
the fusion of the spheres. While designating these structures “spheres,” both 
because of their form and also because of the derivation of the ege sphere from 
the sphere left in the egg at the close of the second maturation, I would not be 
understood as positively homologising them with the “outer sphere” or ‘“ cortical 
zone” of authors. 

4. Approach or GERM NucLEI AND SpHERES.—The egg nucleus and sphere 
remain at the upper pole, immediately beneath the polar bodies, and do not move 
from this position. The sperm nucleus and sphere move toward those of the egg in 
a path which is at first directed toward the center of the egg (“ Entrance path,” 
Roux), and then toward the egg nucleus (“ Copulation path”’). If the sperm enters 
near the lower pole, the course of the sperm elements is nearly straight through 
the egg from the lower to the upper pole; if it enters at any other point than the 
vegetal pole, the path is a curved one, the “entrance path” curving more or less 
sharply into the “copulation path,’ depending upon the distance of the point of 
entrance from the vegetal pole. In all cases the sperm elements approach those of 


KARYOKINESIS. 25 


~ 


the egg from the lower side, and during the prophase of the first cleavage the germ 
nuclei usually, though not invariably, occupy the same relative positions, the egg 
nucleus being above and the sperm nucleus below, figs. 42-55. The positions of 
the spheres relative to the germ nuclei is not perfectly constant, though the sperm 
sphere usually precedes the sperm nucleus and the egg sphere lies on the central 
side of the egg nucleus. The spheres remain distinct during the approach of the 
germ nuclei, one being quite as evident as the other, and neither showing any trace 
of degeneration. A number of yolk spherules are carried before the sperm into the 
protoplasmic area surrounding the egg nucleus and sphere, and thus it happens that 
several yolk spherules are usually found between the two germ nuclei and spheres, 
and more or less isolated from the remainder of the yolk. The germ nuclei first 
come into contact, as shown in figs. 44 and 45, and afterwards the spheres meet. 
inclosing still some of the yolk between them; the spheres then completely fuse. 
figs. 45, 46, 47, 49, 50, 51, #S. 

Before fusion the spheres consist of masses of faintly staining granules, and a 
more or less distinct boundary line separates them from the remaining cytoplasm ; 
from this boundary a few fibres or rows of microsomes radiate. This boundary line 
is sharper in some cases than in others, but is always faintly marked. Immediately 
before and after the fusion of the spheres it can be seen that the coarse eranules in 
the spheres are nodal points in a very delicate reticulum, figs. 45-47 and 49-51. 
As soon as the spheres have fused, their substance surrounds the nuclei and spreads 
in a faintly staining mass into the cytoplasm above the nuclei and immediately 
below the polar bodies. A similar area of darkly stained protoplasm has been 
observed by Coe (99) in Cerebratulus (see his figs. 25-28), and is said by him to 
be derived from the germinal vesicle. In Crepzdu/a there can be no doubt that 
this area is derived from the egg and sperm spheres, though these in turn may be 
derived from material escaped from the germinal vesicle. All this time very faint 
radiations proceed from the periphery of the fused spheres, figs. 46, 49, 50. In 
Arenicola, according to Child (98), the germ nuclei, when they meet, are sur- 
rounded by an area of reticular cytoplasm from which radiations run into the sur- 
rounding substance of the egg. Child regards these radiations as possibly the result 
of the absorption of liquid by the germ nuclei, while the reticulum, he thinks, may 
indicate an accumulation of liquid around the nuclei. 

In Crepzdula the spheres are present during the period when the germ nuclei 
are growing most actively ; they lie in close contact with these nuclei and appear to 
be associated with their rapid growth. I am inclined to regard them as the expres- 
sion of certain chemical and physical processes, taking place between the nuclei and 
the cytoplasm, rather than as structures of high morphological significance. 

5. ORIGIN OF CLEAVAGE CEeNTROSOMES.—In several cases I have observed two 
large granules among the microsomes at the periphery of the spheres, from which 
stronger radiations proceed into the cytoplasm, but not into the spheres, figs. 47, 40, 
51. These granules are but little larger than others in the peripheral layer of the 
spheres, and the radiations proceeding from them are but a trifle stronger and more 


4 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


26 KARYOKINESIS. 


perfectly centered. Nevertheless they are the only structures in the egg at this 
stage which at all resemble centrosomes, and I believe, though I cannot positively 
affirm it, that they become the centrosomes of the first cleavage spindle. In a 
slightly more advanced stage, figs. 48, 52, 55, unmistakable centrosomes are present ; 
they are no larger than the granules of the preceding stage, but the radiations are 
larger and more numerous, and they proceed im all directions from them. Those 
radiating fibres which are directed toward the germ nuclei come into contact with 
the nuclear membrane, which becomes infolded at this point, and at the same time 
a darkly staining, homogeneous fluid escapes from the nucleus thus forming a cone 
or half spindle, the base of which is applied to the nucleus, while the apex reaches 
to and surrounds the centrosome. 

As soon as the undoubted centrosomes appear the fused egg and sperm spheres 
lose their boundaries, and their granules are either dissolved, or are scattered 
through the cytoplasm, figs. 48, 52, 55. The cleavage centrosomes are from the 
first independent of each other, and not until a later stage (figs. 54 and 55), is 
there any trace of a “central spindle” between them; these fibres grow out from 
each centrosome until they meet and fuse, just as MacFarland (97) has observed 
in the first cleavage of Pleurophylidza. 

In view of the controversy as to the origin of the cleavage centrosomes in 
different animals, it is important to know what relation these centrosomes bear to 
the egg and sperm spheres of Crepzdu/a. Unfortunately no conclusive answer can 
be given to this question since the centrosomes do not appear until after the spheres 
have fused.t| There are certain evidences, however, which point to the conclusion 
that each sphere gives rise to one of these centrosomes. The evidences are the 
following :—(1) in fig. 45 a number of yolk spherules lie between the eee and sperm 
spheres which are here entirely separate; in figs. 46 and 47, the principal mass 
of yolk within the fused spheres probably marks the line of fusion between the 
two spheres; in fig. 47 a centrosome lies on each side of the principal aggregation 
of these yolk spherules, and therefore it is probable that one centrosome has arisen 
from that part of the fused sphere which was the sperm sphere, and the other from 
the half which was the egg sphere; (2) until the time of fusion each sphere is 
closely connected with, in fact partially surrounds, its own nucleus. Even after the 
fusion it can be seen, fig. 46, that a denser portion of the fused sphere is connected 
with each of the germ nuclei. Now, if the centrosomes arose, one from the ege 

1 Since this was written more recent work on this subject has shown conclusively that centrosomes 
and spindles may arise separately in connection with each germ nucleus. If the recently fertilized eggs 
of C. plana are put into a 1 per cent. solution of sodium chloride in normal sea water for 4 hours, a 
perfect karyokinetic spindle, though about one-half the size of the usual cleavage spindle, appears in 
connection with the egg nucleus, although the latter may be separated from the sperm nucleus by 
almost the whole diameter of the egg. If the sperm nucleus is small and densely chromatic no spindle 
is formed in connection with it; if, however, the sperm nucleus has grown until it contains a consider- 
able quantity of achromatic material a perfect spindle may be formed in connection with it also; in 
such cases the two spindles usually lie close to each other and may form a tetraster. This experiment 
suggests that the contradictory observations of different investigators on different animals may find an 


explanation in the varying rates of growth of the germ nuclei within the egg or in slight differences of 
the environment. 


KARYOKINKSIS. 27 
sphere, the other from the sperm sphere, we should expect to find a centrosome in 
connection with each germ nucleus and with no connecting central spindle between 
them. This is just what occurs. In figs. 50-51 the two centrosomes are so placed 
as to suggest that one is related to the egg nucleus and the other to the sperm 
nucleus, and in figs. 48-53 there can be no doubt about this fact. In no egg ex- 
amined is there a trace of a central spindle connecting the two centrosomes until 
after the centrosomes are in their definitive positions and the nuclear membrane is 
broken down at the poles of the spindle, figs. 54-55. Even though the centrosomes 
may lie in their definitive positions at an early stage, a thing which sometimes 
occurs (fig. 52), they are still quite independent, there being no central spindle fibres 
between them. This evidence, therefore, although not entirely conclusive, is favor- 
able to the view that one of the centrosomes of the first cleavage spindle comes from 
the egg sphere and the other from the sperm sphere. 

Such a conclusion as to the origin of the cleavage centrosomes is at variance 
with all observations which have been made heretofore,’ and it is with much hesi- 
tation that I bring it forward without being able to demonstrate its truth in the 
clearest and most satisfactory manner. I have finally determined to publish these 
observations only after having spent several years in trying to get indisputable 
evidence upon this point, so far without success. However, the evidence, as far as 
it goes, points to the conclusion that both egg and sperm spheres contribute to the 
formation of the cleavage centrosomes. 

In view of the fact that, in Crepzdu/a, egg and sperm centrosomes and spheres 
undergo parallel metamorphoses and that both spheres persist until their union, the 
commonly accepted view that the spermatozoon alone contributes to the cleavage 
centrosomes seems in this case highly improbable. Further, there is no particle of 
direct evidence in favor of this view; there is no sperm amphiaster as in many 
other cases; when the cleavage centrosomes first appear there is no central spindle 
between them, as would be the case if both were derived from a single sperm cen- 
trosome ; a centrosome usually appears in connection with each germ nucleus, which 
is also inexplicable on the supposition that both have come from the spermatozoon. 
These same facts are equally strong against the supposition that both cleavage cen- 
trosomes are derived from the egg centrosome. 

On the other hand it is quite possible that both cleavage centrosomes are new 
formations, z. e., are not directly derived from the egg and sperm centrosomes, but 
have arisen independently of these and of each other, in the remains of the fused 
spheres. Apart from the evidence that one centrosome comes from each of the 

1Tt most closely resembles the results of Carnoy and Lebrun (’97) on Ascaris, though it differs 
fundamentally from these in that these authors claim that the cleavage centrosomes arise from nucleoli, 
one of which comes from each of the germ nuclei. 

Since the above was written Lillie’s (1901) complete paper on the maturation, fertilization and 
cleavage of Unio has appeared, and the account which he gives of the origin of the cleavage centro- 
somes in that animal is strikingly like my observations as to the origin of these centrosomes in Crepi- 
dula. In brief he finds that one cleavage centrosome arises in connection with each germ nucleus, that 
there is no central spindle between them and that they arise near or in the margin of the sphere sub- 


stance. He does not consider that they are descendants of the egg centrosomes or sperm amphiaster, 
but that they are ege products of new origin. 


28 KARYOKINESIS. 


spheres, there is no reason to be alleged why both may not be new formations with- 
out genetic relationship to egg or sperm centrosomes, except the analogy of the 
cleavage stages, where a persistence of centrosomes in all stages can be clearly 
established. 

In a former account of the fertilization of Crepzdu/a (Conklin °94) I described 
a form of “ Quadrille of the Centers,” in some respects similar to that observed by 
Fol (91) and Guignard ('91). In this account I expressly stated that I had not 
seen the centrosomes during the fertilization, but only the egg and sperm “asters.” 
My account of the persistence and approach of both the asters until they come into 
contact, I am now able to confirm. However, my account of their subsequent divi- 
sion into halves and the union of these halves by pairs to form the cleavage asters 
was incorrect. Judging by what I have since seen I am convinced that in my 
former paper I mistook lobulations of the egg and sperm spheres such as are shown 
in fig. 44, for division of those spheres, and other similar lobulations of the fused 
spheres, figs. 46-49, for the union of half-spheres to form the cleavage asters. 

The present stand of the question of the centrosomes in fertilization is so well 
known that it demands no extensive treatment here. Following the publications 
of Fol, Guignard, Blane and myself, papers on this subject came “ fast and furious.” 
Boveri (95), Wilson and Mathews (795), Hill (95) and Reinke (95), showed that 
no quadrille occurred in the Echinoderms; Kostanecki and Wierzejski (96), Mac- 
Farland (97), and more recently Griffin (99), and Linville (1900), held that it did 
not occur among mollusks; Guignard’s work has failed of confirmation by other 
writers; Van der Stricht (95), who held that a quadrille occurred in Amphioxus, 
has been followed by Sobotta (97), who maintains that there is no quadrille in that 
animal, and Blane (95), who described a form of quadrille in the trout, has been 
followed by Behrens (98), who finds that both the cleavage centrosomes in that 
animal comes from the sperm; and so the quadrille went to its death. 

On the other hand Boveri's (87-92) view that the cleavage centrosomes were 
introduced by the spermatozoon, and that “7z¢ zs the centrosome alone which incttes 
the division of the egg, and ts, therefore, the fertilizing element proper” (Wilson 
96, p. 140), was eagerly championed by more than a score of writers; in fact this 
doctrine was much more cautiously held by Boveri than by many of his followers. 
However, there has been accumulating a body of evidence to show that the cleavage 
centrosomes do not, in all cases at least, come from the spermatozoon. Apart from 
the long known fact that cleavage centrosomes are present in parthenogenetic eggs, 
many observations have been made on fertilized eges which tend to show that these 
centrosomes may come from the egg centrosome or may possibly arise independently 
of either the egg or sperm centrosomes. I refer particularly to the work of Wheeler, 
Foot, Mead, Lillie, Child and myself. In almost every case so far observed there 
is a period, more or less prolonged, during which no centrosomes are visible (ef. Coe, 
98, p. 455). In only a few cases is it affirmed that the sperm centrosomes can be 
traced without a break into the cleavage centrosomes. 

So far as the mollusks are concerned there does not seem to be a single case in 


KARYOKINESIS. 29 


which the cleavage centrosomes are undoubtedly derived from the sperm centrosome. 
As to Physa, in which this origin is strenuously maintained, Kostanecki’s figures are 
capable of another interpretation than that which he puts upon them. All of his 
figures which show the two germ nuclei and the two centrosomes up to the time 
when the latter have taken their final position at the poles of the nuclei (his fig. 
33a) show one centrosome in connection with each nucleus and nowhere in these 
stages is a central spindle shown, except in fig. 30, which shows a single fibre con- 
tinuous from pole to pole; even in the later stage, fig. 33a, there is no central 
spindle. Further, it is a significant fact that when the egg centrosome disappears 
the sperm centrosome also disappears (fig. 25-28), while the next stage figured (fig. 
30) shows two large and well marked centrosomes, and in fig. 31 one of these lies 
in close connection with each of the germ nuclei. 

In Pleurophylidia, according to MacFarland, the sperm asters and centrosomes 
disappear completely during the formation of the second polar body and for a rela- 
tively long period no centrosomes are present. After the germ nuclei are in con- 
tact the cleavage centrosomes appear, and since they frequently occupy positions 
similar to the sperm centers, the author thinks they are derived from these. 

In Unzo Lillie finds that both egg and sperm centrosomes and asters completely 
disappear and that accessory centrosomes and asters also arise and disappear. 
Finally the two cleavage centrosomes arise independantly of each other and of any 
of their predecessors. ; 

In Lemnea Linville finds that both egg and sperm centrosomes disappear for 
a time, but since the cleavage spindle first involves the sperm nucleus, he concludes 
that the cleavage centrosomes are of spermatic origin. His figures, however, do not 
bear out this interpretation ; fig. 6 shows the incipient cleavage spindle in connection 
with what is surely the egg nucleus, though he calls it the fused germ nuclei, (so 
far as | am aware the germ nuclei do not fuse in any mollusk.) Fig. 18, which is 
one of the earliest of his figures showing the cleavage centrosomes, shows one in con- 
nection with each germ nucleus and with no central spindle between them. 

Boveri's figure of Pterotrachea (90. fig. 10), which is so widely copied in the 
text-books, shows one centrosome in connection with each germ nucleus and no 
central spindle between the two. 

In other groups of animals the evidence in favor of Boveri's hypothesis is by 
no means conclusive, while much positive evidence has been brought against it. 
Among Zurbellarza I know of no single case clearly favorable to this view; (ef. 
Klinckowstrém °96), Van der Stricht (98), Gardiner (99), Van Name (99). Coe’s 
(99) work on Cerebratulus affords very good evidence that the sperm centers 
become the cleavage centers in that animal, and the same is true of Cheloplerus 
(Mead °97), and of 7halassema Griffin (99). On the other hand Foot ('97) has 
shown in a convincing manner that the cleavage centrosomes are new formations in 
Allolobophora and Child (98) holds the same position with regard to Arenzcola. 

If all these accounts are to be believed, therefore, the cleavage centrosomes may 
come from the sperm, from the egg, or from both, and it is at once apparant that 


30 KARYOKINESIS. 


processes which vary so much can have no fundamental or general significance.t 
And even if all these accounts are not accepted, they show that the problem is a 
peculiarly difficult and complicated one and that it is still too early to formulate gen- 
eralizations with regard to it. 

The evidence is certainly very convincing that in some cases both of the cleavage 
centrosomes come from the sperm, but in other cases the evidence that they do not 
have this origin amounts to a demonstration. This is shown in the clearest possible 
manner in phenomena of normal and artificial parthenogenesis in which of necessity 
the cleavage centrosomes must have their origin in the egg. Boveri recognizes par- 
thenogenesis as an exception to his generalization and indicates that in such cases: 
the egg centrosome may not degenerate. This view presupposes a fundamental dif- 
ference between amphigony and parthenogenesis such as does not actually exist. It 
is well known that in certain animals the determining causes of amphigonic or par- 
thenogenetic development are slight differences in extrinsic conditions ; for example 
there is no fundamental difference between the ova of the honey bee which develop 
parthenogenetically and those which are fertilized, and how purely accidental in 
this case are the causes which determine whether there shall be parthenogenesis 
or amphigony. There is no world wide distinction between these two methods of 
development and the differences as to the manner of origin of the cleavage centro- 
somes cannot be fundamental. If in some species the ege centrosome is capable of 
being preserved or reorganized, it 1s certainly quite possible that in others it may 
not degenerate at all. There is therefore no a frzore reason for supposing {that 
Boveri’s hypothesis is of general application and, as I have already attempted to 
show, it is not in accord with all the facts. 

Certainly when one looks at the problem of fertilization from a general point 
of view, when one considers the universality of sexual reproduction, when one 
reflects upon the multitudes of exquisite adaptations which exist for securing the 
union of ege and sperm he will be loath to believe that the essential feature of 
fertilization is the addition of a centrosome to the egg cell or the supplying of a 
stimulus to its development which is not needed in all cases and can as well be 
supplied by changes in density, salinity, temperature, etc., as by the entrance of a 
spermatozoon. 

III. CLeavacs. 


I have already described the cell lineage or what may be called the external 
phenomena of cleavage in Crepzdula (Conklin ’97) and must refer to that paper for 
any detailed account of that process. I may be permitted here, however, to recall 
a few of the more important features in the early cleavage. In this gasteropod, 
as indeed also in all mollusks, the cleavage is of a peculiarly determinate, z. @., con- 
stant and differential, character. 

The first cleavage is equal and divides the egg into two blastomeres which are 
approximately anterior and posterior in position; the second cleavage is also equal, 
dividing the egg into right and left portions, Plate V, figs. 80-88. Not only are the 


" See foot-note. 


KARYOKINESIS. 31 


four cells thus formed (A, B, C and D,) equal in size, but they each contain about 
the same quantity of yolk. Two of the cells (B and D) meet at the vegetal pole in 
a polar furrow, whereas all four cells usually meet in a point at the animal pole. 

From these four cells thus formed three groups or “quartettes” of small cells, 
without yolk, are cut off (Plate VI, figs. 89-96). These three quartettes (la—ld, 
2a—2d, 3a-3d) form the whole of the ectoblast of the embryo. The fourth quartette 
(4a—-4d) consists of large cells containing yolk and one of the cells of this quartette 
(4d) is the mesentoblast and gives rise to most of the mesoblast and also to the 
posterior part of the intestine. The other three cells of this quartette (4a, 4h, 
4c) are purely entoblastic. The first division of the first quartette (la—id) is very 
unequal, giving rise to four large ‘‘cephaloblasts’” and four small “trochoblasts” 
(figs. 93-96). The latter are peculiar in structure and history, being clear and non- 
granular as compared with the cephaloblasts; they divide but once and grow to a 
great size, giving rise to parts of the velum and head vesicle. The first subdivision 
of the cephaloblasts is also unequal (figs. 97, 98), giving rise to four small “apical 
cells” and four large peripheral ones which become the “basal cells” in the arms of 
a cross of ectoblastic cells, which lies with its center at the apical pole and one arm 
in each quadrant (figs. 99,100). The first division of the second quartette is nearly 
equal (figs. 96, 97), while at the second division four small cells arise which forms 
the “tip cells” im the arms of the cross (figs. 96-100). 

Now as contrasted with these external phenomena of cleavage, which are 
chiefly concerned with cell boundaries, the internal phenomena consist of certain 
cyclical changes in the nucleus, centrosome and cytoplasm, each cycle being in the 
main like every other, though often differing in details. It is in these internal phe- 
nomena that the causes of determinate cleavage must be sought and to a study of 
_ these phenomena we now turn. 

No sharp line of demarkation can be drawn between the fertilization and the 
first cleavage, since the two overlap, to a certain extent, in point of time. For con- 
venience, however, we may consider the fertilization ended and the first cleavage 
begun when the centrosomes have taken their definitive positions at the poles of the 
incipient mitotic spindle. Such a stage is shown in figs. 54-45. 

1. THe NucLear Cuances Durinc CLeavace.—a. /udependence of Germ 
Nuclez.'—Until the metaphase of the first cleavage the chromosomes derived from 
the two germ nuclei are plainly separated into two groups, one derived from the 
egg nucleus, the other from the sperm, figs. 55-56, text fig. V. During the metaki- 
nesis no such separation is recognizable, but in the late anaphase the chromosomal 
vesicles fuse together into two groups and as the daughter nuclei become vesicular a 
partition wall is left between these groups, fig. 60, and text fig. VI. In the telo- 
phase this partition wall gradually disappears, persisting longest on the side of 
the nucleus next the centrosome, where a grooye marks its position, fig. $1; 
this groove usually disappears at the height of the nuclear “rest” or * pause,” but 
it appears again in the early prophase of the next division and in almost exactly 


1 An abstract of this section appeared in the Biological Bulletin, Vol. II, 1901. 


32 KARYOKINESIS. 


ST GsenVie 


Fie. VIII. 


Fie. IX. Fie. X. 


Fias. V-X.—INDEPENDENCE OF THE GERM NUCLEI OF CREPIDULA.—The duality of each nucleus is shown 
in the metaphase and telophase of the first cleavage (figs. V, VI), in the prophase and telophase of the 
second cleavage (figs. VII, VIII, X) and in an abnormal egg (fig. IX). 


KARYOKINESIS. 


Fic. XII. 
Fic. XI. 


Fig. XIV. 
Fic. XIII. 


Fie. XV. Fic. XVI. 


Fics. XI-XVI.—INDEPENDENCE OF THE GERM NUCLEI OF CREPIDULA.—The dual character of each nucleus 
is shown especially well in the telophase of each division, 


5 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XI. 


3 KARYOKINESIS. 


the same position in which it was last seen, fig. 82, text figs. VIL and VIII. In 
this groove the new central spindle for the next cleavage lies and in the following 
division each half of the double nucleus is divided equally, frequently showing a 
double chromosome plate in the metaphase. In the succeeding anaphase and telo- 
phase each nucleus is again plainly double, being separated by a partition wall into 
two parts. The dual character of the cleavage nuclei has been observed in the 
telophase of every cleavage cell up to the 29-cell stage and in many cells up to the 
60-cell stage, text figs. V-XVI. 

It is very probable that the halves of these double nuclei descend in unbroken 
continuity from each of the germ nuclei and for the following reasons: 

1. In the first and second cleavages the nuclear halves are distinct at all 
stages except during the metakinesis, and the relative positions of these halves cor- 
respond to those of the germ nuclei. Even in later cleavages the relative positions 
of the nuclear halves indicate that the one lying nearest the animal pole is probably 
from the egg nucleus and the other from the sperm, text figs. V-XVI. 

2. In the first, second, third and fourth cleavages, and probably in all, the 
central spindle when first formed in the early prophase, lies in a groove between the 
nuclear halves, and hence in the only plane in which it could he if the nuclear 
halves are to be equally divided. Since successive cell divisions in Crepzdu/a alter- 
nate in direction, it follows, if the plane of nuclear division is always at right angles 
to the plane of contact between the two halves, that the nuclei or nuclear spindles 
must rotate at every cycle of division. This actually occurs, as a glance at the text 
figures will show; the rotation usually occurs in each nuclear cycle before the pro- 
phase but sometimes as late as the metaphase. 

3. In certain abnormal cases blastomeres are found with two entirely separate 
nuclei in the resting stage; in other cases two entirely separate mitotic figures lie 
side by side in the same cell and in one such case, text fig. IX, there are thirty 
chromosomes in each of these spindlés, the same number which is found in each 
of the germ nuclei. 

4. Finally there is always a single nucleolus in each of the gerin nuclei before 
their union, and in all of the cleavages, so far as I have observed, there are two and 
only two nucleoli present in the telophase, but during the resting period, particularly 
if it be prolonged, they may fuse into a single one. In view of current teaching 
with regard to the significance of the nucleolus this persistence of a definite number 
of nucleoli in each telophase is a somewhat surprising fact and may possibly indi- 
cate that there is a persistence of some structure which may act as a center for 
the formation of the nucleolus in each cell generation.’ Since the nucleolus itself 
is dissolved at the beginning of each mitosis, may not some achromatic structure, in 
which or around which the new nucleolus is formed, persist and be transmitted by 

* Montgomey (’99) has compiled tables showing the number of nucleoli in the egg cells of 170 
or more genera representing almost every phylum in the animal kingdom. As a result of this work he 
concludes that the number is not constant for a species, that it does not depend upon the amount of 


yolk, mode of cleavage nor upon the manner of deposition of the egg, and that the facts do not warrant 
an attempt to explain the factors limiting the number of nucleoli. 


KARYOKINESIS. 


ro) 
Or 


) 


division to the two daughter cells? However this phenomenon may be explained, 
the fact that there is a single nucleolus in each germ nucleus before their union, and 
that there is a single nucleolus in each half of the dual nuclei during the cleavage, 
is additional evidence that the halves of these dual nuclei actually represent the 
germ nuclei.' 

Such a case as that of Crefzdula indicates that the apparently single vesicular 
nucleus of the resting stage may really be double in character, and the fact that out 
of such a nucleus there may arise in the anaphase and telophase dual daughter 
nuclei shows that the germ nuclei may still preserve their individuality, though no 
trace of such separateness may be apparent at other periods. Further, it is possible, 
even in advanced stages of the cleavage to determine with considerable probability 
which part of a double nucleus is derived from the egg and which from the sperm, 
the egg half always lying nearer the animal pole than the sperm half (see text 
figures V-XVI). 

This independence of the germ nuclei during the cleavage of Crepzdu/a is funda- 
mentally like the observations of Hacker (92, °95) and Riickert (95) on Cyclops, 
here also the germ nuclei do not completely fuse throughout the early cleavage, their 
independence being most clearly shown in the telophase. Riickert also finds evi- 
dence of a similar independence of the germ nuclei in the figures of Fol (79) on 
Toxopneustes and of Bellonci (84) and Kolliker (89) on Szvedon. Some of these 
figures referred to furnish very doubtful evidence. For example only one of 
Fol’s figures (pl. VII, fig. 7) shows a dual nucleus, while the figure in Kélliker’s 
textbook (fig. 56) is most probably a case of the indentation of the nuclear mem- 
brane opposite the centrosomes, a thing which frequently happens im the early pro- 
phase. Bellonci’s figs. 1 and 20 show an indentation on one side of the nucleus 
which may correspond to a division between the germ halves, but none of his fig- 
ures, with the possible exception of fig. 20, show a fusion of the chromosomal vesi- 
cles into two separate groups. Coe (’99) figures an indented nucleus in the telophase 
of the first cleavage of Cerebratulus (see his fig. 40) which probably represents the 
incomplete fusion of the germ nuclei in this animal. With the exception of Hacker 
and Riickert, none of the authors named call attention to these indented nuclei or 
suggest their possible significance, and I think it may fairly be said that Crepzduda 
affords the most satisfactory and convincing evidence of the independence of the 
germ nuclei which has yet been discovered. 

These observations are intimately related to the important discovery of Herla 
(95) and Zoja (95) that the egg and sperm chromosomes of Ascarzs remain inde- 
pendent at least as late as the twelve cell stage, and this discovery was anticipated 

1 More recent experimental work on Crepidula egg has shown that when the chromosomal vesicles 
are prevented from fusing a single nucleolus usually appears within each; in general, one nucleolus 
is found within each nuclear vesicle, and the fact that two are so generally found in the telophase is 
probably due to the fact that at this stage the nucleus consists of two vesicles, whereas the more com- 
plete fusion of these vesicles in later stages may lead to the formation of a single nucleolus. Such a 


view would bring the size and number of nucleoli into relation with the size and number of nuclear 
vesicles present at any stage. 


3 KARYOKINESIS. 


by the hypothesis of the individuality of the chromosomes, first advanced by Rabl 
(85) and afterward ably defended by Boveri (87, °88, °92). 

(6). Chromatin. At the beginning of the prophase of the first and second 
cleavages the nucleus contains a large number of rounded chromatin granules, which 
are connected together by a faintly staining linin network, figs. 45-55 and 62-64. 
These granules are at first solid bodies, but later become hollow spherules,’ figs. 45—52, 
and in these stages they all stain alike. Some of these spheres then become united in 
a linear series, to form the chromosomes, while the others (a large proportion of the 
whole number) take no part in the formation of the chromosomes and are finally dis- 
solved in the nuclear sap, or are transformed into linin threads. Those spherules 
which enter into the formation of the chromosomes again become solid and stain 
more deeply than the others (basichromatin) figs. 50, 51, 62, 63, while those which 
do not form chromosomes stain less deeply with nuclear stains and gradually come 
to take plasma stains, (oxychromatin.) 

In the prophase of the third, fourth and fifth cleavages the chromatin exists in 
the form of a reticulum, figs. 70, 71, 74, 75, and not in the form of separate sphe- 
rules. In the rest preceding the prophase, however, this reticulum is formed of 
chromatin spherules as in the first and second cleavages, though these spherules are 
never so evident in later cleavages as in the first two. Some of the threads of this 
chromatin reticulum become chromosomes; others which show that they are com- 
posed of granules, fig. 70, stain much less deeply with nuclear stains, finally taking 
plasma stains only, and have no part in the formation of chromosomes, but are 
dissolved in the nuclear sap, or are transformed into linin. 

This differentiation into two kinds of chromatin, one of which (basichromatin) 
forms chromosomes and the other (oxychromatin) does not, occurs in the early pro- 
phase ; in the preceding rest stages all the chromatin, both reticulum and spherules, 
stains alike, figs. 45-55 and 61-64 and 69-70. In the first and second cleavages the 
oxychromatin granules are scattered through the whole of the nucleus and most of 
them dissolve zz sztu, figs. 53,54, though some of them become attached to the 
mantle fibres of the spindle, fig. 55, and text figs. XVII and XVIII, where they are 
either transformed into spindle fibres or are dissolved, exactly as in the prophase 
of the first maturation. These dissolving granules sometimes remain hollow and 
in this case their morphology sufficiently identifies them with the chromatin spher- 
ules of preceding stages, figs. 49-52; in other eggs the dissolving granules become 
solid and gradually grow smaller and smaller until they disappear in an almost 
homogeneous nuclear sap, figs. 55 and 63. In some of the cleavages, particularly 
the second and third, I have observed that the basichromatin, in the form of a 
densely staining reticulum occupies that portion of the nucleus lying nearest the 
centrosome (‘* Pol” of Rabl °85), while the oxychromatin, also in the form of a 
reticulum, occupies the opposite half of the nucleus (‘Gegenpol” of Rabl ), figs. 62 

* These hollow spherules with clear center and dark periphery directly reverse that common 
staining phenomenon, such as is characteristic of yolk spheres, where the periphery becomes clear, on 


destaining, and the center remains dark. They have also been figured by Korschelt (95) in Ophryo- 
trocha and by Coe (799) in Cerebratulus in the prophase of the first cleavage. 


Ns) 


KARYOKINKESIS. ‘ 


= 
U 


oO 


and 70. These nuclei are very similar to those figured and described by Calkins 
(98) in Mocteluca and by R. Hertwig (99) in Actenosphe@rium, where the basi- 
chromatin is aggregated’ at one pole (** Hauptpol’’) and the oxychromatin at the 
other (‘*Gegenpol”’). 

In all cases the oxychromatin granules or reticulum completely disappear as 
such, though this may not happen until after the spindle is well formed, e. ¢., fig. 
55. Wilson (95) maintains that a portion of the chromatin (oxychromatin) is 
transformed into linin in 7oxopneustes, and Griffin (?99) holds the same view as to 
Thalassema; see also Lillie (1901, p. 250). I have no doubt that this is the case 
also in Crepzdula, where many of the oxychromatin granules are arranged on the 
linin fibres and are here dissolved and apparently transformed into the substance of 
the fibres (see text figs. XVII, XVIII). The further history of the achromatic sub- 
stances will be followed under the head of the mitotic spmdle and spheres. 

The basichromatin is transformed into chromosomes in the manner already 
indicated (p. 56). In no nucleus in Crepzdu/a have I ever been able to find a single 
continuous spireme thread. The chromosomes are formed by the union into a linear 
series of the chromatin spherules or from portions of the chromatin reticulum, but 
from the first there is a large number of these segments, though I cannot determine 
whether the number is the same as the final number of chromosomes. Perhaps this 
method of formation of chromosomes without a preceding spireme is to be looked 
upon as a modification due to a precocious segmentation of the spireme. 

In the early prophase of several cleavages, particularly the first division of the 
first quartette, the chromatin is aggregated into a dense mass at the center of the 
nucleus, leaving a peripheral zone inside the nuclear membrane which contains no 
chromatin, text fig. XXIX. Such nuclei resemble in appearance the “synapsis” 
stages (Moore, Montgomery) of spermatogenesis. This condition is the result of 
the aggregation of the chromosomes, a phenomenon which occurs in every prophase, 
while the resemblance to the synapsis is due merely to the persistence of the nuc- 
lear membrane for an unusually long time. 

c. Separation of Chromosomes and Formation of Daughter Nucler. The 
chromosomes, which are at first widely scattered through the nuclear cavity, text 
figs. XVITand XVIII, are first drawn into the equatorial plate and then transported 
to the poles of the spindle in the usual manner. 

The splitting of the chromosomes in the first cleavage, however, greatly resem- 
bles a heterotypic mitosis. In this division many of the chromosomes are shaped 
like rings, ellipses or triangles, and the parts of these figures lying in the equator 
grow thinner and thinner, the chromatic substance aggregating in the portions of the 
chromosomes turned toward the poles, until only a faint linin thread is left com- 
pleting the otherwise open rings or triangles, fig. 56. I am not sure that this type of 
division of the chromosomes in the first cleavage occurs in all eggs, sce I have 
found it in only a few cases and have been unable to find it in others of apparently 
the same stage (cf. figs. 56 and 57). 


1 Montgomery (1900) has rendered these names into the convenient English terms “central 
pole” and ‘‘ distal pole,” which terms I shall adopt in this paper. 


38 KARYOKINESIS. 


The separation of the chromosomes coincides in point of time with the flow of 
the interfilar substance of the spindle to the spheres. The chromosomes move to- 
ward the poles until they come into contact with the spheres and even spread around 
them to a certain extent, figs. 59, 66, 67. Such a fact is irreconcilable with the 
theory that the chromosomes are moved solely by the contraction of the spindle 
fibres, as Wilson (95) and Griffin (99) have pointed out, and suggests that the 
movements of both interfilar substance and of chromosomes may be due to the 
chemotropic attraction of spheres and centrosomes, as Strasburger (93) maintains. 

When the chromosomes have reached the borders of the sphere at the end of 
the spindle they do not enter into the sphere but spread somewhat over its surface 
figs. 59, 66, 67. In this position the chromosomes are rapidly transformed into 
vesicles, which grow larger and larger. These vesicles then fuse together and the 
nucleus becomes an apparently single vesicle, though divided by a partition wall as 
described above (p. 34). A reticulum of chromatin is then formed within the daughter 
nuclei, which probably arises from the walls of the chromosomal vesicles, and on 
each side of the partition wall there appears a single nucleolus, fig. 60. While these 
chromosomal vesicles are in contact with the sphere, the latter frequently becomes 
pear-shaped with the pointed extremity toward the chromosomes, fig. 67. In all 
cases the daughter nuclei have processes which extend partially around and even 
into the spheres, figs. 60, 81. Gradually, however, the processes disappear as the 
daughter nuclei increase in size and the latter finally become rounded on the side 
next the spheres, figs. Gl and 68. The significance of these processes of the nucleus 
which project into the spheres is not far to seek. The daughter nuclei are at this 
stage increasing their achromatic substance at a great rate, and the form of these 
nuclei at once suggests that this substance is absorbed in large part from the 
¢ cells of Dytescus, as described by Korschelt 
(89), are similar im form, and perhaps in function, to this stage of these cleavage 
nucle, 


spheres. The nuclei of the growing eg 


Lillie (99) has observed that just before the “inner sphere” begins to expand, 
after the second maturation division in U/nzo, it is three-quarters surrounded by the 
chromosomes, and he suggests that there may be at this time a diffusion of chromatin 
into the sphere, the interior of which stains more darkly than before. According to 
my interpretation of the similar phenomenon in Crepzdu/a, the chromosomes are at 
this time absorbing substances from the spheres; not until much later does the 
“inner sphere” or centrosome again stain more deeply. 

During this rapid growth of the daughter nuclei the spheres decrease some- 
what in size (ef. figs. 60 and 61, also 67 and 68), in spite of the fact that at this time 
sphere substance is collecting into the spheres from the astral radiations so that 
the decrease in the size of the spheres is not so great as it would otherwise be. 

The chromatin reticulum which is formed in the daughter nuclei gives place in 
the next prophase to chromatic granules connected together by linin threads, figs. 
61, 62, 70. 

In early stages of the prophase, when the centrosomes are just moving into 


KARYOKINKSIS. 39 


position at the poles of the nuclei, the latter frequently put out one or more short 
blunt processes, text figs. VII, VIII, XII. These processes contain chromatin and 
sometimes dark masses which look like nucleoli. Unlike the nuclear processes of 
the anaphase, described above, these are usually found on the side of the nucleus 
away from the centrosome and nearest the mid-body. It is probable that they are 
withdrawn into the nucleus before the nuclear membrane is dissolved. Their sig- 
nificance is unknown. 

This completes the account of the cycle of changes which the nucleus undergoes 
from one prophase of the cleavage to the next. With the exception of certain minor 
details, as has been pointed out, each cleavage is like every other in the matter 
of these nuclear changes. Apart from the equal division and distribution of the 
chromosomes in each mitosis, the most obvious and striking fact in this nuclear cycle 
is the escape of so large a part of the nuclear constituents into the cell body during 
mitosis and the reabsorption of a part of these by the daughter nuclei. 

2. CENTROSOMES AND CENTRAL SPINDLES.—a. Centrosomes.—The origin of the 
centrosomes for the first cleavage has already been described in detail (pp. 
25-30). These centrosomes are at first minute granules, quite independent of each 
other. A few fibres are inserted in them and radiate for a short distance into the 
cytoplasm, Some of these fibres grow toward the nucleus and form a cone or half 
spindle (figs. 48, 55), while others grow between the two centrosomes and unite them, 
thus forming a * central’ spindle” in the manner observed by Hermann (91), Drier 
(94) and MacFarland (’97). From the time the central spindle appears, the history 
of the centrosomes of the first cleavage is almost identically like that in the other 
cleavages so that the following description, unless otherwise specified, applies to any 
and all of the cleavages. 

The minute centrosomes of the prophase (figs. 52, 53, 54, 63, 70, text fie. IV, a 
and 6) become much larger in the metaphase (figs. 57, 65, 72, 76, text fig. IV, c 
and @) and stain less deeply at the center. In the anaphase (figs. 58, 59, 66) the 
centrosomes continue to enlarge, the periphery alone staining with haematoxylin 
while the central area takes the plasma stain. Finally in the late anaphase and 
in the telophase the centrosomes become relatively enormous spheres (figs. 60, 67, 
73, text fig. IV, e and /), frequently 6 to 8 win diameter. The peripheral layer or 
centrosomal membrane grows thinner and thinner until it reaches such a degree of 
tenuity as to be scarcely visible, ultimately breaking up into granules (figs. 68, 69, 
73, 74). In all these respects the metamorphoses of the centrosomes throughout 
the cleavage are the same as in the maturation divisions. 

The central area of the enlarged centrosome is at first apparently homogeneous 
(figs. 58, 66), but gradually minute granules begin to appear within it and then 
extremely delicate threads connecting them into a reticulum (figs. 59, 60, 66, 67, 
73, text fig. IV). Sometimes one sees, as in figs. 60, 61, 62, one or two granules 
within the centrosome which are slightly larger than the others; but during the 
telophase all of these granules are extremely minute and stain very faintly with 
plasma stains. Gradually they grow larger until they fill the entire centrosome and 


40 KARYOKINESIS. 


their affinity for nuclear stains increases until in the resting stage of certain cleavage 
cells, these centrosomes look like small nuclei filled with amass of minute chromatin 
eranules, figs. 61, 69, 76, text fig. IV, £ In other cleavage cells these centrosomes 
with their contained granules remain much less conspicuous. Of all the early 
cleavage they are most plainly visible in the macromeres just before the formation 
of the first and second quartettes, figs. 69, 74,75. The cause of this difference in the 
appearance of the centrosomes in different cells depends largely upon their size and 
affinity for stains. The size of the centrosome is always proportional to that of the 
cell in which it hes; its affinity for stains, during the resting period, increases as it 
approaches the free surface of the cell, so that although it may stain faintly when a 
short distance from the surface (figs. 61, 62, 68) it stains deeply when in contact 
with it (figs. 69, 74). Upon these two factors then depends the relative conspicu- 
ousness of the centrosome during the resting period. 

In all the cleavages which I have studied, with the exception of the first, the 
new centrosomes, and probably also the central spindles, arise within the mother cen- 
trosome, as in the case of the second maturation spindle. The origin of centrosomes 
for the second cleavage is shown in figs. 62 and 63, though the origin of the central 
spindle could not be clearly made out in this case. The origin of centrosomes and 
spindles for the third cleavage is shown in fig. 70, while those for later cleavages 
are shown in figs. 74,75 and 76. In all these cases the centrosomes appear as 
shghtly enlarged granules within the old centrosome. These granules stand at some 
distance from each other, and in no case in the cleavage have I seen the division of 
a single granule to form these two; they are, however, connected by the reticulum 
of threads and granules which fills the mother centrosome, and when the time arrives 
for the formation of a new mitotic figure the mother centrosome elongates, becoming 
shghtly elliptical m outline, the daughter centrosomes, as two enlarged granules, lie 
at the extremities of this ellipse, and the reticulum which fills the mother centrosome 
is drawn out into an irregular spindle shaped body composed of threads and granules, 
figs. 70, 74, 75, text fig. IV, 2, 2, 2. This elongation continues and the spindle 
shaped body becomes the central spindle (fig. 76), which in this case consists, not 
of straight fibres running from pole to pole, but of irregular and anastomosing fibres 
with granules at their nodes. The daughter centrosomes soon become surrounded 
by a little area free from granules, which is due to a halo of radiating fibres, so 
fine that few of them can be seen at this stage. This is the first appearance of the 
sphere (‘‘couche corticale”’) and it also arises, at least in certain cleavages, within 
the mother centrosome, figs. 70 and 76, the membrane of which may still persist at 
this stage. 

At a slightly later stage these radiating fibres become very evident, and with 
the formation of the cones or half spindles, as described at the beginning of this 
account of the centrosome, we have the completion of the cycle of changes under- 
gone by the centrosome from one prophase to the next. In a word, the most im- 
portant features of this cycle are (1) the great increase in size of the centrosome and 
its transformation into a sphere filled with a reticulum of fibres and granules, and 


KARYOKINKESIS. 4] 


(2) the origin of the new centrosomes and central spindle from this reticulum; in 
some cases at least the cortical zone also arises within the old centrosome, so that 
the entire initial spindle of one cell generation arises within the centrosome of the 
preceding generation. 

b. Central Spindles. In the case of the first cleavage the central spindle is 
formed after the centrosomes have taken their definitive positions at the poles of 
the germ nuclei, figs. 55 and 56. It first appears as a few fibres running from 
centrosome to centrosome in the line of contact between the egg and sperm nuclei. 
These fibres run independently from pole to pole and do not branch and show cross 
anastomoses with one another, so far as I have been able to observe; there are no 
varicosities or granules on them, as is the case in the later cleavages. The central 
spindles for the second cleavage are shown in surface view in fig. 82 and text fig. 
VIII, running from centrosome to centrosome over the surface of the nuclei and in 
the groove between the nuclear halves. In a section of a somewhat earlier stage 
(fig. 65), I have been unable to detect the fibres of the central spindle, though there 
is a clear area free from granules lying immediately over the nucleus and between 
the centrosomes in the position of the central spindle. 

In the later cleavages the origin of the central spindle within the mother centro- 
somes can be plainly observed figs. 70, 74, 75, 76. The central spindle is in these 
cases a long drawn out reticulum with granules at its nodes. These granules gradu- 
ally disappear as the spindle elongates and their substance is evidently transformed 
into the central spindle fibres. 

In Crepzdula, then, there appear to be two methods of origin of the central 
spindle : in the first cleavage the spindle arises in the cytoplasm between two inde- 
pendent centrosomes ; in all the other cleavages the centrosomes and central spindle 
arises as a unit structure within the mother centrosome; in the former case the 
fibres arise de novo between the centrosomes, in the later they arise as a centro- 
desmus (second maturation) or from the centrosomal reticulum (later cleavages). 

3. Potar Rays Anp SprnpLe Fisres.—When first visible the polar rays are 
extremely short and delicate fibres and their presence is to be recognized rather by 
the clear area (“cortical zone’’) surrounding the centrosome than by the recognition 
of individual fibres, figs. 70, 76. Soon these fibres become larger and longer and 
are plainly visible, figs. 52, 55, 63. Those directed toward the nucleus become 
stouter and more numerous than the others, and the nuclear membrane is fre- 
quently indented where they come into contact with it, figs. 55, 54, 71. In some 
cases, however, the nuclear membrane is not indented, but is drawn out into 
a cone, the apex of which lies near the centrosome. Whether the membrane 
is invaginated or evaginated, there is in both cases an escape of achromatic 
nuclear substance at the poles, and it is due to this substance that the extra-nuclear 
fibres grow stouter and become covered with oxychromatin granules, text figs. 
XVII-XIX. In the first maturation division, not only the fibres of the extra- 
nuclear spindle, but also all the polar fibres are studded with these granules; in 
the cleavage, however, I have not observed them on the polar fibres. In early 


6 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


42 KARYOKINESIS. 


prophases the fibres of the extra-nuclear spindles are directly continuous with the 
linin threads of the nucleus, which they closely resemble in every respect, text figs. 
XVII and XVIII. Like the linin they branch and anastomose and are studded 
with oxychromatin granules. This resemblance is so striking that I cannot doubt 
that the fibres of the extra-nuclear spindles are really derived from the achromatic 
substance of the nucleus. 

As in the maturation, so also in the cleavage there is an interfilar substance 
which fills the spaces between the fibres and which constitutes the greater part of 
the bulk of the amphiaster. This interfilar substance is probably derived in part 
from the hyaloplasm of the cell body and in part from nuclear sap containing 
dissolved oxychromatin. 


Fic. X VII.—Prophase of first cleavage of Crepidulu. Fie. X VIII.—Prophase of second cleavage of Crepidula. 


Throughout the metaphase the spindle-fibres are to a great extent concealed by 
this interfilar substance which fills in the whole space between them. In strongly 
destained specimens, however, the fibres can always be seen in the spindle. After 
the metaphase, however, no fibres can be seen crossing the dark zone which now 
surrounds the centrosome; both polar fibres and spindle-fibres appear to stop at the 
boundary of this cortical zone, or rather sphere. In the anaphase the structure of 
the sphere is such that one may be quite sure that neither polar nor spindle-fibres 
run through it, figs. 58, 59, 60, 66, 67, 68. In both metaphase and anaphase the 
polar fibres are not always centered on the centrosome, and if they were continued 
in a straight line through the sphere some of them would not touch the centrosome 
at all, figs. 57, 58, 60, 65, 67. 

Just before the chromosomes reach the boundary of the spheres the mitotic 
eure is cylindrical in shape and consists almost entirely of interzonal filaments, 
figs. 58, 66. As soon as the chromosomes have reached the spheres and are 
transformed into vesicles, figs. 59, 67, the spindle again becomes wider in the 
middle than at the ends and contains many fibres which do not reach from 
pole to pole. 


KARYOKINESIS. 43 


The spindle greatly increases in length from the prophase to the telophase. 
R. Hertwig (99) has observed that in Actznospherium the spindle more than 
doubles in length during this period, and in Crepzduda the lengthening is nearly as 
ereat. The shape of the spindle varies greatly from prophase to telophase, being 
largest at the equator in the prophase and smallest in the telophase. 

Mip-sopy.—When the new cell-wall is formed the spindle is constricted in the 
middle and a very remarkable mid-body (Zweschenkorper) is formed. This mid- 
body is elliptical in outline, and is surrounded by a dark area from which radiations 
proceed in all directions; into this dark area the cell-membrane and the two halves 
of the spindle enter, fig. 60. This mid-body is for all the world like a centrosome 
with its surrounding sphere and aster, and recalls Watase’s (95) comparison of the 
mid-body to an intercellular centrosome. This apparent resemblance is still further 
supported by the fact that the mid-body in this case becomes a hollow sphere before 
it finally disappears, fig. 61, just as the centrosome does. 

The mid-body is surrounded by a darkly staining substance which resembles the 
sphere substance. This recalls Moore’s (95) observations on the larval Salamander, 
where he-finds a mass of archoplasm on each side of the mid-body, also Kostanecki's 
(92) statement that the mid-body is formed from granules of the sphere (archo- 
plasm). Kostanecki (97) has observed a mid-body in Physa consisting of a ring 
around the central spindle-fibres, from which radiations proceed. In some cases this 
ring divides through the middle into two rings. A similar ring is called by Heiden- 
hain “ Zel/nabel.’ Moore and Meves have seen mid-bodies connected with the 
centrosomes around the nucleus. as is plainly the case in the third cleavage of 
Crepidula (see fig. 73). 

The cell-membrane adjoining the mid-body is thicker and more protoplasmic 
than at the periphery, and is in process of formation at this place. The mid-body 
persists through the whole of the resting period and until the prophase of the next 
succeeding division when it gradually disappears. As long as it is present there 
ean be no doubt as to protoplasmic continuity between the daughter cells. 

4. SpuEres.—Before the nuclear membrane is indented, the centrosomes are 
surrounded by a clear area consisting of a halo of radiating fibres, figs. 63, 70, 76. 
This condition may exist even within the mother centrosome (see fig. 70). This 
clear area is the first appearance of what I shall call the sphere (‘‘ outer sphere” of 
Lillie, “couche corticale” of Van der Stricht). When the nuclear membrane is 
dissolved at the poles substances escape from the nucleus into this area surround- 
ing the centrosomes. At the same time hyaloplasm from the cell body is probably 
drawn in through the astral rays into the same area. There is thus a commingling 
of hyaloplasm and chromatic nuclear sap which constitutes the interfilar substance 
of the aster. There is at this stage no clearly marked sphere, since the central area 
of the aster is in no way delimited from the surrounding radiations. 

In middle stages of mitosis it is difficult. even in thoroughly destained speci- 
mens, to trace the polar rays and spindle-fibres through the interfilar substance to 
the centrosome. In the anaphase the interfilar substance of spindle and aster 


44 KARYOKINESIS. 


collects into the central area surrounding the centrosomes, and this area, thus delim- 
ited from the surrounding plasm, is the sphere; at the same time the spindle-fibres 
again become plainly visible while a reticular or alveolar structure appears within 
the spheres, fig. 58. 

In the late anaphase the spheres become much larger and are bounded by 
a layer of microsomes from which fibers radiate. The interior of the spheres is 
composed of a fine reticulum with nodal thickenings, and the whole sphere stains 
much less densely than in earlier stages. Finally in the telophase the spheres reach 
their greatest size and become filled with granules, the reticulum being scarcely 
visible, or disappearing altogether (figs. 61, 68, 73). 

During the whole of the resting period the spheres persist, usually pressed close 
to the cell-membrane, and as long as the centrosomes remain in them they preserve 
a regular form (figs. 68, 69, 75, 74, 76). They are composed of coarse granules, 
which stain deeply with plasma stains, and they are sharply bounded by one or 
more layers of microsomes. As soon as the daughter centrosomes and central 
spindle arise from the mother centrosome, they migrate out of the sphere and the 
latter at once begins to lose its regular form. It becomes ragged in outline and 
is finally flattened out to a thin layer of densely staining granules immediately 
under the cell-membrane (figs. 63, 65, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 76). 

These granules, the remains of former spheres, can frequently be recognized 
through -two generations of cleavage cells; ¢. g., the spheres which appear in the 
second cleavage (figs. 68-72) can still be recognized after the completion of the third 
cleavage, located in the first quartette of micromeres (figs. 73 and 74, see also 
figures of entire eggs in Plates V and VI). From the time when the daughter 
centrosomes issue from the spheres the latter are degenerating structures, and 
although their remains may persist for a surprisingly long, time they ultimately 
disintegrate and are apparently dissolved in the cytoplasm. 

To sum up the history of the spheres: we find that they arise around the cen- 
trosomes at a very early period in the mitosis, in some cases within the mother 
centrosome. With the disappearance of the nuclear membrane at the poles of the 
spindle they are invaded by an interfilar substance; they have no clearly marked 
boundary. In the anaphase and telophase the spheres greatly enlarge, but their 
growth is always proportional to the size of the cell in which they are found. They 
are largest in the anaphase just before the chromosomal vesicles begin to form and 
they probably contribute to the growth of the daughter nuclei. At first they have 
a delicate radiating structure, this gives place to a homogeneous condition, and this 
to an alveolar or reticular one; finally, in the rest stage they are granular. Their 
fragments persist long after the daughter centrosomes have moved out of them, and 
they ultimately dissolve and disappear in the cytoplasm. 


‘ In surface views of entire eggs the sphere may seem larger in the resting stage or early prophase 
than in the telophase, e. g., figs. 81 and 82, 86 and 87, etc.; this is due, as sections show, to a flattening 

2 c ¢ 5 2; ° oe Z 2 7 5 
of the sphere against the cell-membrane and a spreading of the sphere substance through the influence 


of the astral rays, and not. to an actual increase in its volume (figs. 71, 72, 76). 


KARYOKINESIS. eg 


IV. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS AND COMPARISONS. 

I propose to give in this section a brief synopsis of the changes which the 
nucleus, centrosome and sphere undergo during the whole cycle of division in the 
mollusks which I have studied; to compare these observations with closely related 
ones in other animals and to indicate the general conclusions to which these obser- 
vations lead. 

1. Tae NucLevus puRING THE CycLe or Divistoy.—The history of the nuclear 
changes during the cycle of division may be summarized as follows: (1) The 
chromosomes, consisting of chromatin inclosed in a linin sheath, divide and move 
to the poles of the spindle where they partially surround the spheres. (2) Here 
they become vesicular, the interior of the vesicle becoming achromatic, though 
frequently containing a nucleolus-like body, while the wall remains chromatic. 
(3) These vesicles continue to enlarge and then unite into the “resting nucleus” ; 
the nuclear membrane is composed of the outermost walls of the vesicles, while 
the inner walls stretch through the nucleus as chromatic partitions; the chro- 
mosomal vesicles from the egg and sperm nuclei remain distinct longer than those 
from the same nucleus. (4) The chromatin of these inner alveolar walls then 
aggregates into threads, giving rise to a ‘chromatic reticulum,” though the linin 
still preserves, for a time at least, the alveolar structure. (5) The chromatin of 
these threads then aggregates into spherules, which are connected together by linin 
threads; these spherules vary in size, and at first all are solid and stain alike. (6) 
They then become hollow and are differentiated into oxy- and basi-chromatin. (7) 
In the first maturation each of the basichromatin spherules, or bodies, grows into 
an individual chromosome; in the cleavage the basichromatin spherules unite into 
several linear series, thus forming a segmented spireme. (8) The oxychromatin 
spherules grow smaller and some are dissolved in the nuclear sap while others are 
arranged in series on the linin threads into which they are transformed; these 
threads with attached spherules form the spindle fibres. (9) During the differentia- 
tion of the chromatin the nucleus swells in size and the membrane becomes less 
chromatic, while the nuclear sap becomes more so; the nuclear membrane then 
dissolves at points opposite the centrosomes and linin, oxychromatin and nuclear 
sap here escape. (10) The spindle, which at first fills the entire nuclear cavity, 
then grows longer and slenderer and contains an interfilar substance; the nuclear 
membrane entirely disappears; the equatorial plate stage is then reached and the 
eycle is complete. In a word, the daughter chromosomes absorb achromatic sub- 
stances, and unite to form the nucleus, within which the chromosomes and spindle 
of the next division arise, while nuclear sap and dissolved chromatin escape into 
the aster and cell body. 

Taking up now in more detail some of the individual steps in this cycle: 

(a) Formation of Chromosomal Vestcles.—Growth of Daughter Nuclet.— 
When the chromosomes have reached the ends of the spindle, and in some abnormal 
cases even before this (see text fig. IX), they begin to absorb achromatic material 
and to swell into spherical vesicles. Such vesicles are found generally, if not uni- 


46 .KARYOKINESIS. 


versally, in the early divisions of ova, though they are not usually found in other 
mitoses. What is the cause of this difference? It occurs to me that it may be due 
to differences in the size and in the rapidity of division of blastomeres as compared 
with tissue cells.’ The following observations favor this view : — The chromosomal 
vesicles are proportional in size to the size of the cell (quantity of cytoplasm) in 
which they lie. The daughter chromosomes which go to the two poles of the spindle 
are always equal in size however unequal the cell division may be, until the time 
when the daughter cells are separated by the new cell wall. Immediately after this 
separation a difference appears in the size of the vesicles in the two cells, if the 
division was unequal, the larger cell containing large chromosomal vesicles while 
in the smaller cell they remain small or do not show the vesicular structure at all. 

The chromosomes which go into the polar bodies do not appear vesicular at any 
stage, though after the division of the first polar body they fuse into a single nucleus 
in each cell which contains very little achromatic material. The smallest cells in 
the early stages of cleavage are the ‘“ trochoblasts” (fig. 97, la’-ld°); these cells 
do not again divide for a very long period, and in them the chromosomal vesicles 
are at first very small. Chromosomal vesicles appear in the anaphase of all the 
other cleavages, but as the cleavage advances and the blastomeres grow smaller 
these vesicles become less and less apparent. 

From these observations I conclude that in large cells where divisions succeed 
one another at short intervals the chromosomes begin the growth characteristic of 
the daughter nuclei, z.¢., the absorption of substances from the cell body, before 
they have fused together, whereas in small cells or cells which divide only at. long 
intervals the chromosomes fuse before the absorption of achromatic material begins. 

After the fusion of the chromosomal vesicles to form the daughter nuclei, the 
latter continue to absorb achromatic material, growing larger and larger, until the 
prophase of the next division. A part at least of the achromatic material absorbed 
is derived from the sphere which in turn contains interfilar substance of the 
spindle and aster. This recalls the conclusions of O. Hertwig (75), in which he 
points out that in the formation of the daughter nucleus the chromosomes absorb 
“ Kernsaft” and become vesicular, the process being the reverse of what occurs in 
the beginning of division, when “Avernsaft” is set free into the cell body. A similar 
view was held by Butschli (’76). 

In the growth of the nucleus the nuclear membrane has the properties of a 
semi-permiable membrane, z.¢., substances pass readily through the membrane in 
one direction, but not in the other. Reinke (1900) has suggested that the nuclear 
ground substance is a diosmotic material, which, by taking up substances from the 
cell, produces a substance of higher osmotic pressure. When, on the other hand, 
the nuclear membrane dissolves and the ground substance of the nucleus mingles 
with the fluid substance of the cell, the peripheral layer of the latter assumes the 

‘ Flemming (92) formerly held that all chromosomal vesicles were artifacts. Now that they have 


been found, however, in so large a number of ova, prepared by the best modern methods, such an idea 
cannot be maintained. 


KARYOKINKSIS. 47 


role of a semi-permeable membrane and thereby the swelling of the dividing cell is 
produced which Reinke calls ‘‘ mitotic pressure.’ The manner of growth of the 
nucleus, its turgescence and the infolding of its membrane in the prophtse preclude 
the idea that the nuclear membrane is full of pores as held by Carnoy, Watase, 
and formerly by Reinke, and indicate that the growth of the nucleus is a phe- 
nomenon of diosmosis. 

However unequal the division of the cell body may be the daughter nuclei are 
at first entirely equal, but the subsequent growth of the nucleus is proportional to 
the quantity of cytoplasm in which it lies; this is shown not only in the cleavage 
of the egg, but also in the formation of the polar bodies. The nuclei of the polar 
bodies rarely become vesicular but remain chromatic throughout. The fact that 
the size of the nucleus is proportional to the quantity of the cytoplasm in which it 
hes indicates that the achromatic substance absorbed by the nucleus is also propor- 
tional in quantity to the volume of the cytoplasm. 

It sometimes happens, especially in eggs in which more than the normal num- 
ber of centrosomes and asters are present, that some or all of the chromosomal vesi- 
cles do not fuse, but remain distinct through the whole of the resting period. In 
such cases each of the vesicles behaves like a miniature nucleus, absorbing achro- 
matic material and forming a network of chromatin either within the vesicle or on 
its walls, In this growth and differentiation the vesicles keep pace, step by step, 
with the normal nucleus, so that one must regard the resting nucleus as virtually 
composed of vesicles, though their union may be so intimate as to hide this structure. 
The resting nucleus is not, therefore, a single structure any more than is the equato- 
rial plate. It is composed of units, each of which, so far as known, has the properties 
of the entire nucleus, and the union of these vesicles into a single one may be con- 
sidered as a secondary character. It is altogether probable that the chromosomes, 
and hence the chromosomal vesicles, preserve their identity throughout the resting 
period, and I venture the suggestion that the daughter chromosomes will be found 
to arise within the chromosomal vesicles, as the daughter centrosomes, or centrioles, 
arise within the mother structures. 

(6) Chromatic Differentiation ; Solution of Oxychromatin and Nuclear 
Membrane.—In the early prophase of each division in the mollusks which I have 
studied, the chromatin becomes sharply differentiated into oxy- and basi-chromatin 
(Heidenhain). This differentiation occurs before the solution of the nuclear mem- 
brane, but at a time when the nucleus is growing rapidly in size and is therefore 
actively absorbing substances from without. This suggests that the rapid absorption 
of cell substance and the differentiation of the chromatin are associated, but whether 
this absorption is the cause or the result of the chromatic differentiation, I am un- 
able to determine. 

The solution of the nucleoli usually precedes that of the oxychromatin 
spherules and the nuclear membrane, but in the case of the first maturation 
the enormous nucleolus is thrown out into the cytoplasm before it is completely 
dissolved. Many oxychromatin granules are not dissolved in the nuclear sap, 


48 KARYOKINESIS. 


but contribute directly to the formation of the linin threads and spindle fibres, as 
Wilson (°95) and Griffin (’99) have found to be the case in Zovopneustes and in 
Thalassema. This is especially the case in all small nuclei, whereas the larger 
the nucleus the greater the quantity of oxychromatin which dissolves and passes 
into the cytoplasm. 

The solution of the nuclear membrane goes on coincidently with the solution 
of the oxychromatin, so that it seems probable that the causes of the two are the 
same. Before its solution the membrane changes its staining qualities, becoming more 
and more plasmatic in reaction. The membrane is in all cases first dissolved at 
points opposite the centrosomes. In this process the membrane undergoes one of 
two modifications: either (1) it isdrawn out toward the centrosomes into a cone-like 
figure, or (2) it is indented opposite the centrosomes. Both of these methods may 
coexist in the same animal, though one or the other is usually predominant. Among 
mollusks of all classes, the membrane is usually indented. The difference between 
these two methods is not great, depending upon the time at which the membrane is 
dissolved and upon the rate of outflow of nuclear substance; if the membrane is 
thin and dissolves early a cone is formed; if it dissolves slowly and only after a 
considerable quantity of nuclear substance has escaped, it becomes indented. The 
strength of the nuclear membrane in Cyefzdu/a is shown not only by the degree of 
indentation which it suffers before it is completely dissolved at the poles, but also 
by its long persistence in the equator of the nucleus (see figs. 84 and 88). Even 
when the membrane persists for a long time and becomes deeply indented at the 
poles it need not be supposed that pressure is brought to bear by the polar fibres or 
by other means upon the membrane; on the contrary, the indentation is chiefly or 
entirely due to the escape of nuclear sap and the consequent collapse of the nuclear 
wall. 

The infolding or outfolding of the nuclear membrane at points opposite the 
centrosomes is a very common phenomenon among all classes of animals. It would 
be useless to attempt to summarize all the observations on this point, and I shall 
refer to only two recent works which touch upon this subject :— 

Montgomery (98) has observed a cone-shaped protrusion of the nuclear mem- 
brane opposite each centrosome in Pexdatoma. These cones contain a dark sub- 
stance which he believes to be of nucleolar origin. 

Fischer (99) interprets the openings at the poles of the nucleus as due to a 
greater growth of the nucleus at these pots. The fact, however, that it first occurs 
opposite the centrosomes and in connection with the formation of the half spindles, 
indicates that the opening in the nuclear membrane is due rather to the solvent 
action of some substance which diffuses to or from the centrosomes. 

(c) Escape of Nuclear Substances; Aster and Spindle Formation.—\t may 
be considered certain that the infolding (or outfolding) of the nuclear membrane at 
points opposite the centrosomes is due to an outflow of nuclear substance at these 
points. This is conclusively shown by the fact that the linin reticulum, with its 
attached chromatin granules, here extends outside the nuclear wall nearly to the 


KARYOKINESIS. 49 


centrosome and forms the extra-nuclear portion of the spindle. The aster also 
stains more deeply after this outflow than before and very like the chromatic 
nuclear sap. 

The shape of the spindle depends in part upon the degree and stage of this 
nuclear outflow. The spindle is at first as wide at the equator as the entire mother 
nucleus, but as the flow of nuclear substance toward the poles continues it grows 
longer and slenderer, the centrosomes at the same time moving farther and farther 
apart, until in the late anaphase almost the whole of the interfilar substance has 
moved out of the spindles into the spheres. 

Whether or not the spindle fibres and linin threads exist as such in the living 
cell or are artefacts must still be left an open question. It can scarcely be doubted, 
however, that they do represent substances which are different from the surround- 
ing materials of the cell, and this is after all the important thing. That the spindle- 
fibres and especially the connective fibres sometimes show considerable elasticity 
and rigidity has been pointed out repeatedly by those who hold that the centrosomes 
are pushed apart by their activity. Nowhere is this better shown than in the first 
maturation of Crepedu/a, where in the shortening of the spindle the fibres are bent 
and kinked and the chromosomes at the outer pole are pushed clear through the 
polar body into contact with the opposite cell wall. In spite of this, however, it 
seems to me very questionable whether the spindle fibres are anything other than a 
fluid more viscid than the surrounding cell substance. 

I agree with those authors (Butschli, Fischer, Rhumbler, Wilson), who hold 
that the astral rays represent diffusion streams in the cytoplasm, rather than a stable 
system of fibres. There are certain evidences that the astral rays are composed in 
the main of cytoplasmic material, principally hyaloplasm or interalveolar substance ; 
chief among these is the fact that the aster is always proportional in size to the 
extent of the cytoplasmic area which comes within its influence, a fact which Wilson 
(96) emphasized and which I also (94) pointed out and have since had abundant 
opportunity to verify. But while the aster and astral rays are in the main composed 
of hyaloplasm it is probable that in normal mitoses certain nuclear substances enter 
into their formation. In the mollusks which I have studied there can be no doubt 
that certain achromatic substances from the nucleus and spindle flow into the aster 
and at the same time the central area of the aster as well as its rays stain more 
deeply than the hyaloplasm throughout the cell body. Whether there may not be 
a centrifugal movement of escaped nuclear substance along the astral rays as well as 
a centripetal movement of the hyaloplasm must be left an open question. 

In this connection I must refer to one of the first observations ever made on 
indirect nuclear division,—that of Auerbach (’74) on the living eges of certain 
nematodes. He observed the double suns (asters) with their connecting stalk 
(spindle) and supposed that they were formed by the collapse of the nucleus and 
the passing out of nuclear sap into the cytoplasm, “the astral radiations being 
merely the expression of the paths along which fine streams of nuclear sap pass 
out into the protoplasm.”  Biitschli (76) also observed the passage of nuclear sap 

7 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


50 KARYOKINESIS. 


into the cytoplasm during nuclear division; in Caucudlanus and Nephelzs this loss 
of nuclear fluid may amount to as much as two-thirds of the volume of the unal- 
tered nucleus. Biitschli held that this fluid escaped at the two poles of the nucleus 
and accumulated in the central areas (asters), from which it radiated into the cell 
body. Further Biitschli observed that the more a daughter nucleus grows, the 
more the central area of the neighboring radial system diminishes, whence he 
inferred that the latter furnishes material for the growth of the former. (See 
Mark, ’81, p. 321.) 

In 1892 Biitschli reversed his former view as to aster formation, holding that 
it is due to a flowing of plasma into the spheres or centrosomes and not from them. 
He supposed that the centrosomes attracted substances dissolved in the enchylemma 
as a hygroscopic substance attracts water, and that the diffusion movements thus 
produced cause the astral radiations. Although Biitschli in his 1892 work, and 
since 1n 1898 and 1900, maintains that the astral radiations are due to an attraction 
exerted by the centrosome, he expressly stated in the first mentioned work that it 
is unimportant whether the diffusion streams move in one direction or the other 
(z. e., centrifugally or centripetally). 

I fully agree with Biitschli that the astral rays are the expression of diffusion 
streams. In the process of diffusion the commingling substances may move in 
opposite directions at the same time, and it is quite possible that the balance of flow 
between the centripetal and the centrifugal diffusion movements may lead to a cen- 
trifugal flow at one time and to a centripetal flow at another. 

Rhumbler (96, 99) has also developed an elaborate theory of aster and spindle 
formation which is based in the main upon this view of Biitschli’s. He holds that 
the astral rays are reducible to tension on the alveolar radii; this tension being due 
to the fact that the centrosomes, and later the nucleus, take up fluids from the sur- 
rounding plasm. He also holds that the two spheres exert a pull on the nucleus 
which leads to the formation of the spindle and to the escape of nuclear sap into 
the equatorial plane of the cell, where the division wall will form. 

I accept Rhumbler’s views as to the flow of cell and nuclear substances toward 
the centrosome, but cannot agree with him that the nuclear sap escapes largely or 
entirely in the equatorial plane. Much of the nuclear sap as well as the oxychro- 
matin and linin escapes at the poles of the nucleus and, although nuclear contents 
escape into the cytoplasm in all directions when the nuclear membrane is com- 
pletely dissolved, there is no evidence in the cases which I have studied that this 
has to do with the formation of the division wall. 

Fischer (99) holds that the spheres of animal eggs are to be explained as 
substances escaped from the nucleus, and he suggests that the astral rays may be 
normally formed by the diffusion of substances from the nucleus into the cytoplasm 
and the production there of non-soluble substances. He considers that such radi- 
ations are not persistent structures, but that they may appear and disappear re- 
peatedly during the course of a single division. I agree with Fischer that there is 
an escape of nuclear substance at the poles of the nuclei, and that the astral rays 


KARYOKINKSIS. 51 


represent diffusion streams through the cell body, but Iam not sure that I under- 
stand him when he says that the rays are composed of non-soluble substance, since 
they certainly disappear (as he also maintains) either by dissolving in the cyto- 
plasm or by being absorbed into the sphere. 

Meves (’99) criticises Fischer's views on aster formation by saying that such 
rays as Fischer describes could not grow interstitially, as normal rays and spindle 
fibres are known to do; sometimes also extensive rays appear in the anaphase, 
long after the mingling of nuclear and cytoplasmic substances. If, however, these 
rays be considered as diffusion streams to or from the centrosome, in the sense of 
Biitschli, these criticisms lose most, if not all, of their force. Finally, that the 
astral rays are not fixed structures stretching between the centrosome and the cell 
membrane, as Heidenhain and Kostanecki hold, is shown by the fact that in many 
mitoses the spindle is free to turn and move through the cell, and yet the astral 
rays show neither twisting, bending, nor distortion. This is shown especially well 
in the first maturation, and in the first three cleavages of Crepzdula, where there 
are considerable movements of the amphiaster even after the metaphase ; but in no 
case is there a corresponding bending of the rays, as there would be if these were 
fixed structures (see observations of Ziegler, Lillie, e¢ a/., Part II, Sec. II). 

(d). Chromatic Elimination.—\n the maturation and early cleavages of the 
eggs which I have studied, the total amount of chromatin which is transformed into 
lmin or dissolves and escapes into the cell body is greater than that which goes to 
form the chromosomes; the amount of cytoplasm in the cell is also noticibly greater 
after the nuclear membrane is dissolved than before. 

In this connection other observations of a somewhat similar character may be 
recalled. Almost all persons who have studied the maturation of the egg, have 
commented upon the large quantity of nuclear material which is set free into the 
cell body during the first maturation division. In the starfish, according to Wilson 
(95, p. 458), at least nine-tenths of the chromatin is thus set free. Gardiner (798, 
p- 97) estimates that in the egg of Polycherus not more than one five-hundreth 
part of the chromatin which is present in the germinal vesicle goes into the chro- 
mosomes, all the rest being thrown out into the cell. Most observers agree in 
identifying as chromatin this nuclear material which escapes into the cell body, 
though in most cases it stains less deeply than the chromosomes and its subsequent 
dissolving shows that it must be different from the chromosomes, which never dis- 
solve. Gardiner (98, p. 98) argues that there must be two kinds of chromatin, the 
one soluble, the other not, and Griffin (99) believes that the soluble chromatin arises 
as a nuclear reticulum which at first takes plasma stains and later nuclear ones. 

Boveri's (92 and °99) observations on the diminution of the chromosomes in 
the somatic cells of Ascarzs may be recalled in this connection. In this case the 
ends of the chromosomes pass into the cytoplasm during the mitosis and there 
gradually undergo solution or disintegration. This case, however, differs greatly 
from that of Crepzdu/a since it occurs only in differentiation of somatic cells, 
whereas in Crepzdula the outtlow of nuclear material occurs at each and every 


Or 


52 KARYOKINESIS. 


mitosis. Hacker (97) has described an elimination of nuclear constituents in the 
Keimbahn of Cyclops; in the first cleavage a large number of granules (“ekto- 
somes”), which Hacker considers escaped nucleoli, collect around one attraction 
sphere but not around the other. This process is repeated in subsequent cleavages, 
the cells in which the ektosomes appear marking out the Aezmbahn. Finally, in 
the division of the genital cells the ektosomes are found around the entire spindle 
figure. The elimination of the ektosomes in Cyclops, like the diminution of the 
chromosomes in Ascarzs, differs fundamentally from the chromatic elimination in 
Crepidula, in that the latter occurs in all the cleavages irrespective of whether the 
blastomeres are progenitors of the germ cells or not. 

In the ovarian eggs of many animals an elimination of nuclear constituents 
has been observed (for a list of these cases see Meves, 94, p. 149); all these cases 
deal with elimination during the resting period of the nucleus. On the other hand 
my observations mentioned above, as well as those of Wilson (96, p. 141) on Werezs, 
Mathews (95) on Asterzas, Gardiner (98) on Polycherus, Griffin (99) on Thalas- 
sema, and many others, show that there is an escape of chromatic substance from 
the nucleus into the cytoplasm during the period of mitosis. In the cases just 
mentioned this elimination occurs during the first maturation division, and Griffin 
at least, affirms that it does not oceur in the cleavage mitosis. In Crepzdula, on 
the other hand, it occurs in every mitosis (except that of the second maturation), 
though it is, of course, most evident where the nucleus is large and the amount of 
chromatin great. 

In this connection the theoretical conclusions of De Vries, Weismann and Roux, 
concerning the nuclear control of the cell should be recalled. De Vries holds that 
there is an actual migration of pangenes from the nucleus into the. cell body, these 
pangenes giving character and direction to all cytoplasmic processes, in fact, both 
De Vries and Weismann assume that the entire cytoplasm is the product of the 
pangenes. Roux holds that the nuclei become progressively specialized during 
development, and that these specialized nuclei determine the character of the cyto- 
plasm, but he does not suggest how this determination occurs. Weismann accepts 
and unites both the views of De Vries and those of Roux. 

Judging these theories by the facts of chromatic elimination in Crepzdula and 
other gasteropods, [ am compelled to conclude that in all nuclei the chromatin 
appears the same in character, differing only in quantity; in all nuclei the chro- 
matin is differentiated into oxychromatin and basichromatin, the latter alone form- 
ing the chromosomes, while the former is eliminated; there is no evidence of 
progressive differentiation of the nuclei. That these facts, however, are not con- 
clusive against the theory of Roux is shown by the fact that in Ascarzs there is a 
specialization of the somatic cells as distinguished from the germ cells; if such a 
specialization occurs in Crepzdu/a it must begin at a much later period than in 
Ascaris. On the other hand, the fact that the eliminated chromatin is differentially 
distributed to the cleavage cells (see Part II, Sec. II) may be held to afford evidence 
of the fact that it plays some part in the differentiation of blastomeres. 


KARYOKINESIS. 53 


But whatever the theoretical bearings of this elimination may be, there can be 
no doubt of the fact that in Crefzdu/a, and perhaps in a large number of animals, 
there is a very extensive exchange of material between the nucleus and cytoplasm, 
and, further, that a large part of that most characteristic nuclear substance, the 
chromatin, passes into the cytoplasm in the form of oxychromatin during every cell 
cycle, while a relatively small portion is preserved for the purpose of reproducing 
the daughter nuclei. 

There is thus in karyokinesis a rhythmical growth and collapse of the nucleus 
as a whole, the new nuclei arising endogenously, z. e., from chromosomes, within 
the old. In fact, one might speak of these changes in the nucleus as a systole and 
diastole (Ryder, *94), by means of which an exchange of nuclear and cytoplasmic 
material is brought about. 

The nuclear membrane appears to permit the passage of materials inward but 
not outward during the resting period, whereas the escape of nuclear material into 
the cell is brought about by the disappearance of the nuclear membrane during 
karyokinesis. Such a process is not universal, for in cells where karyokinesis 
occurs very rarely, or not at all, the interchange between cytoplasm and nucleus 
has been observed to take place, but the phenomena described are characteristic of 
mitosis in general. 2 

2. CENTROSOMES AND CENTRAL SPINDLES.—a. Structure and Metamorphoses.— 
It is evident from the history of the centrosomes of Crepzdu/a that throughout the 
maturation and cleavages up to at least the 60-cell stage, the centrosomes are abso- 
lutely continuous from one cell generation to the next, with the possible exception 
of the fertilization stages. Of this fact there can be no particle of doubt. With 
the exception of the earliest origin of the centrosomes of the first maturation, and 
with some reserve as to the origin of the centrosomes of the first cleavage, I be- 
lieve that I have seen every step in the origin and metamorphoses of the centro- 
somes up to the 12-cell stage; while in all the cleavages up to the 60-cell stage, or 
even later, I have observed and drawn the centrosomes at almost every stage in the 
cell cycle. Fortunately, this is not a very difficult thing to do, since the centro- 
somes are so large and distinct that even during the height of the resting period 
they can be seen in entire eggs, and their elongation to form the central spindles 
plainly observed (see Plates V, VI). 

The principal features of the entire centrosomal cycle from one cell division to 
the next may be summarized in a single sentence: Zhe minute granules at the 
poles of the central spindle enlarge until they become hollow spheres within whitch 
new centrosomes and central spindles appear. The individual variations character- 
istic of the maturation and the different cleavage stages have been mentioned in 
detail, and need not be reviewed here; it is sufficient to say that the history of every 
centrosome conforms to the above statement. 

From this it is evident that the centrosomes and central spindles form a unit 
structure, as Heidenhain (94), MacFarland (’96) and Boveri (01) maintain. Only 
in the fertilization is this not the case, and there are few, if any, well authenticated 


5A KARYOKINESIS. 


cases on record in which the centrosomes and central spindle of the first cleavage 
form a unit structure. Even in many of those cases in which there is a division 
of the sperm centrosome and a well-marked central spindle between the halves 
(e.2., Physa, Pleurophylidia, Unio, Cerebratulus, Thalassema, Arentcola), this 
central spindle completely disappears and the definitive spindle is formed de novo 
between independent centrosomes. In view of the unit structure of centrosomes 
and central spindles in other divisions, this is certainly a striking phenomenon, and 
indicates that the centrosomes of the first cleavage are in their first appearance 
more independent of each other than in any subsequent cleavage. It also suggests 
a possible way of unifying the conflicting accounts as to the origin of the cleavage 
centrosomes. 

(6). Relation of Centrosome to Cell Body and Sphere.—In the mollusks which 
I have studied, the centrosome is at all stages in its cycle sharply delimited from 
the surrounding cell-body and sphere. The outer zone of the mother centrosome 
does not disintegrate and lose its outlines until after the daughter centrosomes and 
spindle have appeared within it, so that in all stages of the cell cycle there is a 
clearly marked centrosome. In the cleavage the outlines of the centrosome are 
most difficult to distinguish in the anaphase (figs. 59 and 67), but even at this stage 
there can be no doubt of its sharp separation from the surrounding sphere. Only 
in the egg and sperm asters during the approach of the germ nuclei is this separa- 
tion completely lost. No clearly marked sperm centrosome can be recognized at 
any stage, and the egg centrosome which is very evident during the anaphase of 
the second maturation, and which during this period undergoes a typical transfor- 
mation into a hollow sphere (figs. 52-56), loses its outlines and completely disappears 
in the surrounding sphere before the union of the germ nuclei. This again marks 
a peculiarity in the centrosomes during fertilization not found in any other cell cyele. 

The centrosomes and spheres grow simultaneously reaching their greatest size 
in the telophase or resting period when the astral radiations are smallest; the astral 
radiations again become prominent when the new centrosomes have moved out of 
the old centrosomes and sphere and are growing rapidly in size. The growth of the 
centrosomes and spheres is not coincident with that of the nuclei; on the contrary 
they are smallest when the nuclei are largest, viz., in the early prophase, and they 
have nearly reached their largest dimensions when the nuclei are smallest, z. ¢., in 
the late anaphase before the formation of the chromosomal vesicles (cf figs. 3 and 
16, 27 and 34, 53 and 59, 65 and 67). This, as well as other morphological phe- 
nomena involved in the escape of achromatin at the poles of the spindle and the 
coincident growth of the spheres and centrosomes, together with the changes in the 
staining reactions of the latter, indicates that the spheres and centrosomes grow in 
part at the expence of substance escaped from the nucleus. That this is not a 
complete statement of the facts, however, is shown by all cases of unequal cleavage, 
in which the centrosomes and spheres at the two poles of the spindle are always 
equal until the constriction of the cell body begins (figs. 15, 55, 72, ete.), but 
immediately after this they become unequal in size, and in the end are proportional 


KARYOKINESIS. 55 


in size to the quantity of cytoplasm in which they he (figs. 16, 34, 73, ete.). We 
have already seen that the nucleus is always proportional in size to the cytoplasm in 
which it les, and we are also compelled to conclude that the size of the centrosome 
and sphere depends ultimately upon the quantity of cytoplasm. This must be taken 
to indicate that both centrosome and sphere receive substance from the cytoplasm 
during their period of growth, and on the other hand it can plainly be seen that 
the remnants of the old centrosomes and spheres are slowly transformed into cyto- 
plasm or cell membrane after the new centers have moved out of them. There is, 
therefore, an interchange of substance between cytoplasm and centrosome, wholly 
similar to that between cytoplasm and nucleus (see p. 53), 

(c). Relation of Centrosome to Nucleus.—In certain cleavages the centrosomes, 
especially during the resting period, are very large and conspicuous, ¢. g., in the 
pause preceeding the third and fourth cleavages (figs. 69, 74), they are fully six 
«w in diameter. They contain a reticulum of material which stains blue or black 
with hematoxylin, and on the whole they present an appearance remarkably like 
nuclei. In no case, however, have I seen any evidence that the centrosomes are 
directly derived from the nuclei, though this may possibly be the case in the origin 
of the centrosomes of the first maturation division; on the other hand they may, 
as indicated above, receive substance which escapes in a dissolved condition from 
the nucleus during every mitosis. 

Whatever the ultimate origin or phylogenetic relationships of the centrosome 
may be, there is a remarkable parallelism between it and the nucleus, as the follow- 
ing statements will show : 

1. Both begin their developmental cycle as small granules, the central cor- 
puscle in the case of the centrosome, the chromosomes in the case of the nucleus. 

2. Both grow enormously by the absorption of surrounding substances and 
become vesicular; in the cleavage of the egg the vesicular condition is followed by 
a reticular condition in both. 

3. Both undergo radical changes in their staining qualities during this 
enlargement, passing from a condition in which they are uniformly chromatic to 
one in which they are almost entirely plasmatic in reaction; finally, they again 
become largely chromatic, so that the centrosomes in the resting stages of certain 
cells look like small nuclei filled with a chromatic reticulum (cf figs. 69, 75, 74, 75). 

4. When they have reached their greatest volume both are proportional in 
size to the size of the cell-body in which they are found ; this probably indicates that 
the substances absorbed by both in their growth are derived from the cytoplasm. 

5. In both, the daughter structures (centrosomes or nuclei) are but a fraction 
of the mother organ, the remainder of the latter passing sooner or later into the 
cytoplasm. | 

The centrosome thus repeats the history of the nucleus; at one period it takes 
up substances from the cytoplasm; when it has reached its greatest size the new 
centrosomes and central spindle arise within the mother centrosome from a part of 


56 KARYOKINESIS. 


its substance, and the remainder of the latter passes back into the sphere and ulti- 
mately into the cytoplasm. It is evident from this description that, as in the case 
of the nucleus, so also in the centrosome there is a sort of diastole and systole, the 
phases of the one alternating with those of the other. 

(@.) Comparisons.—I have found centrosomes, similar in all respects to these 
just described, in three species of Crepzdula, and in Urosalpinx, lllyonassa, Fulgur, 
Sycotypus,and Aeolzs. In structure and history the centrosomes in all these gastero- 
pods are similar to those which have been observed in Dezau/ula (MacFarland, ’97), 
Unto (Millie, 98), Thysanozoon (Van der Stricht, °98), Rhynchelmzs (Vejdovsky, 
"88, and Vejdovsky and Mrazek, °98), Actznosphaertum (R. Hertwig, 99), and 
Flaminea (Smallwood, 01), while they bear many resemblances to those which have 
been observed in Echznus (Boveri, 01), Ascarzs (van Beneden, ’87, Boveri, ’88, 01, 
Brauer, 795, First, 98), Szda (Hacker, ’93), Salamandra (Rawitz, 96, Niessing, 
99), Salmo (His.,’98), Faleur (MeMurrich, 96), Zzmax (Byrnes, 96 and 799, Lin- 
ville, 1900). 

Van der Stricht’s interpretation of the relations of the centrosome to the 
attraction sphere in 7hysanozoon seems to me most satisfactory, not only because 
he has for it the approval of Van Beneden and Boveri, but also because by it the 
various forms of centrosomes present in the animals named above and particularly 
the remarkable centrosomes of mollusca can be satisfactorily related to one another 
and to other forms. We need not here concern ourselves with the origin of the 
centrosomes of the first maturation; Van der Stricht believes that they arise from 
the nucleus, and this view is supported and extended by the recent observations of 
Schockaert (1900). Soon after its appearance the centrosome of Zhysanozoon is 
differentiated into a central corpuscle and a medullary zone (couche medullaire). 
These two together constitute the centrosome of Boveri, the central corpuscle being 
his centriole. The medullary zone is homogeneous in structure, and no astral fibres 
penetrate it except at the time of origin of the new spindle figure; it is usually 
bounded peripherally by a dark line (in reality a sphere).'| Around this is a clear 
area traversed at all stages by delicate astral fibres; this is the cortical zone (couche 
corticale), and it is possible that it is derived, in part, from the centrosome. Around 
this is the zone of astral rays, which sometimes may be subdivided into an inner 
dark anda peripheral clear zone. The centrosome and cortical zone continually 
enlarge, as the division advances, until they reach a great size. In the division of 
this centre, the central corpuscle first divides, usually into two, and the central 
spindle appears between the halves; the medullary zone then becomes bounded by 
granules, and this boundary gradually fades from view, though Van der Stricht 
believes that the entire attraction sphere persists and divides, thus giving rise to 


1'The clear zone which is so generally found around the central corpuscle is believed by many 
observers to be the result of destaining. Such a zone is produced by destaining yolk-spheres; nucleoli, 
etc. Fischer (99) calls this “Spiegelfirbung.” It will be observed that the manner in which these 
centrosomes stain, which have a dense periphery and clear central area, is the exact reverse of ‘“Spie- 
gelfarbung.” 


KARYOKINESIS. 57 


the daughter attraction spheres. The relations of the parts of the centrosome, the 
attraction sphere and the aster of Zysanozoon may be indicated as follows :— 
Central Corpuscle 
Medullary Zone 
Cortical Zone 
Inner Zone t oa oes 
Peripheral Zone J 

The most important points in which my observations differ from those of Van 
der Stricht are the following :— 

1. The peripheral boundary of the centrosome (medullary zone) is much denser 
and more deeply staining than in 7hysanozoon. 

2. During the rest stages in the cleavage the central corpuscle is represented 
by an enormous number of granules, only two of which form the new centrosomes. 

3. Neither the medullary nor the cortical zones of the attraction sphere ever 
divide as a whole, but after the origin of the new amphiaster they are slowly dis- 
solved in the cytoplasm. 

4. The central corpuscle of one generation gives rise to the entire centrosome, 
z. e., central corpuscle and medullary zone, of the next.’ This is most plainly seen 
in the anaphase of the first maturation. 

5. At no time do the astral rays traverse the medullary zone,’ though new 


Centrosome 


lof Attraction Sphere. 


rays which are not part of the old system may arise within that zone around the 
new centers. 

In Deaulula, according to MacFarland, the centrosome increases greatly in 
size from the prophase to the anaphase and a single granule appears within it. This 
granule soon divides into two which move apart and become the new centrosomes. 
The whole of the old centrosome is transformed into the new centrosomes and cen- 
tral spindle. The rays are inserted on the centrosome, not on the central granule. 
Even after the new spindle figure has reached a considerable size the rays continue 
to be centered on the figure as a whole. 

My observations differ from MacFarland’s only in one respect: The whole of 
the old centrosome is not transformed into the new spindle figure, but the latter 
arises zwzthzu the old centrosome. This is plainly true of the maturation stages, 
corresponding to those which MacFarland has studied, and in the first three cleav- 
ages, but the case is not so clear in the later cleavages, as a glance at my figures 
74-76 will show. 

According to Lillie (98) each centrosome in the prophase of the second matur- 


‘Tam not quite certain whether this may not be involved in Van der Stricht’s statement that the 
centrosome becomes differentiated into a central corpuscle and medullary zone. The fact, however, 
that he maintains a persistence of the attraction sphere leads me to suppose that he regards each me 
dullary zone as derived from a preexisting one. 

2 In this important respect my observations agree entirely with those of Boveri and his pupils, 
MacFarland and Fiirst, and differ from those of Van Beneden. Indeed, it may be doubted whether 
the term “medullary zone” should be applied to a structure which shows no radiations. Other con- 
siderations, however, render it extremely probable that the peripheral layer of the centrosome in gastero- 
pods and the “medullary zone” of Thysanozoon are homologous. 


8 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


58 KARYOKINESIS. 


ation division of (/zzo is composed of several large granules into which rays are 
inserted. In the metaphase these granules subdivide, and some of the fragments 
are distributed in the form of a sphere, the ‘‘inner sphere;” ‘‘one of the granules 
remains behind as the centrosome of the new inner sphere,” but “a large part of 
the centrosome granules is changed into the red-staining substance of the sphere.” 
In the anaphase the granules of the inner sphere, together with the peripheral 
accumulation of its ground substance, fuse into a continuous membrane. ‘The 
centrosomes are united to the membrane of the inner sphere by a few irregular 
threads which are not part of the system of radiations.’ Within the sphere the 
daughter centrosomes and central spindle arise. 

Lilhe emphasizes the fact that the inner sphere is not the centrosome, and he 
says that Boveri's “ centrosome” is really the inner sphere, while his “centriole” is 
the real centrosome. He also holds that MacFarland’s “centrosome” is really the 
inner sphere. 

Lillie’s conclusions seem at first sight to be very different from any of those 
mentioned above, and yet on consideration it will be seen to be rather a difference 
of terms than of facts. His ‘‘inner sphere” is undoubtedly homologous with Boveri's 
centrosome, his “centrosome” with the central corpuscle or “centriole” of Boveri. 
As to the genesis of these parts, I have never been able to observe the formation of 
the “inner sphere membrane” from granules derived from the central corpuscle as 
Lillie has done, nor have I observed the fragmentation of the central corpuscle and 
the transformation of these granules into the ground substance of the centrosome 
(substance of medullary zone), though in early phases the centrosome of Crepzdula 
is irregular in outline, as if composed of closely connected granules. In all cases 
which I have observed the central corpuscle enlarges but does not fragment; its 
substance accumulates peripherally and forms a continuous membrane which szdbse- 
quently is transformed into a layer of granules. If the central corpuscle of Uxzo 
were to remain a single structure, and were to continually expand, the result would 
not be unlike my observations. The one critical point in the comparison of Lillie’s 
observations with those of other investigators, is to determine whether the whole of 
his “inner sphere” is derived from the central corpuscle ; if it is, the differences are 
only matters of detail. It should be remembered that, according to Lillie, the inner 
sphere is itself a structure which sooner or later disintegrates and passes into the 
outer sphere or cytoplasm, and that it should disintegrate at different stages in 
different eggs is quite possible.! 

In a later paper on the subject, Lillie (99) says that the inner sphere enlarges 
very rapidly after the formation of the second polar body, and its substance gradually 
merges with the general cytoplasm. Its interior is occupied by the vesicular sphere 
substance at the nodes of which are deeply staining granules. In this respect there 
is considerable difference between Unzo and Creprdu/a, for in the latter the inner 

‘T ought to add that I have had the pleasure of seeing Lillie’s beautiful preparations, and they 
leave no ground for doubting the accuracy of his observations. Professor Lillie also personally assures 


me that he is quite convinced that the whole of the “inner sphere’’ is derived from the central cor- 
puscle. (See also his recent work, 1900, p. 242.) 


KARYOKINESIS. 59 


sphere remains much smaller and persists for a considerable period, while the outer 
sphere undergoes a metamorphosis similar to that which Lillie describes. The inner 
sphere is very faint and difficult to detect in Crepzduda, and it may be that Lillie 
has overlooked it, or it may disintegrate sooner in U/nzo than in Crepzdula (cf. my 
fig. 36 and Lillie’s (99) fig. 14). 

Vejdovsky ('88) found in the egg of Rkychelmzs immediately preceding the first 
cleavage, a hyaline sphere, the “ Periplast.” within which in the course of cell-division 
a new element, the *Tochterperiplast” appears; the latter divides into two spheres 
which represent the poles of the new spindle. During the first and second cleavages 
a new element, the “ Enkelperiplast” arises within the ‘* Tochterperiplast,’ while the 
‘*‘ Mutterperiplast’ degenerates or fuses with the cytoplasm. This was the first obser- 
vation tending to show that the new centers arise endogenously within the old. 

More recently Vejdovsky and Mrazek ('98) have confirmed and extended this 
account. They find at the poles of the first cleavage spindle, a large sphere at the 
center of which is a deeply staining granule, the ‘centrosome, (central corpuscle) ; 
this is surrounded by a hyaline sphere the ‘“ Tochterperiplast’’ (medullary zone), at 
the periphery of which the rays are attached; surrounding this is the *‘ Mutterperi- 
plast” (cortical zone). For the sake of uniformity we shall use the terms in paren- 
thesis in place of Vejdovsky’s terminology. As mitosis advances the medullary zone 
(Tochterperiplast) grows rapidly, becomes reticular or alveolar in structure and is 
bounded by a dense peripheral zone ; the central corpuscle decreases in size and stains 
less densely, while radiations appear around it within the medullary zone. Around 
the central corpuscle a new medullary zone appears within the old one. The central 
spindle is formed, after which the new medullary zone divides. Vejdovsky and 
Mrazek consider that centrosome and periplast are persistent organs of the egg and 
that they represent a single whole. The entire periplast, however, does not persist, 
but the inner zones give rise to the outer ones which gradually disintegrate into the 
cytoplasm. 

The resemblances between these observations and those which I have described 
in the preceding pages are very striking. The only important difference between 
my own observations and those of Vejdovsky and Mrazek is the following: A new 
medullary zone does not form around the central corpuscle before the latter divides, 
but only afterwards, z. e., in the mollusks which I have studied the two daughter 
centrosomes are present before a new medullary zone is formed. 

R. Hertwig has observed in Actznospherium a large * spongy centrosome ” 
within which a “‘ reduced centrosome” (central corpuscle) appears and divides into 
two; the latter then enlarge to form new ‘‘ spongy centrosomes,” while the former 
“spongy centrosome’ does not divide, but disappears in the cytoplasm. The resem- 
blances in this case to those discussed above are too obvious to need comment. 

In Lzmax, Byrnes ('99) has found centrosomes which in many respects resemble 
those of Unio, Creprdula, Aeolis and other mollusks. In the metaphase of the 
first maturation there is at each pole a group of central granules, within a clear 
area, which is surrounded by a broad, densely staining zone. In the anaphase the 


60 KARYOKINESIS. 


central granules divide into two groups and a spindle appears between them and 
within the ‘‘centrosphere.” From my own observations I am convinced that both 
the central clear area, with its contained granules and the denser zone which sur- 
rounds it, belong to the centrosome, which, when fully formed in the anaphase, 
consists of central corpuscles and medullary zone, the latter bounded by a narrow 
line or layer of granules. If this be correct the spindle in Zzmavx arises wzthin the 
medullary zone, as in many other cases. 

Linville (1900) has observed a similar centrosome in Zzyzax and other Pulmo- 
nates, around which is a cortical zone of radiating structure. He has not followed 
the metamorphosis of the centrosomes in detail, but his figures give evidence that 
the history of the centrosome in these Pulmonates is not different from what is 
known in other mollusks. 

Finally, it seems quite possible to interpret most of the multitudinous forms 
of centers which have been described in the eggs of various animals in accordance 
with the Van Beneden-Boveri idea, as extended and defined by Van der Stricht. 
and particularly by Boveri (1901), provided that the remarkable changes in the 
structure of the centrosome from prophase to telophase be kept in mind. In 
mollusks the centrosomes are characterized (1) by the great breadth and density 
of the peripheral portion of the centrosome which, about the middle stage of 
mitosis, forms a dense ring or sphere surrounding a clear area, and which in all 
stages sharply separates the centrosome from the surrounding sphere, (2) by the 
fact that the centrosomes grow to an unusual size during mitosis, and (3) by the 
origin of the entire amphiaster of one generation within the centrosome of a pre- 
ceding one. Possibly the second and third of these characteristics are the results 
of the first, since the sharp boundary of the centrosome at all stages make it 
unusually easy to recognize the great growth of the centrosome and also the place 
of origin of the new centrosomes and central spindles. 

Boveri's (01) masterful contribution on the nature of the centrosome reached 
me some time after my paper had been completed, and I have therefore been unable 
to make the extended use of it which I could have desired. In broad outlines my 
conclusions as to the centrosome are fundamentally like those of Boveri. The one 
most important point of difference between us is that Boveri considers the centriole 
as a differentiation of the centrosome, perhaps a continuous and persistent strue- 
ture, around which a portion of the centroplasm always remains to form the new 
centrosome. On the other hand, I hold with R. Hertwig (99) that the centriole 
gives rise by growth to a centrosome, within which a daughter centriole differenti- 
ates, z.¢., the centriole undergoes in its cycle of development a metamorphosis into 
centrosome and daughter centriole. In each generation the outer zone of the cen- 
trosome is thrown off, while the new centrosomes and central spindle come from 
the center of the old. There is thus a kind of endogenous formation of centro- 
somes, as Vejdovsky and Mrazek maintain. 

Since receiving Boveri's paper I have carefully re-examined the critical stages 
in my preparations to see whether I could have overlooked an outer zone of centre- 


KARYOKINESIS. GL 


plasm around the deeply staining body at the center of the aster. There is a faintly 
staining zone surrounding the central body in the prophases both of the maturation 
and cleavage divisions (see figs. 4-7, 26-50, 52-56, 70-72, 76), but this zone accord- 
ing to Boveri's definition, does not belong to the centrosome, since even at its first 
appearance (cf. fig. 70) it is traversed by radiations; furthermore, a study of con- 
secutive stages shows that it develops step by step into the inner portion of the 
sphere. On the other hand, I believe that I have followed the central, deeply 
staining body through every stage of its growth and metamorphosis, having seen it 
not merely in the stages represented in the plates, but in thousands of others, many 
of which were carefully drawn. The result of this study convinces me that the 
small, deeply staining granule of the early prophase becomes the dense, spherical 
body of the metaphase and the large, hollow sphere of the anaphase, and that this 
body is the centrosome. The fact that in the mollusks generally the peripheral 
layer of the centrosome stains more densely than the central portion, makes it 
unusually easy in these animals to distinguish between the centrosome and the sur- 
rounding sphere. The result therefore of the re-examination of my preparations in 
the light of Boveri's work does not in any respect lessen my confidence in the accu- 
racy of my observations and interpretations, at least as far as Cyepzdu/a is con- 
cerned. 

The type of centrosome represented by Crepzdula, Unto, Haminea and Aeolzs, 
viz., one within which the new centers and central spindles arise from the centriole 
while a considerable part of the mother centrosome fades away into the sphere, 
agrees much more closely with the types of centrosomes found in Ascarzs, Thalas- 
sema and Echznus, than does that of Dzau/ula. Boveri represents these four types 
in text figures (pp. 102-1035), and it can be seen at a glance that in the first three 
types the daughter centers and spindles occupy but a small part of the old centro- 
some, whereas in the fourth type (Dzau/ula) they occupy the entire centrosome. 1 
have found that the relative size of the central spindle and daughter centrosomes 
(Netrum of Boveri), as compared with the inclosing centrosome, differs considerably 
in different cleavages of the egg. Thus in the first, second and third cleavages the 
netrum is much smaller than the mother centrosome, whereas in the fourth, fifth 
and later cleavages the netrum almost entirely fills the mother centrosome. In 
view of these facts I venture to suggest that a re-examination of Dzaulu/a with 
regard to this point might show that the outlines of the netrum are not coincident 
with those of the mother centrosome, but that the former hes wz/hzz the latter as 
is the case in the other mollusks named above, as well as in other types of centro- 
somes described by Boveri. 

(e) The Centrosome as a Persistent Cell Organ.—There is no more perplexing 
problem in connection with the cell than that of the significance of the centrosome. 
On the one hand there are the well established facts as to (1) its persistence from 
cell cycle to cell cycle (my own observations showing that in the cleavage of Crep- 
zdula it persists without interruption to a stage with more than sixty cells and 
probably throughout the entire development); (2) its independent growth and 


62 KARYOKINESIS. 


division (shown not only by observation in many animals, but particularly by 
Boveri's (97) experiments on echinoderm eges); (3) its characteristic structure and 
metamorphoses, which in a large number of animals (perhaps in all) can be reduced 
to a common type. 

These features are of such character and importance that they justly entitle 
the centrosome to the rank and title of a permanent cell organ (Van Beneden, 
Boveri). One who has followed the history of the cleavage centrosomes through 
several cell cycles, who has observed their unfailing persistence, the regular cycle 
of changes in form and staining reactions which they undergo, their complex struc- 
ture, their form of division, their parallelism in these and in other respects to the 
nuclei (see p. 55), can no more doubt that these centrosomes are persistent cell- 
organs than that nuclei or plastids are. 

On the other hand there are the well known facts (1) that, according to the 
best testimony, there are no centrosomes whatever in the higher plants (Strasburger, 
Osterhout, Mottier, e¢ a/.); (2) that the persistence of centrosomes has been denied 
in the tissue cells of some animals, and even in certain stages of the ege, particu- 
larly during fertilization (Foot, ’97, Lillie, 98, Child, 99); (3) that various stages 
intermediate between centrosomes and microsomes or other cytoplasmic constituents 
have been described (Burger, Reinke, Watase, Mead, Eismond, Erlanger) which 
indicate that the centrosome is only a temporary differentiation of the cytoplasm ; 
(4) that artificial asters and centrosomes may be formed in egg cells by the action 
of various solutions, and that these may function as normal asters and centrosomes 
(R. Hertwig, Morgan, Loeb, Wilson). 

The contradiction between these two classes of evidence is so complete, and 
the phenomena in both classes are apparently so well attested, that one would be 
inclined to seek refuge in the conclusion that in some cases the centrosomes are 
persistent cell organs and in others temporary structures, were it not for the fact 
that this contradicton may concern one and the same object (e. g., the eggs of Echi- 
noderms and of © hetopterus). 

There is certainly no ground to doubt that in the cleavage of the eggs of many 
animals the centrosomes are, under normal conditions, absolutely continuous from 
cell generation to cell generation. Nor is there any possibility of doubting that in 
certain animals the centrosomes show independent growth and division, and that 
they pass through certain characteristic metamorphoses in this cycle. The only 
possible interpretation of these undoubted facts is that, in some cases at least, the 
centrosome is a cell organ of morphological as well as of physiological significance. 

Is the contrary evidence irreconcilable with these well established facts, and 
must we, therefore, conclude that the persistence of centrosomes, their growth, meta- 
morphoses and division have no general morphological significance? I think not. 

(1) If it be granted that the centrosomes are not present at any stage in the 
cell cycle in the higher plants, this does not necessarily contradict the centrosome 
theory of Van Beneden and Boyeri, since the fact that they are present in the lower 
plants indicates that their absence in the higher plants must be the result of degene- 


KARYOKINESIS. 63 


rative changes. If, however, centrosomes may degenerate in whole classes of the 
plant kingdom, the centrosome is surely neither so ubiquitous nor so necessary a 
cell organ as the nucleus. 

(2) So far as animals are concerned the centrosome has been found in almost 
all kinds of metazoan cells, and at nearly every stages of the cell cycle. The 
history of biology shows that the failure to find structures, even by many observers, 
is no proof that they do not exist, and this is particularly the case with structures 
so difficult to observe and undergoing so great metamorphoses as the centrosomes. 
As to the alleged disappearance of the centrosome in the fertilization of the ege 
(Foot, Lillie, Child,), it must be said that this like negative evidence in general is 
not wholly conclusive. Certainly, so far as my own work goes, I cannot. affirm 
that both egg and sperm centrosomes entirely degenerate, although they do dis- 
appear, nor can I affirm that the cleavage centrosomes are new formations, although 
I am unable to trace any connection between them and the centrosomes of the ege 
and sperm. Even if these centrosomes disintegrate, it may be that the new centro- 
somes arise from some of their fragments; in fact, such would seem to be the case 
in Crepidula (see p. 27). The history of the centrosomes in the fertilization is at 
best a complicated one, and is by no means as clear as in the cleavage of the ege or 
in the division of tissue cells, and until we have more exact knowledge of the origin 
of the centrosomes in the fertilization, this doubtful evidence against the continuity 
of the centrosomes should not be permitted to outweigh the’ positive evidence in 
favor of their continuity afforded by ordinary mitoses. 

(5) The view that the centrosome is only the meeting point of astral rays or 
that it represents merely a condensation of the cytoplasm, or that it is an enlarged 
microsome, entirely neglects to take account of the complex structure and metamor- 
phoses of the centrosome, as well as of its division and persistence. These are by 
all odds the most characteristic features of a centrosome, and until it has been shown 
that the cytoplasmic structures mentioned above are capable of reproducing these 
characteristic features, it may well be doubted whether they are really centrosomes. 
The mere formation of cytoplasmic radiations is in itself no positive indication of 
the presence of a centrosome, since such radiations are found in the higher plants 
where centrosomes are wholly lacking (Osterhout, Mottier), in non-living substances 
such as carbolic acid and chloroform, gelatin and albumen (Roux, Biitschli, Fischer), 
where there is certainly no centrosome with the characteristics described above ; 
around mid-bodies (see figs. 60, 61), and in many of the multiple and accessory asters 
found in cells under normal and artificial conditions, which show no body at the 
center of the rays (Mead, Lille, Morgan, e¢ a@/.). 

(4) The fourth class of facts which speak against the theory of the persistency 
and morphological importance of the centrosome forms by all odds the most serious 
objection to that theory which has yet been raised ; I refer to the experimental pro- 
duction of centrosomes both in fertilized and in unfertilized egg cells by the action 
of various solutions (R. Hertwig, Mead, Morgan, Loeb, Wilson). It may well be 
doubted whether all of these structures are centrosomes, but that some of them 


64 KARYOKINESIS. 


are such is beyond dispute. Certainly, structures which function as centrosomes 
through a long period leading up to the production of larva (Loeb, Wilson), are 
enough like centrosomes to pass under that name. And even in cases where larvee 
are not produced (experiments of Hertwig, Mead and Morgan), there can be no 
reasonable doubt that centrosomes are found in the larger asters, even if the smaller 
ones do not contain them. 

In the case of Morgan’s experiments on fertilized eges it might be maintained 
that the numerous asters and centrosomes observed are derived by division or frag- 
mentation from those already present in the cell-body, where it not for the fact 
that similar asters and centrosomes have been observed in the case of unfertilized 
eggs (Hertwig, Morgan, Wilson) where no centrosomes are present in the cytoplasm. 
The phenomena in these two cases are so similar that one cannot believe that they 
are due to wholly different causes; we may, therefore, safely class them together. 

Hertwig maintains that in his experiments the centrosomes were formed from 
the achromatic constituents of the nucleus. He says: ‘‘Ich deute somit die Cen- 
trosomen as selbstandige gewordene geformte achromatische Kernsubstanz, eine 
Deutung fiir die ich wiederholt eingetreten bin.’ In part Morgan agrees with this 
position, though he also holds that centrosomes may arise at a distance from the 
nucleus and therefore from the cytoplasm. ‘I agree,’ he says, “ with Hertwig 
that the centrosomes may develop out of the achromatic substance of the nucleus, 
but I see no ground to extend this statement to include all centrosomes. . . . There 
is good evidence to show, I think, that similar bodies may arise in the cytoplasm 
also, as shown by Reinke, Mead, Watase and myself.’ It is a notable fact, how- 
ever, that in all these cases cited by Morgan the nuclear membrane has disappeared 
or is much shrunken and collapsed, showing that nuclear substance has escaped 
from it. This is true at least of the figures of Reinke, Mead and Morgan; Watase 
gives no figures of the egg of MZacroédella which he describes as containing “a 
series of thirteen asters, ranging from the miniature aster, with the microsome in 
its center, to the normal aster with a veritable centrosome.’ In the figures of 
Reinke, Mead and Morgan one is much struck by the fact that at the time when 
the asters appear in the cell the nuclear membrane is either entirely lacking or is 
much shrunken, showing that achromatic material has escaped into the cell. Of 
his own experiments Morgan says (p. 464): “ The first effect (of the salt solution on 
the egg) is to cause a shrinkage of the nucleus; then after the return of the eggs 
to sea water the division of the nucleus and subsequently that of the egg takes 
place: . . . central bodies are present in the artificial astrosphzres in almost all 
the stages.” Again (p. 517) he says: “ At the time when the nuclear wall dis- 
appears the astrospheres throughout the egg, whether in contact with the chromo- 
somes or not, become conspicuous and then fade away again as the chromosomes 
pass into the resting nuclei. There is some connection between the setting free of 
the chromosomes and the development of the astrosphwres ;” or rather, as it seems 
to me, between the escape of some nuclear constituent and the development of the 
astrosphaeres. The fact that achromatic nuclear substance may be distributed 
widely through the cell in normal mitoses was pointed out in the section on aster 


KARYOKINKESIS. 65 


formation, and I see no evidence in the cases brought forward by Morgan to indi- 
cate that the centrosomes or asters in all these cases may not be derived from 
escaped nuclear material." 

There is certainly a close relationship between the nuclei and the centrosomes. 
The achromatic substance of the nucleus contributes to the growth of the cen- 
trosome in every normal cell cycle (see p. 54), and it is probable that the daughter 
nuclei in their growth resorb from the spheres a portion of this same achromatic 
substance. The peripheral spindle fibres are formed out of this substance (vzz., 
linin and oxychromatin), and bear a striking resemblance to the central spindle 
fibres at an early stage (cf. figs. 55 and 75). In the first maturation of the egg the 
centrosomes or asters do not appear until substances have escaped from the nucleus, 
as is shown by the breaking or indentation of the nuclear membrane (cf Coe 99, 
Carnoy and Lebrun ’99, Gardiner 98, Griffin 1900, Mead °98, Van der Stricht “98, 
Schockaert 1900), and, finally, the granular or reticular centrosome undergoes the 
same changes in reaction to stains as does the oxychromatin and linin, being at one 
time uniformly chromatic, and later uniformly plasmatic in reaction. In all these 
respects the centrosome behaves like an isolated portion of the oxychromatin and 
linin. 

A large number of investigators have observed the formation of centrosomes 
and spheres from some of the nuclear constituents, particularly among the Protozoa, 
(Brauer 793 in Ascarzs, Riickert 94 in Cyclops, Ishikawa °94 and Calkins ’98 in 
Noctiluca, Balbiani 95 in Spzrochona, Schaudinn 96 in Acanthocystes, Hertwig (99 
in Actinospherium, et al.). 


' Wilson’s (01) recent work on Toxopneustes shows that asters and centrosomes may arise in eggs 
treated with Mg Cl, not only far from the nucleus, but even in enucleated fragments. Wilson says (p. 
542) ‘ There is absolutely no evidence for, and the clearest evidence against, the view that the original 
cytasters form at or near the nucleus, to migrate thence toward the periphery, or that they arise by the 
multiplication of a single primary center.” He holds, therefore, that centrosomes and asters may arise 
de novo in the cytoplasm. Such a view, if generally true, would be fatal to the one which is set forth 
in this paper, and it deserves more extended treatment than can be accorded to it in a foot-note. In 
brief, the critical questions as to Wilson’s experiments are these: (1) Are the bodies in question real 
centrosomes; (2) do they arise de novo in the cytoplasm? Iam not disposed to question the fact that 
these bodies are really centrosomes, but I am inclined to doubt the statement that they arise de novo, if 
by that it is meant that they arise without genetic relation to other centrosomes or to the nuclei. The 
fact that these “artificial”? centrosomes may appear far from a nucleus, or even in enucleated frag- 
ments, does not necessarily imply that they are wholly independent of them. The achromatic sub- 
stance of the nucleus may be widely distributed throughout the cell during mitosis, and I have observed 
in the eggs of Crepidula, which have been placed in 2%-3% Na Cl for several hours, that the achro- 
matic portion of the nucleus may exist as one or more vesicles, with definite walls, quite distinct from 
the chromatic portion. In some cases these achromatic vesicles are in contact with the chromatic one ; 
in others they are widely scattered throughout the entire cell. Furthermore, many of these vesicles 
apparently give rise to centrosomes. If the achromatin of the nucleus is genetically related to the cen- 
trosome as I have maintained in this paper, and if achromatin, diffused throughout the cell, may, under 
certain stimuli, be aggregated into vesicles, which then give rise to centrosomes, Wilson’s observations 
need not necessarily mean that centrosomes arise de novo. 

In all cases in which “artificial” asters and centrosomes have been produced, a large amount of 
nuclear substance has been present in the cytoplasm. No one, so far as I can recall, has observed 
asters in egg cells while the germinal vesicle is still intact; with the escape of achromatin from the 
germinal vesicle, however, numerous asters and possibly centrosomes may appear in the egg. I have 
tried hy various means to produce asters in egg cells before maturation, but always without success as 
long as the germinal vesicle remains intact. I believe that it may be laid down as a general principle 
that escaped nuclear material is essential to the formation of an aster, and that an aggregation of such 
material is necessary to the formation of « centrosome. 


9 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


@P) 
(or) 


KARYOKINESIS. 


Others have observed that centrosomes disappear within the growing daughter 
nuclei in certain cases. For example, Mead says that the centrosome left in the egg 
at the close of the second maturation of Chesopterus is last seen “in the midst of 
the fusing (chromosomal) vesicles, its position being indicated by the point of con- 
vergence of the rays of its waning aster.’ Exactly the same thing is true of Cere- 
bratulus (Coe), Thalassema (Griffin), Asterzas (Wilson and Mathews) and probably 
of other animals. In all these cases the centrosome is probably taken into the 
egg nucleus. 

All of these facts seem to me to indicate that the centrosome is intimately 
related to the “formed achromatic” substance of the nucleus and that, in some 
manner, artificially produced centrosomes are formed out of this material as R. 
Hertwig maintains. 

Loeb has found, by a series of remarkable experiments, that artificial partheno- 
genesis may be caused in the eggs of echinoderms and of Chetopterus by the action 
of a variety of substances upon the eggs, and he concludes that in general this par- 
thenogenesis is the result of diosmotic action of these substances and the with- 
drawal of water from the egg, though other factors also enter into the problem in 
the case of Chetopterus. In the light of the many observations and experiments 
which go to show that asters and centrosomes are produced from escaped nuclear 
material, the thought suggests itself that artificial parthenogenesis may be caused 
by any method which will bring certain nuclear constituents into the cell body and 
yet not seriously injure either nucleus or cytoplasm. 

One of the most interesting chapters of Boveri's recent work on the centrosome 
is that in which he undertakes to account for the production of centrosomes by arti- 
ficial means. Boveri recognizes, as have many others, the intimate relation between 
the achromatic material of the nucleus and the centrosome. In cases where real 
centrosomes can be produced from unfertilized eggs he holds that they are formed 
by a kind of regeneration (veparatron, Driesch ‘97) from the achromatic substance 
of the nucleus. Not all nuclei, however, have this power, and, accordingly, Boveri 
distinguishes between (1) szzclez which are purely nuclear in character, and (2) 
centro-nuclet which contain a cytocenter. An example of the former is found in 
Ascaris, and of the latter in many Protozoa, and in some Metazoa, particularly in 
the echinoderms and in the ovocytes of many animals—perhaps of all. 

The question at once arises: What reason is there for supposing that among 
Metazoa nuclei are divided into these two classes?’ Boveri himself has asked this 
question, and he concludes that in Ascarzs at least the nucleus cannot be a centro- 
nucleus, since in certain pathological eggs, in which the spermatozoon remained at 
the periphery or did not enter at all, the egg went through the maturation divisions 
and the egg nucleus came to the period of the solution of the nuclear membrane 
without a trace of fibre differentiation, of centrosomes, or of spindles or spheres. 
He therefore concludes that the nucleus of Ascarzs is a pure nucleus which has lost 
the capacity of forming centrosomes. 


The evidence upon which such an important generalization is based seems to 


KARYOKINESIS. 67 


me to be insufficient. No small amount of evidence is required to prove that nuclei, 
which are so similar in all other respects, are so different in this one. I agree with 
Boveri that research only can determine where (and I should add whether) this is 
true. : 

Returning now to Boveri's idea that in the artificial production of centrosomes 
they are formed by a kind of regeneration :—Morgan’s experiments make it ex- 
tremely probable that numerous centrosomes may be formed independently of each 
other in the cytoplasm. If these are formed of achromatic nuclear material it 
is easy to understand that they appear wherever a sufficient accumulation of 
this material is found in the cell body. But achromatic material separated from 
the nucleus is not necessarily a centrosome with all of the morphological and physi- 
ological features which that body exhibits, as is shown by the fact that such mate- 
rial is distributed through the cell at every mitosis. Either there must be an escape 
of some centrosomal substance or structure, or the condition of the cell must be 
such as to bring about centrosome formation from ordinary achromatic material ; 
the latter is | believe Hertwig’s view (see quotation on p. 64); the former is held by 
Boveri who considers that the centrosome may be regenerated (repaired) from the 
achromatic substance of centro-nuclei only. 

This very suggestive hypothesis of Boveri's makes it possible to harmonize the 
well established fact of the persistence of the centrosome as a cell organ with that 
other apparently contradictory fact that centrosomes may be produced experimen- 
tally in the cell; and this it does by practically adding another phase to the series 
of changes through which the centrosome may pass, vzz.: the phase of the centro- 
nucleus. 

But the question of the persistence and morphological significance of the cen- 
trosome does not hang on the fate of the uncertain hypothesis that nuclei belong to 
two classes, pure nuclei and centro-nuclei. The one point of importance is that 
centrosomes are not coagulation products, nor the mere expression of cell stresses, 
nor sporadic or spontaneous structures, which may appear and disappear here, 
there or anywhere, depending upon the physiological condition of the cell; but that 
all kinds of centrosomes, whether normal or artificial, are formed of a specific kind 
of protoplasm which is genetically related to the achromatic substance of the 
nucleus, from which, under certain conditions, they may be formed anew, that they 
have a characteristic structure and metamorphosis, that they possess the power of 
independent growth and division, and that they are therefore cell organs, which are 
at least relatively, even if not absolutely, persistent structures of high morphologi- 
cal significance. 

(f) Homology of the Centrosome.—We may now again consider the parallel- 
ism between the nucleus and the centrosome pointed out in a previous section (p. 
55). This parallelism is seen not only in the alternate growth and diminution of 
both, but also in corresponding changes in staining reactions and in similarities in 
their modes of self propagation, both nucleus and centrosome being continued from 
generation to generation by means of small granules (chromosomes, central corpus- 
cles) which have the power of independent growth and division. 


68 KARYOKINESIS. 


What is the significance of this parallelism between the nucleus and the cen- 
trosome? Does it indicate that these two structures are genetically related or may 
it be due to simpler physical or physiological factors? The parallelism in the 
growth and diminution of these structures indicates that both nucleus and centro- 
somes are diffusion centers which alternately enlarge by the absorption of substances 
from the cell body and diminish by the return of substances to the cell body. It 
is possible that their parallel changes in s/aznzng reactions are the results of the 
absorption of similar-materials from the cell body, or it may be due to.the fact that 
the centrosomes imbibe a certain amount of material which escapes from the 
nucleus. The fact that they are both se/f propagating is aproperty which they 
share in common with other cell constituents (e..¢. plastids) with which they are 
certainly not homologous. 

On the other hand the remarkable manner of this self propagation is shared, I 
believe, by no other cell constituents. Moreover, the singular resemblance between 
the reticular central spindle (netrum), the achromatic reticulum within the nucleus 
and the intranuclear spindle of many of the Protozoa is most striking and finds no 
satisfactory explanation along the lines just mdicated. 

Many persons who have worked upon nuclear division in the Protozoa (e.g. 
Biitschli (91), R. Hertwig (92,99), Schaudinn ('95, 96), Lauterborn (96), Calkins 
(98) have pointed out the resemblances between micro-nucleus or the intra-nuclear 
mitotic spindle and the centrosome of the Metazoa, and this homology has been 
maintained with great force by Heidenhain (94) and Boveri (’01). 

R. Hertwig in particular has repeatedly advocated this homology. In Actzno- 
sphaertum he has observed that the centrosomes are actually budded out of the 
nuclei, and he concludes that the centrosomes are to be considered an escaped achro- 
matic substance of nuclear origin, “nuclei without chromatin.” He has also pointed 
out the steps by which, he thinks, the evolution of the centrosome has taken place, 
as well as the phylogenetic relationships of the various types of centrosomes to each 
other and to the nuclear structures of the Protozoa. 

Heidenhain also has forcibly presented the resemblance between the central 
spindle of the Metazoa and the micro-nucleus of the Infusoria. He concludes that 
the two are homologous, that the centrosomes of the Metazoa are only polar differ- 
entiations of the intranuclear spindle of the Infusoria, while the macro-nucleus of 
the latter corresponds to the nucleus of the Metazoa; the chromatic substance of 
the micro-nucleus has disappeared in the Metazoa, being transformed into the archo- 
plasm zone. 

These ideas of Heidenhain called forth the severe criticism of Boveri (95) who 
held that since the Infusoria cannot possibly represent the ancestors of the Metazoa, 
the nuclear structures and functions which occur in these cannot properly be con- 
sidered the prototypes of those in the Metazoa. Further, he held that the macro- 
nucleus was probably a transformed micro-nucleus, and that actual, independent 
centrosomes were present in some Protozoa. 

It is interesting to find that in his recent work on the centrosome Boveri ('01), 


KARYOKINESIS. 69 


while still maintaining some of the propositions named above, acknowledges that 
his opposition to the view that the intra-nuclear spindle of the Protozoa is the 
homologue of the metazoan centrosome was not justified. The fact that so careful 
and far seeing an investigator as Boveri should find cause to reverse his position on 
this question lends additional weight to this idea. 

Boveri compares in detail the micro-nucleus of a ciliate infusorian in the spin- 
dle stage, the ovocytic spindle of Ascarzs, the nuclear spindle of Opa/zna, which 
does not fill the whole of the nuclear cavity, the ovocytic spindle of Dzaulula, 
which lies entirely outside of the nuclear cavity and in which centrosomes have 
differentiated at the poles of the spindle, and finally a type such as Ascarzs (cleay- 
age stages) in which the central spindle connecting the centrosomes has almost 
entirely disappeared. In this series is shown the supposed steps by which the cen- 
trosome is differentiated at the poles of the spindle-shaped figure (netrum) and by 
which the latter comes to lie outside of the nuclear cavity and separate from the 
chromosomes. 

How entirely my observations on Crepfzdu/a and other gasteropods accord with 
the general homology suggested by these different investigators can be seen at a 
glance at my figures. Compare for example the cleavage centrosomes of Crepzdula 
(text fig. IV and Plate IV, figs. 69-76) with the micro-nucleus of Paramecium 
(Hertwig) :' 

(1) In the resting stage both are reticular spheres; (2) As the division begins 
they become spindle shaped and the reticulum is drawn out into spindle fibres; 
(3) At the poles of this spindle pole bodies (plates) appear, the spmdle and pole 
bodies forming a unit structure (Heidenhain); (4) In this process the centrosomes 
of Creprdula repeat some of the very stages which the authors named above assume 
to have occurred phylogenetically, z. 2., the reticular spindle when first formed shows 
no sharply differentiated body at its poles; later a centrosome appears at each pole, 
whether as a new differentiation or from a granule before indistinguishable from 
the others I cannot decide. 

In one respect, however, there is an important difference between the centro- 
somes of these gasteropods and the micro-nuclei of Paramecium or other Ciliata, 
vez.: in the former the new spindle figure (netrum) is formed within the old centro- 
some, the outer zone of which disintegrates. This resembles the observations of 
Hertwig on Acténosphaerium, but is unlike the division of the micro-nueleus of the 
Infusoria where the membrane persists throughout the division. 

On the other hand the disintegration of the centrosomal membrane in gastero- 
pods precisely resembles the behavior of the nuclear membrane among Metazoa ; 
this membrane which is composed of substances similar to, if not identical with the 
formed achromatic substance (oxychromatin and linin) dissolves and disappears 
during mitosis, just as the centrosomal membrane does. Both nuclear and centro- 
somal membranes, like their contents, undergo similar changes in staining reactions 


1 There is also a striking resemblance between the form of division of the central corpuscle in the 


first maturation of Crepidula and the division of the ‘“ Nebenkvrper” in the swarm spores of Parameba 
ip 


(Schaudinn 796). 


70 KARYOKINESIS. 


during the cycle of division, z.¢., both are chromatic at one stage and plasmatic at 

another. I have already remarked upon the fundamental similarities between the 

nuclear reticulum and the centrosomal reticulum, and also upon the parallelism in 

the cycle of changes which both structures undergo. While therefore I recognize, 

together with the authors named above, the resemblance of the metazoan centro- 

some to the intra-nuclear spindle of the Protozoa, z. e., the micro-nucleus minus the 

chromatin, | maintain with R. Hertwig that one need not go so far as the Protozoa . 
to find structures homologous with the centrosome since such may be found in the 

formed achromatic substance of metazoan nuclei, z.e., in “‘nuclei without chro- 

matin’ (basichromatin). 

3. Spueres.—The large, densely staining sphere which persists through the 
whole of the resting stage in all of the gasteropods which I have studied, represents 
in the main the cortical zone of the attraction sphere, though remnants of the outer 
zone of the centrosome may be found in it after the origin of the new amphiaster. 
In each cell-generation the new centrosome and, perhaps, also the new cortical zone 
arises within the old centrosome (cf figs. 25 and 70), so that the az/agen of both 
centrosomes and spheres (at least in some mitoses) come from the previous centro- 
some. Achromatic substance from the nucleus plus hyaloplasm from the cell body 
fills the cortical zone and swells it into the enormous sphere of later stages of divi- 
sion. After the new amphiaster appears it moves out of the old sphere, and the 
latter may persist for a long time as a degenerating structure. 

In the eggs of all animals spheres are usually present during mitosis,' but they 
usually disappear at the close of division, and in no other case can I find any account 
of bodies with so compact a structure persisting throughout the whole rest, or even 
through the following mitosis.” 

In spermatogenesis, however, bodies undoubtedly similar to these spheres have 
been described by several authors, particularly by Moore, ’93, Meves, ‘94, ’96, 
98, Rawitz, 96. Meves finds in the resting spermatogonia of Sa/amandra at the 
end of summer that the sphere becomes a heap of granules; in the spring the sphere 
is reconstituted out of these granules and in the summer a “consolidated sphere” 
bounded by a sharp line or even a membrane is found. This sphere probably con- 
tains a centrosome at all times, though it is not always visible. The daughter cen- 
trosomes and central spindle arise within this sphere. The sphere is composed of a 
cortical and a medullary zone, and the former, at least, breaks up and is scattered 
through the cell. Masses of these granules collect close under the cell wall, and at 
the equator of the cell, and when the cell body divides they le along the newly 
formed cell membrane. These granules are frequently present for some time in the 
daughter cells, but usually disappear before the next division. In all stages of this 

1 Carnoy and Lebrun (’97) totally deny the existence of spheres of any kind. They say: 
“Boveri’s archoplasm is a part of the cell-substance; van Beneden’s attraction sphere, Guignard’s 
directive sphere, Vejdovsky's periplast, the earlier kinoplasm of Strasburger do not exist as such. 
These myths belong in the legends.” . . Such sweeping statements are chiefly valuable as illustrating 
the worthlessness of dogmatic biology. 


2 Bolles Lee (’95) finds in the testis cells of Helix that the spindle remnants are preserved from 
generation to generation, the old spindle remnants fusing with the new ones. 


KARYOKINESIS. il 
metamorphosis the sphere substance remains distinct from the remaining cell sub- 
stance and in this respect resembles the archoplasm of Boveri, though spindles are 
not formed out of it. It has been known variously as “sphere,” ‘ Vedenkern,’ 
“Centrodeutoplasm (Krlanger); Meves proposes to call it Zdzozome. It is formed 
from elimimated chromatin; as to its origin he says :—(Meves ‘94, p. 158) “* Einen 
anderen Theil des eliminirten Chromatins, der nicht zur Bilding eines Nebenkerns 
verwandt wird, findet man in-den Spermatogonien des Salamanders nach meiner 
Beschreibung in dem die Sphare representirenden Kérnerkranz; in einem bestimm- 
ten Stadium des Processes sind kleinste Chromatinkiigelehen von einem Hof von 
Sparensubstanz umgeben.” Again (p. 159) :—‘‘ Spater scheint das Chromatin seine 
Reaction zu andern und in dem Aufbau der Sphare mit einzugehen.” 

The idiozome is found particularly, perhaps exclusively, in male sexual cells, 
and Meves agrees with Kostanecki and Siedlecki, Erlanger, Lenhossek and Mont- 
gomery, that it cannot be homologized with the sphere of egg cells, though, perhaps, 
it is homologous with the yolk nuclei of ovarian eggs. Unlike the attraction sphere 
of van Beneden it is (1) not radiating in structure, (2) only present in resting stages, 
not in mitosis, (5) sharply limited from surrounding cytoplasm. In spite of these 
differences | make bold to say that the spheres which I have observed in gasteropod 
eggs are certainly homologous with Meves’ idiozome. To recall only a few of the 
resemblances :—(1) Both arise (in part) from eliminated chromatin which changes 
its staining reaction. (2) Both have the same relations to the centrosomes and 
central spindle. (5) Both persist and preserve their individuality through the 
entire resting period and even into the following mitosis. (4) Both show a corti- 
eal and a medullary zone. (5) Both are sharply delimited from the cytoplasm. 
(6) Neither has radiating structure during the rest stage. (7) Both ultimately dis- 
integrate and are scattered as coarse granules immediately under the cell membrane. 

The sphere in these gasteropods is derived from an undoubted attraction sphere, 
with radial structure and without sharp demarkation from the cytoplasm. I con- 
clude, therefore, that the term zdzozome should be extended so as to include the 
spheres present in all resting cells, or that it should be abandoned altogether. Since 
it represents, in gasteropod eggs, merely the resting stage of the sphere, it seems to 
me no more entitled to a specific name than the resting nucleus.’ 

4. ArcnopLasm.—Of late there has been much discussion of the Archoplasm 
hypothesis of Boveri (88) and the general conelusion seems to be that this hypothesis 
is untenable (cf Heidenhain, Kostanecki, Erlanger, Wilson, R. Hertwig, Carnoy 
and Lebrun, e¢ a/.) This conclusion is based on the proposition that there is no 
peculiar substance such as Boveri's hypothesis supposes. Boveri (’95) himself 
admits that he has been unable to find archoplasm except in the eggs of Ascarzs 
and in Nocteluca. 

The principal features of Boveri's archoplasm hypothesis are the following (c/. 
Wilson, 95, p. 444):—(1) A specific substance, distinct from other cell constituents, 


*R. Hertwig (’99) expresses the view that idiozome, spheres, centrodeutoplasm, Nebenkern, etc., 
are only giant centrosomes or centrospheres. 


12 KARYOKINESIS. 


which may be scattered through the cell, or aggregated into a sphere around the 
centrosome. (2) In karyokinesis it divides, following the division of the centrosome, 
and it forms the achromatic spindle and the polar astral systems, its granules 
being transformed into fibres. (5) After karyokinesis its fibres are again resolved 
into granules which are withdrawn into the spheres. (4) It is a persistent cell 
element. 

The many points of resemblance between this substance and the “ sphere sub- 
stance” of Crepzdula must be at once apparent; the most important points of. dif- 
ference are that in Crefzdu/a and other gasteropods this substance does not divide 
with the division of the centrosome and is not a self perpetuating cell element. It 
is a specific substance, temporarily distinct from other cell elements; it arises anew 
in each cell generation; it forms a part of the spindle and asters; at the close of 
karyokinesis it is withdrawn into a sphere surrounding the centrosome, and when 
the intial spindle moves out of the sphere, the latter slowly disintegrates and disap- 
pears in the general cytoplasm. 

Boveri held that the archoplasm sphere was largest in the prophase and then 
diminished in size as rays were formed out of it. Zeigler, Kostanecki and Seid- 
lecki find that the reverse is the case, v7z., that the eranular mass increases as the 
rays Increase and decreases with them. In all the gasteropods which I have studied 
with reference to this point, this substance is smallest in quantity at the beginning 
of karyokinesis and continually increases as division advances. 

If regard be had to the exact definition of archoplasm which Boveri gave, then 
this sphere substance cannot properly be called archoplasm. However it sufficiently 
resembles the archoplasm in location and general characteristics to warrant the 
belief that it corresponds to the substance observed by Boveri, if not to his definition 
of that substance. 

A specific substance, at least temporarily distinct from the general protoplasm 
of the cell has been found in astral and karyokinetic figures by almost all recent 
writers; of Aznoplasm (Strasburger), Lrgastoplasm (Prenant), Cyanoplasm (Mor- 
gan), Archoplasm (Wilson, Griffin, Foot and many others). The whole appearance 
of a karyokinetic figure, its definite form, separation from the surrounding cytoplasm, 
staining reactions, all show that we are here dealing with a substance which is 
specifically different from the general cytoplasm. The physiological relations of 
the amphiaster to the cell body, no less than its morphological characteristics lead 
to the same conclusion. On the other hand the evidence both from observation and 
experiment now renders it extremely probable that this specific substance is a tem- 
porary differentiation of the cell- and nuclear-plasm which may again be transformed 
into the general protoplasm; in short it is not self propagating and absolutely con- 
tinuous. 

Those who have studied the eges of Ascarzs can scarcely doubt that the sub- 
stance which Boveri described in that animal under the name of Archoplasm is 
homologous with the specific substance found in the astral and karyokinetie figures 
of many other organisms, and if this be the case it seems to me that the name given 


KARYOKINESIS. 73 


by Boveri, or, rather, the modified form of it, viz., Archzplasm, which has been 
widely used and accepted, ought still to be applied to this substance, even though 
Boveri's views as to its characteristics may not be fully accepted in all cases. For- 
tunately it is not generally considered necessary to change the name of a thing 
every time we change our views as to its qualities. Neither the cell itself nor any 
morphological element of it means to all investigators the same thing which it meant 
to its discoverer, and yet we generally find it advisable to retain the old name, 
changing our conception of the thing named as our knowledge advances. 


10 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


Tae 
CYTOKINESIS. 


The term Cy/okcneszs (Whitman, 87, Ryder, “94, Rhumbler, ’96) is here used 
to designate those movements within the cell body during its cycle of division which 
correspond to the nuclear activities during the division of the nucleus. Viewed in 
this light, cell division consists of karyokinesis and cytokinesis, the two being so 
intimately related that one cannot be treated wholly apart from the other. 

These protoplasmic movements are of particular interest in that they throw 
light upon the constitution of the cell and the mechanics of cell division as well as 
upon the more complex problems of differentiation. Thus the movements in the 
spindle, aster and cell body during division indicate that the protoplasm is of a fluid 
or semi-fluid constitution, permitting freedom of movement among its parts; that 
these movements are in the nature of diffusion streams, as Biitschli has repeatedly 
maintained ; and, further, that these movements are the immediate cause of many 
important differentiations. 

Before taking up these movements in detail we shall briefly consider : 


I. Tue STRUCTURE OF THE CYTOPLASM. 


The cytoplasm of the egg of Crepzdula presents the appearance of being com- 
posed of alveoles, and this conception of its structure is most in consonance with the 
many movements within the cell which will be described later. The egg contains a 
large quantity of yolk in the form of spherules which vary enormously in size. 
The smaller yolk spherules seem to le within the alveoles, though the larger ones of 
course do not. In addition to the yolk spheres which always stain intensely with 
iron haematoxylin, there are other small spherules which are never seen except in 
material fixed for a considerable period in Hermann’s fluid. These spherules are 
about the size of the smallest yolk spheres and like them appear to le within the 
alveoles, but unlike them do not stain with haematoxylin and are of a pale gray 
color. They may represent partially dissolved or digested yolk spheres. 

With the highest powers of the microscope which I have been able to 
use, vzz., Zeiss Apochromatic Obj. 1.5 mm. Occ. 12, the karyokinetic spindles 
and astral rays show no indication of alveolar structure, nor indeed does the 
nuclear sap which forms the interfilar substance of the spindle and_ spheres. 
In the anaphase and telophase, the spheres as well as the centrosomes are alve- 
olar or recticular. Within the cytoplasm the alveoles are smaller and their walls 
thicker the nearer they lie to the centrosomes (figs. 54, 55) as Biirger (’92), Eismond 
(95), Rhumbler (96) and Erlanger (96), have shown to be the case in other forms. 


CYTOKINESIS. 7) 


In certain stages (e. ¢., fig. 54) the walls of the alveoles are very thick and stain so 
deeply that I conclude that they are composed of achromatic nuclear material which 
has diffused from the spheres in addition to the substance of the alveolar layer 
(hyaloplasm) which is diffusing toward the spheres from the cell body. These 
radiations run between the alveoli and not through them, and in certain stages, par- 
ticularly early prophases and late telophases, show a zig-zag course between alveoli 
or even branchings and anastomoses around them, figs. 54, 61, e¢ seg. (of. Wilson 
99). 

How to harmonize the well known fact that protoplasm behaves as a thick 
fluid, with those other well established facts as to its differentiations and the local- 
ization of differentiated structures within it, is a problem to which much attention 
has been paid. Long ago Briicke (61) pointed out the fact that a definite organiza- 
tion could not exist in a fluid and that a fluid plasma would be incapable of per- 
forming the complex functions of the cell. Since that time the further study of the 
cell has but emphasized the great complexity of its structure and functions, and this 
has led many authors to regard the cell as a relatively stable system of parts, the 
interstices between which are filled with a fluid-like substance. On the other hand 
the continued study of living protoplasm has more fully demonstrated its fluid 
character; the freedom with which parts may move about within cells, particularly 
in certain Protozoa and in metazoan egg cells, is entirely inconsistent with the idea 
that the cell is traversed by a fixed system of fibres which bind all its parts into a 
stable system. Biitschli’s theory of the structure of protoplasm is the only one 
which undertakes to harmonize these apparently contradictory phenomena, for while 
emphasizing the fluid character of protoplasm it still assigns to it a definite structure 
and provides for the local differentiations and specific organization of the cell (¢f 
Bitschli 92, Rhumbler 98). I accept without reserve the Butschli theory so far 
as it concerns the general cytoplasm of the eggs which I have studied, but I have 
seen no sufficient evidence that it extends to all the parts of the cell. 


Il. Movements or CELL Contents.’ 


In the maturation, fertilization and cleavage of the gasteropod eggs which | 
have studied I have observed successive stages of a complex and orderly move- 
ment of the entire cell substance by which the positions of the cytoplasm, yolk, 
nuclei, centrosomes, spheres and mid-bodies (Zwzschenkorpen) are changed in a 
definite and orderly way. Unfortunately, I have been unable to actually observe 
these movements in the living egg, since the eggs studied contain a large amount 
of yolk and are therefore opaque, and since the movements described are very slow. 
However, the evidences of these movements are so abundant and unmistakable 
that one could not be more certain of thei if he had seen the actual flowing of the 
cell substance. 


1 A portion of this section was published in the Wood’s Holl Biological Lectures for 1898. 
(Boston, 1899). 


76 CYTOKINESIS. 


A. MoveEMENTS DURING MATURATION. 


First Maturatcon.—The cell movements during maturation result in the segre- 
gation of yolk and cytoplasm at opposite poles of the egg, and in the transportation 
of the mitotic figure to the animal pole. While the germinal vesicle is still intact 
it les some distance from the periphery and is closely surrounded by yolk spherules, 
and there is a very incomplete separation of yolk and cytoplasm throughout the 
entire egg. As soon as the mitotic spindle is formed and the nuclear membrane is 
broken, there is an area immediately surrounding the spindle and asters free from 
yolk, but elsewhere in the ege there is an intimate mingling of yolk and cytoplasm. 
The initial position of the spindle differs in different eges; it rarely lies in the chief 
axis of the egg and may be at right angles to this. Gradually the spindle turns 
until its axis nearly coincides with that of the egg, and at the same time the whole 
spindle is moved out toward the surface, until finally the outer end of the spindle 
comes into contact with the cell membrane, and the surface of the egg is elevated 
into a papilla at this point. This movement is in part due to the mere lengthening 
of the nuclear spindle which doubles in length during the process, but in part also to 
a general movement of the cell substance by which the spindle is turned and carried 
bodily toward the surface of the egg. At the same time there are movements 
within the egg which lead to an accumulation of cytoplasm at the animal pole and 
a movement of the yolk spherules toward the opposite pole. There is no evidence 
that this movement is due to activity on the part of the nucleus and centrosomes. 
The initial position of the centrosomes and the direction of the central spindle are 
not the same in different eggs, and yet the final position of the mitotic figure is the 
same in all cases; the centrosomes and asters at the two poles are identical in form, 
size and staining reactions until the outer pole of the spindle comes into contact 
with the surface of the egg. When this occurs the sphere and centrosome at the 
outer pole become flattened against the egg membrane (PI. I, figs. 14, 15). At the 
same time the spindle begins to shorten, and this continues until it is not more than 
half as long as in the metaphase or early anaphase. At the same time the chromo- 
somes at the outer pole are crowded into the sphere (fig. 16), and finally they are 
pushed through this until they come into contact with the opposite cell wall (figs. 
22,25). Such a phenomenon is found only in the formation of the polar bodies and 
must be caused by factors which are wholly different from those which have com- 
monly been held to be active in the mechanics of mitosis. Neither the contraction 
of mantle fibres (Van Beneden, Boveri), nor the growth of central spindle fibres 
(Driiner), nor the chemotropic influence of the centrosome and sphere (Strasburger) 
will explain the extreme movement of the chromosomes in the first maturation. 
On the other hand the evidence is conclusive that this extreme movement of the 
chromosomes is due to the same factor which forces the entire spindle into contact 
with the egg membrane and then causes the flattening of the sphere and centro- 
some and the shortening of the spindle. Evidently this factor lies wholly outside 
of the spindle, since it acts upon the spindle as a whole, and must consist of stresses 


CYTOKINESIS. 17 


in the cytoplasm, probably of active movements, and the fact that throughout the 
ege the separation of yolk and cytoplasm is going on at this time is additional 
evidence in favor of such general movements in the cell body.’ 

Second Maturation.—The initial position of the second maturation spindle 
varies greatly in different eggs; in some cases it is almost at right angles to the egg 
axis (e.g, fig. 28), but it always turns so that one pole lies almost in contact with 
the mid-body between the egg and the first polar body. It is very probable that 
the spindle turns into the line of least resistance, and the fact that the line of least 
resistance leads directly from the chromosomes to the mid-body may be due to the 
persistence in this axis of the spindle remnants of the first maturation. The sec- 
ond polar body is extruded immediately under the first, so that the latter is raised 
upon the former and is separated from the egg. This also must be due to the fact 
that the surface tension is least at this point. Whether this is the result of the fact 
that the egg membrane is here lifted by the first polar body, or that the surface 
layer between the egg and the first polar body is here newly formed, or that the 
cell membrane grows most rapidly over the pole of the spindle cannot be determined 
by observation alone. 


B. Movements DURING FERTILIZATION. 


During the fertilization similar movements of the egg contents are apparently 
taking place; the polar segregation of yolk and cytoplasm goes on during the 
approach of the germ nuclei, and, as during maturation, appears to be due to move- 
ments of the cytoplasm. The spermatozoon usually enters near the vegetal pole, 
and is carried through almost the whole diameter of the ege to the animal pole, but 
it may enter at any place except the protoplasmic area immediately around the 
animal pole. If the sperm enters at the vegetal pole, its course toward the animal 
pole is nearly straight; if it enters elsewhere, its course is curved, and the nearer 
the point of entry to the animal pole the greater the curvature. 

The egg nucleus and aster lie very near the animal pole and do not move 
from this position; they are surrounded by an area of protoplasm free from yolk. 
The sperm nucleus and aster in their advance through the yolk leave no path behind 
them; either they are carried along by a general movement of the cell contents, or 
the yolk is pushed out of their way, to close in again behind them immediately 
after they have passed. The germ nuclei and asters approach each other, and 
when the two are close together they le in an area entirely free from yolk, except 
that a few spherules are usually found between the two nuclei or asters. These 
spherules, which are separated from all the rest of the yolk, appear to have been 
carried before the sperm elements in their advance. After the origin of the cleay- 
age centrosomes the remnants of the asters are carried to a point above the nuclei 
and immediately under the polar bodies, where they disintegrate and are scattered 


' Kostanecki and Wierzejsky (’96) have observed in Physa that the peripheral movement of the 
spindle, and the separation of the yolk and cytoplasm go hand in hand. 


78 CYTOKINKSIS. 


as coarse granules—a process which will be described more fully when we come to 
consider the cleavage.' 

What brings the germ nuclei and asters together? In a former paper (’94) I 
suggested that the nuclei were passively drawn together by the formation, attachment, 
and contraction of astral rays, and Kostanecki and Wierzejski (95) afterward ad- 
vanced this same view. They maintain that astral rays are strongest while the germ 
nuclei are being brought together and that as soon as this is accomplished the rays 
are functionless and disappear. Wilson (796) regards this view as untenable, and 
concludes that “the nuclei are drawn together by an actual attraction which is 
neutralized by union, and their movements are not improbably of a chemotactic 
character.’ Morgan (96) also rejects this idea, and I have myself (99) practically 
abandoned it. Nevertheless, unless the nuclei are actively locomotive it must still 
be true that they are brought together by something outside themselves. This 
something must of necessity be found in the cytoplasm (including the aster), unless 
the nuclei are able of themselves to move actively. There is every evidence that 
the nuclei in this, as im most other cases of movement, are passive, and that their 
movements are brought about by the activity of the cytoplasm. 

The migration of the sperm nucleus, like that of the maturation spindles, is 
accompanied by progressive separation of yolk and cytoplasm, and it is probable 
that these coincident phenomena have a common cause in general movements of the 
cytoplasm. 

Furthermore, there are certain elements of constancy in the polar differentiation 
and in the plane of the first cleavage which cannot be attributed to the nuclei, and, 
so far as I can see, can be due only to definite characters of the cell body. It is the 
egg cell rather than the nucleus which shows polar differentiation. The sperm nuc- 
leus and aster approach the animal pole from various positions; there is great vari- 
tion in all the positions of the nuclei and asters relative to each other, and yet there 
is no variation in the plane of the first cleavage which always passes through the 
point of extrusion of the polar bodies, and in cases where the first cleavage is un- 
equal the mitotic figure is always eecentric to the same degree. - Now the first 
cleavage, as we shall see, is accompanied by extensive rotary movements of the cell 
contents, and this fact, jomed to the evidences of cytoplasmic movement during 
maturation and fertilization, leads me to believe that definite movements of cell 
substance exist in the unsegmented ege. The constancy of cleavage in later stages 
is associated with constancy of movements in the cytoplasm, and it is probable that 
the same is true of the constancy which precedes cleavage. 

1 A lobe of cytoplasm appears at the vegetal pole just before the germ nuclei meet, fig. 77. It per- 


sists during the first and second cleavages, being nearly separated from the egg during each division of 
the cell body, fig. 80. It never divides with the cleavage of the egg, but always remains attached 
to one of the daughter cells, and is gradually resorbed into that cell at the close of the cleavage, 
fig. 81. This lobe is probably homologous with the “yolk lobe” of Chaetopterus (Mead), of 
Iilyonassa (Crampton), of Fulgur (MeMurrich), and of the following gasteropods which I have exam- 
ined; Urosalpinx, Nassa, Sycotypus and four species of Crepidula. In all the species of Crepidula it 
contains no yolk and is very small; in Sycotypus and Fulgur it is larger than in Orepidula and con- 
tains some yolk, but is still relatively small; in I/yonassa, Nassa and Urosalpinx it is very large and 
is filled with yolk. 


CYTOKINESIS. i) 


That the movements within the cell substance of the unsegmented egg are, in 
certain cases at least, of a vortical character is indicated by spiral asters, first de- 
scribed by Mark for Zzmax, and since observed by several investigators in other 
animals, and also by my observation that the first cleavage in Crepzdw/a is a spiral 
one, being oblique to the right, or dexiotropic, (see p. 80, also Conklin ’97). 


C. Movements DurinG CLEAVAGE. 


It is, however, in the cleavage of the egg that I have found the most unmis- 
takable evidences of definite and orderly movements of the cell contents. These 
movements occur before, during and after the division of the nucleus, and are thus 
characteristic of the entire cycle of division. Since the different cleavages differ 
considerably in the character and extent of these movements it will be necessary to 
devote some attention to each cleavage. 

The entire history of these movements could never be determined by means of 
sections alone, though these are of great supplementary value, but recourse must be 
had to preparations of entire eggs. In such eggs, prepared in the manner specified 
on page 6, the whole course of these movements can be followed with great clear- 
ness and the relative positions of spheres, centrosomes, nuclei and mid-bodies can 
be accurately determined at every stage. 

(1). First Cleavage.—At the beginning of this cleavage the cytoplasm is well 
separated from the yolk in the region of the germ nuclei. Above the nuclei and 
below the polar bodies traces of the egg and sperm spheres may still be seen, figs. 78, 
79. As the spindle elongates and the astral radiations extend, the cytoplasmic area 
first elongates and then the entire egg becomes ellipsoidal. 

From the prophase to the anaphase the mitotic figure lies in a cytoplasmic area 
almost entirely free from yolk and there are few, if any, yolk spheres between the 
spindle and the polar bodies, figs. 55, 57, 58 (in the preparation from which figs. 57 
and 58 were made, the polar bodies were attached as in figs. 59-61, but in order to 
save space on the plate the upper parts of the figures, showing the polar bodies, 
were cut off from the drawings). In the late anaphase, however, the yolk spheres 
are present not only in the superficial layer of protoplasm, but also in a plane run- 
ning right through the middle of the spindle, figs. 59, 60, 66, 67; im fact the only 
area free from yolk spheres at this stage is that immediately surrounding each of 
the asters. This position of the yolk can have been caused only by extensive move- 
ments of the cell substance, the yolk being carried up at the periphery toward the 
animal pole and then down through the middle of the egg in a plane at right angles 
to the axis of the spindle (cf figs. 55-61, 80, 81). While this movement is most 
easily seen and is probably strongest in the direction indicated, z. ¢., up at the 
periphery toward the animal pole and then down through the plane of the first 
cleavage, yet the constriction which forms all around the egg (see fig. 80) shows that 
the movement must be from the whole equatorial periphery toward the spindle axis. 
However, this constriction is deepest on the side of the animal pole where this move- 
ment is most evident. 


80 CYTOKINKESIS. 


Until the anaphase of this cleavage the spindle axis is a straight line, figs. 59, 
66. In the telophase the mid-body, which marks the middle of the spindle, is car- 
ried down toward the vegetal pole, while the centrosomes, spheres and nuclei are 
moved up nearly to the animal pole, fig. 60. Finally, in the resting stage the cen- 
trosomes and spheres lie almost beneath the polar bodies, the nuclei lie just below 
these, while the mid-body les a little below. the middle of the plane of contact be- 
tween the two daughter cells, fig. 61. In short, the spindle axis which was a single 
straight line up to the anaphase, becomes bent on itself in the telophase and in the 
resting period until its two halves lie close to each other on opposite sides of the 
new cell wall. 

These movements of the structures which he in the spindle axis are accom- 
panied by general movements of the cell contents in the same direction. Thus the 
cytoplasm which is at first spread out in the form of a cap at the animal pole, grows 
deeper in the telophase, and is carried down with the mid-body to the middle of the 
cleavage plane; at the same time the yolk is carried up at the periphery toward 
the animal pole, figs. 61, 79, 80, 81. 

The movements in the first two cleavage cells are not, however, directly at 
right angles to the plane of the first cleavage, but viewed from the animal pole they 
are slightly dexiotropic, as is shown by the fact that the nuclei, spheres, and proto- 
plasmic areas all move in a dexiotropic direction (fig. 82 and text fig. VIII). The 
remains of the spheres of the first cleavage can be seen, until the anaphase of the 
second cleavage, lying near the upper surface of the two blastomeres and close to 
the wall between them, figs. 83 and 84; in this position they gradually fade out 
into the cytoplasm, until at the close of the second cleavage no trace of them can 
be seen. The rotation of cell substance indicated in fig. 82 continues until the 
superficial extent of the protoplasmic area is smaller and its depth greater than is 
indicated in that figure, and until the new centrosomes have taken their positions 
at the poles of the greatly inflated nuclei. 

Such a change in the position of these parts could be brought about only by a 
general rotation of the entire cell body. This general rotation precedes, accompanies 
and follows the movements of the nuclei, centrosomes and spheres (cf. figs. 59, 60, 
61), and is, in all probability, the cause of these movements. 

(2). Second Cleavage.—At the close of the first cleavage the centrosomes lie 
above and on the outer side of the nuclei (z, ¢., on the side away from the polar 
bodies), figs. 82, 85. Here the centrosomes elongate and give rise to the daughter 
centrosomes and central spindles, which stretch across the nuclei in the groove be- 
tween the two germ halves, fig. 85, text fig. VIII, while the remnants of the spheres 
move into the furrow close under the polar bodies. In this position the definitive 
spindles are formed, while the outlines of the vesicular nuclei, still filled with nuclear 
sap, are visible on the side of the spindle next the polar bodies even as late as the 
metakinesis, fig. 84. With the exception of the centrosomes and asters the entire 
mitotic figure is lodged within that portion of the vesicular nucleus farthest removed. 
from the first cleavage plane, and into the spindle, thus located, all the chromo- 


CYTOKINKESIS. om 


somes are drawn, leaving only the darkly staining nuclear sap in the remaining 
portion of the mother nucleus, fig. 84. 

At this time the nuclei and cytoplasmic areas still preserve their dexiotropic 
positions in each cell, fig. 85, text fig. VIIL; with the breaking of the nuclear mem- 
brane, however, the spindles and cytoplasmic areas shift into a leotropic position, 
fig. 84, and at the same time the surface extent of the cytoplasm becomes greater, 
and the blastomeres, which had become so flattened against each other that they 
were nearly perfect hemispheres, again become more and more spherical in shape. 
The spindles, cytoplasm and entire cell then elongate in the direction of the spindle 
axis; a constriction appears first at the animal pole and then entirely around the 
periphery in the equator, and the cell divides as in the preceding cleavage." 

In the telophase of the second cleavage the nuclei, spheres and centrosomes 
again move toward the animal pole while the middle of the spindle and the mid- 
body are carried down and away from the animal pole toward the middle of each 
cleavage plane, fig. 86. The direction of this rotation is leotropic in the two blas- 
tomeres which lie at the higher level (A and C, fig. 86) and dexiotropie in the two 
lower ones (B and D, fig. 86). This movement continues until the centrosomes 
and spheres are carried into the inner angles of the cells, immediately below the 
polar bodies and until the daughter nuclei, which at first le very near each other 
on opposite sides of the second cleavage planes, fig. 86, are swung out into the 
centers of the cytoplasmic areas, fig. 87. 

(3) Third Cleavage.—The centrosomes and central spindles then appear as 
in the preceding cleavage, vzz.: on the upper and outer sides of the nuclei and in 
the grooves between the germ halves, figs. 70, 71, 88. The spindles do not at first 
occupy similar positions in the four cell, but are often dexiotropic in the two lower 
blastomeres (the ones meeting in the polar furrow) and frequently leotropic in the 
upper ones, fig. 88. As the cleavage advances, however, the spindles are all turned 
into a dexiotropic direction. All this time the remains of the spheres of the pre- 
ceding cleavage occupy the central angles of the cells, and when the upper pole of 
the spindle moves up under them, their substance is spread in the form of a ring 
with dense periphery and clear center, figs. 87-90 and text figs. XIX-XX. The 
spindle and cytoplasm, then elongate, as in the preceding cleavages, and although 
the cell as a whole does not elongate symmetrically, z.¢., at the two poles, it does 
elongate by the formation of a lobe of protoplasm over the upper end of each spin- 
dle. This lobe becomes more and more prominent, and into it the upper pole of the 
spindle moves. Then the equatorial constriction of the cell begins, forming all the 

‘The equatorial constriction sometimes appears as a broad irregular depression in the cytoplasm 
beneath the polar bodies (fig. 85). At the margins of this depression there may be serrated processes of 
cytoplasm which project for a short distance over the depression. I have seen this phenomenon in 
only a few eggs, and do not know whether it is a normal one or not. It reminds one of the threads and 
“*filose processes’ observed by G. F. and E. A. Andrews (’97,’98) in various forms of protoplasm. In 
this same preparation (fig. 85) the cytoplasm adjoining the first cleavage on each side of this depression 


is elevated into a ridge; it looks as if the formation of the depression and the elevation of the ridge 
were parts of the same process. 


11 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


82 CYTOKINESIS. 


Fie. XIX. 


Fic. XX. 


Fie. XXII. 


Fie. XXII. Fie. XXIII. 


Figs. XIX-XXIII.—Successive stages in the third cleavage of Crepiduwa, showing the spreading of the old sphere substance, the lobing 
of the cytoplasm and the separation of the first quartette of micromeres. 


CYTOKINKESIS. 85 


way around the periphery as in the preceding cleavages, and ultimately separating 
the first group of micromeres from the macromeres, fig. 90 and text figs. XXI—X XIII. 

In this division there is a differential distribution of the sphere substance, the 
whole of the sphere remnants of the preceding division passing into the micromeres 
while no portion of them goes into the macromeres. During division each cell 
becomes more nearly spherical than in the resting period, and especially in the late 
anaphase, when the equatorial constriction is occurring, the daughter cells (both 
macromeres and micromeres) are so nearly spherical that they touch neighboring 
cells only by relatively small surfaces, fig. 90. In the telophase and rest they again 
flatten against one another, fig. 91. 

During the telophase of this cleavage the cell contents rotate in a dexiotropic 
direction in the upper cells (micromeres), and in a lweotropic direction in the lower 
cells (macromeres). Even before the telophase this movement is presaged by the 
dexiotropic lobing of the cytoplasm in each cell preparatory to the formation of the 
micromeres; in the telophase it appears in the bending of the spindle axis and in 
the rotation of the nuclei, centrosomes and spheres. In fig. 90 the earliest bend in 
the spindle axis is indicated, the middle of the spindle in three of the cells being 
displaced slightly to the right. Sections through an egg of this stage show that the 
spindle axes are also bent at the middle toward the surface of the egg, fig. 73. The 
dexiotropic rotation of the substance of the micromeres continues until the daughter 
nuclei are carried from the left to the right sides of the cells, though the spheres 
being in the angles of the cells nearest the animal pole are unable to move through 
any considerable are (cf. figs. 90, 91). At the same time the substance of the mac- 
romeres rotates to the left, until the nuclei, centrosomes, spheres and cytoplasmic 
areas are carried to the extreme left sides of these cells. Throughout the whole 
of this movement the centrosomes and spheres never move under the cells of the 
first quartette, but they always lie on the outer margin of these cells and in contact 
with a free surface of the macromeres, fig. 91; the nuclei on the other hand are 
partially or wholly overlaid by the micromeres. 

(4). Fourth Cleavage.—In this position the centrosomes and central spindles 
for the fourth cleavage of the macromeres arise from the mother centrosomes, the 
spindles lying over the upper and outer portions of the nuclei and in the groove be- 
tween the germ halves as in the preceding cleavages, figs. 74, 75, 91, 92. The 
initial position of these spindles is very different from their final position; at first 
their axes are nearly at right angles to planes bisecting each macromere in a radial 
direction, and the two poles of each spindle are at nearly the same horizontal level. 
Then the left pole of each spindle rises until it lies immediately under the remnants 
of the sphere at the surface of the macromere, while the right pole sinks towards 
the center of each macromere. When the left pole of the spindle approaches the 
old sphere substance the latter is spread into a ring with dense periphery and clear 
center, fig. 92, text figs. XXIV, XXV, X XIX, as in the preceding cleavage. Then 
the cell elongates in the direction of the spindle axis by the formation of a lobe of 
cytoplasm in the region of the old sphere substance, and at the same time the spin- 


84 CYTOKINESIS. 


dle axis shifts through an angle of about 45°, the upper pole of the spindle being 
carried in toward the animal pole until the lobe of cytoplasm is pressed into 
the angle between contiguous cells of the first quartette, fig. 93. In this position 
the “equatorial” constriction occurs and the second quartette of micromeres is 
separated from the macromeres. 

As the whole of the sphere substance of the second cleavage goes into the first 
quartette of micromeres, so all the sphere substance of the third cleavage, remaining 
in the macromeres, goes into the second quartette where it rapidly disappears. 

In the telophase the cell contents of the second quartette move in a lexotropic 
direction until the centrosomes and spheres are carried from the extreme left to the 
extreme right of each cell; at the same time the entire cell contents of the macro- 
meres move in a dextotropic direction until the nuclei, centrosomes, spheres and 


Fig. XXIV. ; Fie. XXV. 
Fies. XXIV, XX V.—Two stages in fourth cleavage of Crepidula showing the spreading of the old sphere substance 
at the upper pole of the spindle and the lobing of the cytoplasm to form the second quartette of micromeres, 


cytoplasmic areas are carried to the right side of each cell (cf figs. 93, 94, 95, text 
figs. XIII, XIV). As a consequence of these movements in the daughter cells, the 
spindle axes which were straight lines, until the telophase become bent at the mid- 
bodies until finally the two halves of each spindle are nearly parallel with each 
other. This movement of the cell contents and consequent bending of the spindle 
axes is greater in the second quartette cells than in the macromeres, the rotation 
in the former being through an angle of more than 90°. 

During these movements and throughout the succeeding rest period the centro- 
somes and spheres are never overlaid by other cells; both in the second quartette 
and in the macromeres they lie as near as possible to the animal pole without 
moving under the first quartette cells, fig. 94, 95. If in some cases (e..¢. fig. 
95) they seem to be covered by the cells lying nearer the animal pole, this is 
due merely to the overarching of these cells, as side views and sections show. 
In all cases the centrosomes and spheres lie next to free surfaces of the cells. 

(5). Fafth and Sixth Cleavages of the Macromeres.—W hile the cell contents 
of the macromeres are moving from the left to the right side of each cell, the 


CYTOKINESIS. 85 


daughter centrosomes and central spindles again arise from the mother centro- 
somes and these initial spindles stretch across the outer and upper side of each 
nucleus in the groove between the germ halves as in the preceding cleavages. The 
dexiotropic movement of the substance of the macromeres continues until the right 
pole of each spindle is brought close to the right side of each macromere and into 
the angle between two adjacent cells of the second quartette. Here the sphere 
material is spread in a ring as in the preceding cleavages, and a lobe of cytoplasm 
is formed over the upper pole of each spindle, text fig. XX XI. These lobes are 
then constricted from the macromeres, thus forming the third quartette of micro- 
meres, fig. 96. Here, as in the preceding cleavages, the whole of the sphere sub- 
stance left in the macromeres goes into the upper cell products, z.¢., in this case, 
into the third quartette. In the telophase the contents of the third quartette cells 
rotate in a dexiotropic direction, while those of the macromeres rotate in a lxotropic 
direction (cf. figs. 96, 97, 98); the extent of these rotations, however, is not so 
great as in the preceding cleavages. During these movements in the telophase 
the centrosomes and spheres never move under the cells lying nearer the animal 
pole, but always remain at the margin of these cells and in contact with the free 
surface of the cells in which they lie, figs. 97, 98 and text figs. XV, XVI. 

At the sixth cleavage one of the macromeres, D, divides much earlier than the 
others, and gives rise to the mesentoblast cell, 4d, figs. 97, 98 and text fig. XVI. 
The centrosomes and central spindle arise from the mother centrosome on the 
outer and upper side of the nucleus of macromere D, and it is probable that the 
central spindle lies in the groove between the germ halves, since this groove is plainly 
apparent in the daughter nuclei at the close of this cleavage (text fig. XVI), showing 
that the germ halves have been divided, as in all the preceding cleavages. As soon 
as the nuclear membrane has dissolved at the poles of this spindle the entire 
macromere becomes rounded and stands out from the other macromeres, being in 
contact with them by relatively small pressure surfaces. The spindle then becomes 
nearly vertical in the macromere, its upper pole being inclined slightly to the 
left. The upper pole of the spindle hes near the surface while the lower pole 
is near the middle of the macromere. Then a large lobe forms at the upper pole, 
extending under the micromeres as far as the polar furrow. This lobe contains 
not only all the cytoplasmic area and sphere substance of the blastomere D, but also 
a large amount of yolk, text fig. XVI. This lobe then constricts off from the macro- 
mere, forming the mesentoblast cell, 4d. This cell is larger than any of the micro- 
meres, and is so covered by them that I have been unable to observe all the move- 
ments of its cell contents in the same satisfactory way which is possible in the 
micromeres. It it certain, however, that its cytoplasmic portion, containing the 
nucleus, centrosome and sphere, turns in a leotropic direction until these parts are 
carried under the micromeres and to that part of the cell which hes nearest the 
animal pole. After this the mesentoblast divides equally into right and left halves 
as shown in fig. 99, and at the close of this division the nuclei, centrosomes and 
spheres again rotate through an angle of 90° until they come to lie im those portions 


86 CYTOKINESIS. 


of the daughter cells nearest the animal pole, fig. 100. While these movements are 
taking place in the mesentoblast and its daughter cells, the substance of macro- 
mere D rotates slightly to the right; the nucleus and sphere lie deep in the yolk, by 
which they are closely surrounded, text fig. XVI. In 4d and its derivatives the 
spheres are not in contact with a free surface of the cell during the resting period, 
and in these cells they become very indistinct and can only be clearly recognized 
during the telophase. 


Fic, XXVII. 


Fics. XX VI-XXVII.—Two stages in the first division of the first quartette of Crepidula, showing the eccentric 
position of the spindles and the approaching unequal division of the cells. 


(6). Sub-dzveszons of the First Quartette—During and after the formation of 
the first quartette, the rotations in these cells are dexiotropic. When the nuclei 
have been carried from the left to the right side of each cell (figs. 90, 91), they are 
then moved close into the inner angles of the cells (figs. 92, 93). Immediately 
over the nuclei are the centrosomes and spheres; the former are already spindle 
shaped, figs. 91-95, and their long axes nearly coicide with the definitive spindle 
axes. The central spindles then stretch over the upper sides of the nuclei, very 


CYTOKINESIS. 87 


probably in the groove between the germ halves (cg. figs. 76, 92, 95). As soon as 
the nuclear membrane is broken the entire mitotic figure moves out from the animal 
pole towards the periphery of the cell; during this movement the sphere substance 
remains in its former position close to the animal pole. This peripheral movement 
of the spindle continues until its outer pole comes almost into contact with the cell 
wall, while the inner pole lies nearer the middle of the cell, fig. 94, text figs. X XVI, 
XXVIII. This position of the spindle is a perfectly definite one; the outer pole 
of the spindle lies near the middle of the oblique wall between the first and second 
quartettes, and the spindle axis is parallel with the wall between contiguous cells 
of the first quartette, figs. 94,95. Although the spindle nearly doubles in length 
from the metaphase to the late anaphase, the inner pole remains fixed in position, 
while the outer pole is pushed further and further into the pointed extremity of 
the cell, fig. 95. During this elongation of the spindle the cell body also elon- 
gates in the same axis, and the equatorial constriction appears and cuts off a 
small peripheral cell from a large apical one; the small cells are the /vochoblasts, 
the large ones the cepha/loblasis. One of the first quartette cells (1d) is shghtly 
smaller than the other three, fig. 94; it divides a little later than the others, and 
the cephaloblast to which it gives rise is smaller than the others, though the trocho- 
blasts are all of the same size, fig. 96. This cleavage is a particularly interesting 
one since it represents a very unequal division of an apparently homogeneous cell. 
In this case the eccentricity of the spindle would appear to be the immediate cause 
of the unequal cleavage; this eccentricity is the result of movements in the cell, 
which begin coincidently with the breaking of the nuclear membrane. 

This cleavage is a leotropic one, and in the telophase the contents of the cepha- 
loblasts rotote in a lweotropic direction, while those of the trochoblasts rotate in a 
dexiotropic direction, the middle of the spindle in each cell being carried to the left, 
text fig. XIV. In the cephaloblasts the nuclei centrosomes and spheres le nearer 
the middle of these cells than in the preceding rest stage. 

In this position the centrosomes and central spindles for the second division 
of the first quartette cells arise, as in all the preceding cleavages. The spindles 
and cell bodies elongate, and the equatorial constrictions occur as is usual. This 
cleavage is dexiotropic, the spindle axes being at right angles to those of the 
preceding cleavage (cf figs. 95 and 97). It is also unequal, but in this case the 
outer products are larger than the inner ones, whereas the reverse was the case in 
the preceding cleavage. These larger outer products are the dasa/ cells in the arms 
of the ectodermal cross, while the inner ones are the afzca/ cells. One of the cephal- 
oblasts, 1d (fig. 97) is smaller than the other three, and its division is not so unequal 
as that of the others. Accordingly, the basal cell in the arm of the cross in this 
quadrant, 1d!? (figs. 98, 99), is not so large as the other basal cells; all the apical 
cells are approximately equal in size. The sphere substance left in the cephalo- 
blasts, at the close of the preceding cleavage, passes at this division into the apicals, 
where it rapidly disintegrates, fig. 97. 

The inequality of this cleavage can scarcely be due to the eccentricity of the 


88 CYTOKINESIS. 


spindles, as a study of fig. 97 will show. The spindles here lie very nearly in the 
middle of the cells, but the equatorial constrictions show plainly not only that the 
division will be unequal, but also that the basal cell in the posterior arm of the 
cross will be smaller than the other three. The cause of the inequality of this 
division probably lies, not in the position of the spindle, but in the activities of 
the cytoplasm; and this suggests that the inequality of the preceding cleavage was 
not caused by the eccentric position of the spindles, but that both the position of 
the spindles and the inequality of the cleavage are the results of cytoplasmic 
activities. 

In the telophase of this cleavage the nuclei remain near the middle of the 
daughter cells, but the spheres in the apicals rotate through an angle of from 90° 
to 180°. In fig. 98 the spheres in these cells are close to the new cell wall between 
the daughter cells, z. e., they have rotated over the nuclei into this new position, and, 
therefore, away from the animal pole; that this movement is not merely in a 
vertical plane is shown by the position of the spheres in fig. 99, where it is evident 
that the rotation is also dexiotropic, as it should be, since these cells were formed 
by a dexiotropic cleavage. In the basal cells the spheres move toward the free 
surface of the cell and a little to the left, figs. 98, 99, but this movement is never 
extensive; in no case do the spheres move to that portion of the cell which is 
nearest the animal pole, but they invariably remain on the side of the nucleus 
farthest removed from that pole. In both of the daughter cells of this cleavage, 
therefore, the movements are very unusual since the spheres do not move in the 
telophase as close as possible to the animal pole. The middle of the spindle axis is 
bent to the right, as it should be following a dexiotropic cleavage (see text fig. XVI). 

Especial interest attaches to the cell movements in reversed cleavage or cases 
in which two successive divisions are in the same direction. Such an instance occurs 
in the first division of the basal cells of the cross. These cells were formed by 
dexiotropic division of the cephaloblasts, and to preserve the law of alternation they 
should divide in a lxotropic direction, but they all divide dexiotropically, though 
the posterior and smaller one does not divide until long after the others (it is still 
undivided in fig. 100). The reversed cleavage of these cells is associated with the 
fact that during the preceding rest the centrosomes and spheres remain on the 
outer sides of the nuclei and do not move to that portion of the cell nearest the 
animal pole, fig. 99. Therefore the reversal is due to the limited extent of the cell. 
movements, and not to reversed rotations of the cell contents. 

At the close of this division of the basals the contents of the upper cells rotate 
to the right, while those of the lower cells rotate to the left, fig. 100. This is the 
typical cell movement following a dexiotropic cleavage, and accordingly we may 
expect to find the subsequent cleavage of these cells entirely typical, an expectation 
which is fully realized. 

(7). Sub-diviscons of the Second Quartette.—The second quartette cells were 
formed by a leotropic cleavage, and consequently the rotation within them is in a 
leeotropic direction; this rotation has been fully described on p. 84. When this 


CYTOKINESIS. 89 


leotropic movement has carried the centrosomes and spheres frcm the extreme left 
to the extreme right of each cell, fig. 96, the cleavage begins. The mother centro- 
some becomes spindle shaped and gives rise to the daughter centrosomes and central 
spindle. These stretch over the outer and upper sides of the nuclei, most probably 
in the groove between the germ halves. The right and upper pole of the spindle 
lies immediately under the old sphere substance, all of which goes into the right 
daughter cell, where it rapidly disintegrates and disappears, fig. 96, text fig. XX XI. 
The cell elongates in the spindle axis and the equatorial constriction appears as 
usual; the division is approximately equal, though the right cell product slightly 
overlaps the left, and therefore appears larger in surface view, fig. 97. 

In the telophase of this division the contents of the daughter cells rotate, as is 
usual, in opposite directions, the upper or right hand cells to the right, the lower 
ones to the left, This movement continues until the centrosomes and spheres are 
carried to that part of each cell nearest the animal pole, and until the mid-body is 
carried downward and outward between the daughter cells, figs. 97, 98, text fig. XV. 
This rotation is greater in the left cells than in the right ones, owing to the fact 
that the latter are partly covered by the basal cells under which the centrosomes 
and spheres do not move; in the posterior quadrant the basal cell is smaller than 
the other three and does not overlap the second quartette cells to the same extent, 
and correspondingly the centrosomes and spheres in the second quartette cells of 
this quadrant are free to move to the apical side of each nucleus, figs. 97, 98. 

In the second division of the second quartette cells the left hand cells divide 
nearly equally into upper and lower products, and the right hand cells divide very 
unequally, the upper products being the small /zp cells of the arms of the cross, figs. 
99, 100. The posterior tip cell is larger than the other three, and this is probably 
associated with the fact that the adjoining basal cell is smaller than in the other 
quadrants and does not overlap the second quartette cells to the same extent, fig. 
100. The divisions in both the right and left cells are leotropic in direction, and 
in both the sphere substance of the mother cells passes into the uppermost of the 
daughter cells. The movements of the contents of these daughter cells in the 
telokinesis are in all respects typical, z. e., they are leotropic in the upper products 
and dexiotropic in the lower ones. , 

(8). Sub-dzviszon of the Third Quartette—The third quartette divides rela- 
tively late, and only the first division of these cells will be described here. This 
division is peculiar, because one of the cells, 3d, divides in a dexiotropic direction, 
whereas the other three cells of the quadrant divide in a leotropic direction. Since 
these cells were formed by a dexiotropic cleavage, the sub-division of 5d im a dexio- 
tropic direction is a violation of the rule of alternation in successive cleavages, 2. ¢., 
it is a case of reversal. At the time of the division, however, this reversal is slight, 
the spindle being almost exactly radial; after the division the lower cell moves to 
the left, so that the position of the daughter cells is such as would result from a 
very decided dexiotropic cleavage. In the other quadrants the spindles are from 
the first decidedly leotropic in direction. The interest in this reversed cleavage is 


12 JOURN. A. N. 8. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


90 CYTOKINKESIS. 


increased, because it is one of the very first examples of bilateral cleavage in this 
ego. Owing to this reversal in quadrant D, the position of the third quartette cells 
in quadrants D and C is bilaterally symmetrical with reference to the plane separat- 
ing the two mesentoblast cells, fig. 100. If this reversal had not occurred, the 
position of these cells would have been radially symmetrical, as in the other quad- 
rants and as in all preceding cleavages. The causes of this reversal, therefore, have 
more than ordinary interest. In the formation of the third quartette the cell con- 
tents of 3d, as well as of all the other cells of this quartette, rotate in the telophase 
in a dexiotropic direction, and to about the same extent in all the cells, figs. 96, 97, 
98, text figs. XV, XVI. The cause of this reversal cannot, therefore, be found in 
the absence or the reversal of the usual cell movements during the preceding telo- 
phase and rest. On the other hand, the cap of micromeres in quadrant D is so 
lifted from the macromeres by the formation of the mesentoblast cell that a space 
is left between the micromeres and the yolk, and into this space the lower product 
of the division of 5d pushes, fig. 100. This is not, therefore, so much a case of 
reversed cleavage as it is one of displacement of daughter cells. Such displacement 
may occur irrespective of the direction of division or of the movements of cell 
contents. 

Further divisions have been followed in detail up to a late stage in the cleay- 
age, but as they illustrate merely the principles which have been already described, 
no account is given of them here. 


Ill. Awatysis or Movements Durine Ceri Divisron. 

The movements within cells during the cycle of division may be classified under 
three heads: (1) Movements in Metakinesis, (2) Movements in Telokinesis, (3) 
Orientation of Centrosomes and Spindles. The first of these has been treated to a 
limited extent in Part I; however, only those features are there described which 
are of importance in understanding zzclear division ; it will now be in order to con- 
sider these movements in their relation to the general cell movements. 

1. The Movements in Metakineszs are of two kinds—movements in the spindle 
and aster, coincident movements in the cell body. (a) MZovements tn Spindle and 
Aster. As everybody knows the chromosomes, which may be widely scattered 
through the nuclear cavity, are first drawn into the equatorial plate of the spindle 
and then separated in the metakinesis, the daughter chromosomes moving toward 
the poles of the spindle as far as the spheres. Here the movements of the chromo- 
somes cease (except in the single case of the maturation divisions where the chromo- 
somes at the outer pole are pushed right on through the sphere, see pp. 19, 76), and 
here, in contact with the spheres, the chromosomes become vesicular and fuse to 
form the daughter nuclei. 

The movement of the chromosomes into the equatorial plate is accompanied by 
a condensation or contraction of the linin network, which is at first uniformly distri- 
buted throughout the nucleus (cf text figs. XVII, XVIII, with figs. 57, 65 and 84), 
and at the same time the greater part of the nuclear sap is squeezed out of this 


CYTOKINESIS. ol 


mass of chromatin and linin into the peripheral portion of the nucleus, and when 
the nuclear membrane dissolves, into the cell body. The intra-nuclear spindle, 
although containing a considerable quantity of interfilar substance, is much denser 
than the surrounding nuclear sap; the radiations of this denser material which 
surround the equator of the spindle (see p. 18) are apparently due to the fact that 
in the shrinkage of the linin reticulum some of the fibres of the latter remain 
attached peripherally, and thus cause a stellate appearance of the spindle when seen 
in cross sections. 

I have already indicated (p. 58) that the cause of the movements of the chromo- 
somes in the metakinesis cannot be found exclusively in the contraction of the 
mantle fibres, though this may form an important factor; it is probable that this 
movement is associated with chemotropic attraction between the centrosomes and 
spheres (Strasburger, Wilson ez a/.). At the time when the chromosomes are being 
separated the interfilar substance of the spindle aggregates at the two poles, thus 
contributing to the growth of the spheres. It is probable that this movement is in 
the nature of diffusion streams, and that the cause of the movement lies primarily 
in the chemotropic influence of the centrosome. It is scarcely possible that this 
interfilar substance could be moved by the activity of the spindle fibres, and the 
fact that the chromosomes move to and partially surround the spheres indicates that 
their movement may be associated with the same factor which is active in the move- 
ment of the interfilar substance. 

In the astral radiations the movements are also in the nature of diffusion 
streams, as was pointed out in the first part of this work (p. 49). In the growth of 
the aster the denser substance of the alveolar walls (hyaloplasm) is aggregated toward 
the centrosome, while the more fluid alveolar contents and all cytoplasmic inclusions, 
such as yolk, are moved farther and farther from the centrosome. The mechanical 
principles involved in this process have been worked out in detail by Rhumbler 
(96). But in addition to this movement there is probably, in the earlier stages of 
mitosis, a diffusion of nuclear substance from the sphere along the astral radiations. 
This is indicated by the fact that these radiations stain like the central area of the 
aster, into which nuclear sap has escaped, and much more deeply than the hyalo- 
plasm of the cell. 

In the prophase of the third, fourth and fifth cleavages the upper pole of the 
spindle lies immediately under the old sphere substance, which at this stage forms 
a compact, lenticular mass immediately below the cell membrane, figs. 71, 72. In 
the metaphase this sphere substance is spread for a considerable distance under the 
cell membrane, its periphery being marked by a thickened ring of this material. 
As this substance spreads, the rays which go to its periphery remain large and deep- 
staining, thus forming a kind of “antipodal cone’? (Van Beneden), the apex of 
which lies at the centrosome and its base at the cell wall (text figs. XTIX—X XIX). 
Within this cone the rays are faint and stain little, and the interfilar spaces are 

‘ This name is used merely as a convenient descriptive term and without intending to homologize 


the structure observed by Van Beneden with the one here described. Rhumbler (1901) has called a 
similar structure in nematode eggs the ‘‘ Polfontaine.” 


92 CYTOKINESIS. 


filled with a clear, non-staining substance. The regular spreading of this old sphere 
substance over the pole of the spindle is an actual demonstration of Bitschl’s (92, 
1900) view that the poles of the spindle represent diffusion centers, from which sub- 
stances spread over the surface of the cell. There is no conclusive evidence, how- 
ever, that this diffusion consists of centrifugal movements within the astral rays 
themselves, since the spreading of the old sphere substance might be brought about 
by centrifugal movements of the substance between the rays or by peripheral move- 
ment of the entire spindle; there is actually such a movement of the spindle, as has 
been described already (p. 83). 


Fie. XXVIII. Fic. XXIX. 


Fies, XXVIII, XXIX.—Late stages in the third and fourth cleavages of Crepidula showing the spreading of the old 
sphere substance in the form of a ring at the upper pole of the spindle. 

In the late anaphase the sphere substance is again aggregated over the pole of 
the spindle; this is accompanied by a polar elongation of cytoplasm and the conse- 
quent separation of the pole of the spindle from the cell wall, together with the 
reduction of the angle of the ‘ antipodal cone” mentioned above; at the same 
time the old sphere material is drawn in toward the centrosome, frequently in the 
form of a funnel, until its remnants lie close over the centrosome and new sphere, 
text figs. XXII, XXIII. It seems probable that the aggregation of the old. sphere 
substance, the withdrawal of the astral rays and the coincident growth of the 
daughter spheres are all dependent upon centripetal movements along the rays 
during the anaphase. 

There is good evidence in favor of the view that the astral rays are absorbed 
directly into the sphere in the later stages of mitosis. Thus the sphere increases in 
size and becomes rounded in outline as the astral rays diminish, and though the 
radiating arrangement of the alveoli may persist right through the resting stage 
(figs. 61, 69), the substance of the rays has largely disappeared when the spheres 
have reached their maximum size. Furthermore, after the separation of the 
daughter cells the spheres always become proportional in size to the volume of the 
cells in which they lie. Now, the first recognizable difference in the structure of 
unequal daughter cells is found in the size and extent of the astral rays; the 


CYTOKINESIS. 93 


daughter nuclei, centrosomes and spheres are at first absolutely equal in the two 
cells, but the astral rays are always proportional in quantity to the volume of the 
daughter cells. Later, as the astral rays disappear, the spheres grow, becoming in 
the end proportional in size to the volume of these rays. These facts favor the 
conclusion that the substance of the astral rays flows into the spheres during the 
later stages of mitosis. 

(6) Movements tn the Cell Body.—While these movements are taking place 
in the spindle and asters other coincident movements are apparent in the cell body, 
which lead to the elongation of the cell in the spindle axis and to its ultimate con- 
striction at right angles to this axis. 

The elongation of the cell in the spindle axis takes place in every division, 
even though this axis, when fully elongated, may not be as long as the greatest 
diameter of the cell. This elongation of the cell may be symmetrical at the two 
poles, as is the case in all equal cleavages, or it may occur chiefly or entirely at one 
pole, as is true in very unequal divisions. 

There are many reasons for believing that this elongation of the cell is due to 
a flow of cell substance into the polar areas from the equatorial region of the spin- 
dle. The most important of these evidences are found in unequal cleavages in 
which the elongation of the cell takes place chiefly or entirely at one pole. If one 
considers either of the maturation divisions or the formation of the first, second or 
third quartettes of Crepzdula, one perceives that the cell as a whole does not elon- 
gate in the direction of the spindle axis until one pole of the spindle has come close. 
to the cell membrane. After the sphere, and in the case of the maturation divi- 
sions, the centrosomes also, have been flattened against the cell wall, the latter pro- 
trudes from the general outline of the cell, and into this protrusion the sphere sub- 
stance, the pole of the spindle and some of the cell substance passes. The elonga- 
tion of the cell in this case is brought about by this protrusion at one pole of the 
spindle, and a study of the steps by which this is accomplished shows that there is 
(1) the movement within the cell which carries the spindle to a peripheral position 
and presses one pole against the wall, (2) a rapid growth of the cell wall over the 
pole of the spindle, especially in the area where the sphere is pressed against the 
wall, (3) a consequent diminution of surface tension at this point and a movement 
of the pole of the spindle and the cell substance into the protrusion thus formed. 
If the peripheral movement of the spindle is strong, it may be thrust into this pro- 
trusion as far as possible, as in the case of the maturation divisions; if it is less 
strong the growth of the cell wall and the outflow of cell substance may outrun the 
movement of the spindle, as is the case in the formation of the first three quartettes. 
Successive steps in the elongation of the cell preparatory to the separation of the 
quartettes are shown in text figs. XIX-XXV._ It will be seen by these figures that 
during the prophase and metaphase the peripheral centrosome lies close to the cell 
membrane, and that the aster is pressed against the cell membrane in the form of a 
cone, the base and periphery of which are formed of the old sphere substance 
(sphere remnants of a previous cell cycle). In the metaphase of the third cleavage 


94 CYTOKINESIS. 


this cone has an angle of about 130°. The cell membrane’ begins to protrude 
over the base of this cone, the interior of which is filled with a clear non-stain- 
ing substance ; as the cell membrane protrudes, the space between it and the centro- 
some increases, for although the pole of the spindle moves into this protrusion, it 
moves more slowly and to a less extent than does the cell substance. During this 
period of protrusion the base of the cone withdraws from the cell membrane, and 
at the same time its angle decreases until finally it ceases to touch the membrane 
and becomes an irregular sphere, fig. 73. 

That a similar elongation is taking place at the deeper pole of the spindle is 
shown by the facts: (1) that a protrusion of cytoplasm surrounding this pole is 
thrust down into the yolk, which, at the same time, is moved out of the axis of the 
spindle and up at the sides toward its equator, text figs. XIX—X XIII; (2) in abnor- 
mal eggs it frequently happens that a protrusion of the cell membrane takes place 
opposite the deeper pole of the spindle, as well as at its apical pole, only in this 
case the protrusion at the lower pole is filled with yolk and frequently ruptures the 
egg membrane altogether, text figs. XXX, XXXI. This protrusion at the lower 
pole, in connection with that at the upper one, shows that the surface tension is 
lessened at points on the cell membrane opposite the poles of the spindle, and further 
that this is associated with movements of the cell substance from the equatorial to 
the polar areas of the spindle. 


Fie. XXX. _ Fie. XXXI. 


Fies. XXX, XX XI.—Abnormal stages in the formation of the second and third quartettes of Crepidula, showing a 
lobe of cell substance at both poles of certain spindles. 


But while this polar flow of cell substance usually takes place in the spindle 
axis, it does not follow that the spindle or any part of it is the cause of the flow. 
On the other hand it sometimes happens in abnormal cleavages that the spimdle 
does not move into its proper position, but remains in the area of one of the future 
daughter cells; in such cases the cell elongates in its usual direction, but not in the 
spindle axis, and the constriction and division of the cell body may be wholly typical 


‘In gasteropod eggs the cell membrane is merely a denser layer of protoplasm. 


CYTOKINESIS. 95 


and wholly independent of the spindle, so that in the case mentioned one of the 
daughter cells would contain no part of the nucleus or spindle. Furthermore, the 
elongation of the cell usually takes place independently of the spindle in normal 
cleavages, for here the lobing of the cell is sometimes typically present at a time 
when the initial spindle may lie in any direction in the cell (cf text figs. XXXII, 
XXAXIIT) ; only later is the spindle turned into the longest axis of the cell. We 
may conclude, therefore, that the elongation of the spindle is not the cause of the 
elongation of the cytoplasm, but that the latter is quite independent of the former. 

The formation of these lobes of protoplasm in unequal cell division strongly 
resembles the formation of pseudopodia in amoeba-like organisms. In the former, 
as in the latter, there is an outflow of cell substance due to the diminution of sur- 
face tension at certain points. In all unequal cleavages the reduction of surface 
tension takes place principally at one pole of the spindle, and in most of these cases 
this pole is directed toward the sphere substance of the preceding cell cycle. This 
old sphere substance lies at the free surface of the cell, immediately under the cell 
membrane. Here it is spread by the action of the aster, and its granular material 
probably contributes to the clear plasma of the “antipodal cone” and to the sur- 
face layer or cell membrane. A protrusion of cell substance occurs at this place, 
and into this protrusion the pole of the spindle moves. 

The transformation of sphere substance, which is partly derived from the 
nucleus, into the surface layer or cell membrane affords an explanation of the 
diminution of surface tension at the poles of the spindle and the consequent elonga- 
tion of the cell. It also affords a partial explanation of the greater diminution of 
surface tension at one pole than at the other and the consequent inequality of the 
resulting cleavage. It is not, however, a full and satisfactory explanation of 
unequal cleavage, as will be shown later. 

In the formation of pseudopodia in amceba-like organisms Verworn (’92, °95) 
considers that “it is the chemical affinity of certain parts of the protoplasm for 
oxygen which leads to the reduction of the surface tension at definite places and so 
to pseudopod formation.” How fully my observations on the eggs of gasteropods 
agree with these conclusions of Verworn will be apparent when it is recalled that 
sphere substance always moves to a free surface of the cell where it undergoes 
oxydation, and that in the end it probably takes part in the formation of the cell 
membrane or the surface layer of the cell. 

The Equatorial Constriction.—The evidence which I have just adduced for 
movements of the cell substance from the equatorial to the polar regions bears also 
upon the equatorial constriction, since the withdrawal of substance from the equator 
and its aggregation at the poles must necessarily reduce the equatorial diameter. 

Biitschli (1900) has, with characteristic insight, pointed out the fact that if the 
cell is of a fluid or semi-fluid consistency, the equatorial constriction must be the 
result of increased surface tension at the equator; and he concludes that the dif- 
fusion at the poles and the vortical movements within the plasma can have their 
origin either in increased tension at the equator or in diminished tension at the 


96 CYTOKINESIS. 


poles. Rhumbler (97, °99) has emphasized the important fact that in cytodieresis 
the total surface layer is increased, and that there must be a corresponding growth 
of the cell wall; he considers that this growth occurs principally in the equatorial 
plane. In egg cells, 1 am convinced that the growth of cell membrane takes place 
principally at the poles, and that the equatorial constriction is due, as Biitschli holds, 
to relatively greater tension at the equator, this being due to the growth of the 
‘membrane at the poles and the consequent decrease of tension at these points. In 
favor of this view are not only the observations which I have made as to the growth 
of membrane at the poles, but also the fact that in cells with pigmented surface 
layer the pigment moves away from the poles of the spindle, while the pigmented 
cell wall is carried down into the equatorial constriction and ultimately almost all 
the way through the division plane (see observations of Nusbaum, Van Bambeke 
and Rhumbler, mentioned later in section on movements in telokinesis). In such 
cases, therefore, the so-called ‘new cell wall” is largely the old cell wall, while 
the new wall is formed chiefly at the poles. However, the central portion of the 
division wall, z. ¢., the portion lying near the mid-body, is a new formation. 

While the factors just described explain the equatorial constriction, the com- 
plete separation of daughter cells and the constriction of the connective fibres of the 
spindle are probably due to other additional factors. I believe that the principal 
additional factor in this constriction may be found in the flow of substance from the 
poles to the equator, near the surface of the cell, and thence into the spindle axis. 
As evidence of such a flow, I adduce the movements of the yolk spherules in all the 
divisions of the macromeres, and particularly in the first and second cleavages (see 
pp. 79 and 81). In all these cases the poles of the spindle, surrounded by cyto- 
plasm, move away from the equatorial plane, and at the same time yolk spherules 
at the periphery of the cell move toward the equator, and thence in toward the 
middle of the cell in the plane of the future cell wall. Such a movement is a true 
vortex, and it might be expected that the yolk spherules which are carried in along 
the plane of the approaching cleavage would then be carried out through the spindle 
axis to points on the surface opposite the poles of the spindle. Such, however, is 
not the case; the yolk spherules lie in the plane of the future cell wall, but never 
move out through the spindle axis. This cannot be held to demonstrate that 
there is no movement through the spindle axis toward the poles since the same 
forces which crowd the yolk spherules and large alveoles out from the centrosomes 
(see p. 91) would operate to prevent the flow of these large structures through the 
spindle axis toward the poles. 

In all cells, whether they possess yolk or not, it is readily seen that during and 
after the metakinesis the cytoplasm in the equatorial region stains more faintly, and 
is composed of larger alveoles as division advances. In fact, the earliest indication 
in the cytoplasm of the plane where the equatorial constriction will occur is the 
clear, non-staining zone which runs through the cell in the plane of the future cell 
wall; this zone is composed of large alveoles with a relatively large amount of non- 
staining enchylemma and a small quantity of the stainable hyaloplasm. Soon after 


CYTOKINESIS. 97 


the appearance of this clear zone the cell body begins to constrict in this plane, and 
there can be little doubt that the equatorial constriction is in part the result of the 
structure of this zone. 

The equatorial constriction is, therefore, the result of at least three factors : 
(1) the decrease of surface tension at the poles and the consequent increase of sur- 
face tension at the equator; (2) the vortical flow of cell substance from the per- 
iphery of the cell into the spindle axis in the equatorial plane ; (5) the structure of 
the cytoplasm in the equatorial plane, which is here composed of large alveoles 
with relatively large amount of enchylemma and small amount of hyaloplasm. 
It is probable that these different factors are all the expression of some common 
cause, Which may possibly be found in the movements of the cytoplasm. 


Comipartsons. 

It is interesting to note how recent work on the movements of cell contents 
was anticipated by some of the earliest writers on the subject of cell division—I 
refer especially to Auerbach (74), Biitschli (75, ’76), O. Hertwig (75, ’77), Stras- 
burger (75), Fol (75, 79), Whitman (78, 87), Mark (81), e¢ a/. All of these did 
their work, at least in part, on living cells, and it is instructive to contrast the plas- 
tic, kinetic conception of the cell which they all hold with the rigid, static one 
which has grown up in recent years, with the development of microscopical tech- 
nique and the exclusive study of fixed material. Space will not here permit a 
review of the work of these founders of cytology on the subject of cytokinesis. 
References to several of these older works are found elsewhere in this paper and 
an excellent critical review of them may be found in Mark (81). 

To Biitschli, more than to any one else, we owe not only the conception of the 
structure of protoplasm which is here maintained, but also a mechanical theory of 
cell division which is built upon the movements of the protoplasm. As long ago as 
1876 he considered the asters as diffusion centers (cf views of Auerbach and Biit- 
schli, p. 49), which could increase the surface tension at the equator, while reduc- 
ing it at the poles; and although now and since 1892 he maintains that the asters 
exert an attractive influence on the cytoplasm he considers that this attraction 
(Zugwerkung) is still a factor in the constriction of the cell body. 

Of all the observations which have heretofore been made on movements during 
metakinesis those of v. Erlanger (197?) most resemble my own. In the living eggs 
of some small nematodes he observed strong movements in the cytoplasm in the 
maturation, fertilization and cleavage. The egg nucleus moves to the center of the 
egg, apparently by means of plasma streaming, and the approach of the germ nuclei 
is accomplished by such streaming. During the first and second cleavages the egg 
plasma shows decided streaming which sets the spindles into slow oscillating motion. 
The direction of this streaming is from the spindle poles toward the equator on 
the surface of the ege; at the equator it turns in at the furrow and returns to 
the poles through the interior of the egg. At the same time the astral rays are 
bent toward the equator, which still further confirms the existence of superficial 


13 JOURN. A. N. 8. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


98 CYTOKINESIS. 


currents from the poles to the equator. These movements in the cytoplasm, though 
slow and weak, were actually observed by Erlanger in the living eggs. Biitschli 
(1900) suggests that the cause of this slowness of movement is the viscosity of the 
cytoplasm, “though powerful, turbulent vortical movements can have no part in 
normal cell division.’ The cause of these movements Bitschl finds either in 
increased surface tension at the equator, or in decreased tension at the poles. 

A similar view as to the mechanics of cytodieresis was briefly expressed by 
Loeb (95). He suggested that a mechanical explanation of the division of an egg 
or embryo was to be found in diffusion and vortex movements of the protoplasm, 
similar to those observed by Quincke in an emulsion of oil and soda solution. “I 
conceive,’ says he “that on the surface of the egg, possibly in the meridian or 
circle whose plane separates from one another the two radiating systems of the 
centrosomes, diffusion phenomena occur as soon as the nuclear division has physi- 
cally ended. These lead to the formation of vortical movements, symmetrical in 
relation to this plane.” If these movements are violent they lead to the complete 
separation of the daughter cells; if not, ordinary cleavage results. It will be 
observed that in two respects this view of Loeb’s differs from Biitschli’s and 
Erlanger’s and from my own observations, vzz.: (1) the diffusion phenomena are not 
limited to the equatorial circle, and (2) they occur before the nuclear division is ended. 
Later, Loeb (95) observed in the segmenting eggs of Crenolabrus droplets over the 
surface of the egg which collected in the plane of the next succeeding cleavage ; 
this phenomenon he considered a confirmation of this theory. 

The movements which occur during karyokinesis in Crepedu/a and other gas- 
teropods entirely confirm the theories of Biitschli and Erlanger as to the mechanics 
of cell division. These theories also find confirmation in many other observations 
on a large number of animals. Among these may be mentioned the following : 

Morgan (’93) observed that the reddish pigment granules found over the surface 
of the eggs of Aréacva move entirely away from the micromere pole of the egg 
before the micromeres are formed. In some eggs this movement begins in the two- 
cell stage, and is carried on until the micromeres are formed at the sixteen-cell 
stage. Nusbaum (95) observed in the division of entoderm and mesoderm cells of 
young embryos of Rana temporaria that the brown-black pigment collected in a 
ring around the equator of the dividing cell, and as the division advanced the ring 
became narrower and deeper until it formed a true cell plate between the daughter 
cells. Van Bambeke (96) has observed a similar phenomenon in the cleavage of 
the toad’s egg. Gardiner ('95) observed in the eggs of Polycherus and Aphano- 
stoma arveddish yellow pigment, which, because of its form and peculiar movements, 
he supposed might be some form of alga. After the egg is laid it migrates from the 
center toward the periphery, and forms a girdle around the ovum in the plane of 
the first cleavage. A similar line of pigment marks out the division plane of every 
succeeding cleavage up to the ten-cell stage. He also observed that these pigment 
granules migrated from one pole of the egg to the other, though they never passed 
from one cell to the other. These movements greatly impressed Gardiner with the 


CYTOKINESIS. 99 


wonderfully active and powerful forces within the ege. When the living egg is 
seen under an immersion lens, he says, “the surface fairly scintillates with the move- 
ments of the protoplasm and these pigment granules.” 

Fischel (99) has observed a regular and orderly movement of granules, which 
stain with neutral red, in the living eges of echinoderms. These granules, which 
are uniformly distributed throughout the cell during the rest, stream in toward the 
nucleus at the beginning of division and surround the division figure; after the 
division they are again distributed throughout the cell. In this case there is no 
accumulation of these granules in the plane of the cleavage; on the contrary, they 
move away from this plane. Rhumbler (796, 99) has studied the movement of the 
pigment granules of amphibian eggs during division and finds that during the 
growth of the nucleus they collect around it; in the cytodieresis they are found in 
the plane of the division wall, and in all cases aggregations of the pigment are found 
only im thickenings of the hyaloplasm. Van der Stricht (99) has observed in 
Thysanozoon that at the moment when the nuclear membrane disappears, fatty 
- granules which were scattered through the cell accumulate around the achromatic 
figure, most of them being found at the equator of the spindle. 

Rhumbler (96, 97) has developed an extensive theory as to the mechanics of 
cell division. He holds that the spheres do not enlarge by the reception of nuclear 
substances (as Auerbach, Biitschli, Ziegler and I maintain), but that the nuclear 
sap is pressed out of the nucleus into the equatorial region of the cell, and that this 
nuclear sap goes to form the new cell membrane, the amount of membrane formed 
being proportional to the quantity of sap which escapes ('97, p. 697). I have else- 
where (p. 48) shown reason for believing that the nuclear sap first escapes at the 
poles of the nucleus and while a considerable portion of the sap may later escape in 
in the equatorial region, the assumption that the new cell membrane is formed by 
this sap and that the amount of membrane formed is proportional to the quantity 
of sap which escapes has little in its favor. Even though some of the sap may 
escape in the equatorial region it does not always lie where the division wall will 
form. In the first maturation division the new cell wall forms a considerable dis- 
tance from the place where the nuclear sap escapes; and in the first and second 
cleavages the division wall appears all around the equatorial circle, though the sap 
escapes from the nucleus only in the cytoplasmic area.near the animal pole. There 
is absolutely no reason for believing that in these divisions the nuclear sap collects 
all around the cell in the equatorial plane as it must do if the new division wall is 
formed from it. Moreover, the quantity of sap which escapes is not always propor- 
tional to the amount of membrane formed. In the case of the formation of the first 
polar body a larger amount of nuclear sap escapes than at any other mitosis in the 
whole course of development, yet the increase in the membrane is here perhaps less 
than in any other cell division, except the second maturation. Therefore, while 
recognizing the great value and suggestiveness of many of Rhumbler’s conclusions, I 
cannot accept his views as to the formation of the division wall. In egg cells this 
wall is, as I have maintained elsewhere (p. 96), principally composed of old cell wall 
infolded at the equator, while the new wall is chiefly formed at the poles. 


100 CYTOKINESIS. 


Rhumbler attributes the phenomena of cytodieresis to at least five factors : — 
(1) The pull of the astral rays, (2) the pull of the central spmdle, (5) the rounding 
of the cell, (4) the growth of the membrane, (5) the decrease of the nuclear lumen. 
According to my view the most important factors of all are omitted from this cate- 
gory, viz.: (1) the decrease of surface tension at the poles and the consequent 
elongation of the cell in the spindle axis, and (2) the vortical flow of cell substance. 
2. Movements during Telokinests—The cell movements during telokinesis 
are of a rotary character, the spindle axis and cell contents in each daughter cell 
moving through an angle varying from 30° to 180°. In my former paper (799) on 
these movements I did not sufficiently distinguish between the vortical movements 
of karyokinesis and the rotary ones of telokinesis. There is abundant evidence, 
however, that the movements of telokinesis are in the main of a rotary and not of 
a vortical character. The halves of the spindle shift their positions so that they 
come to lie close to each other on opposite sides of the new cell wall; im general, 
there is no flow of one portion of the cell contents through another, but all parts 
rotate in a given plane around some point which serves as a center. In the first 
and second cleavages the center of rotation is approximately the center. of each 
daughter cell. In the later cleavages the center of rotation varies in different cell 
generations, but is usually above the center of the cell, z. ¢., nearer the animal pole, 
in the case of the micromeres and below the center or nearer the vegetal pole in the 
case of the macromeres. 

(1.) In this rotation the entire cell contents take part; there is not merely a 
bending of the spindle axis but also a movement of the cytoplasm and yolk. Durmg 
this rotation the half of the spindle axis in each daughter cell is preserved as a 
straight line, the bend in this axis occurring only at the mid-body. Throughout 
the telokinesis the spindle fibres may be recognized connecting the mid-body and 
nucleus and in some cases passing around the nucleus to the centrosome and 
sphere, figs. 61, 75. The bending of the spindle axis on itself in the two daughter 
cells, rather than its rotation with the cytoplasm and yolk, is thus explained by 
the persistence of the spindle fibres, which attach the structures of the spindle 
axis to the mid-body. Throughout this rotation the nucleus preserves its polarity, 
its grooved side (central pole) being turned toward the centrosome, though this 
general rule may be departed from to a limited extent in cases where the move- 
ments of the nucleus or centrosome are interfered with. In the cytoplasm, radia- 
ting rows of alveoles are present during the whole of this rotation; in the first and 
second cleavages they become curved, as shown in figs. 61 and 69. They are 
entirely lacking on the side of the spindle axis next the new cell wall, where the 
cytoplasm is clear, non-stainable and shows no traces of alveolar structure. 

(2.) The movements in the two daughter cells are always in opposite direc- 
tions and are always toward the animal pole; consequently, if the rotation is dexio- 
tropic in one cell it is leotropic in the other. In all spiral cleavages the move- 
ments in the upper cell are in the direction of the cleavage by which that cell was 
formed ; thus the first quartette is formed by a dexiotropic cleavage, and the rota- 


CYTOKINESIS. 101 


tion in these cells is dexiotropic, the second quartette is formed by lxotropic cleay- 
age and the rotation in these cells is leotropic, ete. 

(3). The extent of the rotation differs somewhat in different cell divisions and 
for different cell constituents, but in all cases there is an evident tendency to carry 
the poles of the spindle axis to that portion of each daughter cell which les nearest 
the animal pole, though this movement is limited by the fact that the spheres do 
not move away from a free surface and under other cells. Normally the nuclei lie 
close to the centrosomes and although they may move into that portion of the 
cell which is overlapped by other cells, they do not separate from the centrosomes ; 
hence it may be concluded that their movements are indirectly limited by this 
tendency of the spheres to keep in contact with a free surface of the cell. 

(4). Asa result of the fact that the spheres do not move under overlapping 
cells, but lie close to a free surface, the centrosomes, nuclei and cytoplasmic areas 
of the macromeres move down over the periphery of these cells as the cap of ecto- 
blast cells extends until finally they are carried clear around to the vegetal pole. In 
this way the polarity of these cells is apparently reversed, the nuclei, centrosomes 
and cytoplasmic areas being carried from the animal to the vegetal pole, in front 
of the margin of overgrowing ectoblast cells. Another result of the fact that the 
centrosomes and spheres lie in contact with a free surface of the cell is that the 
cells are formed in a one layered epithelium and not in a many layered one or in 
a solid mass. Cells are not budded off from the macromeres under the cap of ecto- 
derm cells but at its edge, and in the subdivision of the ectoderm cells the same 
principle is operative ; thus although the ectoderm cells may overlap one another to 
a certain extent they are never completely covered by other cells but always preserve 
a free surface. Heidenhain ('94) has shown that in one layered intestinal epithelium 
the centrosomes during the rest lie between the nucleus and the free surface of the 
cell; in division the centrosomes lie 90° from this position, the spindle being para- 
tangential with the free surface of the cell; he has pointed out the fact that if 
the angle of rotation of the centrosome were different an entirely different form 
of cell complex might result. In Crefzdu/a it is not the angle of rotation which 
determines that the ectoderm shall form a one-layered epithelium, since this angle 
varies with every cleavage, but the fact that in the rest the centrosomes and spheres 
he next a free surface of the cell. 

In the formation of the mesentoblast (4d), however, there is an important ex- 
ception to this general rule. In the late anaphase of this cleavage the centrosome 
and sphere are still in contact with a free surface of the cell 4d, (text fig. XVI) but 
in the telophase the nuclei, centrosomes, spheres and cytoplasmic areas are carried 
under the overlying ectoderm cells, only that pertion of the cell which contains 
yolk remaining at the surface. It is difficult to observe the centrosomes and spheres 
in the cells derived from 4d, but during the first two or three cleavages they le on 
the apical, z. ¢., animal pole, side of the nuclei during the resting period, fig. 100. In 
all these derivatives of 4d the spheres stain less densely and are larger and less definite 
in outline than in those cells in which they are in contact with a free surface. I 


102 CYTOKINESIS. 


have been unable to determine why the centrosomes and spheres in this single case 
move under other cells and thus give rise to a middle layer. 

(5). Generally these telokinetic movements continue throughout the whole 
of the period which is commonly called the “rest.” They grow less and less evi- 
dent, however, as the prophase of the next division approaches and, for a brief period 
before the next cleavage begins, cease altogether. This brief period we may call 
the “pause” (Fol 96). During the pause the nuclei frequently he in that portion 
of the cytoplasm which will form the larger of the two daughter cells at the next 
division. Thus in the pause preceding the first subdivision of the first quartette the 
nuclei lie as close as possible to the animal pole, figs. 76, 91, 92, 95, and these portions 
of the cells become the large cephaloblasts at the following cleavage; in the pause 
preceding the second division of the first quartette, the nuclei lie some distance from 
the animal pole in those portions of the cells which will become the large basal cells 
at the next division, fig. 96, text figs. XIV, XV. This signifies more than that the 
nucleus lies in the center of its working sphere, since the nucleus does not lie in the 
center of the cytoplasm, but always in a position which has reference to the future 
division; the equality or inequality of the division is already predetermined before 
any trace of that division has appeared. 

(6). Finally, the movements in telokinesis are in some way caused by the 
polarity of the protoplasm of each cell; in fact every blastomere behaves much as 
does the entire ege before cleavage begins, its substance rotating until the cytoplasm, 
nucleus, centrosome and sphere are carried to that portion of the cell nearest the 
animal pole. During the cleavage the spindles lie in many directions and cells are 
formed in many positions, but after every division the original polarity of each cell 
is, as far as possible, restored. Further, this rotation may be associated with the 
movement of the poles of the spindle, through chemotropic influence, to a free 
surface of the cell. The fact that the spheres become pressed against the cell mem- 
brane and that in this position they undergo changes in form and staining reactions, 
staining more deeply and becoming more coarsely granular, suggests that they here 
undergo some chemical change, probably an oxydation.' This factor, however, will 
not account for the fact that the spheres move in a predetermined course as near as 
possible to the animal pole and that the whole cell contents move with them; this 
movement is evidently reducible to that class of movements which brings about the 
polarity of the egg, but the causes of these movements I am unable at present to 
analyze further. 

Comparisons. 
(a) Protozoa and Protophyia.—Lauterborn (96) has observed that the nuclei 
and centrosomes rotate through an angle of 180° at the close of division in diatoms. 

* Attempts to determine ‘experimentally whether the spheres move to a free surface under the 
influence of oxygen have so far been inconclusive, since all movements, as well as other developmental 
processes cease in the complete absence of oxygen (e.g., in an atmosphere of hydrogen). However in 
sea water which has been boiled in order to drive off contained gases and then cooled in stoppered tubes, 
eggs develop irrecularly, the micromeres no longer being arranged in a one-layered epithelium over the 


yolk, but forming irregular heaps and masses, such as would result from the failure of the spheres to 
move to a free surface. 


CYTOKINKESIS. 103 


R. Hertwig (99) has seen a similar phenomenon in Actznospherium. He says, 
p- 692, “ Ehe die Theilung zu ende gefiihrt ist, wird die Spindelkorper bei der typ- 
ischen Karyokinese der Actinospheerium iiber eine Seite gebogen, so das die Toch- 
terkerne spater dicht bei einander liegen (taf. ILI, figs. 10, 11) oder er wird bei dem 
Richtungstheilungen fast rechtwinkelig eingeknickt (taf. V, figs. 15, 16).” 

(6) Tzssue Cells and Testis Cells—M. Heidenhain (’94) in his great work on 
the centrosome first described in detail the bending of the spindle axis and the 
movements of the centrosomes and nuclei at the close of division. These move- 
ments he designated * Telokinesis”” and he properly recognized that they constitute 
the final stage of cell division to which he gave the name “ Telophase.”' These 
movements were observed in leucocytes and one-layered epithelium, and Heidenhain 
supposed that they might be present in the division of many other cells. According 
to Heidenhain the movements of the microcenter take place in a curve parallel to 
the surface of the cell, while the nucleus probably moves in the reverse direction. 
In one-layered epithelium the axis which passes through the microcenter and nu- 
cleus, z. ¢., the cell axis, moves through an angle of 90° after each division; in em- 
bryonic development it moves through varying angles. The result of these move- 
ments is to bring the microcenter to the center of the cell and the nucleus to a 
peripheral position. Heidenhain was unable to determine whether in these move- 
ments the nucleus rotates so as to preserve its inner polarity. The cause of these 
movements he finds in the contraction and expansion (.Spannung) of the organic 
radi, z. 2., through a lengthening of the polar group of radii and a shortening of the 
radi which stretch over the nucleus to the opposite side of the cell. 

Erlanger (96) found in the division of the branchial epithelial cells of the 
salamander that the daughter cells regularly turn through an angle of 90° or more 
toward the spindle axis of the mother cell. 

Similar movements have been observed in testis cells by Meves (94, ’96), 
Moore (95), and Prenant (95). The latter has seen extensive movements of the 
microcenter in the telophase of the testis cells of Scolopendra. The microcenters 
of the two daughter cells are inversely symmetrical with reference to the axis which 
joins the nuclei, the one being situated to the right the other to the left of that axis. 
In some cases, however, the microcenters lie on the same side of the axis, z. ¢., the 
symmetry is not inverse. Remnants of the spindle remain as a “ perinuclear band,” 
which, he thinks, may be the agent of the movements of the microcenters. He does 
not agree with Heidenhain that the microcenter les in the center of the cell during 
the rest, and this is certainly not true of the mollusks which I have studied. 

In the spermatocytes of elasmobranchs Moore finds that the centrosome, sur- 
rounded by archoplasm, wanders toward the equator, and when it has reached a 
pomt between the pole and the equator it moves to the cell periphery ; the centro- 
some here lies between the chief mass of archoplasm and the cell wall. 

1 The custom of using this term to designate the final stages of the anaphase (¢f. Wilson “96 and 


1900, Coe ’99, Griffin ’99, et al) is to be deprecated, since Heidenhain’s definition of this term is_per- 
fectly explicit and the stage to which it applies is clearly marked off trom the anaphase. 


104 CYTOKINESIS. 


Meves (96), in the spermatogonia and spermatocytes of the salamander, finds 
the center close under the cell wall in the anaphase; in the case of the smaller 
spermatogonia and spermatocytes the centers move from this position through an 
angle of 45° to 135°; in the larger spermatogonia no lateral movement takes place, 
but only a movement toward the equator in the spindle axis, which is probably 
caused by the contraction of the earlier spindle fibres. Meves believes that the 
lateral movements of the centers in the smaller cells are caused by the development 
of large and numerous astral rays on the side from which the centers move, which 
rays serve to push the centers into their new positions. These movements do not 
take place in a definite direction nor are they in the same plane in the two daughter 
cells. In the eges which I have studied this movement cannot be caused, as Meves 
assumes, by the pushing of polar rays on the side from which the centers move, for 
in these eggs the whole cell contents rotate, as has been described. 

Montgomery (98) has observed in the testis cells of Pezdatoma that the new 
centrosome appears at a point in the cell about 180° from that occupied by the old 
centrosome. He has also observed that the idiozome material moves from the poles 
to the equator of the dividing cell. 

(c) Ova and Blastomeres.—Mark (’81) first observed and figured a bent spindle 
axis In the egg of Zzmax (see his figs. 91 and 95,in which the middle of the spindle 
is shown displaced toward the center of the egg). MacFarland (97) has shown the 
same thing in one of his figures of Pleurophyldza (fig. 20), though he figures the 
centrosomes as lying below the level of the nuclei, a thing which I have never ob- 
served in any mollusk. 

Kostanecki (97) says that in the cleavage of Pkysa the daughter cells take 
opposite positions in the telophase while they turn against the spindle axis through 
an angle of as much as 90.° The Zwzschenkorper does not, therefore, lie in the 
middle of the equatorial constriction, but is shoved to one side. 

Quite recently Rhumbler (1901) has described a periodic movement of the nu- 
cleus to the cell surface within the living blastomeres of certain nematodes. At the 
close of each cell division the nuclei migrate to certain places on the cell surface, 
which places le in the plane of cleavage of the following cell division. Between 
the nucleus and cell surface Rhumbler has observed a clear area which he calls 
the “ Polfontaine,” and which probably corresponds to the sphere of Cyepzdu/a. 
The movements observed by Rhumbler entirely correspond to the movements in 
telokinesis which I had previously described (99) though he has evidently over- 
looked my paper on this subject. 

Zur Strassen (1901) also has recently described the position of the centrosome 
in the resting cells of Ascarzs megalocephala. In brief, he finds that during the 
resting period the centrosomes lie close to the cell surface, and he describes in detail 
the symmetrical movement of the centrosomes and spheres toward the division plane 
between two daughter cells. This movement in every respect resembles the move- 
ments in telokinesis which I have described, and applies to the nuclei as well as to 
spheres. Zur Strassen further finds that the form of each cell changes with the 


CYTOKINKESIS. 105 


movements of the sphere, the cell wall being especially prominent over the sphere. 
He also discusses in a very suggestive manner the relation of these movements to 
the morphological and physiological polarity of the cell. 

This is doubtless an incomplete list of the cases which have heretofore been 
observed in which there is a decided bending of the spindle axis at the close of 
division, but the cases are sufficiently numerous to indicate that this is probably a 
general phenomenon. 

3. Orientation of Centrosomes and Spindles.—The centrosome, which during 
the anaphase is usually spherical, becomes ellipsoidal or spindle-shaped during the 
telophase and rest. The axis of elongation of the centrosome becomes the initial 
spindle axis. It is nearly constant in direction for any given cell generation, but 
differs somewhat in different generations. No general rule can be formulated with 
regard to the relation of this initial spindle axis to the old spindle axis, or rather 
the half of it which lies in each daughter cell, but the new axis is most frequently 
at right angles to the old, figs. 82, 83, 86, 91. 

As the initial spindle elongates and the peripheral layer of the old centrosome 
disappears, the new spindle moves out of the old sphere, which at once becomes 
irregular in outline; at the same time the new spindle moves over the surface of the 
nucleus until it comes to lie in the groove separating the germ halves and until the 
poles of the spindle lie at opposite sides of the nucleus. In some cases the initial 
spindle lies almost in the groove between the germ halves of the nucleus when first 
formed (e. ¢., prophase of the second cleavage, figs. 82, 83, text figs. VII, VII); 
in other cases it must move some distance before taking up this position (e. ¢., 
earliest stages in the third and later cleavages, figs. 86, 88, 91). 


Fie. XXXII. Fie. XX XIII. 


Fies. XXXII, XX XIII.—Metaphase of the second and third cleavages of Crepidula, showing an unusual position 
of certain spindles; these ultimately rotate into normal positions. 

The position of the initial spindle in the nuclear groove does not always corre- 
spond to its definitive position. In many cases the latter is reached only after more 
or less extensive movements of the entire mitotic figure (cf fig. 88 and text figs. 
XXXII and XXXII). These movements are of two kinds, a rotation of the spin- 
dle into its definitive axis and a transportation of the entire figure to its final posi- 
tion in the cell, figs. 93, 94. 


14 JOURN. A. N. 8S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


106 CYTOKINKSIS. 


The orientation of the centrosome and spindle has reference therefore to two 
different things, (1) the relation of these structures to the nucleus, (2) their relation 
to the cell body. 

(1). Orzentatcon of Centrosome and Central Spindle relative to the Nucleus. 
—It is evident that some kind of connection exists at all stages of the cell cycle 
between the centrosome and the nucleus. This is of course most evident during 
division when the two are connected by the spindle fibres, but even during the rest 
there must be some connection since the two lie in close contact and except in 
abnormal cases do not separate. Whether this connection during the rest is in 
the form of fibres (possibly a persistence of those which previously connected centro- 
some and chromosomes) or is the expression of some other mechanical action or of 
a chemotropic attraction does not appear from my studies. The movement of the 
initial spindle out of the sphere and into the groove between the germ halves of the 
nucleus must be attributed to some such connection between the centrosome and 
nucleus. Of course the: mere separation of the centrosomes until they le as far 
apart as the diameter of the nucleus may be attributed to the growth of the central 
spindle. 

(2). Ortentation of the Mitotec Figure relative to the Cell Body.—In the 
early prophase the entire mitotic figure moves in a direction opposite to that of the 
previous telophase ; or, in a word, the prokinesis is the reverse of the preceding telo- 
kinesis. For example, in the telophase of the first cleavage the cell contents move 
in a dexiotropic direction until nuclei, centrosomes and spheres are carried close to 
the division wall and near to the free surface of the cells, fig. 82; in the following 
prophase they move away from the division wall, in a leeotropic direction and deeper 
into the cell (cf figs. 82 and 84, also figs. 65 and 65). In the telophase of the second 
cleavage the daughter nuclei and centrosomes move close to each other on opposite 
sides of the division wall, fig. 86, and then into the apical angles of the cells, fig. 
87; in the following prophase they move farther from the apical pole and a little 
deeper into the cell, (cf figs. 87 and 88). In the telophase of the third cleavage the 
nuclei of the macromeres move in a leotropic direction until they come into contact 
with the wall at the left of these cells, and toward the apical pole until they are 
almost entirely covered by the overlying micromeres, fig. 91; in the prophase of 
the next division of these cells the mitotic figures move away from the animal 
pole and a little to the right, (cf figs. 91 and 92). In the telophase of the third 
cleavage the nuclei of the micromeres move to the right and as near to the animal 
pole as possible, fig. 92; in the prophase of the next division of these cells the 
mitotic figures move away from the animal pole and a little to the left, (cf figs. 95 
and 94). The same principle is shown in the first division of the second quartette 
(cf. figs. 95 and 96). In fact it may be laid down as a general rule that the movement 
in the prophase (prokinesis) is in the reverse direction of that in the telophase 
(telokinesis), though usually not so extensive. 

Other movements of cell contents, which bring about peculiarities in the direc- 
tion of division and hence peculiar types of cleavage (radial, spiral, bilateral), or 


CYTOKINESIS. 107 


marked eccentricity of the mitotic figure and subsequent inequality of cleavage 
are intimately associated with processes of differential cell division and the dis- 
cussion of this subject is postponed to the next section. It need only be said 
here that there are many evidences that the movement of the entire mitotic figure 
into its definitive position is a function of the cytoplasm, rather than of the nucleus, 
centrosome or spindle. This movement does not occur until after the nuclear mem- 
brane is dissolved at the poles of the spindle and it is probable therefore that the 
escape of substance from the nucleus acts as a stimulus to the cytoplasm which 
then moves and behaves in a predetermined manner. 


IV. Some Factors or DIFFERENTIATION. 


In conclusion a brief summary may be given of the bearing of cytokinesis on 
problems of differentiation. In the main, differentiation in the early development 
of an animal consists in the formation of various unlike substances and in their 
definite localization in different regions of the egg or in different blastomeres. In 
this localization one of the most important principles is polarity. 

1. Polarity: (a) Unsegmented Egg.—The polarity of the egg, by which 
is meant the localization of unlike substances and structures with respect to a 
single axis, the chief axis of the egg, is indicated before maturation by a slight 
eccentricity of the germinal vesicle; the latter is, however, entirely surrounded by 
yolk and the cytoplasm is uniformly distributed throughout the egg. About the 
time of the entrance of the spermatozoon the wall of the germinal vesicle dissolves 
and at once movements within the eee substance begin which ultimately lead to 
the segregation of yolk at one pole and of cytoplasm at the other. There is good 
evidence that this segregation takes place along preexisting lines of structure, the 
cytoplasm, mitotic figure and escaped achromatin moving to that pole toward which 
the germinal vesicle was eccentric, and in all cases this probably corresponds to the 
free pole of the epithelial cell from which the egg was derived. 

In the gasteropods which I have studied this movement is i no way correlated 
with nor influenced by gravity, the place of entrance of the spermatozoon, nor, so 
far as I can see, by any other extrinsic factor. The fact that in some animals the 
yolk has a greater specific weight than protoplasm has led O. Hertwig (°93, p. 
215) to assert as a general law that ‘Polar differentiation consists in this, that the 
lighter protoplasm collects at one pole and the heavier yolk substance at the other.” 
Rhumbler (99, p. 568), also says ‘‘ Incontestibly the yolk granules (in telolecithal 
eggs) are collected in the lower part of the egg through their greater specific weights.” 
Where the yolk is heavier than the protoplasm this may of course be true, but it is 
by no means generally applicable. In many well known cases among annelids, 
mollusks and arthropods gravity has no determining influence on the polarity of the 
ege which is established in a predetermined axis irrespective of the position of this 
axis with reference to the direction of gravity. 

In the gasteropods both polar bodies are extruded at the same point on the sur- 
face of the egg, and the animal pole thus established bears an invariable relation to 


108 CYTOKINESIS. 


all future development. Through this pole the first two cleavage furrows always 
pass; around it three quartettes of ectomeres are formed, each of which has a definite 
developmental history and gives rise to definite parts of the larva or adult; certain 
of these blastomeres are visibly different from each other in size, position, shape and 
quality, and although these differences arise gradually in the course of development, 
the polarity of the unsegmented egg exercises a determining influence upon all of 
them. This polar differentiation of the egg is therefore of the greatest prospective 
significance. 

The eccentricity of the germinal vesicle, which is the earliest evidence of this 
polarity in the free egg, is itself, most probably, the result of polarity already existent 
in the cell from which the egg is formed. This polarity must be regarded as the 
factor which directs the general cell movements which bring about the segregation 
of yolk and cytoplasm; while the immediate cause of these movements is very 
probably the escape of achromatic substances from the nucleus. 

In the fertilization of the egg the same sorting of the egg contents continues as 
in the maturation, with the result that at the beginning of the first cleavage almost 
all of the yolk is collected at the vegetal pole while the greater part of the cyto- 
plasm lies close around the animal pole. : 

(6) Blastomeres. Kvery blastomere manifests the same type of polarity as 
the unseemented ege itself. At every cleavage this polarity of the blastomeres is 
lost or modified, only to be reestablished again in each telophase. In every divi- 
sion of blastomeres containing yolk the mitotic figure surrounded by cytoplasm 
moves down into the yolk area while the yolk moves up at the periphery toward 
the animal pole. In the telophase and resting period, however, the centrosomes, 
nuclei and cytoplasm again take a superficial position near the animal pole, while 
the yolk again moves toward the vegetal pole. This polar movement concerns not 
only cytoplasm and yolk but also different kinds of protoplasm. Thus the sphere 
substance always takes a definite polar position in each blastomere and the localiza- 
tion of certain characteristic kinds of cytoplasm (hyaline or granular) is also referable 
to polarity. 

In each blastomere the cell axis (Heidenhain), by which is meant the line 
passing through the center of the nucleus and centrosome, shifts during the telo- 
phase until the centrosome and sphere are carried to a free surface of the cell and 
as close as possible to the animal pole. The result is that in all the early cleavages 
the cell axis tends to become parallel with the original egg axis, though this is 
prevented in many instances by other cells which lie nearer the animal pole. 

(c) Nucleus, Centrosome and Sphere.—During the rotation of the cell con- 
tents in the telophase the spindle axis rotates as a whole so that the nucleus at all - 
stages in this rotation presents approximately the same side (its central pole) toward 
the centrosome and sphere, and its opposite side (distal pole) toward the mid-body. 
Throughout this rotation the centrosome and sphere also present the same side 
toward the nucleus. The polarity therefore of the nucleus, centrosome and sphere, 
as well as that of the cell body, is reestablished after every division. 


CYTOKINESIS. 109 


The immediate cause of these telokinetic movement, as also of those in the 
unseemented egg, may be found at least in part in the movement of the spheres to 
a free surface of the cell, but the orientation of these movements cannot at present 
be further explained than to refer them to the structure of the protoplasm. 

2. Dufferenteal Cell Diviston—As has been emphasized already (p. 6), 
cell division is typical and non-differential when it occurrs at regular intervals 
or at the same time in cells of the same generation (rhythmical), when successive 
divisions are at right angles (alternating), when the daughter cells are of similar size 
(equal) and are composed of similar materials (homogeneous). Divisions are differ- 
ential when they depart from these typical conditions in one or more respects, thus 
becoming non-rhythmical, non-alternating, unequal or heterogeneous. 

(a) Rhythm of Diviston.—A definite order of cleavage is highly character- 
istic of gasteropods. In Crepzdu/a one of the first two blastomeres usually divides 
slightly earlier than the other, and in the formation of the first, second, third and 
fourth quartettes one cell of each quadrant forms earlier than the other three. 
These differences in the time of formation of the different cells of a quartette are least 
in the first quartette and greatest in the fourth, where the cell 4d is formed at the 
25-cell stage while the other cells of this quartette are not formed until the 52-cell 
stage. In the subdivision of the different quartettes this same lack of rhythm is 
observed, the cells which formed first being usually the earliest to divide. To this 
rule, however, there are several notable exceptions; for example, the trochoblasts 
which are formed at the first division of the first quartette do not again divide until 
more than one hundred cells are present. In this case the lack of rhythm in the 
divisions leads to important differentiations, since the large trochoblasts give rise to 
certain of the large cells of the velum and head vesicle. 

The old view (Balfour ’80) that the rate of division depends upon the presence 
or absence of yolk, cells with yolk always lageing behind those without it, is unten- 
nable since this lack of rhythm frequently concerns purely protoplasmic cells. For 
example, none of the ectomeres of Crepzdula contain yolk, yet they divide at very 
different rates, while on the other hand many yolk-laden cells divide more frequently 
than those without yolk (see Wilson, 1900, p. 366). 

The rhythms of division of centrosome, nucleus and cell body go on more or 
less independently of one another. Boveri (97) has shown that in echinoderm eggs 
the centrosomes preserve their rhythm of division even when separated from their 
nuclei, and I have observed the same thing in enucleated blastomeres of Crepzdu/a. 
Furthermore, the rhythm of cell and nuclear division are more or less independent 
of each other; in certain abnormal eggs of Crepzdu/a I have observed that normal 
and characteristic cell division may occur in enucleated blastomeres, and on the 
other hand nuclear division may go on in regular manner and at regular intervals 
in the absence of cell division. There is therefore no absolutely necessary connec- 
tion between the division of nucleus, centrosome and cell body. 

Driesch (98) has shown that in cross-fertilized eggs of echinids the rhythm of 


1 See similar conclusions reached by Lillie (1901) in the case of Unio. 
J 


110 CYTOKINESIS. 


cleavage is that of the maternal and not of the paternal species; in this case the 
rhythm depends upon the egg cell and not upon the sperm and therefore, in all 
probability, upon the cytoplasm and not upon the nucleus or centrosome. 

While the divisions of nucleus, centrosome and cell body may occasionally go 
on more or less independently, it is certain that they are normally intimately con- 
nected, and I believe that the normal rhythm of division is largely determined by 
the interrelation of these structures. In Crefzdula it is always possible to deter- 
mine whether or not a cell will soon divide by the relative size of the nucleus as 
compared with the cell body. Both nucleus and cytoplasm increase in volume after 
each division, but the nucleus increases much more rapidly than the cytoplasm." 
When the nucleus has reached a certain maximum size relative to that of the cell 
body it enters upon the prophase of the next division. The centrosome sometimes 
divides and gives rise to the initial spindle before the nuclear prophase and in such 
vases 1t seems to wait for the nucleus before going through the further stages of its 
separation. The cytoplasm also sometimes elongates in the direction of the coming 
division, but seems to wait for the nuclear prophases before undergoing constriction. 

Strasburger ('95) determined the relative size of the nucleus to the cell body in 
some forty species of plants. He found that while this ratio differed in different 
species and in different organs of the same species, yet in a given organ of a given 
species it was quite constant. The average ratio of nuclear to cell diameter in em- 
bryonic cells he found to be about as 2:5. When the diameter of the cell, as com- 
pared with that of the nucleus, exceeds this ratio, cell division occurs and the ratio 
is thus restored. 

In Crepedudla it is difficult to establish such a ratio owing to the differences in 
in the shapes and dimensions of cells in the early cleavage; I have, however, meas- 
ured a number of cells and nuclei in the prophase of the first maturation and of the 
first, second and third cleavages, and the ratio of the nuclear to the cell diameter 
in these yolk laden cells is about 2:7. Such measurements show that at the 
moment of division there is a fairly definite ratio between the diameter of the 
nucleus and that of the cell, but whether the growth of the nucleus beyond this 
ratio is a stimulus to division or is merely an accompaniment of it, is not indicated. 

(6) Dz¢erectton of Diviscon.—Upon the direction of division depends the rela- 
tive positions of the daughter cells and consequently the type of cleavage, viz.: 
radial, spiral, bilateral or teloblastic. In determinate cleavage this is an important 
factor of differentiation since it leads to the localization of cells and different cell 
substances. 

The direction of cell division has been attributed by various authors to a variety 
of factors; thus it is said to be due to the fact that the mitotic figure les in the di- 
rection of least resistance (Pfliiger), or in the longest axis of the protoplasmic mass 
(Hertwig); the shape and position of cells and consequently to a certain extent the 
direction of division, are said to be due to the rectangular intersection of cleavage 


Since the egg as a whole does not increase in size until the gastrula stage the increase in the 
quantity of cytoplasm must be at the expense of the yolk. 


CYTOKINESIS. 111 


planes (Sachs), or to the principle of smallest surfaces (Plateau, Berthold). Almost 
all investigators agree that the direction of division is due to the position of the 
mitotic figure and the orientation of the figure is usually supposed to be actively pro- 
duced by the figure itself, or by some part of it. According to Roux (95) there is 
immanent in the nucleus, a direction of division which may be independent of the 
chief dimensions of the protoplasmic body. Rauber (85) holds that the position of 
thespindle is the result of the mutual attractions of neighboring asters. Heiden- 
hain (94) refers the direction of division to a definite angle of rotation of the 
centrosomes. 

In the segmenting eggs of the gasteropods which I have studied the direction 
of division is not primarily due to any of the factors named, though several of these 
principles are well illustrated in these cells. The spindle usually, though not in- 
variably, lies in the longest axis of the protoplasmic mass and it probably always 
lies in the direction of least resistance, though this in itself is no explanation of the 
direction of division. As has already been pointed out (p. 105), the angle of diver- 
gence of the centrosomes and the initial position of the mitotic figure may not cor- 
respond with its final position, while at the same time the lobing of the cytoplasm 
may indicate the final position of the spindle and the direction of the coming divi- 
sion; in fact the form of the cell and the movements of the cell contents may pro- 
claim where the next division will occur long before the spindle is formed. 

The alternation in the direction of successive cleavages is not due to the mere 
divergence of the centrosomes in planes successively at right angles to one another, 
but rather to regular alternations in the rotations of the cell contents; the lack of 
alternation is associated (at least in one generation of cells, see p. 88) with the lack 
of rotation of the cell contents during the preceding telophase. 

When for any reason the mitotic figure is prevented from assuming its normal 
position, the cytoplasm may divide in the normal place and manner, thus giving rise 
to a cell which is normal in appearance except that it contains no part of the 
nucleus or spindle.’ From these facts I conclude that the position of the spindle is 
the result of movements and stresses in the cytoplasm. In normal cell division the 
spindle takes a position of equilibrium between the two portions of the dividing 
cell, so that the equatorial constriction cuts through the middle of the spindle; if, 
however, the spindle is prevented from assuming this position of equilibrium it may 
be cut through nearer one end than the other or may be left entirely to one side of 
the new cell wall. Therefore the position of the spindle and the direction of divi- 
sion are functions of the cytoplasm, rather than of the nucleus, centrosome or 
spindle. 

(c) Suze of Daughter Cells—The inequality of cell division leads to some of 
the most characteristic and important features of differential cleavage, while the 
varying sizes of blastomeres have a definite prospective significance in development, 
as Lillie (95, 99) and Conklin (97, ’98) have pointed out. 

1] have seen several such cases, but a more detailed account of them must be postponed to 
another paper. 


112 CYTOKINESIS. 


The inequality of cell division is most commonly referred to the eccentricity 
of the mitotic figure, however this may be caused, (see Wilson 1900); but it is 
sometimes associated with a lack of symmetry in the spindle itself. Thus R. 
Hertwig (99) finds in Actznospherium that one pole of the spindle (Rzchtungs- 
korperpol) differs decidedly from the opposite pole, and the new cell wall cuts the 
connective fibres nearer this pole than the other. In the second maturation also 
the two centrosomes are unequally developed. Likewise Vejdovsky and Mrazek 
(98) find in the late anaphase of the first cleavage of Rhynchelmis that the cen- 
trosome ( Zochterperiplast) and sphere (Mutterperzplast) at one pole are much larger 
than those at the other, corresponding to the fact that the first cleavage is very 
unequal in this animal. <A similar disparity in the size of the two centrosomes and 
asters has been observed by Wilson (94) in Verezs, Kostanecki and Wierzejski (96) 
in the first maturation of Physa, Lillie (99) in the first cleavage of U/nzo,; but in all 
these cases except possibly that of Actznospherzum the disparity does not appear 
until after the spindle has taken an eccentric position in the cell. 

In all the divisions of eggs and blastomeres, among the gasteropods which I 
have studied, not only the centrosome but every portion of the mitotic figure divides 
with exact equality, however unequal the approaching cell division may be. The 
chromosomes not only divide equally, but each half is a mirrored image of the other 
in shape as well as size. If one may judge by the form of daughter chromosomes, 
the division is qualitatively as well as quantitatively equal. The centrosomes and 
asters at the two poles of the spindle are also exactly equal during the earher 
stages of division and until the eccentricity of the mitotic figure becomes so great 
as to limit the size of the peripheral aster (c/ Conklin ’94, Wilson 96). Then the 
centrosome, sphere and aster at the peripheral pole grow smaller than those at the 
opposite pole and even before the daughter cells are separated they are proportional 
in size to the volume of cytoplasm in the two cells, figs. 73, 90, text figs. VII-XI. 
Even after the separation of the daughter cells the nuclei may be entirely equal, 
but ultimately they also become proportional in size to the volume of cytoplasm in 
which they lie, and in the next division of these nuclei the chromosomes are pro- 
portional in size to the nuclei from which they come. 

One may therefore construct a table of the relative sizes of various cell con- 
stituents, all of which are ultimately reducible to the volume of cytoplasm within 
the cell. 

Volume of the Centrosome is proportional to that of the Sphere 


“s “¢ Sphere ce oe Soe AISLeT: 

oh c Aster s o “ — Cytoplasm 
se “« Chromosome ‘ e “Nucleus 

iG ‘ov Nucleolus) 2: as “ Nucleus 

€¢ «Spindle # “Nucleus 

cs “Nucleus a “  Cytoplasm 


The size of all these cell constituents, therefore, is dependent upon the volume 
of the cytoplasm, and there is the best of evidence that the eccentricity of the 


CYTOKINESIS. Lats 


mitotic figure, which precedes unequal cleavage, is itself a result, rather than a cause, 
of cytoplasmic structure and activity. This is shown especially well in the forma- 
tion of the polar bodies in Crepzdula. The two centrosomes and asters are here 
absolutely equal until one pole of the spindle comes into contact with the ege mem- 
brane. Then a lobe of cytoplasm is formed over this pole and the peripheral move- 
ment of the spindle continues until the centrosome and chromosomes at the peri- 
pheral pole are thrust clear through this lobe into contact with its distal cell wall. 
Then the whole spindle becomes shorter and stouter, the connecting fibres being 
curved and bent, showing that the shortening of the spindle is due to some force 
entirely outside of the spindle which is propelling it against the cell wall. Such a 
case shows in the clearest possible manner that the eccentric position of the spindle 
is the result of cytoplasmic activities. 

In the cleavage the same fact is apparent in every unequal division. Such 
divisions are preceded by an eccentricity of the mitotic figure, but this in turn is 
caused by active movements of the cytoplasm. In fact one may frequently be able 
to determine that a given cleavage will be unequal long before the spindle is formed, 
by the position of the nucleus during the rest. In the first quartette cells of Crepe- 
dula the nuclei lie in the inner angles of the cells during the rest, figs. 91, 95, and 
when the next spindle is formed and the nuclear membrane dissolved the entire 
mitotic figure moves away from the animal pole until the peripheral pole of the 
spindle come into contact with the cell membrane at the outer side of the cell and 
here the small peripheral trochoblast is separated from the large apical cephaloblast, 
figs. 95-96. In short the nucleus in the resting period preceding division lay 
entirely within the area of the future larger cell. The same phenomenon is shown 
in the division of the cephaloblasts (cf figs. 96, 97). 

The conclusion that the eccentricity of the spindle is caused by the activity of 
the cytoplasm is supported by the observations of other authors, particularly by 
Lillie’s (99, “01) work on Unzo. The first cleavage in this animal is quite unequal 
yet “the spindle forms in the center of the egg in the plane already indicated by the 
elongation of the sphere substance. . . The entire spindle then moves directly along 
the prolongation of its axis, and thus parallel to the direction of elongation of the 
sphere substance, to one side of the egg, until the centrosome of one end comes 
almost into contact with the peripheral layer of protoplasm.” Then the spindle 
again moves back toward the center of the egg, and then again toward the periphery 
until it finally comes to rest with its equator in the plane of the future cleavage. 
These movements of the spindle Lillie attributed to the orientation of the cytoplasm. 

Somewhat similar oscillatory movements of the spindle have been observed by 
Ziegler (95) in the living eges of nematodes, though he did not connect them directly 
with equality or inequality of division. In my first paper on this subject (94) I 
also called attention to the oscillatory movements of nuclei and cytoplasm during 
cleavage and pointed out the relation of such movements to the direction and 
equality of division. 

In conclusion, it is obvious that in Crepzdula and Unzo the place of cell divi- 


15 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


114 CYTOKINKESIS. 


sion is prearranged in the cytoplasm and that in normal cell division the mitotic 
figure is oriented by stresses and movements within the cytoplasm which bring the 
spindle to rest with its equator in the plane of cleavage. The equality or inequal- 
ity of cell division is therefore a function of the cytoplasm. 

(2d). Quality of Daughter Cells —Finally we consider homogenous and hete- 
rogenous divisions or the differential distribution of different substances to daughter 
cells. In the case of both nucleus and centrosome there is every evidence that the 
most exact halving and distribution of their substance, not only quantitatively but 
qualitatively as well, occurs at every division. So far as my observations on the 
gasteropods go there is absolutely no evidence that centrosomes or chromosomes 
undergo the slightest qualitative changes as development advances. 

With the cytoplasm, however, the case is quite different; there is here not only 
differential distribution of yolk but also of sphere substance and of different kinds of 
eytoplasm (vzz. granular or hyaline.) Thus the yolk is entirely contained in the 
macromeres while the micromeres are wholly free from it. The sphere substance 
too, after the first two cleavages, is differentially distributed at every division, 
always passing into that daughter cell which les nearer the animal pole. Here it 
slowly disintegrates and disappears and in its place a clear hyaline kind of plasma 
is formed (see text figs. XIX-XXV). If the sphere substance, or the plasma into 
which it is transformed, maintains the same kind of polarity after its transformation 
that it had before, there would result an aggregation of this substance or plasma in 
the cells lying near the animal pole. The result of this differential distribution of 
the sphere substance may be summarized as follows :—The first quartette contains 
two and one-half generations of sphere substance, z. ¢., all the sphere substance of 
the first and second cleavages and one-half that of the third; the second, third and 
fourth quartettes each contain one generation of sphere substance, z. e., one-half 
that of the division by which they were formed and one-half that of the preceding 
division. |The macromeres never contain more than one-half generation of sphere 
substance. 

Finally, in the subdivisions of the quartettes, the cells lying nearest the animal 
pole receive most of the sphere substance or of the plasma to which it gives rise. 
Since the sphere substance varies in quantity in different cells, being always pro- 
portional to the size of the cell, the distribution of the substance by generations 
does not give any idea of its quantitative distribution. However, the first quartette 
not only receives a larger number of generations of the sphere substance than any 
other but also a larger quantity of this substance. Associated with this may be the 
fact that the cytoplasm of the first quartette is always clearer and less granular than 
that of the second and third. 

The sphere substance is formed of hyaloplasm from the cell body and achroma- 
tin from the nucleus and the differential distribution of this substance may be an im- 
portant factor of differentiation. If the nucleus controls the cell as DeVries, Weis- 
mann and Roux maintain,’ we have in this differential distribution of the spheres a 
possible mechanism for such control, as well as for differentitation. However, the 


1 See p. 52. 


CYTOKINESIS. 115 


only difference in cells which I can positively associate with this differential distri- 
bution of the spheres is the more or less hyaline character of the cytoplasm. 

This differential distribution of the spheres, like the distribution of the cyto- 
plasm and yolk, is the result of the polarity of the cell contents; the mechanism of 
this distribution is found in the cell movements during every telophase. 


It follows from these conclusions on differential cell division that the various 
forms of cleavage such as radial, spiral, bilateral, equal, unequal, homogeneous, 
heterogeneous, etc., are expressions of the activity and structure of the cytoplasm 
rather than of the nucleus or centrosome, and since the cytoplasm is almost exclu- 
sively derived from the egg cell while very little of it comes from the sperm we 
should expect that the early cleavages would be little influenced by the latter. 
This is just what Boveri (92) found to be the case in eges of Spherechinus which 
were fertilized by Achznzus sperm. From this cross a larval form developed which 
was intermediate in character between the two genera, but the cleavage was purely 
inaternal in character, thus indicating that it was not influenced by the sperm. 
Driesch (98), also, in many crosses between different species of echinids has shown 
that the rythm of division, the vacuolization of cells of the blastula, the configura- 
tion of the larval stages, the color, manner of swimming and the number of mes- 
enchyme cells of the larvee depend upon the egg cell and not upon the sperm, and 
therefore, in all probabilities, upon the cytoplasm and not upon the nucleus or 
centrosome. 

On first thought such conclusions seem to be at variance with the usually 
accepted view that the nucleus is the bearer of inheritance and that it, together with 
the centrosome, are the prime movers in all formative processes. They do not, how- 
ever, do more than show that in the early development inherited characteristics, 
like material substance, are chietly derived from the mother. But although differ- 
entiations and inherited characteristics first appear in the cytoplasm there is good 
reason to believe that the structure of the latter is influenced by the nucleus through 
the large amount of nuclear material which escapes into the cytoplasm at every 
mitosis. Certainly many features of later development are derived from the father 
and the conclusions as to the part which the nucleus has in hereditary transmission, 
founded as they are upon the remarkable apparatus for such transmission afforded 
by the nuclei, cannot be lightly cast aside. 

I have attempted to show in what manner the cytoplasm is responsible for some 
of the early differentiations of development; how many important features of 
polarity and differential cell division are caused by movements of the cytoplasm ; 
how these movements are perhaps caused by chemotropic attractions between unlike 
substances; but if we go farther and inquire what directs and co-ordinates these 
cytoplasmic movements we cannot at present find any satisfactory answer. It may 
of course be said that this is due to the “structure of the cytoplasm”’, but this is no 
more than a convenient phrase to include a whole series of more or less unknown 
phenomena which must still be analyzed. 


REFERENCES." 


ANDREWS, E. A. ('98).—Filose Activities in Metazoan Eggs. Zool. Bull., ii, 1. 
ANDREWS, G. F. ('97).—The Living Substance as Such and as Organism. Jour. Morph., xii, 
Suppl. 
AUERBACH, L. (74).—Organologische Studien. Breslau. 
BALBIANI, E. G. ('95).—Sur la structure et la division du noyau chez le Spirochona gemmi- 
para. Ann. de Microg., vii. 
vAN BAMBEKE, C, (’96).—Sur un groupement de granules pigmentaires dans l’ceuf en seg- 
mentation d’Amphibiens. Bull. Acad. Belg., xxxi. 
BEHRENS, G. (’98).—Die Reifung und Befruchtung des Forelleneies. Wiirzburg. 
BELLONCI, G. (’84).—Intorno aila cariocinesi nella segmentazione dell’ovo di Axolotl. Reale 
Acc. det Lincezt. 
vAN BENEDEN et NEYT (’87).—Nouvelles recherches sur la fécondation et la division mito- 
sique chez l’ascaride mégalocéphale. Bull. Acad. roy. Belgique, 3e Ser., xiv. 
BLANC, H. (’93).—Etude sur la fécondation de I’ceuf de la truite. Ber. Naturforsch. Ges. zu 
fretburg, viii. 
BOVERI, TH. (’87*, ’88, ’90, ’01).—Zellenstudien, Hefte, i, ii, iii, iv. Jena. 
iy ‘““ (87°). —Ueber den Anteil des Spermatozoon an der Teilung des Eies. Svézungsber. 
Ges. Morph. u. Phys. Munchen, iii, 3. 
He “ (92).—Befruchtung. Merkel u. Bonnet, Ergebnisse d. Anat. u. Entwickl., i. 
if ‘“ (95).—Ueber das Verhalten der Centrosomen, etc. Verh. d. Phys. Med. Ges. zu 
Wurzburg, N. F., xxix. 
‘f ‘“ (97).—Zur Physiologie der Kern- und Zellteilung. Si/zangsber. Phys. med. Ges. 
zu. Wurzburg. 
5 ‘“ (99).—Die Entwicklung von Ascaris megalocephala mit besonderer Riicksicht aut 
die Kernverhaltnisse. Festschrift zum siebenzigsten Geburtstag von Carl von 
Kupffer. Jena. 
BRAUER, A. (’92).—Das Ei von Branchipus Grubii von der Bildung bis zur Ablage. Adz. 
preuss. Akad. Wiss. 
C93).—Zur Kenntniss der Spermatogenese von Ascaris megalocephala. Arch. 
mtk. Anat., xlii. 
BRUCKE, C. (61).—Die Elementarorganismen. W#<ener Sitzber., xliv. 
BUTSCHLI, O. (’76).—Studien iiber die ersten Entwicklungsvorginge der Eizelle, die Zelltei- 
lung und die Konjugation der Infusorien. Adh. Senckenberg. Naturforsch. 
Ges.x 
(91).—Ueber die sogenannten Centralkorper. Verh. d. Naturh. Med. Ver. zu 
fleidelberg. iv. 
re ‘“ (92).—Untersuchungen iiber mikroskopische Schaume und das Protoplasma. 
Leipzig. 
ne ‘“ (1900).—Bemerkungen iiber Plasmastromungen bei der Zelltheilung. Arch f/f. 
Entwicklungsmechanik ad. Organismen, x. 
BURGER, O. (92). Was sind die Attractionspharen und ihre Centralkoérper? Azat. Anz., vii. 
BYRNES, ESTHER F. (’99).—The Maturation and Fertilization of the Egg of Limax agrestis. 
Jour. Morph., xvi. 


ce “ce 


6 a 


‘ This work was completed in Sept., 1900, and it has been found impracticable to include more than a 
few references to the many important papers which have appeared since that date. 


REFERENCES. es 


CALKINS, G. N. (’98).—Mitosis in Noctiluca miliaris. Jour. Morph., xv. 
ie ‘© (1900).—Nuclear Division in Protozoa. Woods Holl Biol. Lectures, 1899. 
CARNOY et LEBRUN (977, ’99).—La vésicule germinative et les globules polaires chez lez 
batraciens, 1, iii. La Cellule, xii, xvi. 
uu a (97°), —La fécondation chez |’ Ascaris megalocephala. La Cellule, xiii. 
CHILD, C. M. (98).—The Maturation and Fertilization of the Egg of Arenicola. Zrans. NV. Y. 
Acad. Sct., xvi. 
COE, W.R. (’99).—The Maturation and Fertilization of the Egg of Cerebratulus. Zool. Jahro., xii. 
CONKLIN, E. G. ('94).—The Fertilization of the Ovum. Woods Holl Biol, Lect., 1893. 
ef ““ (97).—The Embryology of Crepidula. Jour. Morph., xiii. 
3 ‘« _(98).—Cleavage and Differentiation. Woods Holl Biol. Lect., 1896. 
- ‘“ _(99).—Protoplasmic Movement as a Factor in Differentiation. [Voods Holl 
Biol. Lect., 1898. 
te *“ @01*).—Centrosomes and Spheres in the Maturation, Fertilization and Cleav- 
age of Crepidula. Anat. Anz., xix. 
es “ (01*).—The Individuality of the Germ Nuclei during the Cleavage of the Egg 
of Crepidula. Bzol. Bull., ii, 6. 
CRAMPTON, H. E. (96).—Experimental Studies on Gasteropod Development. Arch. f. Ent- 
wicklungsmech., ii. 
DRIESCH, H. ('96).—Zur Analyse der Reparationsbedingungen bei Tubularia. Verteljahrsch. 
ad. Naturf. Ges. in Zurich., xi. 
us ‘© (98).—Ueber rein-miitterliche Charactere an Bastardlarven von Echiniden. 
Arch, f. Entwickslungsmech., vii. 
DRUNER, L. (’94).—Studien iiber den Mechanismus der Zellteilung. Jena. Zett., xxix. 
EISMOND, J. (95).—Einige Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Attractionsspharen und der Centroso- 
men. Anat. Anz., x. 
v. ERLANGER, R. (’96).—Zur Befruchtung des Ascariseies nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Structur 
des Protolasmas und des Centrosomas. Zool. Anz. xix. 
ug ‘“ (96).—Ueber den feineren Bau der Epithelzellen der Keimenblattchen der 
Salamanderlarve. Zool, Anz., xix. 
‘f ‘“ (C97).—Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Protoplasmas der karyokinetischen Spin- 
del und des Centrosomas. Arch. mik. Anat., xlix. 
UE ‘© (97*).—Zur Kenntniss der Zeil- und Kernteilung. Aol. Centralb., xvii. 
FISCHEL, A. (’99).—Ueber vitale Farbung von Echinodermeneiern wiahrend ihren Entwicklung. 
Anat. Hefte, xxxvii. 
FISCHER, A. (’99).—Fixierung, Farbung und Bau des Protoplasmas. Jena. 
FLEMMING, W, (’82).—Zellsubstanz Kern und Zellteilung. Leipzig. 
a ** (92), C94), C95), C96), (97), (98).—Morphologie der Zelle. Merkel. u. 
Bonnet, Ergebnisse d. Anat. u. Entwickl., i, iti, iv, v, vi, vii. 
FOL, H. (’75).—Etudes sur le développment des Mollusques. Avch. de Zool., iv. 
“« «© (@79).—Recherches sur la Fécondation et la Commencement de |’ Hénogénie. Genéve. 
sc" -C91).—Le Quadrille des Centres. Arch. des. Sci. phys. e.-nat. 
‘© « (96),—Lehrbuch der vergleichenden mikroskopischen Anatomie. Leipzig. 
FOOT, K. (9+)—Preliminary Note on the Maturation and Fertilization of Allolobophora. /our. 
Morph., ix. 
ot ‘© (96).—Yolk Nucleus and Polar Rings. Jour. Morph., xii. 
ms ‘© (97).—The Origin of the Cleavage Centrosomes. Jour. Morph., xii. 
a ‘* ('98).—The Cocoons and Eggs of Allolobophora fcetida. Jour. Morph., xiv. 
FURST, E. (98).—Ueber Centrosomen bei Ascaris. Arch. mik. Anat., lii. 
GARDINER, E. G. (?95).—Early Development of Polychzrus caudatus. Jour, Morph., xi. 
oe ‘ (98).—The Growth of the Ovum, etc., in Polycherus. Jour. Morph., xv. 


118 REFEREFCES. 


GRIFFIN, B. B. (’96).—The History of the Achromatic Structures in the Maturation and Fertili- 
zation of Thalassema. Zvans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 
Gp ‘« (99).—Studies on the Maturation, Fertilization and Cleavage of Thalassema 
and Zirpheea. /our. Morph., xv. 
GUIGNARD, L. (’91),—Nouvelles études sur la fécondation. Anz. des. Sct. Nat. Bot., xiv. 
HACKER, V. (92).—Die Eibildung bei Cyclops und Canthocamptus. Zool. Jahrd., v. 
ie ‘* (93).—Das Keimblaschen, seine Elemente und Lageveranderungen. <Avch. mtk. 
Anat., xii. : : 
6 ‘« (93).—Ueber die Bedeutung der Centrosomen. Arch. mik. Anat., xlil, 
ue ‘© (94).—Ueber den heutigen Stand der Centrosomenfrage. Verh. d. deutschen Zool. 
Ges. 
ss «* ('95).—Ueber die Selbstandigkeit der vaterlichen und mitterlichen Kernsbestand- 
teile, etc. Arch. mik. Anat., x\vi. 
e ** (97).—Die Keimbahn von Cyclops. Arch. mtk. Anat., xlix. 
HEIDENHAIN, M. ('94).—Neue Untersuchungen itiber die Centralkorper und ihre Beziehungen 
zum Kern und Zellenprotoplasma. Arch. mik. Anat., xlii. 
a ‘* (°95) —Cytomechanische Studien. <Avrch. f. Entwicklungsmech., i. 
HERLA, V. (’93).—Etude des variations de la mitose chez l’ascaride mégalocéphale. Arch. de 
Biol., xiii. : 
- HERMANN, F. (91).—Beitrag zur Lehre von der Entstehung der karyokinetischen Spindle. 
Arch. mik. Anat., Xxxvii. 
HERTWIG, O. (’75), (77).—Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Bildung, Befruchtung, und Teilung des 
tierischen Eies, I, II]. Morph. Jahro., i, iii. 
i ‘© (93).—Die Zelle und die Gewebe, I. Fischer, Jena. English Trans. by Camp- 
bell. Sonnenschein, London, ’95. 
HERTWIG, R. ('95).--Ueber Centrosoma und Centralspindle. Sz/zungsber. Ges. Morph. Phys. 
Munchen. 
ue ““ (96).—Ueber die Entwicklung des unbefruchteten Seeigeleies, etc. Festschrift 
fur Gegenbaur. 
‘« (°99).—Kernteilung, Richtungskérperbildung und Befruchtung von Actino- 
spherium. Adh. k. bayer Akad. Wiss., xix. 
HILL, M. D. ('95).—Notes on the Fecundation of the Egg of Sphzerechinus, etc. Owart. Jour. 
Mic. Sci., xxxviii. 
HIS, W. ('98).—Ueber Zellen-und Syncitienbildung. Adh. math. phys. Kl. ad. k. sachs. Ges. d. 
Wiss., xxiv. 
ISHIKAWA, C. ('94).—Studies of Reproductive Elements. II Noctiluca miliaris Sen ; its 
Division and Spore Formation. four. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Japan., vi 
uc ‘« (?98).—Further Observations on the Nuclear Division of Noctiluca. /ézd. xii. 
v. KLINCKOWSTROM, A. (’96).—Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Eireife und Befruchtung bei 
Prosthecereeus. Arch. mik. Anat., x\viii. 
v. KOLLIKER, A. (’89).—Handbuch der Gewebelehre, 6th Ed., Leipzig. 
KORSCHELT, E. (’89).—Beitrage zur Morphologie und Physiologie des Zellkernes. Zool. 
Jahro., iv. 
‘© ('95).—Ueber Kernteilung, Eireifung und Befruchtung bei Ophryotrocha 
. puerilis. Zezt. wzss. Zool., \x, 
v. KOSTANECKI, K. (?92).—Ueber Centralspindlekorperchen bei karyokinetischer Zellteilung. 
Anat. Hefte., ii. 
ce ‘« (97).—Ueber die Bedeutung der Polstrahlung. Arch. mzk. Anat., 1xix. 
me ‘« (98).—Die Befruchtung des Eies von Myzostoma. Jdzd., li. 
KOSTANECKI vu. SIEDLECKI (’96),—Ueber den Verhalten der Centrosomen zum Protoplasma. 
Tbid., x\ix. , 


«c 


REFERENCES. 119 


KOSTANECKI vu. WIERZEJSKI (’96).—Ueber das Verhalten der sogennanten achromatischen 
Substanzen in befruchteten Ei. Zé7zd., xlvii. 
LAUTERBORN, R. ('96).—Untersuchungen iiber Bau, Kernteilung und Bewegung der Dia- 
tomeen. Leipzig. 
LEE, A. BOLLES (’95).—La regression du fusseau caryocinetique. La Cellule, xi. 
LILLIE, F. R. (95) —The Embryology of the Unionide. Jour. Morph., x 
a ‘‘ _(98).—Centrosome and Sphere in the Egg of Unio. Zool. Bull. i. 
ng ‘“ (99).—Adaptation in Cleavage. Woods Holl. Biol. Lect., 1898. 
“ ““ (1901).—The Organization of the Egg of Unio. Jour. Morph., xvii. 
LINVILLE, H. R. (1990).—Maturation and Fertilization in Pulmonate Gasteropods. Bull. Mus. 
Comp. Zool., Xxxv. 
LOEB, J. (95) —Beitrage zur Entwicklungsmechanik se aus einem Ei entstehenden Doppelbil- 
dung. Arch. f. Entwicklungsmech., 
sf ‘* (95).—Untersuchungen tiber die See Wirkungen des Sauerstoffmangels. 
Pfluger’s Archiv., \xii. 
of “* (1900).—On the artificial production of normal Larve from the unfertilized Eggs of the 
Sea Urchin (Arbacea). Am. Jour. Phys., iii. 
Mac FARLAND), F. M. ('97).—Cellulare Studien an Molluskeneiern. Zoo. Jahrb., x. 
MARK, E. L. (81).—Maturation, Fecundation and Segmentation of Limax campestris. Lz//. 
Mus. Comp. Zool., vi. 
McMURRICH, J. P. (:96).—The Yolk Lobe and Centrosome of Fulgur. Anat. Anz., xii. 
MEAD, A. D. (’95).—Some Observations on Maturation and Fecundation in Cheetopterus per- 
gamentaceus. /our. Morph., x. 
oe ‘“ (97).—The Origin of the Egg Centrosomes. /é7d., xii. 
us ‘““ (98).—The Origin and Behavior of the Centrosomes in the Annelid Egg. Zéid., 
xiv. 
MEVES, F. (’94).—Ueber eine Metamorphose der Attractionssphire in den Spermatogonien von 
Salamandra maculosa. Ay7ch. mik. Anat., xliv. ; 
“ic ‘* (96),—Ueber die Entwicklung der mannlichen Geschlechtszellen von Salamandra. 
Lotd., xlviii. 
US “ (97), (99).—Zellteilung. Merkelu. Bonnet, Ergebnisse d. Anat. u. Entwickl., vi, viii. 
AMON CORA SES G T. H. ('98).—The Spermatogenesis of Pentatoma, etc. Zool. Jahro., xii. 
*“ _(99).—Comparative Cytological ene with especial Reference to the 
Morphology of the Nucleolus. /our. Morph., 
at ‘* (1900).—The Spermatogenesis of Be eae etc. Zool. Jahro., xiv. 
MOORE, J. E. S. ('93).—On the Relationship and the Role of Archoplasm during Mitosis in the 
larval Salamander. Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci., xxxiv. 
of ‘““_(95).—On the Structural Changes in the Reproductive Cells during the Sper- 
matogenesis of Elasmobranchs. QOwart. Jour. Mic. Sci., xxxviii. 
MORGAN, T. H. (’93).—Experimental Studies on Echinoderm Eggs. Anat. Anz., ix. 
ee ‘““ (96).—The Production of Artificial Astrospheres. Arch. f. Entwicklungs- 
mech., iii 
AG ‘“* (1900).—Further Studies on the Action of Salt Solutions and of other Agents 
on the Eggs of Arbacea. Jézd., x. 
MOTTIER, D. M. (97).—Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Kerntheilung in der Pollenmutterzellen. 
Jahrb. wiss. Bot., Xxx. 
van NAME, W. G. (99).—The Maturation, Fertilization and early Development of the Plana- 
rians. Zyans. Conn. Acad., x. 
NIESSING, G. ('99).—Zellenstudien II. Arch. mitk. Anat., lv. 
NUSSBAUM, M. ('93).—Ueber die Verteilung der Pigmentkérnchen bei Pee Anat. 
Anz., viii. 


120 REFERENCES 


OBST, P. ('99).—Untersuchungen tiber das Verhalten der Nucleolen, etc. Zezt. wiss. Zool., \xvi. 
OSTERHOUT, W. J. V. (97).—Ueber Entstehung der Karyokinetischen Spindel bei Equisetum. 
Jahrb. wiss. Bot., xxx. 
PRENANT, A. (’95).—Sur le corpuscle central. Bull. soc. sci. Nancy, 1894. 
ue ‘* (99),—Sur la protoplasm superieure. /our. Anat. et. Phys., xxxiv and xxxv. 
RABL, C. ('85).—Ueber Zellteilung. Morph. Jahro., x. 
RAUBER, A. (’83).—Neue Grundlegungen zur Kenntniss der Zelle. JZorph. Jahro., viii. 
RAWITZ, B. (’96).—Centrosoma und Attractionsphere in der ruhenden Zelle des Salamander- 
hodens. Arch. mtk. Anat., xliv. 
*« ('99).—Untersuchungen tuber Zellteilung. /zd., xlvii. 
REINKE, F. (’94).—Zellenstudien. Arch. mtk. Anat., xliv. 
ee “« (95).—Untersuchungen itiber Befruchtung und Furchung des Eies der Echin- 
odermen. S7fzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin., 1900. 
ee ‘* (1900).—Ueber den Mitotischen Druck. Arch. f. Entwicklungsmech., ix 
RHUMBLER, L. (’96).—Versuch einer mechanischen Erklarung der indirecten Zell- und Kern- 
teilung: Teil I, Die Cytokinese. Arch. f. Entwicklungsmech., iii. 
ue “« (?97).—Stemmen die Strahlen der Astrosphare oder ziehen sie? 07d. iv. 
of “« 799).—Allgemeine Zellmechanik. Jferkel u. Bonnet, Ergebnisse d Anat. u. 
Entwickl., viii. 
is ‘© (99).—Physikalische Analyse von Lebenserscheinungen der Zelle, II. zo. 
Centralb., x. 
ef ‘« (1901).—Ueber ein Eigentiimliches periodisches Aufsteigen des Kern an die 
Zelloberflache innerhalb der Blastomeren gewisser Nematoden. Anat. Anz., xix. 
ROUX, W. (’83) —Ueber die Bedeutung der Kerntheilungsfiguren. Leipzig. 
a ‘© (87).—Die Bestimmung der Medianebene des Froschembryo, etc. Arch. mik. 
Anat., Xxix. 
us “* (89).—Die Entwicklungsmechanik der Organismen, eine anatomische Wissenschaft 
der Zukunft. Gesammelte Abhandlungen, II. Leipzig. 
UE ‘© (95).—Discussion of Ziegler’s paper, ‘‘ Furchung unter Pressung.’’ Verhand/. Anat. 
Ges. 
RUCKERT, J. (’94).—Zur Eireifung bei Copepoden. Anat. Hefte, xii. 
a ‘* (95).—Ueber das Selbstandigbleiben der \aterlichen und miitterlichen Kernsub- 
stanz warend der ersten Entwicklung des befruchteten Cyclopseies. Arch. mk. 
Anat., xlv. 
RYDER, J. A. (94)—Dynamics in Evolution. Woods Holl Biol. Lect., 1893. 
ss ‘« (95).—A Dynamical Hypothesis of Inheritance. Woods Holl Biol. Lect., 1894. 
SCHAUDINN, F. (’96).—Ueber den Zeugungskreis von Parameeba cilhardi. Sztzungsber. da. k. 
preuss. Akad. Wiss. zu. Berlin. 
SCHLEICHER, W. (’78).—Die Knorpelzellteilung. Arch mik. Anat., xvi. 
SCHOCKAERT, R. (1900).—Nouvelles recherches sur la maturation de lovocyte de premier 
order du Thysanozoon. <Azat. Anz., xviii. 
ee “* (1901)—L’ Ovogénese chez le Thysanozoon brocchi. La Cellule. xviii. 
SMALLWOOD, M. (’01).—The Centrosome in the Maturation and Fertilization of Bulla solita- 
ria. Bol. Bull., ii, 4. 
SOBOTTA, J. (97).—Die Reifung und Befruchtung des Eies von Amphioxus. Arch. mik. Anat., |. 
STRASBURGER E. (75).—Zellbildung und Zelltheilung. Jena. 
as “« (93).—Ueber die Wirkungssphiare der Kerne und die Zellgrosse. Jena. 
a ** (93).—Zu dem jetzigen Stande der Kern- und Zellteilungsfragen. Azat. 
Anz., Viil. 
VAN DER STRICHT, O. (’95).—La maturation et la fécondation de l'ceuf d’ Amphioxus lanceo- 
latus. Bull. Acad. roy. Belgique, xxx. 


(a3 


REFERENCES. 121 


VAN DER STRICHT, O. (’98).—La formation des globules polaires, etc., chez Thysanozoon. 
Arch. de Biol., xv. 
VEJDOVSKY, F. (’88).—Reifung, Befruchtung und Furchung des Rhynchelmiseies. Prag. 
VEJDOVSKY v. MRAZEK, (’98).—Centrosom und Periplast:  St/zwngsber. bohm. Ges. Wiss. 
VERWORN, M. ('92).—Die Bewegung der lebendigen Substanz. Jena. 
oe ‘* (95).—Allgemeine Physiologie. Jena. 
DE VRIES, HUGO (’89).--Intracellulare Pangenesis. Jena. 
WATASE, S. ('93).—Homology of the Centrosome. /our. Morph., viii. 
ae ‘* (95).—Origin of the Centrosome. Woods Holl Biol. Lect., 1894. 
WEBBER, H. J. (’97).—Notes on the Fecundation of Zamia, etc. Bot. Gazette, xxiv. 
WEISMANN, A. (’93).—The Germ-Plasm. New York. 
WHEELER, W. M. (’95).—The Behavior of the Centrosomes in the Fertilized Egg of Myzostoma 
glabrum. four. Morph., x. 
as ‘« (97).—The Maturation, Fecundation and early Cleavage in Myzostoma. 
Arch. de Biol., xv. 
WHITMAN, C. O. (’'78).—The Embryology of Clepsine. Quart. Jour. Mic. Sct., xviii. 
si ‘« _(87).—The Kinetic Phenomena of the Egg during Maturation and Fecunda- 
tion (Ookinesis). Jour. Morph., i. 
Ht ‘« (94).—The Mosaic Theory of Development. Woods Holl Biol. Lect., 1893. 
WILSON, E. B. (°95).—Archoplasm, Centrosome and Chromatin in the Sea Urchin Egg. /our. 
Morph., xi. 
us ‘© (96).—The Cell in Development and Inheritance. New York. 
as ee C900 ihe Celltetes 2dykid® 7b7a. 
iF ‘© ('99).—On protoplasmic Structures in the Eggs of Echinoderms and some other 
Animals. /our. Morph., xv. Suppl. 
ae ‘© (01).—Experimental Studies in Cytology, Parts I-III. Arch. f. Entwicklungs- 
mech., Xi\i, Xill. 
WILSON anp MATHEWS, ('95).—Maturation, Fertilization and Polarity in the Echinoderm 
Ege. Jour. Morph., x. 
ZIEGLER, H. E. (’95).—Untersuchungen iiber die Zellteilung. Verh. d. deutsch. Zool. Ges. 
“ *« (?95).—Untersuchungen iiber die ersten Entwicklungsvorgange der Nematoden. 
Zeit. wiss. Zool., \x. 
ZOJA, R. (.95).—Sulla independenza della cromatina paterna e materna nel nucleo delle cellule 
embryonali. Avat. Anz., xi. 
zuR STRASSEN, O. (’01).—Ueber die Lage der Centrosomen in ruhenden Zellen. Arch. f. 
Entwicklungsmech., xii. i 


EXPLANATION OF FIGURES. 


All figures are camera drawings of eggs of Crepidula plana and, unless otherwise specified, 
were drawn at the stage level under Zeiss apochromatic Obj. 1.5 mm., Occ. 4. The colors used 
are more or less conventional, no attempt having been made to reproduce the exact coloring of the 
preparations ; in all cases yolk is represented in yellow and cytoplasm in neutral tint. 


REFERENCE LETTERS. 


Am!'.—Amphiaster (Netrum) of the First Maturation. 
Am"™.— i aS oh Saworyal 5° 
Am‘. Am‘.—Amphiasters of successive Cleavages. 
As.—Accessory Aster. 
C'.—Centrosomes of the First Maturation. 
CoS ah ES CCONC Gam 
C. C’:—Centrosomes of successive Cleavages. 
Ch.—Chromosomes. 
Ch. V.—Chromosomal Vesicle. 
FS.—Fused Spheres. 
H.—Head of Sperm. 
M.—Middle piece of Sperm. 
MG.—Middle piece Granules. 
N.—Nucleus. 
N].—Nucleolus. 
Nl.—Inner Nucleolus. 
S.—Sphere. 
S*. S':—Spheres of successive Cleavages. 
T.—Tail of Sperm. 
Z.—Zwischenkorper. 
1a-1d.—Micromeres of the First Quartette. 
2a-2d.— a SES Syaeopaaly © 8% 
A, B, C, D.—Macromeres. 


CERTAIN 


ABORIGINAL REMAINS 


ORSEHE 


Northwest Florida Coast 


PATA DL 


CLARENCE B. MOORE. 


PHILADELPHIA : 
1902. 


aus, 


Eire 
a 


si 
et 
ate 
ot 
Daipieytsn 
iu 


a} nS i 


has 
ne 


- 
AGEs, 
ini 


nee 
Hats Dice 
Gants 


felt 
Weta 
Ny 
ay 


se 


Wie 


Anne 
lata 


aia 
aa 


jee 


x 
ala th 
pe 


a2 


ote” 


oe: 
2 s’shay4opag 


PUNOW Salpoipulx 
c06! 


o¢ or ol S 0 
Sajius ulajpo¢ 


oe $818) €8! 281 181081 SON S440Y) sUaUU4AaA0) Oy) Wot payiquioy 


vOldO 11 30 LS¥09 LSIMHIYON SHL 40 18d 40 c¥W 


y payaiouHlatS 


# ®]!|N 4ONe/3 


yo DL da!ODY| 


y soldi 


S 
AS 


nohvg a6in 
nofiog suossapuy 


QQ 
=> 


Jacksonvilleo? 


9 


y 


o 
° 
* eS 
S (ipalachee Bay SS 

\ 


OUTLINE MAP OF FLORIDA 


Showing author's explorations 


Scaleinmiles 
° 5 10 Re) 


1902 


Line of search ——~——~_— 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NORTHWEST 
FLORIDA COAST. 


Part II. 


By CuarENcE B. Moore. 


In the first part of this report, of which this is the second and concluding part, 
we gave the result of our investigations along a portion of the northwest coast of 
Florida, beginning at Perdido bay, the coast-boundary between Alabama and Florida, 
and continuing eastward along Pensacola bay, Santa Rosa sound and Choctaw- 
hatchee bay. 

In this second part we describe the result of our work going eastward and later, 
southward, along St. Andrew's bay, St. Andrew’s sound, St. Joseph’s bay, St. Vin- 
cent’s sound, Apalachicola bay, St. George’s sound, Alligator Harbor, Ocklockonee 
bay, Apalachee bay, Deadman’s bay and the rivers and Gulf coast to Cedar Keys. 

Mr. J. S$. Raybon, captain of the flat-bottomed steamer from which our 
researches are always conducted, with a companion, spent a number of months 
previous to our visit in going over all the territory later investigated by us, locating 
all known aboriginal remains along our intended route. The names and addresses of 
owners! were sent to us in advance that, permission to dig being obtained previous 
to our visit, there might be no delay when we found ourselves on the ground. In 
fact, by traveling after working hours no time was wasted and the four months of 
the season of 1902 were taken up almost entirely in digging. 

From St. Andrew’s bay to Apalachee bay, inclusive, with one exception, we 
investigated every mound the most careful search could locate and, we believe, all 
that existed, save several small, flat, circular heaps in open pine woods, which 
experience has taught us were not intended for burial purposes, but as sites for 
tepees. 

Along the coast between the eastern end of Apalachee bay and Cedar Keys, 
we investigated all the mounds that persistent search had located, but as the shore 
is swampy in many places and the water is shoal and often studded with masses of 
lime rock, access is difficult and hence inhabitants from whom inquiries as to 
mounds can be made are few. Therefore, it is likely some mounds escaped us, but 
such as were dug by us were probably representative. 

We know of no previous scientific work in the district we have gone over; but 

‘Our sincere thanks are tendered owners of mounds investigated by us, who, almost without 
exception, gave full permission to dig. 


128 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


unfortunately the mounds were not intact. Not treasure seekers alone have dug into 
the mounds of St. Andrew’s and of Apalachicola, bays, but individuals seeking curi- 
osities to sell, some of whom have come under our personal notice. Still, the size of 
the mounds in some instances has been a partial protection against a single digger, 
while ignorance as to where to search has often saved contents of smaller mounds, 

As markedly as was the case in the first part of this report, the result of our 
work this season resolved itself into little more than a study of the aboriginal earth- 
enware of the coast-district investigated by us. Lewis Morgan, sometime an hon- 
ored correspondent of our Academy of Natural Sciences, has said, we believe, in his 
“Teague of the Iroquois”, that the advent of earthenware marks the line between 
savagery and barbarism. Hence it may be considered, in view of the importance of 
earthenware as an aid to the study of the people, that the returns of our season’s 
work have been sufficient. 

All measurements of earthenware reported in this volume are approximate. 

It must be borne in mind in respect to process work that reductions in size are 
made with regard to diameter and not area. If a diagram four inches by two inches 
is to be reduced one-half, each diameter is divided by two and the reproduction, 
which is called half size, is two inches by one inch. The area of the original dia- 
eram, however, is eight square inches, while that of the so-called half size reproduc- 
tion is two square inches, or one-quarter the area. To find the actual size of a 
design shown in diagram, multiply the length and the breadth by two, if the dia- 
gram is given “half size’; by three, if ‘‘ one-third size”, and so on. 

In a few cases partial restoration of vessels has been attempted, but always ina 
material differing in color from the original so that the restoration may be readily 
recognized, and it has been done only when the remainder of the vessel clearly indi- 
cated the size and shape of the missing part. All objects found by us, with the 
exception of certain duplicates sent to the museum of Phillips Academy, Andover, 
Mass., may be seen at the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 

Dr. M. G. Miller, who has been with us in all our previous mound work, 
determined as to human remains this year and lent his assistance in a general way 
to all the field work and in putting this report through the press. 


Mounds Investigated. 
Mound near West Bay post-office, St. Andrew’s bay. 
Mound near West Bay creek, St. Andrew’s bay. 
Mound in Brock Hammock, St. Andrew’s bay. 
Larger Mound near Burnt Mill creek, St. Andrew's bay. 
Smaller Mound near Burnt Mill creek, St. Andrew’s bay. 
Mound near Alligator bayou, St. Andrew’s bay. 
Mound near Fanning’s bayou, St. Andrew's bay. 
Mound near head of North bay, St. Andrew's bay. 
Mound near Anderson’s bayou, St. Andrew’s bay. 
Mound near Large bayou, St. Andrew’s bay. 


\ 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Holley Mound, St. Andrew’s bay. 

Sowell Mound, St. Andrew’s bay. 

Mounds near Bear Point, St. Andrew’s bay (4). 
Cemetery at St. Andrew’s, St. Andrew’s bay. 
Mound at St. Andrew’s, St. Andrew’s bay. 

Mound near Davis Point, St. Andrew’s bay. 

Mound near Pearl bayou, St. Andrew’s bay. 
Mounds near Laughton’s bayou, St. Andrew’s bay (2). 
Mound near Strange’s Landing, St. Andrew’s bay. 
Mound near Baker’s Landing, St. Andrew’s bay. 
Mounds near Hare Hammock, St. Andrew’s sound (2). 
Mound in Gotier Hammock, St. Joseph’s bay. 
Mound near Indian Pass Point, St. Vincent’s sound. 
Mound at Eleven Mile Point, St. Vincent's sound. 
Cool Spring Mound, Apalachicola bay. 

Mounds near Apalachicola, Apalachicola bay (2). 
Pierce Mounds, near Apalachicola, Apalachicola bay (5). 
Singer Mound, near Apalachicola, Apalachicola bay. 
Jackson Mound, near Apalachicola, Apalachicola bay. 
Mound near Huckleberry Landing, Jackson river. 
Mound near Porter’s Bar, St. George’s sound. 
Mound near Green Point, St. George’s sound. 
Mound on Carrabelle river. 

Tucker Mound, Alligator Harbor. 

Yent Mound, Alligator Harbor. 

Mound at Marsh Island, Ocklockonee bay. 

Nichols Mound, Ocklockonee bay (2). 

Mound near Ocklockonee bay. 

Hall Mounds, Apalachee bay (2). 

Mound near Spring creek, Apalachee bay. 

Mound near the Mound Field, Apalachee bay. 
Mound near St. Mark’s, Apalachee bay. 

Mound near the Aucilla river. 

Mounds near the Econfenee river (2). 

Mounds near the Warrior river (2). 

Mound near the Steinhatchee river. 

Mounds near Goodson’s Fish-camp, Gulf coast (2). 
Mound near Murphy Landing, Gulf coast. 

Mounds near Horseshoe Point, Gulf coast (3). 
Mound on Hog Island, Gulf coast. 

Mound on Pine Key, Gulf coast. 

Mound near the Shell-heap, Gulf coast. 


17 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


S): 


130 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Mounp NEAR West Bay Post-Orricr, WASHINGTON CouNTY. 


About one-quarter of a mile WNW. from the village known as West Bay 
post-office, in a field formerly under cultivation, on property of Mr. George W. 
Lee of Point Washington, Florida, was a mound about 8 feet in height and 58 feet 
through the base. This mound, formerly a truncated cone, had been considerably 
dug into superficially and to a certain extent im a more serious way, but not sufh- 
ciently to disturb more than a small portion of the mound, 

The mound was totally demolished by us, including its extreme marginal parts. 

No interments were found until the central parts of the mound were reached 
and such as were met with were so badly decayed that almost no trace of them 
remained. Owing to this it was impossible to determine the form of interment, but 
a small fragment of femur, lying just beneath the crowns of certain teeth, indica- 
ted a bunched burial in that case at least. 

Over certain burials, as is often seen in Florida mounds, were deposits of char- 
coal which cannot have been the remains of continued fires since the bones were not 
calcined nor the sand reddened by heat. 

With one burial was a knife or arrowhead of chert; with another, a thick sheet 
of mica. In caved sand was a hone of ferruginous sandstone! and a large ‘‘celt””’. 

Incidentally, we may say that in this report the rocks from which the “ celts” 
discovered by us were made will not be stated. Apparently no new features were 
presented and in many cases these implements were given to owners of mounds, 
who wished souvenirs from them. 

Beginning almost directly at the margin of the NE. part of the mound, on or 
near the base, as a rule, vessels of earthenware were met with, sometimes singly and 
again a number together. This deposit, continuing and broadening to the eastward, 
extended under the slope of the mound almost to the margin of the summit plateau, 
where the burials began. At times vessels and quantities of fragments of vessels 
lay together. These fragments, when collected, often failed to furnish full com- 
plement of the vessels to which they belonged, but as parts were found widely sepa- 
rated sometimes, it is likely many vessels had been broken first and then scattered 
through the mound while it was in process of construction, a custom we have noted 
in the first part of this report. An example of this practice was noticed in the 
case of a vessel with five compartments, which had been broken into four parts. 
One of these parts was met with in digging, several hours before the others 
which, themselves, were somewhat separated and many feet nearer the center of 
the mound. 

As we had found the case to be before along the northwest coast, the sand in 
that part of the mound in which the earthenware deposit lay was much darker in 
color than that of the rest of the mound. During our investigations the present sea- 

‘ Our thanks are tendered Messrs. Theodore D. Rand and Lewis Woolman, of our Academy of 
Natural Sciences, for all determinations of rocks mentioned in this report. As it was not expedient to 


mutilate specimens for microscopic slides, determinations have not been made with the certainty that 
otherwise would have been the case. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 151 


son so universal was this occurrence of blackened sand in which no particles of 
charcoal were apparent that a certain amount from the Hall mound, near Panacea 
Springs, was put aside by us and afterward submitted to Prof. Harry F. Keller, 
Ph. D., of Philadelphia, who, under date of June 28, 1902, reports as follows: 

“The chemical and microscopic examination of the black sand from the mound 
at Panacea Springs, Fla., shows that the dark color is due to carbonaceous matter 
which is very probably of animal origin. Most of it is in the form of very minute 
black particles adhering to the sand. These particles show no distinct structure and 
are certainly not wood charcoal. When the sand is strongly heated in air, the car- 
bon burns off, leaving a residue nearly white. The black particles are soluble to a 
considerable extent in caustic potash and in nitric acid, imparting a deep brown 
color to these solvents, an indication that organic matter is present. A few larger 
particles which I succeeded in picking by the aid of a lens were incinerated, and the 
residue gave a strong reaction for phosphoric acid. Could this matter be the pro- 
duct of partial charring or slow decomposition of bone?” 

Dr. H, F. Keller submitted the sand to Dr. I. Keller, an expert microscopist, 
who concurred in the belief that the carbonaceous matter was of animal origin and 
stated, “I cannot think of anything in the vegetable line that could have produced 
this result.” 

Many of the vessels and parts of vessels found by us in this mound, being of 
ordinary form, of inferior ware and undecorated, will not be particularly described. 

Vessel No. 1.—In Fig. 1 is 
shown a vessel with five circular 
compartments, a central one be- 
ing somewhat raised above the 
surrounding four. The only deco- 
ration is an incised line encircling 
the middle compartment and one 
almost surrounding each of the 
others. The ware is thick and of 
fairly good quality. The central 
compartment alone has the basal 
perforation. Maximum diameter 
of vessel, 9.5 inches; height, 2.1 
inches. We have not met with 
compartment vessels of this char- 
acter west of this place. 

Vessel No. 2.—Fig. 2 shows 
an entirely new type, we believe, 
a combination of the compartment 
vessel and the life-form. The head, body and tail are represented by the outlines 
of the three compartments and to make the resemblance still stronger, horns or 


Fic. 1.—Vessel No.1. Mound near West Bay P.O. (One-third size.) 


“feelers,” have projected from the head. Parts of these, missing when found, have 


132 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


been restored. The ware, which is thick and fairly good, has traces of crimson 
pigment at various points. The middle compartment only has the base-perforation. 
Length, 9.5 inches; height, 2 inches. 


Fia. 2.—Vessel No. 2. Mound near West Bay P.O. (Three-fourths size.) 


‘Vessel No. 3.—This vessel, shown in Fig. 5, perforate, undecorated, has a globu- 
lar body and slightly expanding neck. The rim is trilateral. Height, 8.5 inches; 


Fic. 3.— Vessel No. 3. 


maximum diameter, 7 inches; open- 
ing, 5.2 inches. 

Vessel No. 4.—Seems to be a life- 
form, though the mouth is peculiarly 
placed in relation to the ridge on the 
back if this latter is intended to repre- 
sent a dorsal fin. The opening has a 
portion missing at one side, but as the 
margin is unimpaired a part of the 
way, it is not likely much has been 
broken off. There are traces of crim- 
son paint on the vessel inside and out 
(Fig.4). Length, 11.2 inches; height, 
6 inches; width, 6.5 inches. 

Vessel No. 5.—In Fig. 5 is shown 
a vessel which, expanding slightly 
from the base upward, ends in an 
oblate spheroid. On the lower part 
of the vessel are incised encircling 
lines and punctate decoration. Two 


3. Mound near West Bay P.0. (Half size.) lines of punctate markings are below 


"Fie. 4.—Vessel No. 4. Mound near West Bay P.O. (Three-fifths size.) 


Fic. 5.—Vessel No. 5. Mound near West Bay P.O. (Five-sixths size.) 


134. CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


the rim. On the other side are small holes for suspension. A mortuary perfora- 
tion of base is present. Height, 6 inches; maximum diameter, 5.8 inches. 


Fra. 6.—Vessel No. 6. Mound near West Bay P.O. (Full size.) 


Vessel No. 6.—Part of a compartment vessel of a type new to us is shown in 
Fig. 6. We cannot say how many divisions there have been. In the part remain- 
ing a small one is shown within another. 

Vessel No. 7.—A perforate bowl is shown in Fig. 7 giving a good example of 
handsomely executed pinched decoration, eight rows of which surround the body. 
Height, 4 inches; maximum diameter, 5.8 inches. : 

Vessel No. 8.—An interestingly decorated vessel shown in Fig. 8 of somewhat 
less than 1 pint capacity. The upper part of the body is quadrilateral. The lower 
part tapers to what was a flat base previous to the mortuary mutilation. The rim 
projects horizontally with a small handle on two opposite sides. 

Vessel No. 9.—A perforate bow] of rather poor ware, of about | gallon capacity, 
has below the rim four encircling rows of impressions made by a triangular point, 
between two incised lines. 

Vessel No. 10.—The upper portion of a vessel of good ware, having below the 
rim incised and punctate decoration. The design, which shows an animal head 
with eyes, is once repeated on the vessel (Fig. 9). 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 135 


Vessel No. 11—A bowl of about 5 pints capacity, of uniform decoration, 
incised and punctate. A small animal head projects vertically from the rim (Fig. 


10). 


Fic. 7.—Vessel No. 7. Mound near West Bay P.O. (Four-fifths size.) 


Vessel No. 12.—A vessel of about 1 quart capacity, in form an ovoid truncated 
at either end, with a flaring five-pointed rim, is shown in Fig. 11. 


Fic. 8.—Vessel No. 8. Mound near West Bay P. O. 
(Half size.) 


Vessel No. 13.—A jar of about 3 pints 
capacity, badly crushed when found. The 
fragments have been cemented together with 
partial restoration. The ware is inferior and 
the incised decoration is rude. A handle or 
lip projects obliquely from the rim (Fig. 12). 

Vessel No. 14.—A vessel of about 3 
quarts capacity, found in fragments a num- 
ber of which were not recovered. The parts 
have been cemented together and certain 
restoration has been attempted. The body 
of the vessel has an oval transverse section ; 
the opening is oval. From one end of the 
vessel projects a large head, perhaps intended 


to represent that of a panther. It certainly bears no resemblance to the head of a 
bear, of a wolf, or of an aboriginal dog. There is interesting incised and punctate 


decoration, in part representing conventionalized fore-legs and hind-legs 


vs (Fig. 18). 


136 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 15.—This vessel, of about the same shape as the one just described, 
was found broken to fragments from which certain parts of the vessel are missing. 


Fia. 9.—Vessel No. 10. Decoration. Mound near West Bay P.O. (Half size.) 


Cementing and partial restoration show the body to have been of about 2 quarts 
capacity, with decoration, incised and punctate, in part representing wings. As the 
design varies somewhat on either 
side, complete restoration has been 
impossible. At either end is a bird’s 
head from which the bill has 
been broken in part (Fig. 14). On 


Fia. 10.—Vessel No. 11. Mound near West Bay P.O. (Half size.) 


Fra. 11.—Vessel No. 12. Mound near West Bay P. O. (Halfsize.) Fre. 12.—Vessel No. Ts Peet near West Bay P. O. 
(Half size. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 137 


‘PL ON [9SS9A—'ET “DIT 


‘OC ‘a Avg 4seAy vou punopw 


(‘azis Sqjys1a-uaAdg) 


18 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


138 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Fia. 14.—Vessel No. 15. Mound near West Bay P.O. (Two-thirds size.) 


this vessel are a number of symbols, perhaps representing feathers. Symbols 
of this class are found on practically all bird-vessels and consist of straight or 
curved lines with circular or triangular enlargement at one end or at both ends. 


Fic, 15.—Vessel No. 16. Mound near West Bay P.O. (Two-thirds size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 139 


These bird-symbols are sometimes found on vessels apparently having no connection 
with bird forms, though they may indicate some connection with the bird. On the 
other hand, as Professor Holmes has shown, the aborigines were not always consist- 
ent and the bird symbol at times may have degenerated into an ornament. At all 
events, the symbols we have described belong normally to the bird. 


Fic. 16.—Handle of vessel. Mound near West Bay P.O. (Eight-ninths size.) 


Vessel No. 16 is a graceful vessel of about 2 quarts capacity found in small 
fragments and partly restored. Seemingly, the decoration, incised and punctate, is 
not uniform. This vessel, made up 
of four lobes, is shown in Fig. 15. 

Figs. 16,-17, 18, 19 represent 
four bird-head handles from this 
mound. 

On the base, in the central part 
of the mound, sometimes together in 
twos and threes, apart from burials, 


were sixteen vessels of ordinary type 
and inferior ware. Some were un- 


Fig. 17.—Handle of vessel. Mound near West Bay P. O} 3 Pe 
(CSSD INS SECS) decorated; some had an indistinct, 


complicated stamp; a few had scalloped margins. All had the basal perforation 
which we believe, without exception, was the case with the vessels of this mound. 


140 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


These vessels, which in capacity ranged between 2 quarts and four times that 
amount, were so water soaked and so hopelessly crushed that all hope of saving 
them was abandoned. 


Fra. 18.—Handle of vessel. Mound near West Bay P. O. Fic. 19.—Handle of vessel. Mound near West Bay 
(Bight-ninths size.) P.O. (Hight-ninths size.) 


Mounp NEAR West Bay CREEK, WASHINGTON COUNTY. 


This mound, in pine woods on property of Mr. W. M. Sowell of Point Washing- 
ton, Florida, is about one-half mile in a northeasterly direction from the northern 
side of the western extremity of West bay, which is one of the subdivisions of St. 
Andrew’s bay (see map). Its diameter of base was 45 feet; its height, 2 feet 9 
inches. Careful investigation led to the conelusion that this mound belonged to the 
domiciliary class. 


Mound 1n Brock Hammock,! WASHINGTON CouNTY. 


This mound, about 2.5 feet high and 38 feet across the base, was about 3 miles 
in a 8. direction from West Bay post-office and 500 yards, approximately, from the 
water, on land said to belong to the United States Government. A large exca- 
vation had been made in the center previous to our visit. Extensive trenching by 
us yielded a small, imperforate, undecorated bowl of poor quality and several sherds, 
bearing the small check stamp or the complicated variety. 

Human remains, which were no doubt central, had probably fallen to the lot of 
the previous digger. 


Larger Mounp NEAR Burnt Mitt Creek, WASHINGTON CouNTY. 

This mound, which the owner, Mr. Marion Shypes, who lives nearby, informed 
us had been ploughed over ten years, stood in a cultivated field on the north side of 
the creek about 1 mile from the mouth and 200 yards from the water, approxi- 

1 The word hammock, used by Captain Bernard Romans in the latter half of the XVIII cen- 
tury, in his ‘“‘Concise Natural History of East and West Florida,” stands for territory on which grow 


palmetto, oak and other woods in contradistinetion to pine lands, the prairie, the swamp and the 
marsh. The word is widely employed in Florida. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 141 


mately. Its height was a trifle over 4 feet; its basal diameter, 50 feet. Its shape 
had been the usual truncated cone. 

The mound, which showed no trace of previous digging, was totally demolished 
by us. 

Human. remains, which were almost reduced to the consistency of paste, were 
found at eleven points, beginning about 15 feet from the center and consisted of 
single skulls and skulls with a few long bones. 

Once human remains lay near a deposit of earthenware and once a few thin 
sheets of mica were in association. 

In this mound earthenware was met with near the margin of the northeastern 
side and continued in, on or near the base, singly or in larger deposits of five, seven 
and ten vessels together until within ten or twelve feet of the center of the mound. 
But two or three fragments of vessels came from other portions of the mound. 

In all, 59 vessels were noted by us, though it is likely some, broken into small 
pieces and mixed together, were neglected in our count. Many vessels were hope- 
lessly wrecked through the action of water on the inferior ware, while others, taken 
out entire, are not of a character to merit particular description. 

Vessel No. 4.—A small cup with rounded 
base having incised decoration on part of the 
body and on the base, shown diagrammati- 
cally in Fig. 20, where it has been necessary 
to allow a certain expansion to the design on 
account of its position. Hence the scale given 
is approximate only. 

Vessel No. 5.—An undecorated jar al- 
most cylindrical but expanding slightly at the 
opening. Height, 9 inches; maximum diame- 
ter, 5.7 inches. 

Vessel No. 8.—About | quart capacity, 
heart-shaped in section as to the body, with 
constricted neck and ‘flaring four pointed rim. 
The decoration, made up of encircling, undu- 
lating lines, is similar to that on Vessel No. 5 
from the Hall Mound, to be described later. 

Vessel No. 15.—Globular with thickened rim, undecorated, of about 2 quarts 
capacity. 

Vessel No. 16.—A hemispherical body with slightly elongated base, part of 
which has been lost through mortuary breakage. The ware is yellow. The deco- 
ration consists of crosshatch design finely incised. At the corners of the spaces 
between the designs are imprints of a tubular implement, probably a reed (Fig. 21). 
Maximum diameter, 10.5 inches; present height, 5 inches; diameter of opening, 6.5 
inches. 


Fic. 20.—Vessel No. 4. Decoration. Larger mound 
near Burnt Mil] Creek. (Half size.) 


142 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 18 is rather an image of earthenware, almost solid and of consider- 
able weight. This image, representing a male wearing a breech clout, ends at the 
knees, apparently. The arms are folded across the chest. ‘There are traces of crim- 
son paint on various parts of the body. The upper part of the head, which had 
begun to crumble owing to the dampness of the mound, received, in addition, a blow 
from a spade (Fig. 22). 


Fie. 21.—Vessel No. 16. Larger mound near Burnt Mill Creek. (About two-thirds size.) 


Vessel No. 27.—Of about 1 quart capacity with a body heart-shaped in outline 
and a neck flaring slightly. The decoration consists of four encircling rows of 
punctate impressions above an incised line. 

Vessel No. 31.—Seeminely, when found, a solid full-length image of the human 
form which, on removal, fell into an infinite number of small bits of the consistency 
of paste. These, on drying, became extremely friable and past all hope of restora- 
tion. 

Vessel No. 32.—This most interesting vessel of the readymade mortuary type, 
was found in fragments which have since been cemented together with great care and 
a few missing portions restored, including the upright rim, as to the original shape 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 143 


of which we are uncertain. The ware is thin and covered with crimson pigment. 
In addition to the hole in the base, made before baking, there are many other orifices, 
varying in size and shape, made at the same time as the basal perforation, inaugurating 
a type not found by us to the westward, 
and but infrequently met with until much 
farther east along the coast. At either 
end of the body, which has an elliptical 
transverse section, probably modelled 
after the body of a bird, is a bird’s head 
projecting horizontally outward. Below, 
on one side, a hole has been made with 
the outline of a wing, which design is 
not repeated on the opposite side (Fig. 
23). Length, 9.5 inches; width, 5.5 
inches; height, 9 inches. 

Vessel No. 33.—A bowl, oblate 
spheroid in shape, much flattened, of 
about 3 quarts capacity, with incised 
decoration, half of which is shown dia- 
grammatically in Fig. 24, the other 
half being similar. This vessel, found 
crushed to bits, has been cemented to- 
gether and somewhat restored. 

Vessel No. 34.—This vessel, found 
crushed to fragments, parts of which 
were not recovered, has had a flat base, 
most of which is now missing through 
the mortuary mutilation common to the 
vessels of this mound. The lower part, 
a truncated cone reversed, supports the 
body which is made up of three project- 
ing bosses surmounted by incised lines. 
The neck slopes inward slightly (Fig. 
25). Height, 8 inches; maximum dia- 


meter, 6.5 inches. 


Fig. 22.—No. 18. Image of earthenware. Larger mound near Tete NT oF fF mltestianwre 
Burnt Mill Creek, (Three-fourths size.) \ essel No. 30.—A quadrilateral 


vessel of about | pint capacity, tapering 

to the base, part of which has been knocked out. Two sides are undecorated. Of 

the other two sides, which have incised decoration, one is shown in the representa- 
tion of the vessel (Fig. 26); the other, diagrammatically in Fig. 27. 

Vessel No. 39.—A jar of about 1 quart capacity with semiglobular body and 

neck first slightly constricted, then flaring. he decoration, which is between two 


144. CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Frc. 23.—Vessel No. 32. Larger mound near Burnt Mill Creek. (Nine-elevenths size.) 


40. 


A \ 


A | on \\ 


. SS 


WS > es AH 


F 1G. 24,—Vessel No. 33. Decoration. Larger mound near Burnt Mill Creek. (One-third size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 1405 


Fic. 25.—Vessel No. 34. Larger mound near Burnt Mill Creek. (Nine-tenths size.) 


19 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


146 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


incised encircling lines, is made up of linear impressions around the neck, six deep 
in places, in others, seven. 


Fic. 26.—Vessel No. 35. Larger F1G. 27.—Vessel No. 35. Decoration. 
mound near Burnt Mill Creek. Larger mound near Burnt Mill 
(Half size.) Creek. (Half size.) 


SMALLER Mounp NEAR Burnt Mitt Creek, WaAsuHINGTON County. 


The mound, said to be on property belonging to the State of Florida, is on 
ground formerly cultivated, about 1 mile in a northerly direction from the mouth of 
Burnt Mill creek. This mound, which was leveled by us, had a basal diameter of 
28 feet; a height of about 2.5 feet. A hole in the center dug prior to our coming, 
involved about one-quarter of the mound. If human remains had been spared by 
decay, they must have occupied this central space as no trace of bones was met with 
by us. Nor was charcoal present or blackened sand. 

Near the margin of the NE. part 
of the mound, continuing in under the 
sloping portion, was a deposit of earthen- 
ware vessels all within an area not over 
7 feet in diameter and, as a rule, in, or 
almost in, actual contact, many being 
crushed one into the other. Of these, 
29 vessels were recognized as whole or 
having been entire or nearly so before 
they were crushed by weight of sand. 
In addition to our count, however, must 
Fic. 28.—Sherd. Srmallen mound near Burnt Mill Creek. be included many other vessels hope- 

pout two-thirds size) lessly broken to small fragments and 
intermingled. These vessels, with four exceptions, were bowls, pots and jars, of 
ordinary type from | pint to 2 gallons capacity, approximately, mostly of thin and 
inferior ware which a long period of soaking had reduced to a sodden condition, 
unable to withstand the pressure of surrounding sand. <A few vessels, however, 
were of somewhat better quality. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 147 


Certain of these vessels had a complicated stamp decoration more or less faint 
and one, encircling rows made up of oblong imprints abvut .75 of an inch in le neth. 
One had decoration of crimson paint interiorly while others were undecorated. All 
whose condition allowed determination were noted as having the usual basal per- 
foration, with the exception of a small jar of coarse ware. Certain sherds had cir- 
cular punctate decoration and one had scroll work deeply incised (Fig. 28). 


Fic. 29.—Vessel of earthenware. Smaller mound near Fic. 30.— Vessel of earthenware. Smaller mound 
Burnt Mill Creek. (Half size.) near Burnt Mill Creek. (Half size.) 


® 


Of vessels found outside the usual run, one undecorated, and of fairly thick 
ware, 1s boat-shaped with projections at the extremities. 

A vessel of about 1 quart capacity has a spherical body with elongated base. 
Below the rim is an incised line. There have been four small projections, like rudi- 
mentary handles, one on each side a little below the rim, two of which are missing. 
The decoration is incised and punctate (Fig. 29). 

Fig. 50 shows a vessel of about | pint capa- 
city, with decoration made with an implement 
though such decoration is often considered cord- 
marked. 

A sherd with complicated stamp is shown in 
Fig. 31. 

Among the farthest in was a bowl of fairly 
good ware which pressure of sand had split. This © 
bowl, which lay on its base, still kept an upright 
position, Standing in the bowl and to a certain 


extent protected by it, was a rude effigy-vessel of eS Gel Sau y aia ath Burnt 
yellow ware, representing a male figure, shown in os ee ig er 
two positions in Figs. 52, 35. The lower part is wanting through the usual basal 
mutilation. Present height, 7.5 inches; maximum width, 4.4 inches. 

A broken arrowhead or knife, of chert, lay unassociated in the sand. 


148 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


€maller mound near Burnt Mill Creek. (About full size.) 


F1G. 32.—Effigy-vessel, front view. 


AL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 149 


CERTAIN ABORIGI) 


Fic. 33.—Effigy-vessel, rear view. Smaller mound near Burnt Mill Creek. (About full size.) 


150 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Mounpd NEAR ALLIGATOR Bayou, WASHINGTON CouNTY. 

Alligator bayou joins North bay, a part of St. Andrew’s bay on the W. side, 
about 2 miles up the bay. 

The mound, near the head of the bayou which is about one-half mile in length, 
was on the property of Mrs. Elizabeth J. Daniels, who lives on the place. The 
mound on low-lying ground and partly surrounded by not far distant water, was 
very moist as to the sand composing it and in a condition to facilitate decay. It was 
oblong in shape, 76 feet E. and W. through the base and 50 feet N. and 8. Its 
height was 6 feet 5 inches. It had received but little previous attention from the 
treasure seekers of the bay. The mound was completely levelled by us. 


Fic, 34.—Vessel No. 15. Mound near Alligator Bayou. (Half size.) 


Owing to the dampness, no doubt, no trace of human remains was met with 
by us. 

At one place, ina mass of sand of almost inky blackness from admixture of 
organic matter, was a wooden object resembling a tine of a stag’s antler, overlaid 
with copper. This interesting object, which doubtless accompanied a burial, unfor- 
tunately received a blow from a spade. 

In another portion of the mound was a pocket of sand made crimson from 
admixture of hematite. This deep-colored sand called to mind the great deposits at 
various points in the mound at Mt. Royal described in our reports on the St. John’s 
River Mounds, the rich crimson color differing considerably from the pink tint found 
in sand having the usual slight admixture of the red oxide of iron. 

A barbed arrowpoint of chert, a sheet of mica to which had been given, rather 
rudely, the outline of an arrowhead and a shell drinking cup were the only other 
artifacts in the mound, exclusive of earthenware. 

About 15 feet in from the margin, on the eastern side of the mound, in sand, 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 151 


which by its dark admixture of organic matter, contrasted with the yellow sand of 
other parts of the mound, began a deposit of earthenware, 4 feet across, which, con- 
tinuing in, on or near the base, broadening to the N. and S., and contracting again, 
ended about 11 feet from the center, thus having a length of about 14 feet. 

The vessels, of which we counted sixty-six, and doubtless some badly crushed 
and intermingled were left from the score, were upright or tilted at almost any 
angle, and nearly always in groups crushed into each other or separated by very 


Fic. 35.—Vessel No. 24. Mound near Alligator Bayou. (About seven-eighths size.) 


small space. All but two, which will have reference later, had the usual basal per- 
foration, at least all whose condition allowed us to determine. 

Greatly to our disappointment, the vessels, which in size ranged from a toy 
bowl holding hardly more than a thimble-full to pots of at least four gallons capaci- 
ty, were almost exclusively kitchen ware of ordinary shapes and of flimsy material. 
The majority were undecorated. On but two were incised designs. One vessel was 
covered with crimson pigment. Many vessels had the complicated stamp but, as a 
rule, the impress was faint though several patterns new to us were present in the 


152 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


mound. The small check stamp was absent. Scalloped margins abounded. The 
condition of most of this pottery, thin and of inferior ware, ground together by 
pressure of sand after continued soaking for a long term of years, can well be 
imagined. In most cases our efforts to preserve the fragmentary vessels was bafHled, 
while but few of those saved merit special mention. 

Vessel No. 5.—A globular undecorated body of about | pint capacity with part 
of what had been a solid handle projecting upward at an angle. This vessel is of 
the class modelled after gourds. 

Vessel No. 15.—A globular body of yellow ware, which probably had a flat 
base. Almost the entire neck, which was flaring, is missing through an old fracture. 
The decoration, incised, is made up of a series of two concentric circles surrounded 
by other designs as shown in Fig. 54. Maximum diameter, 8.2 inches. 

Vessel No. 24.—Of yellow ware, almost semi- 
globular body, tapering somewhat at the base. 
The rim flares slightly. The interesting incised 
decoration consists of two large similar designs on 
opposite sides, one of which is shown in Fig. 35. 
There are two smaller designs, also alike, one of 
which is given in diagram, Fig. 56. Maximum 
diameter, 7 inches; height, 5.5 inches. 

Vessel No. 34.—A small vessel almost a per- 
feet globe, with small aperture and slightly pro- 
jecting rim. This vessel, of about a pint capacity, 
when removed from the wet sand was of a bright 
crimson which faded when dry. 

Vessel No. 35.—A pot of yellow ware with 
scalloped margin. The decoration, a complicated 
stamp, is distinctly impressed (Fig. 37). Height, 
10 inches; maximum diameter, 9 inchés. 


Fic. 36.—Vessel No. 24. Decoration. Mound 
near Alligator Bayou. (Half size.) Vessel No. 44.—Badly crushed, had four small 


feet. 

Vessel No. 64.—A pot of yellow ware expanding slightly toward the rim, which 
is scalloped. The decoration is a zigzag stamp identical with that shown on a sherd 
from this mound, Maximum diameter, 10 inches; height, somewhat impaired by 
loss of the base, 9.8 inches. 

Vessels Nos. 65 and 66.—Toy bowls, 2.5 inches and 1.8 inches in diameter, 
respectively, found together a little apart from the main deposit. 

Three sherds with complicated stamp decoration are shown in Figs. 38, 39, 40. 


Mounp NEAR FAnninG’s Bayou, WASHINGTON CouNTY. 
Fanning’s bayou joins North bay from the north about five miles up the bay. 
The mound, which had been dug into to a small extent only, was on the edge 
of a hammock, about one mile in a NW. direction from Anderson P. O., which is 


Fic. 38.—Sherd. Mound near Alligator Bayou. Fic. 39,—Sherd. 
(Half size.) (Half size.) 


20 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


Mound near Alligator Bayou. 


154. CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


about two miles up the bayou. The mound was about 3 feet high and about 40 feet 
in basal diameter. The ownership of the property is in dispute. 

The mound, which was totally 
demolished by us, contained nine- 
teen burials, single skulls with a 
few long-bones, or long-bones with- 
out skulls, or in two cases, two skulls 
with long-bones. Above certain of 
these burials was charcoal. 

With one burial was a shell 
drinking cup. Another burial lay 
near certain vessels of earthenware, 
but as these vessels were a continu- 
ation of a deposit beginning at a con- 
siderable distance from the remains, 
we do not believe the earthenware 
had any direct connection with them. 

An arrowhead of chert and two Fie. 40.—Sherd. Mound near Alligator Bayou. (Half size.) 
rude imitations of spearheads in 
mica were found, not in immediate association with the dead. 

The result of our investigation in this mound was the old story with which we 
have become so familiar. In the extreme margin of the eastern part of the mound, 
preceded by a deposit of miscellaneous sherds and continuing at intervals to the 
center, were numerous vessels, broken and whole, undecorated in the main, some 
having the small check stamp, others incised and punctate decoration. Three ves- 
sels only had the complicated 
stamp and that around the neck 
alone. A complicated stamp deco- 
ration on a sherd is shown in Fie. 
41. 

All vessels, broken or whole, 
as far as we could determine, had 
the usual base-perforation and all 
lay in masses of sand far darker 
than the yellow sand of the rest 
of the mound. 

We shall now describe in de- 
tail the more interesting vessels 
from the mound, some of which, 


Fic. 41.—Sherd. Mound near Fanning’s Bayou. (Three-fourths size.) 


taken out in pieces, have been carefully cemented together. 

Vessel No. 1.—A vessel of about 3 pints capacity has a circular neck, flaring 
into a square outline at the rim. The incised decoration, which is repeated on the 
opposite side with but slight variation, is shown in’ Fig. 42. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 155 


Vessel No. 2.—A bowl of curious outline recalling that of a horseshce were the 
extremities joined. The body is undecorated. Notches extend around the margin of 
the curved portion, while an incised 
line resembling the symbol of the 
bird, which, seemingly, is not always 
confined to bird-vessels, stretches 
across the straight portion (Fig. 43). 

Vessel No. 5.—A gracefully 
made semiglobular vessel with 
short, upright, rounded rim, of excel- 
lent ware, has four encircling lines of 
punctate markings around the upper 
part of the body, about 1 inch apart. 
Maximum diameter, 10.5 inches; 
height, 6.5 inches. 

Vessel No. 4.—A jar of inferior 
ware (Fig. 44), 6 inches in maximum 
diameter with a present height of 9 
inches, bears a curious punctate and 
incised decoration, probably some highly conventionalized figures among which 
may be recognized the symbol of the bird. The decoration is shown diagrammati- 
cally in Fig. 45. 

Vessel No. 5.—A bowl of yellow ware of about 1 quart capacity with rude line 
and punctate decoration as shown in Fig. 46. 


Fig. 42.,—Vessel No. 1. Mound near Fanning’s Bayou. (Half size.) 
g J 


Vessel No. 6.—A vase roughly 
globular as to the body with neck 
flaring outward and upward. Where 
the neck joins the body on the out- 
side are two encircling rows of 
pinched decoration (Fig. 47). Max1- 
mum diameter, 7.5 inches; height, 
5.5 inches. 

Vessel No. 7.—In the central 
deposit was a curious vessel of thick 
ware rather carelessly made, the up- 
per portion leaning to one side. On 
the upper part of the vessel is punc- 
tate decoration. There are two holes 
for suspension (Fig. 48). Height, 
7 inches: maximum diameter, 5.8 


inches. Fic. 43.—Vessel No. 2. Mound near Fanning’s Bayou. (Half size.) 
Vessel No. 8.—A vase of yellow 
ware of about | quart capacity. found broken into many pieces, a few of which, not 


156 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


recovered, have since been restored (Fig. 49). The decoration, incised, is carefully 
executed. One-half of it is shown diagrammatically in Fig. 50, the other half 
being a repetition. 

Vessel No. 9.—A bowl of inferior 
ware, about 1 quart capacity, has a cross- 
hatch design rudely executed. An up- 
right protuberance about .25 of an inch 
in height, projects from the rim on one 
side. 

Vessel No. 10.—This vessel, of 
rather soft yellow ware, found badly 
crushed with certain parts missing, pre- 
sumably, since the sand was carefully 
sifted, would hold about 5 quarts. The 
lower part is semiglobular, slightly flat- 
tened at the base. The upper part of 
the body is hexagonal. The neck ex- 
pands slightly. The decoration consists 
of six semicircles over curious incised 
designs varying but slightly one from 
another, in fields of punctate markings. 
Impressions of points fill the spaces be- 
tween the junction of the ends of the 
semicircles and the neck (Fig. 51). 

Vessel No. 11.—A jar of graceful 
outline, unfortunately much broken at 


Fic. 44.—Vessel No. 4. Mound near Fanning’s Bayou. the base, bearing the check stamp deco- 
Half size. s ; i 
Sor cane: ration (Fig. 52). Present height, 14.5 


inches; maximum diameter, 7.5 inches. 
Vessel No. 12.—A bowl with quadrilateral rim bearing incised and punctate 


decoration as shown in Fig. 53. 


OSs 
ES 
5S 
aS, 
= SS 
SITS 0% 
S. 
5 
2 
° 
° 
. 


3 
o3oL9, 
ISD 
=S 
S 
2, 
¥' 
S 
= 
oS 
v 
0! 
pes © 
~ 
SASS 


Fic, 45.—Vessel No. 4. Decoration. Mound near Fanning’s Bayou. (One-third size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAIN 


Fic. 46.—Vessel No. 5. Mound near Fanning’s Bayou. Fia. 47.—Vessel No. 6. Mound near Fanning’s Bayou. 
(Halfsize) - ‘Half size.) 


Fra. 48.—Vessel No. 7. Mound near Fanning’s Bayou. (About three-fourths size.) 


158 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Fic. 49.—Vessel No. 8. Mound near Fanning’s Bayou. (Full size.) 


2 ~ 
g os 
o ~ 
EE, Saute 


— PR 
Be SSeS OO OSE SOC SS HS SSO 


Fra. 50.—Vessel No. 8. Decoration. Mound near Fanning’s Bayou. (Half size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 159 


Fig. 51.—Vessel No. 10. Mound near Fanning’s Bayou. (Half size.) 


Fic. 52.—Vessel No. 11. Mound near Fanning’s Bayou. 
(One-third size.) 


TG. 53.—Vessel No, 12. Mound near Fanning’s Bayou. (Half size.) 


Mounb NEAR THE HEAD or Nortu Bay, Wasuineton County. 


This mound, seemingly intact, was in pine woods about one-half mile in a 
WSW. direction from the home of Mr, W. M. Brooks, the owner, on the shore near 
the head of North bay. 

The mound, about 2 feet in height and 38 feet across the base, was entirely dug 
through by us. 

Human remains were met with in sixteen places and consisted of single skulls, 
skulls with long-bones, ete. No artifacts lay with the burials. 

Unassociatcd, was an arrowpoint or knife, of red chert and, near the surface, 
lay a cube of lead sulphide about 2.5 inches in each of its dimensions. 


160 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 1 was met with at the extreme verge of the NW. side of the mound. 
The body is rounded, the rim flares slightly. The ware is most inferior. This ves- 
sel, which has four feet and faint traces of decoration, is without the basal perforation. 

In the margin of the eastern part of the mound were numbers of sherds, several 
of good ware, many bearing the small check stamp. Among these, several feet 
apart, were portions of a dish of excellent ware, undecorated. In common with all 
the vessels in this mound, except the one first described, it had the basal perforation. 

Vessel No. 8.—Triangular, with rounded corners, with slight traces of punctate 
and incised decoration. A handle fastened by pressure on the clay before baking is 
missing and was not present with the vessel. Length,4.5 inches; height, 2 inches. 

Ten other vessels were in the same deposit, all within a few feet of each other. 
Some were broken; all were of ordinary form, without decoration or with a rude 
check stamp, or, in one case, with rough incised lines. 

There was no central deposit in this mound, but considerably farther in than 
the vessels just noted were two others, or parts of them, in fragments. Their 
decoration, seemingly, was conferred by basket work. 


Mounp NEAR ANDERSON’S Bayou, WASHINGTON CouNTY. 


Anderson’s bayou joins the E. side of North bay about 5 miles up. The mound, 
on property belonging to Mr. A. J. Gay, whose home is not far distant, is in thick 
hammock about 50 yards from the eastern side of the bayou and about one-quarter 
of a mile up. The height of the mound was 2 feet 4 inches; its basal diameter, 55 
feet. The mound, into which three comparatively small holes had been dug prior 
to our visit, was completely leveled by us. It proved to be of yellow sand, except 
in the neighborhood of earthenware, where the sand had the customary darkened 
appearance. 

Presumably, human remains to a certain extent had disappeared through decay 
as burials were found in four places only. These consisted of three skulls, together ; 
certain small pieces of a skull; a skull with a few pieces of long-bone; and several 
fragments of long-bones without a skull. There were also in the mound a few bits 
of calcined bone, but none of a size large enough to determine whether they were 
human or otherwise. 

There were present in the mound, unassociated with human remains, though 
bones may have decayed in their immediate vicinity : a bead of red argillite, nearly 
cylindrical, .85 of an inch in length and .55 of an inch in maximum diameter; two 
small fragments of sheet copper, near the surface ; a sheet of mica; four bits of rock 
together. In association were bits of rock, pebble-hammers, smoothing stones, 
broken hones, four bits of Fu/eur,; a pebble with a semicircular space worn in the 
side, and numerous pebbles. 

We have frequently found in the mounds round or cylindrical pebbles seem- 
ingly too small for use as pebble-hammers. These pebbles, often lying together as 
though at one time deposited within a receptacle, we believe to have been sling- 
stones. Cabeca de Vaca! says the Indians began “ to throw clubs at us and to sling 


‘ Chapter X, p. 87. Buckingham Smith’s translation. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 161 


stones.” In the original Spanish the words “ “var predras co hondas”’ are used, so 
there can be no doubt as to the meaning of the author. 
Two bits of pottery with small check stamp were in the body of the mound. 
In the margin of that part of the mound embraced between NE. and S. of E., 


Fic. 54.—Vessel of earthenware. Mound near Anderson’s Bayou. (About four-fifths size.) 


the usual deposit of pottery, made for the dead in common, began and continued in, 
at intervals, to the center of the mound. The vessels, which lay along the base and 
were unassociated with burials, all had, as far as noted, the usual basal perforation. 
Many were badly crushed and the ware of nearly all was most inferior, With two 


21 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


162 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


exceptions, no incised decoration was present in the mound, all other vessels being 
undecorated, or bearing the complicated stamp. 


A feature in the mound was the 
presence of a number of bases of vessels 
lying unassociated, which showed that 
the knocking out of basal portions in ful- 
filment of the mortuary rite was some- 
times attended to at the mound and the 
bases scattered throughout the sand. 

A quadrilateral vessel, with sides 
tapering somewhat to the base, which is 
flat, has a decoration similar on each side, 
shown in Fig, 54. Height, 9 inches; 
maximum diameter, 7 inches. 

With the vessel just described, 


which came almost exactly from the. 


center of the mound, was another with 
decoration of broad, incised lines, shown 
in Fig. 59. 

Three sherds with complicated 
stamps are shown in Figs. 56, 57, 58; 
also a vessel with the same type of deco- 
ration, which we believe came from this 
mound, though the label formerly upon 
it has disappeared (Fig. 59). 


Fic. 56.—Sherd. Mound near Anderson’s Bayou. 
(Four-fifths size.) 


Fia. 55.—Vessel of earthenware. Mound near Anderson’s 
Bayou. (Half size.) 


Fig. 57.—Sherd. Mound near Anderson’s Bayou. 
(Four-fifths size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 163 


Fic. 58.—Sherd. Mound near Anderson’s Bayon. 
(Four-fifths size.) 


Fic. 59.—Vessel of earthenware. Mound near Anderson’s Bayou. (Six-sevenths size.) 


Mound nEAR Larce Bayou, WASHINGTON CouNTY. 

Large bayou unites with North bay about 3 miles up, on the E, side of the bay. 
The mound, on property of Mr. A. J. Gay, owner of the Anderson’s bayou mound, is 
in an old field about one-half mile in a southerly direction from the head of the 
bayou. 

This mound, about four feet high and fifty feet across the base at the present 
time, has been dug into for years and objects of interest are reported to have been 
taken from it. Much of the remainder was dug down by us. 

Ten bunched burials were met with, one having two skulls. 

On the base, below human remains, well in on the western slope of the mound, 
was a quadrilateral vessel with incised decoration similar on each side. Maximum 
diameter, 5.4 inches; height, 3.5 inches. 

Near a burial was a considerable number of sherds, probably a vessel crushed 
to fragments. 

Also with a burial was an undecorated toy pot, haying a perforation of the base, 
as had all vessels found by us in this mound. 


164 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Well in on the western side, on the base, together, both badly crushed, were a 
pot with a complicated stamp decoration and an undecorated bowl, also mica. No 
bones were present with these, but presumably a burial had disappeared through 
decay. 

At the very verge of the eastern part of the mound, with no bones associated, 
were a number of vessels extending in and over toward the NE. These vessels, 
pots and bowls, were undecorated or bore the small check stamp. Many were badly 
crushed. It is impossible to say how far into the mound this deposit may have 
extended, owing to the great amount of previous digging. 

There were also in the mound portions of two compartment vessels ; ; a pebble- 
hammer and a smoothing stone. 


Hotitey Mounp, WaAsHIneton County. 


This mound, about two miles in a westerly direction from Bear Point, in an 
old field, the property of Mr. John C. Holley, who lives on the place, is about 100 
yards from the water. According to Mr. Holley the mound had sustained no pre- 
vious digging, with the exception of two small holes dug by members of his family, 
which yielded ome except a few bones in fragments. 

This mound, 2.5 feet high and 50 feet across the base, was totally dug down 
by us. 

Seven burials were met with, the first 11 feet in from the NE. margin of the 
mound, on the base as were all with one exception. The remaining burials con- 
tinued in at intervals until the center of the mound was reached. 

Burial No. 1.—Part of a pelvis covered by a Fulour perversum having the 
mortuary perforation. Presumably other bones of the deposit, not thus protected, 
had disappeared. - 

Burial No. 2.—Small decaying fragments of a femur and of a tibia, side by 
side. 

Burial No. 5.—In a shallow grave below the base of the mound were fragments 
of a skull and bits of two femurs. 

Burial No. 4.—A small fragment of decaying bone. 

Burial No. 5.—Bits of two femurs and of one tibia. 

Burial No. 6.—The remains of a skull. 

Burial No. 7.—Decaying fragments of a cranium. 

We believe that other burials had disappeared from the mound through decay, 
but think such were from the neighborhood of those we have described, as no dis- 
colored earth or sign of interment of any sort was found in other portions of the 
mound. 

Exactly in the same line with the burials, but beginning at the margin, in 
blackened sand, were many sherds, and fourteen vessels, three or four together at 


times, some whole, some crushed to pieces. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 165 


Vessel No. 1.—An imperforate bowl of about 1 quart capacity, of inferior yel- 
low ware, having an almost uniform incised and punctate decoration around the 
upper part (Fig. 60). This vessel, unlike 
all others in the mound, had no basal 
perforation. 

Vessel No. 2.—A compartment ves- 
sel with four divisions on one plane and 
a fifth in the center, somewhat above the 
rest (Fig. 61). The central compartment 
has a basal perforation which does not 
show in the _ halftone. Length, 8.7 
inches; width, 7.1 inches; height, 2.3 
inches. 

Vessel No. 5.—A pot of about 1 
quart capacity, undecorated, almost cyl- 

eee cee uae Holes maonnd: (Halt size) Sindrical, ;expandiney sliohtly- toward the 
base which is flat. 


Fic. 61.—Vessel No. 2. Holley mound. (About three-fourths size.) 


166 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Fra. 62.—Vessel No. 8. Holley mound. (Half size.) 


Fra. 63.—Vessel No. 8. Decoration. Holley mound. (Half size.) 


Fic. 65.—Sherd. Holley mound. (Three-fourths size.) 


Fia. 64.—Vessel No. 12. Holley mound. (Half size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 167 


Vessel No. 4.—Globular, about 3 quarts capacity, thickening at the rim. The 
decoration is a faint complicated stamp. 

Vessel No. 8.—Quadrilateral, of 
yellow ware, broken into many frag- 
ments when found. The rim, which 
turns inward nearly at right angles, has 
incised decoration. There are incised 
and punctate designs on three sides, 
that on the fourth having been worn 
away. The bowl with the decoration 
on one side is shown in Fig. 62, while 
the designs on two other sides are 
given diagrammatically in Fig. 63. 

Vessel No. 12.—A vase made to 
hold about 3 quarts, with hemispheri- 
cal body and neck at first constricted, 
then flarmg, around which is a com- 
plicated stamp decoration (Fig. 64). 
With this vessel were sheets of mica. 

The complicated stamp designs on 


Fic. 66.—Sherd. Holley mound. (Half size.) two sherds are shown In Figs. 69, 66. 


SoweLtt Mounp, WasuineTon County. 

This mound, on property of Mr. Jesse Sowell of West Bay P. O., Florida, is in 
scrub about 1 mile in a westerly direction from Bear Point. Previous to our visit 
a trench 12 feet across had been dug from the northern margin of the mound almost 
to the center. The height of the mound was 4.5 feet; the basal diameter, 50 feet. 
A great depression whence the sand for the mound had been taken was at its 
southern margin. All parts of the mound, not before dug, were carefully gone 
through by us, beginning at the extreme outer limit. 

On the extreme eastern margin burials were encountered consisting of flexed 
skeletons, bunched burials, scattered bones and masses of bones, one of these masses 
having no less than six skulls. These burials extended without intermission until 
the center of the mound was reached. 

At first the attempt was made to keep count of the burials, but the difficulty 
to determine where one ended and another began forced us to limit ourselves to a 
tally of skulls only, and of these there were one hundred and twenty-one. 

All burials but three were confined to the eastern part of the mound between 
the margin and the center, and were, to a certain extent, superficial, lying between 
a few inches and 2 feet from the surface. Three burials came from the western 
part of the mound, one 19 feet from the margin, the other two a few feet farther in. 
Two of these burials were on the base. One was about 2.5 feet from the surface. 

The bones in this mound were in a far better state of preservation than are 


168 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


those usually found by us, and, in consequence, a number of crania, now belonging 
to the Academy of Natural Sciences, were saved. 

Many of these skulls showed great antero-posterior flattening as by compression 
from boards, while some gave evidence of early constriction by a band, a concave 
depression being evident. A selected skull from this mound is shown in Fig. 67. 
Captain Bernard Romans, who was familiar with this part of Florida, writing in the 


Fic. 67.—Skull showing artificial flattening. Sowell mound. (Two-thirds size.) 


latter part of the XVIII century, tells' us that in his time the Choctaws bound bags 
of sand to the heads of male children. In this mound, however, all skulls which 
were in a condition to allow determination, showed flattening. 

All skeletons but one which lay on the back with the legs drawn up under 
the thighs, were closely flexed, some lying on the right side, some on the left. 
With certain burials were a small number of oyster shells. 


1 “Concise Natural History of East and West Florida,” 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 169 


With the skeleton of a child were many small shells (AZargznella apicina), 
perforated for use as beads. 

A pendant of igneous rock was found unassociated with human remains and a 
smoking pipe of steatite lay in sand thrown out by previous diggers. 

Beginning with the burials and continuing with them until the end, were great 
numbers of sherds, parts of vessels and vessels unbroken or crushed but with full 
complement of parts. This deposit of earthenware, which included 53 vessels entire 
or, When broken, with all but small parts present, began at the margin with great 
numbers of sherds, undecorated or having the check stamp as a rule. Next came 
a few scattered vessels and, shortly after, the first burials were found. Thence on, 
earthenware and burials continued more or less closely associated, a burial at times 
being almost in direct contact with two or three vessels. 

All earthenware in this mound, as far as noted, had the usual base-perforation, 
as did a shell drinking cup associated with the pottery, and lay in sand blackened 
with organic matter. 

Though much of the ware in this mound was broken, perhaps through close 
contact, vessels sometimes being one within another, and once even a vessel, con- 
tained in another, itself held a third, yet a considerable amount was recovered 
intact, or nearly so. Unfortunately, the decoration, mainly incised and punctate, 
only four vessels having the complicated stamp, does not average as high from an 
artistic point of view as does that from certain other mounds in this district. 

We shall now describe the more notable vessels 
from this mound. 

Vessel No. 1.—Almost an inverted truncated 
cone in shape with punctate decoration shown in 
Fig. 68. There are holes on opposite sides for sus- 
pension. Height, 5.1 inches; maximum diameter, 
2 inches. 

Vessel No. 3.—Of ordinary form with two encir- 
cling bands, the upper formed of three rows of up- 
right linear impressions; the other, a little less than 
1 inch below, of two rows of larger impressions of 
the same style. 

Vessel No. 5.—A_ pot of about 1 pint capacity, 
covered with rows of small circular impressions. 
probably made with the end of a reed. 

Vessel No. 14.—Oblate spheroid with incised and 
punctate decoration as shown in Fig. 69. Height, 

See RL Tea oe oe OES maximum diameter, 10.5 inches. 
Vessel No. 18.—Ovoid, has for decoration three 
encircling rows of punctate linear impressions. In addition to the basal perfora- 
tion, two others have been made on the side. 


1 All shells referred to in this report have been determined by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry, of the 
Academy of Natural Sciences. 


22 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


170 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Fic. 69.—Vessel No. 14. Sowell mound. (Two-thirds size.) 


Vessel No. 19.—A Jar of about 1 quart capacity, undecorated but of somewhat 
unusual form. Part of the neck is missing. There are two perforations, which may 
have been for suspension. 

Vessel No. 25.—An undecorated vessel holding about 
1 pint, in shape resembling two much-flattened spheres, one 
upon the other. There have been two perforations for sus- 
pension, one of which is now included in a broken portion. 

Vessel No. 25.—A pot of inferior ware of about 6 


Fic. 70.--Vessel No. 25. Sowell mound. 
(One-quarter size.) Fig. 71.—Vessel No. 28. Decoration. Sowell mound. (One-third size.) 


quarts capacity, having around the upper part of the body a series of roughly 
incised designs, all similar, consisting of diagonal parallel lines between parallel 
upright ones (Fig. 70). 

Vessel No. 28.—A pot of about 1 quart capacity, with rude decoration shown 
diagrammatically in Fig. 71. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 171 


Vessel No. 29. 


A pot rather rudely decorated with incised horizontal and 


diagonal lines, which enclose similar designs on two opposite sides of the vessel 
oO _= i 


Fic. 72.--Vessel No. 29. Sowell mound. (Half size.) 


(Fig. 72). 

Vessel No. 31.—A_ three-lobed vessel 
holding about 1 quart, with three rudimen- 
tary bird-heads on the rim at the junction 
of the lobes (Fig. 63). The decoration, incised, 
extending over the sides and bottom of the 
vessel, is shown diagrammatically in Fig. 74. 

Vessel No, 32.—Has for decoration a ser- 
ies of parallel diagonal lines at angles to each 
other, rudely executed. 

Vessel No. 35.—Of about 2 quarts capa- 
city, had a piece missing, the result of aborigi- 
nal breakage, as a perforation for repair is 
near the margin of the fracture. The miss- 
ing portion has since been restored by us (Fig. 
75). The incised design is repeated around 
the vessel. 


Fic. 73.--Vessel No. 31. Sowell mound. (Full size.) 


172 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 36.—Of about one-half pint capacity, tapering sharply to the base 
and somewhat toward the aperture. There is a faint decoration of incised curved 
lines (Fig. 76). 


Fra. 74.--Vessel No. 31. Decoration. Sowell mound. (One-third size.) 
Vessel No. 41.—A small triangular bowl, undecorated and of inferior ware. 
Vessel No. 45.—A vessel of oval section longitudinally, of about 3 pints capac- 
ity, covered with crimson pigment inside and out, having at one end a fantastic 


representation of the head of a bird and, at the other, the conventional tail 


(Fig. 77). 


Eas 


Fic. 75.—Vessel No. 33. Sowell mound. (Seven-eighths-size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 173 


Fic. 77.—Vessel No. 43. Sowell mound. (Half size.) 


Fic. 76.--Vessel No. 36. Sowell mound. (Full size.) 


Fic. 78.--Vessel No. 46. Sowell mound. (Half size.) Fig. 79.--Sherd. Sowell mound. (Four-fifths size.) 


174 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 44.—An undecorated vessel of inferior ware, holding about 1 pint, 
with globular body and upright quadrilateral neck. 

Vessel No. 46.—Rather heart-shaped in outline of body, with neck slightly 
expanding and surrounded by incised parallel lines. From the rim extend four 
equidistant horizontal projections. The ware is inferior (Fig. 78). Height, 7 
inches; diameter of body, 6.6 inches. 

Vessel No. 49.—A flattened sphere with upright rim, with decoration much 
similar to that on Vessel No. 14 from this mound. 

A sherd with complicated stamp decoration is shown in Fig. 79. 

In the pottery deposit were several parts of a vessel of better quality of ware 
and more artistic decoration than characterized any other earthenware from this 
mound. On one fragment is the head of a duck, not projecting from the rim but 
in relief on the side. . 


Mounpbs NEAR BeAr Pornt, WASHINGTON CouNTY. 

In thick hammock, about 100 yards from the water and one-quarter of a mile 
from Bear Point, approximately, on property of Lieutenant-Commander Francis H. 
Sheppard, U.S. N., retired, of St. Andrews, Fla., was a mound which had under- 
gone but little digging previous to our visit. Its basal diameter N. and S. was 60 
feet and 50 feet E. and W. Its position on a slope made its height somewhat 
deceptive. On one side the altitude was but 20 inches. On the opposite side, the 
east, its height was about 4 feet. It was completely dug down by us. 

The first burial was found in the NE. part of the mound, 7 feet in from the 
margin. Other burials were met with in the same direction, continuing in or a little 
to the eastward or to the NNE. Near the center one burial to the N. was noted. 
One lay in the center. These burials, twelve in all, had occasionally a few oyster 
shells in the sand above them. Three skeletons were closely flexed on the right 
side and one on the left. One skeleton occupied a squatting position. There were 
three bunched burials and scattered bones were found in three places. A few decay- 
ing fragments were all that remained of one burial. 

All bones were badly decayed. No skulls were saved, though fragments were 
met with sufficiently large to show that cranial compression had been practised. 

A “celt” of volcanic rock lay with a burial. Another, about 4 feet distant 
from human remains, also of volcanic rock, 9 inches long and two inches across the 
cutting edge, tapered gracefully to a blunt poimt .5 inch in diameter at the 
other end. 

A ball of lead sulphide was found unassociated. 

A number of sherds, undecorated, with the check stamp or with the compli- 
cated stamp, were in the NE. margin of the mound and continued into the mound, 
lying here and there. Near the center of the mound was an undecorated vessel in 
fragments and at the center was a small undecorated vessel, resembling the longi- 
tudinal section of a gourd. Part of the handle, which was solid, is missing. There 
is a basal perforation. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 175 


Near this mound, to the westward, is a considerable shell deposit composed of 
irregular ridges having a maximum height of 7 feet. There is also a circular 
enclosure of shell. These deposits are said to be the largest of the kind until the 
great shell-heaps begin a few miles to the north of Cedar Keys, and this was con- 
firmed by our observations later. 


Still farther westward are three flat mounds, which careful digging indicated 
to belong to the domiciliary class. 


CEMETERY AT St. ANDREWS, WASHINGTON CouNTY. 


For a considerable time citizens of St. Andrews and visitors to that town have 
admired a collection of aboriginal earthenware in the possession of Mr. Isaac God- 
ard, living at that place. Mr. Godard informed us that while digging in an enclos- 
ure adjoining his home, he had come upon vessels of earthenware and, with the aid 
of a rod, he had located and secured about twenty of them. 


Fic. 80.--Vessel of earthenware. Cemetery at St. Andrews. (About two-thirds size.) 


According to Mr, Godard, certain smaller ones among these vessels lay with 
burials, while others, bowls, were over skulls. In two cases human remains lay in 
bowls each covered by an inverted vessel. 

With Mr. Godard’s permission, the field, a small one, surrounded by an irregu- 
lar, circular shell ridge, 2 feet to 4 feet high and about 170 feet in diameter, was 
carefully sounded by us. Mr. Godard’s search, however, had been a thorough one 
and only a single vessel rewarded our investigation. This one, a bowl, lay base 


176 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


uppermost about 3 feet from the surface. No bones were found beneath it, but it 
is our confident belief that infant remains, placed there originally, had disappeared 
through decay. 

The bowl, of a type very familiar to us during our investigations of the preced- 
ing year, is dark in color with incised decoration representing, probably, a highly 
conventionalized animal head with a circle presumably intended for an eye. This 
design occurs six times. In addition, there are two pairs of curved figures, possibly 
representing legs, while two sets of animal jaws and teeth, in combination, appear 
but once (Fig. 80). This last is a new feature to us, though single sets of jaws on 
bowls in the district to the westward are common enough. Maximum diameter, 11 
inches; height, 5.5 inches. 

This discovery of a cemetery is of some interest, establishing, as it does, the 
existence of urn-burials at a point farther to the eastward than had been noted 
before. 


Mounp at St. ANDREWS, WASHINGTON CouNTY. 


This mound, in the western limits of the town, on property of Mr. J. A. Moates, 
living nearby, literally has been dug to pieces. After a short trial, investigation 
was abandoned by us. The mound seems to have been elliptical in outline origin- 
ally, about 110 feet along the base NE. and SW. and 58 feet NW. and SE. The 
height, probably, was about 7 feet. 


Mounp NEAR Davis Point, CALHOUN CouNTY. 


This mound, much dug into before our visit, lay in hammock land on property 
of Mr. Hawk Massaliner, colored, who lives on the place. Its height was about 2 
feet 9 inches; the basal diameter, 45 feet. It was completely dug down by us.. 

On the extreme eastern margin were burials and numbers of parts of different 
vessels, mostly undecorated, some bearing the check-stamp. The burials and 
earthenware continued in to the center of the mound, the area of deposit broadening 
somewhat to the SE. 

As the digging continued burials became more numerous for a while, and 
several were found included between the limits NE. and W. by 8., though the 
deposit of earthenware which farther in included whole vessels and broken vessels 
of which all parts were present, and many sherds, was not present with burials in 
that part of the mound. 

One small vessel, however, lay SW. of the center. 

The mound was largely composed of sand blackened by admixture of organic 
matter, thus excavations made and filled previous to our visit were hard to locate, 
the sand being of the same color, therefore data, burial by burial, were not collected. 
The closely flexed form, the bunch, scattered bones and masses of bones were found 
in abundance. No skulls were recovered entire, but large fragments showed flatten- 
ing of the frontal and occipital portions. 

One burial, a bunch, lying under oyster-shells, as was often the case with inter- 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 177 


ments in this mound, had a left femur which had sustained fracture at an early 
period and had united with little inconvenience to the subject, an occurrence some- 
what out of the usual run in aboriginal times, judging from other fractures found by 
us in mounds. This femur was sent to the United States Army Medical Museum, 
Washington, D. C. 

With one or two burials in the mound were parts of human bones, some dis- 
colored by fire, some charred and one or two calcined, but this evidence of the use 
of fire in no case extended to the entire burial, nor even to a considerable part of it, 
making it evident that cremation had not been practised, but rather the use of fire, 
ceremonially, which had occasionally burned a small portion of the bones. 

Of artifacts in the mound there were, exclusive of earthenware, a mass of rock 
about twice the size of a closed hand, having on one side a pit 2.5 inches in depth 
and about 1.5 inches in diameter, and on the other side three small pits and a con- 
cave area produced by wear; a mass of lead sulphide, pitted on one side, evidently 
by use as a hammer; two graceful celts, one found with a burial, the other in caved 
sand; thirty-seven pointed columelle of large marine univalves, found with a 
burial. 

There were also in caved sand a small fragment of sheet copper badly carbon- 
ated, and a piece of sheet copper about 7 inches square, broken on three sides, 
which had formed part of a square or oblong ornament with a central perforation 
surrounded by punctate markings. The margin of the sheet had been carefully 
turned over and hammered down. On the metal were traces of a vegetable fabric 
in which the bones, which the copper accompanied, had been wrapped. 

The copper, analyzed by Prof. Harry F. Keller, Ph.D., contained small quanti- 
ties of iron and a faint trace of silver. Lead, arsenic, antimony, bismuth, nickel, 
etc., were entirely absent. This copper, then, is native copper, of a purity above 
that of any copper made from the sulphide ores found in Europe, especially in 
former times. 

Incidentally we may say it is now eight years since we made public in the 
second part of our ‘Certain Sand Mounds of the St. Johns River, Florida,” results 
of many careful analyses of native copper and of copper from the mounds, and 
showed chemically that most of the copper of the mounds could not have been pro- 
duced in Europe, but was native copper, hammered out from nuggets or masses by 
the aborigines. These conclusions were accepted, we believe, by all who do not 
prefer an unsupported opinion to weight of evidence. At all events, no effort has 
been made, based on analyses, to controvert our deductions. 

The Davis Point mound was filled with roots of the palmetto, doubly destruc- 
tive to earthenware in that, while tearing it apart themselves, they compel from the 
investigator heavy blows of axe and spade, fatal to neighboring earthenware. This 
fact and the aboriginal custom to break vessels and scatter their parts throughout 
the mound, which markedly had prevailed in this mound, made it so that but three 
vessels were taken out unbroken, even as to parts unaffected by basal perforation. 
This is especially to be regretted as the ware of this mound, if we exclude the check- 


23 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


178 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


stamp on certain coarse sherds, was of the incised and punctate variety which 
demands more originality and artistic ability than does the complicated stamp so 
prevalent in the mounds of this district. 

Vessel No. 1.—This vessel, of excellent yellow ware, shown in Fig. 81, lay 
with a mass of bones. On the upper portion punctate markings constitute a field 
on which two rattlesnakes with highly conventionalized heads appear in relief. 
In this connection it is interesting to compare the rattlesnake decoration on the 
two vessels from the Hall mound, described and figured later, where heads much 


Fie. 81.—Vessel No. 1. Mound near Davis Point. (About six-sevenths size.) 


less conventionalized are given. Between the rattlesnakes, on either side, is an 
incised figure somewhat resembling a flying bird, shown in diagram (Fig. $2). The 
wings, if such they are, of one point downward ; one wing of the other is raised. On 
examining the vessel, however, one can see the outline, faintly incised, of a lowered 
wing, which could not be completed owing to lack of space and, therefore, a raised 
wing was substituted. Beneath one rattlesnake is a rude cross shown in the half- 
tone. There are handles projecting obliquely from the rim, connecting with the 
heads of the snakes. Maximum diameter, 7 inches; height, 5.5 inches. 
Vessel No. 4.—A small cup shown in Fig, 83. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 179 


Vessel No. 7.—A rude life-form of about 1 quart capacity (Fig. 84). 

Vessel No. 8.—A vessel of about 1 quart capacity with rounded body and neck 
first constricted, then flaring. The decoration consists of incised perpendicular lines, 
probably intended to be parallel (Fig. 85). 


Fra. 82.—Vessel No.1. Decoration. Mound near Davis 
Point. (Half size.) 


. (ies / 
Vessel No. 11.—Part of a vessel with oa j 
a Ufa 


interesting incised decoration shown in 


y oT re 

TDL eae 

ae 
“a 


Fig. 86. a ee pee 
Vessel No. 12.—A jar of excellent main Titeeeeser itty) HL 
red ware with a body of heart-shaped sec- A ru Mutt a Hi 
tion and a neck first constricted, then ex- RC AS i Be 
panding. There are two similar groups SS iF 
of incised decoration on the neck. <A part ENG ole NERS ING. SH ee 


of the rim has been restored (Fig. 87). 
Height, 8.5 inches; maximum diameter, 6.2 inches. 

Vessel No. 14.—The lower half of a small effigy-vessel (Fig. 88), which has 
represented a human figure wearing a breach-clout adorned with ornaments on the 


Fic. 84.—Vessel No.7. Mound near Davis Point. Fic. 85.—Vessel No. 8. Mound near Davis 
(Half size.) Point. (Half size.) 
side and back. Careful, but unsuccessful, search was made for the missing portion 
of the figure. 
Vessel No. 17.—This vessel, globular in shape, with oval aperture (Fig. 89) has 
a capacity of about one quart. The decoration, incised, representing wings and tail, 


180 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Fic. 


= 
a 


ii 


\\\ 


— 


Ran 
\\N 


Mound near Davis Point. 


.—Vessel No. 14, 
(Two-thirds size.) 


(Half size.) 


Mound near Dayis Point. 


Fic. 87.— Vessel No. 12. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 181 


includes a design on the breast (Diagram, Fig. 90). The head of a bird projects 
from one side. 

Vessel No. 18.—A Jar with faint check-stamp ornamentation (Fig. 91). Height, 
11 inches; maximum diameter, 4.8 inches. 

Vessel No. 19.—This vessel, of unusual shape, found crushed to bits and with 
portions missing, has been cemented together with restoration. The decoration is 
coarsely done (Fig. 92). 


Fic. 89.—Vessel No. 17. Mound near Davis Point. (About full size.) 


Vessel No. 20.—A bowl of about 2 quarts capacity, found broken into many 
pieces, some of which were not present with the rest. The decoration, which is on 
the upper part, consists of a zigzag and a meander, in places, running through a 
field alternately cross-hatch and punctate. 

In Fig. 93 is shown a bird-head handle which, when found, contained nine flat 
bits of earthenware constituting a rattle within the head. Rattling vessels of this 
sort are rare along the northwest Florida coast, one having been found by us last 
year and three during the present season. 

In Fig. 94 is shown a sherd of most excellent ware with bird-head handle and 
incised representation of a wing. 


ED ..} 


ay 


Fic. 90.—Vessel No. 17. Decoration. Mound near Davis Point. (Half size.) 


Fig. 91.—Vessel No. 18. Mound near 
Davis Point. (One-fifth size.) 


Fic. 92.—Vessel No. 19. Mound near Davis Point. (Full size.) 


Fic. 93.—Handle of vessel. Mound near 
Davis Point. (Three-fourths size.) 


Fira. 94.—Sherd. Mound near Dayis Point. (Half size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST.. 183 


Mounp NEAR PEARL Bayou, CaLnoun County. 

Pearl bayou joins East bay, a part of St. Andrew’s bay, on the south side about 
5 miles from the entrance to East bay. The mound, as to whose ownership we are 
in ignorance, is within sight of the water in a field formerly cultivated, but now 

overgrown, about | mile in an easterly direction from Pearl bayou. 
The mound formed no exception to those of this district, having been dug into 
in many places. It was 40 feet across the base and about 3.5 feet in height. It 
was completely dug 
Steck ean icend through by us with 
tee the exception of a 
part of the western 
portion, where dig- 
ging was discontinued 


os: Ope, 
ae after a large percent- 


age had been gone 

Fia. fra eee, Mound near through without find- 
ing burial or artifact. 

Burials and numerous sherds were encountered 

in the eastern margin. The burials which, later, 
extended in a scattering way to the SE. and one 
even so far as N., continued to be met with in great 
numbers in the eastern part of the mound until the 
center was reached, after which none was found. 
The marginal burials were closely flexed on the 
right side or on the left, but later such a mass of 
bones was present that the form of burial was hard 


to determine. Presumably, the burials were of the 
flexed variety, overlapping and underlying each 
other in greatest confusion. No skull was saved, 
though some were sufficiently entire to allow deter- 
mination as to cranial compression. This compres- 
sion, plainly distinguishable in some, was much less 
so in others, while certain ones showed no trace of it. 

In the outer portion of the mound, especially, 
though their presence was noted among the burials 
farther in, were many small shallow graves into 


which the burials had been forced. A number of Fre. 96.—Lancehead of chert. Mound near 
Pearl Bayou. (Full size.) 


interments were covered with oyster-shells. Under 
a mass of burials with which were numbers of shell drinking cups, some perforated 
as to the base and some not, was a grave containing a single skeleton, running below 
the base, filled with oyster-shells (Fig. 95). 

A feature in this mound was the number of shell drinking cups present, num- 
bers being found together at times. 


184 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Usually closely associated with burials were eight celts, gracefully shaped as a 
rule and tapering to a blunt point opposite the cutting edge, the longest having a 
leneth of 10.2 inches. One had an edge so blunt, though smooth and rounded, that 
it would seem to have been made for a purpose other than to cut. 

There were also in the mound: a barbed arrowhead of chert, found with a 
burial; mica in several places; a large hammer-stone. 

In caved sand was a beautifully wrought barbed lance-head of chert, 5.6 inches 
in length and .25 of an inch in maximum thickness (Fig. 96). 

After the marginal sherds, a few feet farther in, associated with a great mass 
of bones, continuing to the center of the mound from the eastern part, at times 
extending to the NE. on one side, to ESE. on the other, were numbers of vessels 
and parts of vessels and deposits of sherds mixed together. Many of the fragments, 


Fie. 97.—Sherd. Mound near Pearl Bayou. Fic. 98.—Sherd. Mound near Pearl Bayou. 
(Four-fifths size.) (One-third size.) 
no doubt, belonged to vessels intentionally broken and scattered through the mound 
by the aborigines at its building. 

Thirty-three vessels were noted by us as found entire or having nearly a full 
complement of fragments. As a rule the ware was inferior and little care seemed 
to have been taken with the decoration. The check-stamp was present on a few 
vessels and on many sherds. The complicated stamp was sparingly represented. 
Two specimens are shown in Figs. 97, 98. 

We shall now take in detail the most noteworthy vessels, all of which but three 
had the basal perforation. 

Vessel No. 2.—A pot with a small check-stamp as decoration. The ware is 
extraordinarily thick and heavy. 


185 


Fic. 99.—Vessel No. 10. Mound near Pearl Bayou. (Full size.) 


24 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


= 
(oa) 
P) 


Vessel No. 6.—A small cup or bowl with four rudimentary feet. A line of 
punctate markings surrounds the rim. On opposite sides are perforations for sus- 


pension. 
Vessel No. 10.—A most artistically shaped vessel of superior ware, of about 2 


Fra. 101.—Vessel No. 13. Mound near Pearl Bayou. (Half size.) 


quarts capacity. The body is almost trilobate, 
the upright neck is nearly circular with undu- 
USF PSST a ELL a aL Oe latmg margin. The base is flat. The decora- 

Pearl Bayou. (Half size.) tion, carefully done, consists of a series of incised 
lines (Fig. 99). 

Vessel No. 11.—A cup almost cylindrical, flaring slightly. At four equidistant 
points on the rim have been small protuberances, probably rudimentary bird-heads, 
of which three yet remain. The decoration, which is uniform all around, consists 
of various designs made of combinations of the symbol of the bird (Fig. 100). 

Vessel No. 13.—A bowl without 
basal perforation, an elongated oval in 
longitudinal section. A line of punc- 
tate impressions is below the margin, 


Fic. 102.—Vessel No. 15. Decoration. Mound near Fic. 103.—Vessel No. 23. Mound near Pear] Bayou. 
Pearl Bayou. (One-third size.) (Half size.) 


also a rather rude incised decoration on either side and the length of the base. 


There is but one hole for suspension (Fig. 101). 
Vessel No. 15.—Is of about 2 quarts capacity and semi-globular as to the lower 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 187 


part. The upper portion, on which is incised decoration, shown in diagram in Fie. 
102, turns inward. 

Vessel No. 25.—Roughly heart-shaped with flattened base (Fig. 103). The 
aperture is elliptical. Two and one-half inches apart, on the same side, are per- 
forations for suspension, a method of placing these holes new to us when this vessel 
was found, but met with by us a number of times afterward, along the coast. The 
decoration consists of crimson paint at either end of the vessel, on the outside. 


Fic. 104.—Vessel No. 28. Mound near Pearl Bayou. (Eight-ninths size.) 


Between, at first glance, seems to be an undecorated space, though, on closer inspec- 
tion, traces of pigment are apparent, and might indicate that a band had surrounded 
the vessel, friction against which had worn away the paint. 

Vessel No. 27.—A bowl of red ware found in many pieces. The decoration 
consists of two incised curved lines on one side and on the other, two designs roughly 
made composed of four concentric circular lines around a number of punctate 
markings. 


188 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 28.—A vessel found in fragments and since put together with slight 
restoration is a life-form representing a duck with head in relief, vepousse wings and 
tail on which is incised and 
punctate decoration including 
the symbol of the bird (Fig. 
104). 

Vessel No. 29.—A rudely 
made quadrilateral vessel with 
imperforate base and two holes 
for suspension beneath the rim 
on the same side. The deco- 
ration consists of circular punc- 
tate markings at each corner Fra. 106.-—Vessel No. 33. Mound near 

Pearl Bayou. (Half size.) 
of the almost square aperture 


and designs in relief on the four sides below the rim (Fig. 


Fic. 105.—Vessel No. 29. Mound r 
near Pearl Bayou. (Two- 105). 


shied sic) Vessel No. 33.—An undecorated quadrilateral vessel 
with flat base and a projection at each corner. There are perforations for suspen- 


sion on opposite sides (Fig. 106). 
One bowl, broken when found, held a pot in which was a still smaller one lying 
on its side. 


Mounps NEAR LAuGuTon’s Bayou, Wasnineton County. Mounp A. 

Laughton’s bayou unites with East bay on the north side about seven miles up. 
The mound was about one-half mile in a southerly direction from the head of the 
bayou, in a field, the property of Messrs. P. F. and C. T. Parker, of Parker P. O., 
Florida. 

The mound, which had sustained a considerable amount of previous digging, 
was, before its complete demolition by us, 5.5 feet in height and 45 feet across the 
base. 

In the same field were considerable shell deposits much spread by the plough, 
including a circular shell enclosure. 

As we had anticipated, sherds and large parts of vessels were encountered at 
the very margin of the eastern slope of the mound. The deposit continued in 4 or 
5 feet, accompanied here and there by complete vessels or some from which small 
parts only had been broken, and by a number of pots and bowls or considerable 
parts of them, very badly crushed. No other earthenware was met with in the 
mound. 

Of the nine vessels recovered in fair condition, three only call for description. 

Vessel No. 2.—A quadrilateral bottle with flat base and upright neck, around 
which is decoration in relief (Fig. 107). 

Vessel No. 3.—Has a globular body somewhat elongated toward the base, which 
is flat. The upper part is surrounded by a complicated stamp rudely impressed. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 189 


Vessel No. 6.—A small bowl of inferior ware decorated with a sort of meander 
made up of a number of almost parallel lines rudely incised. In this mound was no 
check-stamp decoration, though the complicated stamp, one example of which is 
shown in Fig. 108, was abundantly found. All vessels were of inferior ware and 
decoration, and all had the basal perforation. Near certain vessels lay sheets of 
mica. 


wes EP 


ZA fae \\ Screen 
ee 
Ui Vik» 7 Ze 
Win "Wrage 2a 
[\ UM iteaaza : 
i] 4 
|= 
||| =a 


Fic, 107.— Vessel No. 2. Mound A, Laughton’s Bayou. Fic. 108.—Sherd. Mound A, Laughton’s Bayou. 
(Full size.) ‘ (Three-fourths size.) 

No human remains were met with until within a few feet from the center when 
burials were encountered once to the N. and six times to the NE. and E., all badly 
decayed, at times traces alone remaining in the sand. Two skulls lay together; 
one lay alone. One skull had traces of bones in association. 


Mounbs NEAR LavucGuron’s Bayou, WAsHinaton County. Movwunp B. 

This mound, in hammock land, on the eastern side of the creek which enters 
the bayou at its head (mound A was on the W. side) was about one-half mile in a 
SW. direction from the head of the bayou, also on property of the Messrs. Parker. 
A trench about 5 feet broad had been carried in from the western margin to the 
center of the mound, previous to our visit. The mound, which was 7 feet high and 
43 feet in basal diameter, was entirely dug through by us with the exception of the 
former trench and a small part of the mound bordering it. 

The inevitable deposit of sherds and broken vessels was encountered at the 
extreme verge of the eastern slope, but in less numbers than was usually the case. 
The full complement of fragments of not over ten or twelve vessels were found, but 
none was recovered entire. These vessels, which were of inferior ware and decora- 


190 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


tion, continued on toward the center of the mound, never immediately with burials, 
but sometimes in their vicinity, perhaps two or three feet away. 

A number of fragments of 
vessels had the basal perforation 
made before baking. 

But two vessels worth de- 
tailed description were taken by 
us from this mound. 

Vessel No. 1._—This vessel, 
of eccentric form, elliptical in 
cross section, bears traces of 
crimson pigment inside and out ; 
on one side is raised decoration, 
on.the other, the same pattern 
is shown but with deeply incised 
lines. Two holes are on the 
same side of the vessel for use 
for suspension or attachment 
(Fig. 109). Perforations thus 
placed, the reader will recall, 
were found by us in a vessel in 
the mound at Pearl bayou. 
From this time on we were des- 
tined to meet a number of them. 

Vessel No. 2.—A fine ex- 
ample of the “freak,” or ceremonial, ready-made, mortuary ware, having not only 
a perforation made in the base before baking, but holes throughout the body of the 
vessel. The vessel represents a horned owl with feather markings around the head, 
vepousse wings and the conventional tail (Fig. 110). One horn, missing from the 
vessel, has been restored. Height, 10.3 inches; maximum diameter, 7.3 inches. 

Part of a vessel with a rude bird-head projecting from the end has a number of 
circular holes at either side of the neck (Fig. 111). 

Burials, nine in number, were confined to the E., SE. and ENE. parts of the 
mound, beginning near the margin and continuing in to the center. Some were 
badly decayed, rendering impossible a determination as to the form of burial. 
The closely flexed burial and the bunched were present in the mound in several 
instances. In some cases oyster-shells lay over burials in the mound and once over 
a shallow grave beneath the base. 

With two burials were gracefully shaped “celts”, near one of which lay also 
a number of shells (AZargznella apicina), pierced for use as beads. 

The ceremonial use of fire was clearly emphasized in this mound. Near one 
burial lay a mass of charcoal and the sand was discolored by heat, though the bones 
showed no trace of it. The central portion of the mound, extending several feet in 


Fria. 109.—Vessel No.1. Mound B, Laughton’s Bayou. (Six-sevenths size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 191 


Fig. 110.—Vessel No. 2. Mound B, Laughton’s Bayou. (About six-sevenths size.) 


192 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


all directions, seemed to be discolored by fire, though charcoal in masses was not 
present, and made into a sort of cement through admixture of ashes. The material 
was so tough that a pick rather than a shovel was needed. 


Fie. 111.—Sherd. Mound B, Laughton’s Bayou. (About half size.) 


No trace of human remains was present in other parts of the mound. We are 
constrained to believe that cemeteries exist around St. Andrew's bay, whose position 
we have been unable to locate. 


Mound NEAR STRANGE’S LANDING, CALHoUN CouNTY. 

This mound, in hammock land, about one-half mile in a westerly direction from 
the landing, on East bay, is on property belonging to Mr. William Strange, living 
nearby. 

The mound, which was about 4 feet high and 538 feet across the base, was the 


Frag. 112.—Vessel No. 1. Mound near Strange’s Landing. (About full size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 193 


usual truncated cone in shape and had been very symmetrical until persons previous 
to our visit dug a trench 22 feet long and 6 feet broad from the western margin 
toward the center. The remaining parts of the mound were largely dug through 
by us. 

At the very edge of the slope of the eastern side of the mound was the usual 
deposit of sherds and large fragments of ves- 
sels with whole vessels and others somewhat 
broken. This deposit continued in along the 
base until the former trench was reached, not 
far from the center of the mound, and was 
made up of vessels placed in the sand singly 
or in twos or threes. The deposit lay apart 
from the burials and was evidently a general 
one put in for the dead in common. Among 
the sherds some bore the check-stamp and a 
few examples of the complicated stamp also 
were present. All vessels had the basal per- 
foration. 

Vessel No. 1.—A life-form representing a bird, ovoid in shape with circular 


Fic. 113.—Vessel No.1. Decoration. Mound near 
Strange’s Landing. (Half size.) 


Fic. 114.--Vessel No. 2. Mound near Strange’s Landing. (Eight-ninths size.) 


25 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


WV. FLORIDA COAST. 


194 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE N 


Fra. 115.--Vessel No. 5. Mound near Strange’s Landing. (About full size.) 


Frc. 116.--Vessel No. 6. Mound near Strange’s Landing. (Six-sevenths size. 
8 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 195 


aperture. The head projects from one end, the wings are circular and in relief; the 
decoration is punctate and incised (Mig. 112). The incised decoration representing 
the tail is shown in diagram in Fig. 115. Length, 7 inches; width, 5 inches; height, 
4 inches. 


Fic. 117.—Vessel No. 7. Mound near Strange’s Landing. (Full size.) 


Vessel No. 2.—Shown in Fig. 114 is another life-form, also a bird with pro- 
jecting head and tail and incised and punctate decoration. The wings and legs are 
plainly shown. A part of the bill has been restored by us. 

Vessel No. 4.—A gourd-shaped vessel, of excellent ware, with oval aperture, 
undecorated. 

Vessel No. 5.—A bowl of light-colored ware, decorated on the upper part with 


196 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


five crescentic figures enclosing a crosshatch design (Fig. 115). Maximum diame- 


ter, 7.5 inches; height, 3.8 inches. 


Vessel No. 6.—A handsome globular vessel of about 2 quarts capacity, of excel- 
lent ware, decorated with a meander running through a field of punctate markings 


(Fig. 116). 


Vessel No. 7.—In shape an inverted, truncated, four-sided pyramid with slightly 
rounded corners and edges. The rim, about 1 inch in breadth, projects inward 


SSK 7 N 
RRL 
RSSEOO(A 

ae 
Y; 


OO 
ROR? \ 
RR 
eee anes 


S 
MRHOON SS 


Fie. 113.—Vessel No.7. Decoration. Mound near 
Strange’s Landing. (Half size.) 


2 


horizontally (Fig. 117). The decoration, 
incised, is similar on two sides. Of the 
three different designs, one is simple cross- 
hatch, one is shown in the half-tone, and 
the third is given diagrammatically in Fig. 
118. 

But five burials were met with, and 
these were in the NE. and N. parts of the 
mound. 

Burial No. 1.—In a shallow grave be- 
low the base was a skeleton closely flexed 
under oyster-shells, with the skull badly 
crushed, as were all found by us in this 
mound. 


Burial No. 2.—A bunch of bones with four skulls, under oyster-shells. 
Burial No. 3.—A closely flexed skeleton lying on the base of the mound, with 


no shells in association. 


Burial No. 4.—In a shallow grave, closely flexed, was a skeleton with skull 
badly broken, but not sufficiently so to prevent evidence of flattening being apparent. 
This burial did not le under oyster-shells, but was covered with a mass of small 


~ conchs (Fulgur pugiilis). 


Burial No. 5.—A closely flexed skeleton covered by sand alone. 
A large and well-made “celt” lay within a few feet of one of the burials. 


Mound NEAR BaAkeEr’s LANDING, CALHOUN CoUNTY. 

The mound, about 400 yards WSW. from the landing, East bay, is in hammock 
land, on property of Mr. Jonah Baker, living nearby. 

The mound, which was 5 feet 4 inches high and 72 feet in basal diameter, had 
been woefully dug into. Besides several trenches, a hole in the center, 22 feet by 
25 feet, involving the entire summit plateau, had been put down by former diggers. 
The eastern slope, however, was practically intact. Deep depressions at points 
adjoining the base of the mound showed whence material for its making had come. 
In an adjoining field was a shell deposit including a circular enclosure of shell, now 


almost ploughed away. 


Nearly the remainder of the mound was dug through by us resulting in the 
finding of nine burials, all but one under considerable quantities of oyster-shells. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 197 


These burials were: one at full length on the back ; one on the back, extended to 
the knees, the legs being flexed back; one flexed on the left side with the legs at 
right angles; one cut off at the knees by the aborigines in making another grave ; 


Fre, 119.—Sherd. Mound near Baker’s Landing. Fic. 120.—Sherd. Mound near Baker’s Landing. 
(Four-fifths size.) (Half size.) 


three too decayed for determination; scattered bones in shell above a burial; a 
single skull lying on the base of the mound, without the usual covering of shell. 

While no skulls were in a condition to preserve, those in a partial state of pre- 
servation showed no flattening. 

But one burial, the lone skull, lay in the eastern part of the mound, the others 
being mainly in the western. 

A few sherds lay at the beginning of the eastern slope and farther in, here 
and there, the last near the center, were seven or eight vessels of inferior ware, all 
in fragments but two. The majority were undecorated, the check stamp and incised 
decoration not being found by us in this mound. Several bore complicated stamps, 
one of which resembles that on a sherd shown by us in Part I of this report as 
coming from the great mound at Walton’s Camp. Two sherds with complicated 
stamp decoration are shown in Figs. 119, 120. 


Larger Mounp 1n Hare Hammock, CALHouN CounTY. 

St. Andrew’s sound, so-called, is a long arm of water between the mainland and a 
narrow strip of land bordering the sea, known as Crooked Island. As these are the 
names made use of on the chart, we have adopted them, though the filling of a pass 
at the eastern end of the strip of water made it a sound no longer and joined Crooked 
island to the mainland. 


198 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


-The mound lay about one-half mile inland from a point near the eastern 
extremity of the sound, on property of Mr. Joseph Dyer, of Wetappo, Florida. The 
mound, which was pleasingly symmetrical, the usual truncated cone m shape, with 
a height of 7.5 feet and a basal diameter of 56 feet, had escaped the ravages com- 
mon to the mounds of this district, partly through being more difficult of access than 
others, and partly through the presence of modern burials in the summit plateau. 
The only signs of previous digging were two or three small holes and a narrow 
trench on the western side, which continued superficially across the top. 

The mound was levelled by us with the exception of a small part of the west- 
ern margin and of a portion 10 feet square in the western part of the body of the 
mound, where modern burials were thickest. During a long period before our 
digging was discontinued no trace of earthenware or aboriginal interments had been 
found. 

Aboriginal burials, as noted by us, numbered thirty-one and included, as to 
form, the lone skull; the bunch; close flexion on the side; one skeleton in a squat- 
ting position; scattered bones; and masses of bones continuing in on the same level. 
These masses, though each counted as one burial, in all cases represented a number 
of individuals. 

Certain skulls showed flattening while in others it was not marked. 

The first interment was found at the margin of the mound, almost due east and 
as the digging continued, burials were met with exceptionally as far to either side 
as north and south, though the great majority lay with a deposit of earthenware in 
the eastern and southeastern parts of the mound. No burial was met with farther 
than 16 feet from the margin. 

The burials in nearly every case lay beneath 
masses of shells, not oyster-shells, however, such as we 
have found to be the case in other mounds, but small 
conchs (Fuleur pugzlzs). 

With a number of burials were shell drinking cups 
(Fulcur perversum), sometimes immediately on the 
skull, and with certain interments were ‘“‘celts,” two in 


one instance. In all, seven of these hatchets and part 
of another were met with, some not immediately with 
burials. 


There were present also in the mound, exclusive 
of earthenware: a fossil shark’s tooth; mica; a frag- yy. 191—Gorget. Larger mound near 
ment of a graceful, barbed lancehead, 4 inches long; a aires uate ua a7 
gorget of ferruginous sandstone with two perforations for suspension (Fig. 121). 

The earthenware of this mound was in better condition than usual in this dis- 
trict, while the decoration was much above the average. The deposit began in con- 
tact with the first burial in the eastern margin of the mound, as stated, and con- 
tinued in about 15 feet, sometimes associated with burials and sometimes at a distance 
from them, but always in an area where they were most frequent. Incised and punc- 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST 7199 


Fic. 122.—Vessel No.1. Larger mound near Hare Hammock. (About five-sixths size.) 


Fic. 123.—Vessel No. 1. Decoration. Larger mound near Hare Hammock. (Half size.} 


200 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


tate decoration was largely represented; the complicated stamp less frequently ; 
while the check stamp was found with a deposit of sherds in the beginning. 

Of the twenty-four vessels met with by us, some of which were badly broken 
but have since been cemented and restored, we shall describe only the more note- 
worthy, omitting fragments with ordinary decoration and vessels of common type. 

Vessel No. 1.—This vessel, shown in Fig. 122, is almost cubical, with the upper 
part inverted and ascending to an elliptical opening. On two opposite sides have 
been bird-head handles, one of which, missing when found, has been restored. The 


Fic. 124.—Vessel No. 2. Larger mound near Hare Hammock. (About full size.) 


decoration, incised, is nearly identical on two sides, one of which is shown in the 
half-tone. On the other sides are striking designs to a certain extent recalling the 
swastika. It will be noted by referring to the diagram (Fig. 125) that one-half of 
the swastika is represented on each design, but the remaining half not alone has its 
extremities in the form of loops, but these loops turn in the wrong direction. 
Length, 7.5 inches; width, 7 inches; height, 5.7 inches. 

Vessel No. 2.—A handsome vessel of yellow ware with hemispherical body and 
inverted rim, on which is punctate decoration and two small horizontal projections. 
Somewhat below the rim there is an encircling projection, octagonal, tending slightly 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 201 


aS = as, 
HH He S = 


See a = 


Fic. 125.—Vessel No. 2. Decoration. Larger mound near Hare Hammock. (One-third size.) 


Fra. 126.—Vessel No. 6. Jarger mound near Hare Hammock. (Full size.) 


26 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


202 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


upward (Fig. 124). The decoration of the body, incised, not uniform, is shown in 
diagram in Fig. 125. 

Vessel No. 4.—A pot with decoration about 2 inches broad below the rim, con- 
sisting of encircling rows of roughly triangular punctate markings, finely lined at 
the base. 


Fic. 127.—Vessel No. 11. Larger mound near Hare Hammock. (Full size.) 


Vessel No. 6.—An effigy-vase representing a male figure, which, in addition to 
several parts missing through early breakage, unfortunately lost one part of the 
head through a blow from a spade, necessitating restoration. The figure is in a 
squatting position with folded arms. <A breech-clout encircles the loms and runs 


Fic. 128.—Vessel No. 11. Decoration. Larger mound near Hare Hammock. (Half size.) 


between the legs. An unusual feature is that the head extends upward several 
inches above the rear portion of the vessel. The capacity is about 1 quart. There 


are four perforations for suspension (Fig. 126). 
Vessel No. 8.—A bowl of somewhat over 1 quart capacity, triangular in hori- 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 203 


zontal section with rounded corners. The sole decoration consists of two encircling 
incised lines about one-half inch apart, below the rim. 

Vessel No. 9.—A vessel of about 1 pint capacity, undecorated, with globular 
body, slightly expanding neck and oval aperture. The rim has been elongated into 
two projecting points, one of which is missing. 

Vessel No. 10.—A small, undecorated cup, the only vessel without basal per- 
foration coming from this mound. It lay directly with human remains, somewhat 
beyond the area of the earthenware deposit. 


Fic. 129.—Vessel No. 13. Larger mound near Hare Hammock. (About full size.) 


Vessel No. 11.—A vessel of about 1 pint capacity, diamond-shaped with rounded 
corners, with aperture of similar outline and base almost flat (Fig. 127). The deco- 
ration, incised, shown diagrammatically in Fig. 128, covers one-half of the vessel 
and probably represents a bird with head and body much conventionalized. 

Vessel No. 13.—A vase with globular body and flaring neck surmounted by a 
thickened hexagonal rim (Fig. 129). The decoration, incised and not uniform, is 


= 

—————, 

ey, 

= <—F iS 
———s 
WS 


204 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


shown diagrammatically in Fig. 150. Height, 4.8 inches; maximum diameter, 5 
inches, 

Vessel No. 14.—This unique vessel of excellent red ware, almost a truncated 
pyramid in form, has on one side a vepoussé human figure standing with back turned 
to the observer, grasping with either hand the rim of the vessel (Fig. 131). The 
opposite side, showing the head and the face looking across the rectangular aperture, 
is shown in Fig. 132. The decoration on the two remaining sides of the vessel is 
given in Fig. 133. There are two holes, on the same side, for suspension. 

Vessel No. 16.—A vessel of superior ware, in shape a truncated sphere, undeco- 


fe} 


Fie. 130.—Vessel No. 13. Decoration. Larger mound near Hare Hammock. (Half size.) 


rated as to the body. The rim, which bears four incised designs, is inverted and 
slightly depressed. Capacity about 3 quarts (Fig. 154). 

Vessel No. 17.—A bowl of superior ware, of elliptical longitudinal section, with 
thick rim slightly projecting laterally and rounded points at eitherend. The deco- 
ration consists of crimson paint on the inside. Maximum diameter, 9.5 inches; 
width, 7.8 inches; height, 5 inches. 

Vessel No. 18.—A thick bowl of excellent ware, undecorated save for traces of 
crimson pigment on the inside. 

Vessel No. 25.—An interesting little vase with globular body and oblong aper- 
ture, having a duck’s head in relief on each of two sides below the rim. The deco- 
ration on the other two sides, which probably represents wings, is almost identical. 
There are two holes for suspension (Fig. 155). Maximum diameter, 3.7 inches; 
height, 2.8 inches. 

Vessel No. 24.—Globular body with flaring neck around which is a complicated 
stamp decoration. 

Vessel No. 25.—Part of a vessel found in fragments. A portion of the body 
has been restored. The body, in addition to line and punctate decoration in which 
the bird symbol often appears, has been covered with crimson paint. From one side 
an object which seemingly projected somewhat, has disappeared. The opposite side, 
where, perhaps, was an identical object, was missing. From the rim on the back of 
the vessel projects an upright bird-head. In front, another head has a hollow bill to 
allow the passage of a liquid (Fig. 156). This feature is new in all our mound work. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 205 


Fic. 131.—Vessel No. 14, Larger mound near Hare Hammock. (Full size.) 


2906 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


a 


(Full size.) 


Fic. 132.—Vessel No. 14. Another position. Larger mound near Hare Hammock. 


Fig. 133.—Vessel No. 14. Decoration. Larger mound near Hare Fic. 134.—Vessel No. 16. Larger mound near 
Hammock. (Half size.) Hare Hammock. (Half size.) 


Fia. 135.—Vessel No. 23. Larger mound near Hare Hammock. (Full size.) 


SMALLER Mounp 1n Hare Hammock, CaLnoun County. 


This mound, in dense growth of trees and vines, lay about 400 yards from the 
larger mound. Its basal diameter in an easterly and westerly direction was 50 feet 
and 36 feet in a northerly and southerly. It had escaped all previous digging. 

Owing to unavoidable circumstances a portion of the eastern end only of the 
mound was dug by us. However, the earthenware deposit seemed to have come to 
an end sometime previous to our departure. 

With a burial was a handsome weapon of light gray chert, 6 inches long and 
1.7 inches in maximum width (Fig. 137). 

Not immediately connected with human remains was a thick sheet of mica, 
roughly given the shape of a spearhead. 


208 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Fie. 136.—Vessel No. 25. Larger mound near Hare Hammock. (About full size.) 


In the eastern margin were the usual sherds and vessels, broken and whole, of 
which the following will be particularly described. 

Vessel No. 2.—A jar with flat base and body almost cylindrical, expanding 
slightly. There is slight constriction at the neck and upright rim. Below the rim 
is a band of rough complicated stamp decoration about 1 inch in breadth. 

Vessels Nos. 5 and 4.—Small oblate spheroids found together. One has a deco- 
ration of rudely executed incised lines extending from margin to base. The other 
has carelessly executed incised and punctate decoration extending a distance of 
about 1 inch below the rim. Both vessels have perforations for suspension, on 
opposite sides, and both are imperforate as to the base, the only ones from this 
mound exempt from mutilation so far as noted by us. 

Vessel No. 5.—A vessel of rather coarse ware, with an unusual decoration con- 
sisting of deep impressions at regular intervals over the entire surface. The base is 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 209 


flat (Fig. 158). Height, 6.5 inches; maximum diameter, 4.8 inches; orifice, 1.4 
inches. 
A sherd from this mound, with complicated stamp, is given in Fig. 139. 


Fia. 138.—Vessel No. 5. Smaller mound near Hare Hammock. (Half size.) 


Fic. 137.—Weapon of chert. Smaller 
mound near Hare Hammock. 
(Full size.) 


Fre. 139.—Sherd. Smaller mound near Hare Hammock. 
(Three-fourths size.) 


27 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


210 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Mounp 1n Gotier Hammock, CaLHoun County. 


This mound, famous for successful relic searches in it, lay about one-half mile 
in NE. direction from Conch island, which is near the SE. extremity of St. Joseph’s 
bay. The island is about one-quarter mile from shore and the mound about an 
equal distance farther in. 

The mound, which has been practically dug to pieces, one relic hunter or 
treasure seeker filling the hole made by another, had been a truncated cone of dark 
sand. At the time of our visit, when it was completely demolished by us, its height 
was 5 feet; its diameter of base, 60 feet. 


Fig. 140.—Decoration on a sherd. Mound in Gotier Hammock. (One-third size.) 


Remnants of the mound found intact by us yielded a few bunched-burials. 
Several shallow graves below the line of the base, held human remains too badly 
decayed to determine positively the form of burial, though judging from the restric- 
ted lengths of the graves, they, 
too, contained the bunched 
burial. No artifacts were with 
the burials except a rude, un- 
decorated, imperforate toy 
bowl. 

A coarse, undecorated pot 
of about three pints capacity, 
with basal perforation, lay 
alone. 

A four-sided cup with flat 
base, of about 1 pint capacity, 
lay in the sand alone. 

Unassociated, near the 
base, was a perforate vessel of 
about 3 quarts capacity, semi- 
globular body, upright and 
slightly flarmg rim. Around 
the neck is complicated stamp decoration. 


Fic. 141.—Sherd. Mound in Gotier Hammock. (Three-fourths size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 211 


While all vessels from this mound were of most inferior quality, numbers of 
sherds were of excellent yellow paste and decorated with crimson paint or with 
incised designs, showing that the aborigines who built the mound could hold their 
own in pottery making with any in this region. 

One sherd, shown in Fig. 140, lay with others in undisturbed sand. 

In Fig. 141 is shown a complicated stamp design from this mound. 


Mounp NEAR INDIAN Pass Pornt, FRANKLIN County. 


This mound, on property of Mr. James L. Smith, living nearby, lay among 
sand-blows and dunes near the Gulf shore, about three quarters of a mile ina WSW. 
direction from the Point. Its outline was irregular. Its height was difficult to 
determine owing to its irregular surface ; 
perhaps 3 feet would be a fair average. 
The diameter of base E. and W. was 49 feet 
and 53 feet N. and 8S. A small amount of 
digging had been done by others shortly 
before our visit. The mound was totally 
demolished by us. It consisted of white 
sand, grayish sand, and yellow sand at the 
bottom with no regularity of stratification. 


GZ 7 | 
UY, Fic. 143.—Vessel No. 1. Mound near Indian Pass Point. 
We (Half size.) 

Hip 
Uy ip ? : 

bye y Burials began at the extreme margin 


on the south side and in the southeastern 
part of the mound a little farther in. No 
burials were found in the western and 
northern parts until the central portion of 
the mound was reached. 
The burials, which were all of the 
Fic. 142.—Hatchet. Mound near Indian Pass Point. bunched variety, WERE Vor) qo ume Tous but 
eS) were not counted by us, as masses of loose 
bones often lay in contact with each other, making it impossible to say where one 
burial ended and another began. Many skulls had marked anterior and posterior 
flattening. 
In this mound was no marginal deposit of artifacts, such as were found being 


ENS 


SSS 


SS SS 
ak 


Ses 
Te 


BS 


SS 


= 
SS 


See 
SSS 
= 
= 


= 


i 


‘f Hf 
iti 


212 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


almost in immediate contact with burials. There were found: three pebbles lying 
with one pebble-hammer; conch-shells; several shell drinking cups; one Fulgur 
perversum of the heavy variety, with blunted beak showing use as a tool; a bit of 
hematite; a hone of ferruginous sandstone, roughly diamond-shape, 17 inches long 
and 8 inches in its broadest part; two arrowheads or knives, of chert ; twenty-seven 
“ celts,’ some gracefully wrought, others less carefully made. One of these differed 
markedly from the usual type in that places for fastening were evident on either 
side (Fig. 142). 

The earthenware of the 
mound was of inferior quality 
in the main, and, with the ex- 
ception of a few sherds, began 
at a considerable distance in. 
The check stamp was represen- 
ted on fragments, but no ware 
bearing the complicated stamp 
came from the mound. One 
sherd of good quality showed 
part of a design in relief. Here 
and there, as the digging pro- 
gressed, vessels, mainly un- 
decorated, were found near the 
burials. At the center of the 
mound was a deposit of be- 
tween fifteen and twenty ves- 
sels, the majority undecorated, 
many broken and so mixed as to prevent an exact count. 

The basal perforation is present in all the vessels from this mound, with two or 
three exceptions. 


Fic. 144.—Vessel No. 2. Mound near Indian Pass Point. (Half size.) 


The most interesting ware will be described separately. 

Vessel No. 1.—A three sided, rude, undecorated, imperforate bowl (Fig. 145). 
Height, 2.2 inches; maximum diameter, 4.5 inches. 

Vessel No. 2.—Globular, with a small part missing through an early fracture 
which has been restored. The decoration is incised (Fig. 144). Maximum diame- 
ter, 7 ches; height, 5.7 inches; diameter of aperture, 4.5 inches. 

Vessel No. 3.—Undecorated, an inverted acorn in shape. There are holes for 
suspension below the rim on opposite sides. 

Vessel No. 4.—A vase rather heart-shaped in section as to the body, with flar- 
ing neck. The surface, with the exception of the neck, is covered with incised 
decoration including the bird symbol, often repeated. A rudimentary head extends 
above the rim on one side (Fig. 145). The decoration, shown diagrammatically in 
Fig. 146, is repeated on the opposite side. Height, 6 inches; maximum diameter, 
5.6 inches. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 213 


Fic. 145.—Vessel No. 4. Mound near Indian Pass Point. (About full size.) 


oo nem an —O- o—o— J — 


Fic. 146.—Vessel No. 4. Decoration. Mound near Indian Pass Point. (Half size.) 


214. CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 5.—A truncated globe with rude incised decoration consisting of 
groups of parallel perpendicular lines about 2 inches long, each group somewhat less 
than | inch apart. This vessel has a capa- 
city of somewhat over | quart. 

Vessel No. 6.—A quadrilateral vessel of 
one quart capacity, with rounded aperture and 
flat base has for decoration, series of zigzag 
lines (Fig. 147). 

Vessel No. 7.—A quadrilateral vessel of 
heavy ware, with flattened base and rounded 
corners, of about 2 quarts capacity. The 
neck, about | inch in height, is upright. 

A little below the surface, not associated 

Wie. 147 Weel No. 6. “Mound near Indian Pass With human remains, was part of an old-fash- 
Point. (Half size.) ioned chisel-pointed spike of brass, of a kind 
formerly used in ship-building. 


Mounp at Exeven Mite Point, FRANKLIN CouNTY. 


This Point, on St. Vincent's sound, taking its name from its distance from the 
town of Apalachicola, has on it a mound on property of Mr, G. A. Patton, resident 
on the place. There are various shell deposits in the neighborhood and heaps of 
shell extend for a distance along the shore. 


Fig. 148.—Sherd. Mound at Eleven Mile Point. Fig. 149.—Sherd. Mound at Eleven Mile Point. 
(Three-fourths size.) (Two-fifths size.) 


The mound, in woods on the verge of a cultivated field, was seamed with 
trenches and riddled with holes, most of which, however, were superficial. 
What was left of the mound had a basal diameter of 50 feet; a height of about 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 215 


3 feet. The mound was completely demolished by us. Beginning at the very mar- 
gin of the southeastern portion, unassociated with burials, which were more cen- 
trally located, were various vessels, singly or in pairs, and parts of vessels and 
numerous sherds. These offerings extended a number of feet in toward the center, 


Fic. 150.-—-Vessel of earthenware. Mound at 
Eleven Mile Point. (Half size.) 


Still farther in, usually apart 
from interments, were several 
other vessels in different parts of 
the mound. Sherds were un- Fic.151.—Vessel of earthenware. 


e 5 4 Mound at Eleven Mile Point. 
decorated ; incised, sometimes (Half size.) 


with cross-hatch; or, in several 
eases, had a complicated stamp. Two of these are 
shown in Figs. 148, 149. Several vessels also bore the 


. : Fic. 152.--Vessel of earthenware. 
complicated stamp and all had the basal perforation. Mound at Eleven Mile Point, 
ae ae 3 (Half size.) 
We shall describe in detail the most noteworthy Soreaag 
vessels. 


A compartment vessel with circular division in the center, in a plane above 
four similar compartments, one of which, missing when found, has been added, with 
the aid of a mixture composed of beeswax, whitelead, powdered soapstone, resin, 
linseed oil, and turpentine, which we have found very useful in work of this kind. 
This vessel has been sent to the Peabody Museum, Cambridge, Mass. 


96207200, 9 POD, 


oP 


Yo 


% 
ce 
ompmnnc0qi000F 


Fic. 153.-- Decoration on vessel of earthenware. Mound at Eleven Mile Point. (One-third size.) 


A four-sided vessel of about one-half pint capacity, otherwise undecorated, has 
small protuberances at each upper corner of the body and companion ones on the 
rim immediately above. The ware is inferior. 


216 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


A vessel with semiglobular body and short incurving neck has incised decora- 
tion as shown in Fig. 150. The capacity is about | pint. 

A vessel of eccentric shape, somewhat resembling that of a dumb-bell, undeco- 
rated save for an encircling incised line below the rim, has two holes for suspension 
on opposite sides (Fig. 151). 

A bottle with neck curiously disproportionate in length, of inferior ware and 
rudely made, has a height of 6.7 inches, a maximum diameter of 3.6 inches (Fig. 
152). 

A vessel made to hold about one quart, has a semiglobular body and a slightly 
flaring neck about 1.25 inches in height. There is a curious punctate decoration 
shown in diagram in Fig. 155. 


Coo. Spring Mounp, APALACHICOLA, FRANKLIN CouNTY. 


In the western outskirts of Apalachicola is a mound which, as might be ex- 
pected, has long been the center of attack for avaricious or curious persons. Mate- 
rial from one trench or excavation has been thrown into others, thus preserving the 
mound from demolition. Its present height is about 7.5 feet; its diameter of base, 
about 90 feet. On the surface of the mound, where former diggers had thrown 
them, were many sherds much resembling in material and ornamentation the ware 
we found during our preceding season’s work between Perdido and Choctawhatchee, 
bays, including a part of a vessel in the form of a frog. 

About two-thirds of the mound were dug down by us including much disturbed 
material. On the base of the mound and two or three feet above it were a number 
of burials consisting of trunks of skeletons extended on the back with thighs and 
legs sometimes drawn up against the body or drawn up at right angles to the trunk, 
or extended laterally. These forms, with slight variations, were met with nine 
times, and burials disturbed by our own or by former diggers indicated a like method 
of burial. A single skull and a skull with a humerus were found. No bones were 
in a condition to preserve. The only artifacts encountered with burials were a bit 
of mica with one skeleton and a well-made lance-head of chert, 4.75 inches in 
length, beneath the chin of another. 

In the marginal part of the mound, which had been dug through by others, 
were many sherds: undecorated ; with incised and punctate decoration, sometimes in 
combination ; the complicated stamp, in a few cases; the check-stamp, once or twice; 
looped handles; handles representing heads of quadrupeds or of birds; animal legs 
in relief on the sides. Deeply scalloped margins were abundant. 

A “celt”’ lay unassociated in the sand. 


Mounp NEAR APALACHICOLA, FRANKLIN CouUNTY. 


In a cultivated field, about one-half mile in a westerly direction from the town, 
on property of the Cypress Lumber Company, of Apalachicola, is a mound much 
spread by the plow. Its diameter of base is about 100 feet N. and S. and 80 feet EK. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 217 


and W., approximately. The height is about 2 feet. Nearby is a shell-field while 
a shell-heap of considerable size is distant about 75 yards in an ENE. direetion. 

Ten excavations in various parts of the mound yielded no result other than to 
show the mound to have been built of sand on a base of shell, presumably as a place 
of abode. 

CremMETERY Mounp, APALACHICOLA, FRANKLIN CounrTy. 

This mound, in Magnolia Cemetery at Apalachicola, about 5 feet high, was 
demolished by us, with the courteous permission of the City Council. 

The mound, the usual truncated cone, was composed of white sand in places 
and of grayish sand in others, with oyster-shells centrally, near the base. 

The mound, which had sustained much previous digging, seemingly, contained 
but two whole skeletons and three others from which parts had been cut away. 

Unassociated, was a circular ear-plug of lime rock, covered with sheet copper on 
one side, with a diameter of 1.6 inches, of the type figured by us in a former report 
as coming from Mt. Royal, Fla. 

In midden refuse, near the base, was a bone pin about 8 inches long and from the 
same deposit, as a rule, came a number of sherds, undecorated or bearing the check 
stamp. 

Pierce Mounps, NEAR APALACHICOLA, Mounp A. 


The Pierce Mounds, five in number, lie from 1 mile to 1.5 miles to the west- 
ward of Apalachicola, on property belonging to Mr. Alton Pierce of that place. 

Movunp A, the southwesternmost of the group, which had undergone but insig- 
nificant previous digging, had at base a diameter of 96 feet E. and W. and 76 feet N. 
and 8. The diameters of the summit plateau in the same directions respectively 
were 40 feet and 34 feet. The plateau, however, had been much broadened and the 
height of the mound somewhat reduced to prepare for interments made in recent 
times. The height of the mound which was completely demolished by us, was 8 
feet. 

The body of the mound was of yellow sand, the basal portion being of sand dis- 
colored by fire and by organic matter, often mixed with oyster-shells. There was no 
recular stratification, but irregular layers of oyster-shells were present throughout, in 
places. 

Throughout the mound it was noted that the great majority of burials lay in 
shell, but it seemed to us that this was owing to the fact that the majority of burials 
were well down toward the base where the shell was, rather than that the association 
was intentional. Such burials as were higher in the mound usually lay in the sand. 

As the mound was practically undisturbed at our coming, data as to burials were 
taken with great care. The relative position of the ninety-nine found by us, which, 
however, stand for a much ereater number of skeletons, is shown in the plan (Fig. 
154). We may say here, and it applies to all other mounds opened by us, that 
when enough of a bone remains to make its identification certain, we often speak of it 
as present, for the reason that it was there when the burial took place. Also, when 
we write of skeletons in mounds, we do not wish to imply that these skeletons were 


28 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


218 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


‘Rloolqoredy ivou ‘spunour s0101g “YW punoyy Jo Ue[q——"Pel ‘PI 


gb 


ey 5 


air 


= gs 
Io fj Zi) 
ii ue 
28 9 Y 
zi Seale in Jeet Fe rs aL Res \\, 
OnE 5 
y 
17 XS 
ene) eae CRE: 


go 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 219 


interred covered with flesh, but rather, after being exposed for a period, as was the 
custom with southern aborigines, that they were buried without the flesh but in the 
main held together by ligaments. Missing bones or bones misplaced, occasionally, 
show this to be true. 

Heads of skeletons pointed in all directions. A few skeletons were closely 
flexed. The majority, however, had the thighs at right angles to the trunk, with 
legs drawn up toward the thighs. Unless especially noted, burials were as follows : 
flexed on the left side, 33; flexed on the right side, 25; flexed on the back, 5; full 
length on back, 2; infants’ skeletons, badly decayed, 2; skulls with fragments of 


Fic. 155.—Vessel with Burial No.2. Mound A. Pierce mounds, near Apalachicola. (About full size.) 


bone, 3; lone skulls, 3; scattered remains, 9; aboriginal disturbance, 1; recent 
disturbance, 1; skull in caved sand, 1. 

The following are not included in the above. 

Burials No. 7 to No. 17, inclusive, a group comprising eleven skeletons vari- 
ously flexed with skulls pointing in different directions, but mainly toward the cen- 
tral part of the mound. These skeletons were in a layer of shell, from 1| foot to 1.5 
feet in thickness, about 1 foot above the base. With this shell, above the bodies, 
were blackened masses composed of charcoal, calcined shell, ashes, ete. These masses 
did not seem to be remains of fires which had been made and allowed to burn at the 


220 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


places where the ashes and charcoal were found, but to have been brought while 
still burning and placed on or near the skeletons, as such bones only were charred as 
were in contact with the material. None of the bones was calcined, nor did the 
sand and shell about these masses of material show evidence of fire. Thoughout the 
mound were many such places, showing the use of fire away from the mound during 
the ceremony of interment. 

Burial No. 39, a mass of human bones, including seven skulls, lay in the body 
of the mound, with remains of fire above and sand mixed with shell below. 


Fic. 156.--Vessel with Burial No. 2. Mound A. Pierce mounds, near Apalachicola. (Two-thirds size.) 


Burials No. 42 to No. 45, inclusive, four skeletons at full length, side by side in 
a shallow grave beneath the base, with heads in the same direction. 

All bones in this mound were in bad condition through decay, but one skull 
being saved. 

Belonging to Burial No. 52 was a femur showing a repaired fracture of the 
upper third, with some shortening of the bone. This was sent to the United States 
Army Medical Museum at Washington, D. C. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 221 


aa 


Seldom before have we found a mound so full of promise as to yield of artifacts 
at the start, and so disappointing during the remainder of the investigation. 

Burial No, 2, (see plan) a skeleton partially flexed on the left side, lay in the 
northern slope of the mound, 2.5 feet from the surface. Under the thorax were 
many fragments of part of a vessel with a decoration of incised lines, and crimson 
paint in places. Three feet to the west was a vessel, upright, of about six quarts 
capacity, of undecorated ware, in fragments through pressure of sand. 


Fia. 157..-Vessel with Burial No. 2. Another view. Mound A. Pierce mounds, near Apalachicola. (Two-thirds size.) 


Immediately back of this one was another of about the same size, undecorated, 
with part of the bottom knocked out. About 1 foot farther in the mound, on its 
side, lay a vessel of yellow paste with two compartments, one of which, crushed by 
sand and roots, has been cemented together. The decoration consists of incised lines 
and bands of crimson paint as shown in Fig. 155. But one compartment has the 
basal perforation. Height, 4.6 inches; maximum diameter, 7.1 inches; diameter of 
a single aperture, about 5 inches. 


992 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


In contact with this double cup was a curious spiral vessel shown in two posi- 
tions in Figs. 156, 157. 

Though this vessel, at first glance, resembles a ram’s horn, we do not believe it 
to have been modelled after one. 

In the first place, it is our opinion that the origin of the vessel antedates the 
appearance of sheep in Florida. 

Secondly, there are marked points of difference in appearance between the ves- 
sel and the horn of aram. The corrugations are not encircling but leave a smooth 
space the length of the lower part of the vessel. The distal end is rounded and 
does not taper to a point as is the case in a horn. As to the aperture, we must bear 
in mind it is open, of necessity, and may not be called upon to bear testimony as to 
resemblance. 

There are grub-worms in Florida as long as, or longer than, the little finger of 
a male hand and fully equal in diameter. Their extremities are rounded. The deep 
corrugations covering their backs and sides end at the belly. As these worms lie 
dead on the surface, we have seen them in the exact position shown in the vessel. 
Besides, worms were of some importance along the Gulf coast in early days, being 
an article of diet at times, according to Cabeca de Vaca. 

We are convinced, then, that this vessel represents a life-form and is modelled 
after the grub-worm. Height, 6.9 inches; maximum diameter of body, 2.9 inches ; 
diameter of opening, about 3 inches; width of entire vessel, 7.5 inches. 

About 6 inches distant from the worm-efligy were four arrowpoints or knives, 
in association, three of chert, one of quartzite, while 10 inches to the south were 
fragments of an almost cylindrical vessel of yellow ware. The base, which had been 
flat, is missing. The decoration, punctate and lined, has crimson paint in places, 
distinguishable in the half-tone (Fig. 158). The diagram (Fig. 159) shows, with 
other symbols, a pair of open hands, the backs turned outward, the thumbs thrust 
back. Maximum diameter, 5.1 inches; diameter of opening, 4.5 inches; height of 
vessel, 5.5 inches. 

The widespread emblem of the open hand was found by Mr. Cushing on a mus- 
sel shell, among his wonderful discoveries at Marco, and the open hand appears on 
a vessel from Alabama." 

Considering the comparatively large number of burials but few articles lay 
immediately with the dead. 

With Burial No. 60, two skulls with certain bones mingled, lay a “celt” about 
11 inches in length, immediately beneath one of the skulls. 

Burial No. 63, a skeleton flexed at about right angles on the right side, had 
near it a beautifully smoothed pendant of a fine grained slate rock, 6.5 inches in 
length, .6 of an inch in maximum diameter, grooved at one end for suspension, of a 
type to be figured later in the account of the Yent mound. 

In a grave, beneath the eastern slope of the mound, 6 feet below the surface, 
lay Burial No. 66, flexed at right angles on the left side. Along the right humerus 


1 Report Bureau of Ethnology. 1882-83, p. 433. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


bo 
bo 
(so) 


Fria. 158.--Vessel with Burial No.2. Mound A. Pierce mounds, near Apalachicola. (About full size.) 


/ Fig. 159.--Vessel with Burial No.2. Decoration. Mound A. Pierce mounds, near Apalachicola. (Half size.) 


224 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


lay an ornament of sheet copper, 10 inches long and 1.7 inches broad, bent around 
and overlapping on itself, making a flat tube about .8 of an inch in diameter. The 
metal, almost entirely transformed into carbonate, fell into bits upon removal. At 
the neck of the skeleton were found perforated pearls and fragments of others. 

Burial No. 81, a skeleton flexed to the right, on the base, 8 feet below the sur- 
face, had, at either shoulder a disc of sheet copper so badly carbonated and corroded 
that the original size could not be determined. 

At the center of each of the sheet copper discs, on one surface, is a layer of sil- 
ver. This layer is not fairly thick, and regular as to its margin as would be the 
case if a coin or sheet silver had been shaped and fastened on, but is very thin and 
radiates marginally as though a small nugget, placed on the copper and hammered 
out, had remained through force of the blows. 

We are indebted to Mr. Warren K. Moorehead, whose great discovery of copper 
objects of aboriginal make in the Hopewell mounds, Ohio, is so well known, for the 
information that several ornaments of sheet copper were found in the Hopewell 
altars, which were covered with a thin layer of silver. These may be seen in the 
Field Columbian Museum, Chicago. 

While the existence of sheet copper ornaments of purely aboriginal provenance 
is now admitted by all who possess a schoolboy’s knowledge of chemistry,’ the pres- 
ence of silver in a mound, as a rule, shows ‘“‘ white contact ” on the part of the 
aborigines who built the mound, but such is not always the case. Silver is some- 
times visibly present in “‘ Lake” copper which is native and Lake Superior is known 
to have been the main source of aboriginal supply of copper. To cut this free silver 
from the native copper would be easy, though the supply would be small. Mr. 
Moorehead informs us that he found in the effigy mound of the Hopewell group a bit 
of native silver, hammered flat, which is now in the Field Columbian Museum. 
No indication of contact with Europeans was present in the Hopewell mounds. 

While Mr. Moorehead was conducting investigations in 1897 for the Ohio State 
Archeological and Historical Society, in Pickaway County, Ohio, in a small stone 
box were found five nuggets of silver, weighing six and one-quarter ounces, in the 
ageregate. This unique discovery shows the aborigines to have been possessed of 
silver nuggets in all probability before the coming of the whites, since no artifact of 
European make was met with during the work. 

The method of fastening the silver on the sheet copper ornaments found by us, 
and the irregular outline and thinness of the hammered silver would. in our opinion, 
argue aboriginal workmanship and a supply more scanty than would have been the 
case had silver bullion and coins been forthcoming from the whites through barter or 
through shipwreck. When to these facts we add that no object surely of white 
provenance came from the mound in which these ornaments were, there are good 
grounds to consider these copper and silver ear-plugs to be of purely aboriginal 
make. They are the first of the kind to be found in Florida, we believe. 


1 “As to Copper from the Mounds of the St. Johns.” ‘Certain Sand Mounds of the St. Johns 
River, Florida,” Part II. By Clarence B. Moore. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 225 


A few shell beads lay near a skeleton of an infant, 
With Burial No. 93, a skeleton flexed on the left side, were a few shell beads 
near the neck, and at 
the shoulder, an unde- 
corated, imperforate 
vessel of about one-half 
pint capacity (Fig. 160). 
A burial had a sheet 
of mica near the head. 
Certain scattered 
Fi, 160< Vowel wih Boral Xo hones lay in. sand col 
near Apalachicola. (Half size.) ored with hematite. 
Loose in the sand were: a number of drink- 


ingeups wrought from Fulour perversum, sev- 
eral with perforated bases; two arrowheads or 
knives, of chert; a rude chipped chisel of chert ; 
a small pendant rather roughly made; the usual 
quota of hammer-stones, pebble hammers, peb- 
bles, broken hones, ete. ; two pointed implements 
made from the axis of Fuleur,; a few shell 
beads in caved sand; also in caved sand, a frag- 
ment of sheet copper with fluted decoration, 
badly carbonated; on the base, among the shells, 
a gorget of bone, elongated oval, made from the 
femur of a bison,’ perforated for suspension at 
one end, 7.1 inches long, 2 inches in maximum 
width (Fig. 161). | 
Also unassociated was a small vessel with 
globular body, constricted neck and flaring rim 
around which is a series of notches. A rude 
meander decoration surrounds the body. One 
of four feet is lost through a basal perforation. 
In debris was part of a smoking pipe of 
earthenware of the platform, or ‘‘Monitor,” type. 
A curious fragment of earthenware lay 
alone in the sand. The decoration is partly 
incised and partly made with a crescentic point. 
Two and five-tenths inches are of solid ware; 
above seems to be the beginning of the base of 
a cup (Fig. 162). Ded 
In fallen sand in the SSE. slope of the rye. 161.—Gorget made from the femur of 


ison. Mound A. Pier s, 
mound was a globular vessel of about 1 quart Spent Pees 


—_— 


* Kindly identified by Prof. F. A. Lucas of the U.S. National Museum. 


29 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


226 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


capacity, in pieces which have since been cemented together. The base is perforate. 


Fic. 162.--Sherd. Mound A. Pierce 
mounds, near Apalachicola. 
(Half size. ) 


The decoration consists of upright parallel bars of crim- 
son paint rudely applied. With this vessel were many 
fragments representing parts of three or four vessels, all 
decorated with crimson pigment. In association with 
these was a vessel with the rim slightly broken, which, 
at first glance, seemed to be an upright cylindrical cup 
placed within a bowl. Around the body and even on the 
base is a repetition of an incised and punctate design with 
crimson pigment, in addition. The neck is crimson inside 
and out. There is a basal perforation (Fig. 163). Height, 
5.2 inches; maximum diameter of body, 4 inches; diame- 
ter of opening, 5 inches. 

With fragments of ware were a small undecorated 


Fra. 163.--Vessel of earthenware. Mound A, Pierce mounds, near Apalachicola. (Full size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


bo 
bo 
“I 


Fia. 164.—Vessel of earthenware. Mound A. Pierce mounds, near Apalachicola. (Five-sevenths size.) 


imperforate pot with four feet and a rude vessel of about | quart capacity, with 
flaring rim and seemingly cord-marked decoration. Three of four feet have been 
removed by a basal perforation. 

Unassociated, in the eastern slope of the 
mound, lay the wreck of a curious, undecorated 
vessel of very inferior ware, which has since been 
restored. The body is annular and flattened and 
has at equidistant points three necks resembling 
inverted truncated cones (Fig. 164). Diameter of 
body, 6.2 inches; central opening, 2 inches. 

A sherd with a complicated stamp of a pat- 
tern new to us is shown in Fig. 165. 

Together, near a great fireplace, on the base 
of the mound, were: a shell drinking cup; two 

me canine teeth, one of which Prof. F. A. Lucas has 
ee RE ORE ena identified as the left lower canine of a wolf, Canzs 


998 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


hd med © 


occidentalzs, and the other as the left lower canine of a puma, Felts concolor ; and a 
shell (Glycymeris amertcana, Defr.). Near these or with them were: many frag- 
ments of deer bones; one canine of a carnivore; part of a lower jaw of a small 
rodent; a mass of shell, resembling a large imperforate bead; a rude shell gouge. 

A neatly made gouge of shell, with the upper end missing, lay unassociated in 
the sand. 


Pierce Mounps, NEAR APALACHICOLA, Mounp B. 

This mound, with a height of 16 feet and a basal diameter of about 100 feet at 
the present time, showed traces of previous digging on every side. In addition, 
much of the marginal parts had been hauled away for use in an adjoining cultivated 
field. On this mound were many palmettoes, much prized by the owner, which pre- 
cluded a full examination. Such work as was done at various points showed the 
mound to be of sand with slight admixture of shell. A superficial skeleton lay near 
the margin. 


About fifty yards eastward of Mound B, in a field covered with scattered shells, 
some trenching was done by us resulting in the discovery of three skeletons at full 
length. Our work here was discontinued at the request of the owner, who did not 
wish to have unproductive soil brought to the surface. 


In this field is a mound commonly believed to be of shell throughout. It is 
said by some that the shell extends to a depth of about 2 feet only, after which sand 
is encountered. As the shell is used for the streets of the town, digging into the 
mound is not encouraged. 


Pierce Mounps, NEAR APALACHICOLA, Mounp C. 

This mound, elliptical in outline, with flat top, about 6.5 feet high, has a diame- 
ter of 90 feet east and west and of 74 feet north and south. 

Starting from the margin, a trench 35 feet long and from 13 feet to 15 feet wide, 
was continued to within 3 feet of the center. Part of the way, the trench was run 
along the base of the mound, but it having become evident that the mound was 
built upon a shell-heap, the useless throwing back of shell was discontinued and the 
sand alone was removed. 

Three skeletons were met with, two flexed, and one, that of an infant, disturbed 
by the digger. With this skeleton were a few small shells used as beads. 

Loose in the sand were various sherds with small check stamp. Pinched deco- 
ration and complicated stamp also were represented. One small sherd bore semi- 
circular impressions made, perhaps, by a portion of a reed. 


Pierce Mounps, NEAR APALACHICOLA, Mounp D. 
This mound, in thick scrub, has a height of 20 inches. The diameter of base 
is 40 feet. It is composed of sand blackened with organic matter and has local lay- 
ers of shells of the oyster and of the clam. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 229 


The mound, which was about one-half dug away, proved to be a dwelling site. 
Sherds of good quality, some with pinched, some with incised, decoration, but 
mainly of the small check stamp, were present. 


Prerce Mounps, NEAR APALACHICOLA, Mounp E. 
This mound, which is much spread, has basal diameters of 76 feet N. and S. and 
82 feet EK. and W. The height is 3.5 feet. 
Fourteen holes, each about 3 feet square, were dug to the base. The mound is 
composed of sand of various shades without admixture of shell. Nothing was found 
save a single fragment of pottery. The mound was evidently domiciliary. 


SINGER Mounp, NEAR APALACHICOLA, FRANKLIN CounTY. 


This mound, totally demolished by us, was about 1.5 miles in WNW. direction 
from Apalachicola in a cultivated field, the property of the late Mr. Joseph Singer 
of that place. 

The mound, almost intact, the usual truncated cone in shape, had a height of 
5.5 feet ;,a diameter of base of 65 feet. 

The upper portions were of white sand, which probably was the yellow sand of 
the middle parts of the mound, bleached by sun and rain. Above the base was a 
stratum of sand blackened by fire, increasing in thickness until the maximum, about 
2.5 feet, was reached in the central part of the mound. 

Burials, nineteen in all, were met with from the marginal parts of the mound 
to the center. The bones, as a rule, were so decayed that parts only remained. A 
few burials were in better condition. 

Burial No. 15, the skeleton of a young person, lay in the black layer near the 
base and was the only burial found at a depth greater than 2.5 feet from the surface. 
This skeleton was partly flexed on the left side. 

Burial No. 10 had been held together in part by ligaments, much of the skele- 
ton being in order, though part of a scapula lay with the legs. Over this skeleton 
were a few oyster-shells, as was the case with a number of burials in this mound. 

Burial No. 14 was a skeleton at full leneth on the back with certain other 
human bones lying across the legs. 

_ All other burials were fragmentary. Several lone skulls were met with, and 
once an isolated portion of a femur. 

No pottery came from this mound with the exception of a few sherds, undeco- 
rated or with the check stamp, evidently introduced with the sand, 

Two gracefully wrought celts, each about 8 inches in length, lay separate and 
unassociated. 


JacKsoN Mounp, NEAR APALACHICOLA, FRANKLIN County. 
About 2.5 miles in a WNW. direction from Apalachicola, in the verge of 
woods, on property of Mr. Scipio Jackson, colored, resident on the place, was a 


mound which was completely demolished by us. This mound, made of sand of vari- 


230 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


ous colors, irregularly placed, had a height of 9 feet. Its basal diameter N. and S. 
was 72 feet and 66 feet E.and W. Six excavations, all insignificant, had been made 
previous to our visit. 

A feature of the mound was the comparatively central position of the burials. 
With the exception of a small pocket of calcined fragments of human bones, no 
trace of- human remains was met with until a point 15 feet from the center of the 
mound was reached, and the majority of the twenty-six burials noted by us were 
still more central. 


Fic. 166.—-Smoking pipe of earthenware. With Burial No.3. Jackson mound. (About full size.) 


All burials were badly decayed, sometimes only crowns of teeth, small bits of 
unidentified bone and even mere traces of bone, remaining in the sand. Single 
skulls, skulls with a few long-bones and certain long-bones without a skull, were 
present. 

Burial No. 2, a skull and parts of two long-bones, had in association sand col- 
ored with hematite and four arrowheads or knives, of chert. 

Burial No. 5, a crushed skull on certain long-bones, better preserved than other 
burials in the mound, lay at adepth of 18 inches from the surface. With this burial 
were a bit of pottery, one pebble and two smoking pipes of earthenware. One of 
these pipes (Fig. 166), ornamented around the margin of the bowl and at the base, 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 23 


has a diameter of bowl of 3.5 inches. The other, with a small, rude decoration of 
incised lines, is 2.5 inches across the bowl, within which is carbonized material, tobac- 
co or a substitute for it (Fig. 167). As the other burials in the mound were at con- 
siderable depth, some lying on the base, it is possible that this burial was intrusive, 
especially as the bones were in so much better condition than the others in the 
mound. We may say that the presence of smoking pipes with a burial would not 
of necessity prompt us to consider it a recent interment, since we are convinced that 


Fic. 167.--Smoking pipe of earthenware. With Burial No.3. Jackson mound. (Full size.) 


pipes were in the possession of the aborigines long previous to the coming of the 
whites. We have personally found pipes in too many mounds in which no article 
of European make was present, to come to any other conclusion, and it is our belief 
that a contrary opinion is held by those only who have never engaged in field work. 

With the exception of a hammer-stone with one burial and a large, flat pebble 
with another, no additional artifacts were found with the dead, though it is our 
belief that certain pockets of very dark sand near the center of the mound, near 
which objects were met with, were places where burials had been. 

In sand blackened by organic matter, 5 feet from the surface, lay a hammer- 
stone with a small corroded dise of sheet copper or of brass, too badly carbonated 
for analysis. 

Extending a certain distance in from the margin, along the base or just above 
it, in the E. and NE. parts of the mound, scattered here and there, and not closely 
associated, were many sherds and numerous vessels of earthenware. These vessels 
had the mortuary perforation of base almost without exception. In the great 
majority of cases the vessels were imperfect through breakage before interment and 


1 For the opinion of a veteran field worker see “Archzeological History of Ohio,” page 588, et 
seq., by Gerard Fowke, Columbus, Ohio, 1902. 


232 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


the few vessels found whole, with the exception of the mortuary perforation, of 
course, were, save one, undecorated and of inferior ware. This exception was a ves- 
sel bearing a complicated stamp decoration about 2 inches wide, below the margin 
(Fig. 168). A number of imperfect vessels and sherds also bore the complicated 
stamp. One of these is shown in Fig. 169. 


Fic. 168.—Vessel of earthenware. Jackson mound. 
(Half size.) 


Fie. 169.—Sherd. Jackson mound. (Half size.) 


Three vessels, separate, were found more centrally located in the mound, 
though not immediately associated with burials, than was the general deposit of 
earthenware which came to an end before interments were met with. One is an 
undecorated vessel of about 1 pint capacity, of excellent ware, having the form of a 
gourd. Part of the handle is broken and missing. Another (Fig. 170), with semi- 
globular body with incised and punctate decoration, had two necks and two orifices, 
where similar necks, which have since been restored, had been. The base is imper- 
forate. Maximum diameter of body, 6.5 inches; height, with neck, 6.6 inches. 

The third vessel, an undecorated pot of about 1 pint capacity, has a certain 
amount of bitumen which, melted at one time, has hardened on the base. This glue- 
pot. of necessity, has no basal perforation. We know bitumen to have been in com- 
mon use among the aborigines, and Cabeca de Vaca tells how he went to what is now 
the Alabama frontier and acquired in trade various articles, including cement, 
which was, doubtless, bitumen. 

Also in the E. and NE. parts of the mound and comparatively near the margin, 
presumably deposited for the dead in general were: a soapstone pipe of the common 
rectangular block pattern and fourteen hatchets, or “celts”, ranging in length 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 233 


between 2.5 inches and 11.25 inches. Many of these are rudely made though some 
are carefully smoothed and taper gracefully to a blunt point opposite the cutting 
edge. Certain of these hatchets lay in pairs. 

With the “celts” were two double bladed hatchets. probably of granitoid rock, 
much weathered, 6 inches and 4.8 inches in length, respectively, showing where a 
central fastening had held them to a handle. 


Fic. 170.—Vessel of earthenware. Jackson mound. (Seven-ninths size.) 


Also unassociated there came from the mound hammer-stones. whetstones and 
hones. 


Together were: one pebble rudely chipped to resemble a small hatchet: two 


30 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


234 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


rounded pebbles ; two smooth pebbles; a spear-head with broken point; a pebble 
grooved at one end for a pendant; and a neat little pendant also grooved at one end. 

One pebble-hammer, three pebbles, one chert arrowhead or knife lay closely asso- 
ciated, while eight pebbles and pebble-hammers were found together in another place. 

A lance-head of chert, 5.2 inches in length, lay in the outer part of the mound 
among the hatchets. 

Two graceful and keen-pointed arrow-or lance-points of chalcedony, lay together. 

Also in the mound were: two arrowheads; one small lance-point; a bit of 
quartz crystal; a pendant of quartz crystal, with the part above the groove broken 
off; a mass of galena, 2.5 inches by 2 inches, rounded and flattened at the ends as 
though by use as a hammer. 

A fact worthy of note in this mound is that, with the exception of one small 
pocket of calcined human bones found by us on the Alabama river, that in the Jack- 
son mound is the westernmost example of cremation met with by us. 


MounpD NEAR HuCKLEBERRY LANDING, FRANKLIN COUNTY. 


Jackson river empties into the Apalachicola about 5 miles above the mouth of 
the river which enters the bay of that name near the town of Apalachicola. 

Huckleberry landing is about 2 miles above the junction. 

About 100 yards from the landing, on the south side of the river, in hammock 
land, on property of Mr. David Silva, resident nearby, was a mound which had 
undergone a certain amount of previous digging, though not sufficient greatly to 
impair the scientific value of our investigation. 

About 100 yards northwest from the mound were a shell-field and numerous 
aboriginal shell deposits composed mainly of shells of a small clam (Rangza cuneata). 
One of these deposits, from 1 to 3 feet in height, nearly oval in shape, is 120 feet KE. 
and W. and 180 feet N. and 8., inside diameter. Other shell deposits lie to the 
eastward of the mound. 

The mound, which was entirely dug through by us, was 5 feet 4 inches in 
height and had a basal diameter of 58 feet E. and W. and 52 feet N. and 8. It was 
composed of sand with no regular stratification. In places, especially toward the 
base, were various deposits of a clayey sand exceedingly tough and forming almost a 
matrix. In this material often were shells of the kind present in the adjacent shell 
deposits, while other pockets and small layers of these shells were present in the 
looser sand also. 

Burials, of which we found thirty-four, began near the margin on the eastern 
side and continued at intervals until the body of the mound was reached, where they 
became more numerous. In other parts of the mound burials were not met with 
beneath the slope. A few of the burials were near the surface. Some were 4.5 
feet down while one was lower still. So often did the bones lie in the tough clayey 
material, of which we have spoken, that it seemed as though this clayey sand had 
been put in expressly with the burials. Those that did not were the superficial 
burials, with one exception, to be referred to later. Upon several occasions burials 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 235 


of single skulls came from the mound like great balls of clay, the skulls being within 
the masses. 

Eleven burials were of flexed skeletons, some turned to the right, others to the 
left. The flexion in this mound was much closer in character, as a rule, than was 
that noted by us in the Jackson mound, though several examples of loose flexion 
were met with. The heads of the skeletons pointed in all directions. Twelve burials 
consisted of lone skulls, while the remaining eleven interments were made up of 
skulls with a few bones; various bones without skulls; several aboriginal disturb- 
ances where parts of skeletons had been removed in making place for others; amass 
of bones containing three skulls; one burial which fell in caved sand. 


Fic. 171.— Vessel of earthenware. Mound 
near Huckleberry Landing. (Half 
size.) 


Fic. 172.—Smoking pipe of earthenware. With Burial No. 22. Mound near Huckleberry Landing. (Full size.) 


Beneath the center of the base of the mound wasa burial included in our list, 
consisting of a skull, a tibia and a piece of bone belonging to the fore-arm. This 
burial lay in sand below the level of the clayey deposit and was, perhaps, the initial 
interment. 

Burial No. 1, a flexed skeleton, had marks of serious inflammation, and Burial 
No. 2, also flexed, showed a similar condition of several bones. This person, the 
fragmentary condition of whose bones precluded identification as to sex, seemed to 
have been peculiarly unfortunate as a radius had an ununited fracture whose rough 
surface with a certain amount of surrounding callous, showed death to have inter- 
vened before the parts could unite. This radius was sent to the Army Medical 
Museum, Washington, D. C. 


336 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


But few artifacts lay with the bones. With one was a pebble-hammer; with 
another a pebble. 

Burial No. 8, consisting of a skull and two thigh bones, had somewhat above it 
a rude, undecorated vessel with perforate base. Extending from this vessel in a 
northerly direction for 2.5 feet was a deposit made of several considerable parts of 
coarse undecorated vessels of ordinary types and many sherds from various vessels, 
some undecorated, one with a small check stamp and a number with complicated 
stamps. On the northernmost sherd, a large one, lay a single skull. 

With burial No. 21, one femur and two tibix, was an undecorated spheroidal 
vessel of compact ware, 3.6 inches in diameter and 2.6 inches in height. The circu- 
lar aperture is but .8 of an inch in diameter. On either side are small perforations 
for suspension. There is a basal perforation (Fig. 171). 

With Burial No. 22, a partial flexion on the right side, was a smoking pipe of 
earthenware with bowl and portion for the stem, circular in shape and at right 
angles to each other. Each orifice is about 1 inch in diameter (Fig. 172). This 
burial was fairly well preserved and, being near the surface, may have been an 
intrusive one. 

With Burial No. 23, bones disturbed by caving sand, was a pear-shaped 
“sinker” or pendant, wrought from a quartzose pebble, with the smaller end 
‘grooved for suspension. 

Burial No. 26, a skeleton flexed on the left side, lay 4 feet 7 inches down, a few 
feet from the center of the mound. At either side of the head, was a disc of sheet 
copper about 2.7 inches in diameter having a central incused space with a small 
perforation in the middle, surrounded by a vefousse margin. Behind each disc, 
that is between the dise and the skull, was a dise of earthenware about 1.7 inches 
in diameter, having a small central perforation. On the outside of one of the copper 
discs there remains a knot formed from a cord or a sinew. It is evident, then, that 
these objects were ear-plugs, the copper being worn on the outside of the ear while 
the earthenware disc, fastened to the copper one, remained at the back of the lobe of 
the ear.’ We are unable to say whether or not the two discs comprising each ear- 
plug were permanently fastened and the smaller disc buttoned through a hole in the 
lobe of the ear. Very likely this was the case since we know the custom among 
the- aborigines to have a great opening in the lobe of the ear, obtained from Peru 
northward. 

Burials Nos. 29 and 30 had each a turtle-shell in association. These shells, 
each about 7 inches across, if used for rattles, must have contained perishable 
material as no pebbles were met with inside. 

Burial No. 51 had near it an undecorated vessel of poor material and ordinary 
type, having the usual basal perforation. 

In this mound were no deposits distinctly marginal, as objects put in for the 
dead in general were found in all parts of the mound and at all depths. 

1 We found two earthenware dises of this kind and fragments of sheet copper, in a low mound 


near Helena, Lake Co., Fla., and described them in our ‘Certain Sand Mounds of the Ocklawaha 
River, Florida,” Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., Vol. X, but did not know their use at that time. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 237 


Many sherds found singly and probably of accidental introduction were present, 
as were numbers of others in close association, probably substitutional offerings. 
Some were undecorated, two or three bore the small check stamp, while many had 
the complicated stamp decoration. Three of these are shown in Figs. 175, 174, 175. 
Incised decoration was practically unrepresented. 


Fig. 173.—Sherd. Mound near Huckleberry Landing. Fic. 174.—Sherd. Mound near Huckleberry 
(Half size.) Landing. (Half size.) 

Seven vessels lay unassociated with burials. Five are un- 
decorated ; one, somewhat imperfect, has a complicated stamp 
and is of material superior to the rest. Five have basal perfo- 
rations. Five are of ordinary type as to form. 

Vessel No. 6, shown in Fig. 176, is undecorated, imperfo- 
rate, circular in transverse outline. 


Fic. 176.—Vessel No. 6. Mound near 
Huckleberry Landing. (Half size.) Fig. 177.—Knife of chert. 
Mound near Huckle- 
Fic. 175.—Sherd. Mound near Huckleberry berry Landing. (Full 
Landing. (Half size.) $1Ze. ) 


238 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 7, an urn with slightly scalloped margin of which parts are missing, 
has a complicated stamp decoration. The base is perforated. 

Vessel No. 10, a small pot, undecorated, has four feet. 

Rudimentary feet are on the bottom of part of a small vessel found unassocia- 
ted in the sand and two feet are on half a vessel broken longitudinally. 

A smoking pipe of earthenware of the ‘‘ Monitor” type lay unassociated, 
Part of the mouth-piece which presumably was as long as the projection on the oppo- 
site side of the bowl, is missing through an early fracture. Present length, 4.25 
inches; height, 2 inches; diameter of bowl, .7 of an inch. 

Throughout the mound were numbers of pebble-hammers, hammer-stones, peb- 
bles and several broken hones. In one instance twenty pebbles and pebble-hammers 
lay together. There were present also many small masses of chert, possibly 
“‘ wasters. ’ 

Four hatchets, or “celts” lay unassociated. 

A sheet of mica lay just below the surface. 

With seven pebbles and pebble-hammers was a large flake of chert, probably 
used as a knife. 

Loose in the sand, was a knife of chert, perhaps formerly an arrowhead from 
which a considerable part had broken longitudinally, involving the margin of the 
shank. The broken side has been carefully chipped to remove the thick surface left 
by the fracture (Fig. 177). 


Mounp NEAR Porter’s Bar, FRANKLIN County. 

This mound, in thick scrub, is on property of Mr. T. J. Branch, living on the 
place, situated one mile west of Green Point and a short distance from Porter’s Bar. 

The mound, which had sustained but little previous digeing, had deep depres- 
sions in places around it whence the sand used in its building came. Its outline 
was somewhat irregular, it being much steeper toward the east where it bordered a 
brook than on the west where it sloped to the level of the surrounding country. — Its 
basal diameters were 60 feet and 78 feet; its height was between 10 feet and 11 feet. 
It was totally dug down by us. 

The mound was composed of irregular strata and masses of sand, sometimes 
white, sometimes yellow, and in places blackened with organic matter. This black 
sand was particularly noticeable in the eastern part of the mound from the margin 
in as long as the principal deposit of pottery was met with. 

Beginning at that part of the margin of the mound included between W. and 
NW. and extending shortly after to SW. was a layer of oyster shells, of irregular 
thickness, on the base of the mound. This layer, from 1 foot to 2.5 feet in thick- 
hess, covering about one-quarter of the area of the mound, was purposely made and 
not a shell-heap antedating the building of the mound. There were also two or 
three local pockets of shell, each about 3 feet square and having the same thickness 
as the principal layer. 

Human remains lay in all parts of the mound, which was contrary to our usual 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 239 


experience and, as a rule, were on or near the base, though some were higher in the 
mound. A certain number lay below the shell layer, while others were just above 
it. Seattered bones lay here and there among the shells. Superficial burials, after 
the mound had reached a considerable height, were not present. 

There were noted by us in the mound sixty-eight burials, including the closely 
flexed, the loosely flexed, the bunch, the lone skull, scattered bones, one burial in a 


Fra, 178.—Smoking pipe with Burial No. 60. Mound near Porter’s Bar. (Full size.) 


squatting position and one pocket of calcined fragments of human bones, which 
resembled the deposits of cremated bones in Georgia where many fragments, all cal- 
cined, lie together. Cabeca de Vaca tells! us “it is their custom to bury the dead 
unless it be those among them who have been physicians, and those they burn.” 

Though the state of the burials was such through decay and pressure of sand 
that no skulls were preserved, yet a number, though fragmentary, permitted exami- 
nation as to cranial compression. In but one case was compression noted and then 
to a moderate degree only. 

Burial No. 23 consisted of badly decayed bones in a shallow grave below the 
base. With them was a rude lancehead. 

Burial No. 27, a skull and some badly decayed bones had sand colored with 
hematite in association, as did a number of other burials in the mound. 

Burial No. 49 had teeth alone remaining. With these were a small earthenware 
vessel and a smoothing stone. 

Burial No. 50, a lone skull, had with it a hammer-stone, a small stone pendant, 
a bit of sandstone, a pebble-hammer and three cutting implements made from 
columelle of large marine univalves. 

Burial No. 54, a lone skull, had in association a small earthenware vessel (No. 


The Narrative of Alvar Nuiiez Cabega de Vaca, translated by Buckingham Smith. Wash- 
ington, 1851, pe. 49. 


240 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


87) intact as to the base, which was the case with several pots and bowls, all 
diminutive, found directly with burials in this mound. 

Burial No. 59 was a skeleton in a squatting position on the base. With it 
were: a pendant of shell; an arrowhead or knife, of jasper; a small undecorated 
clay smoking pipe; clam shells; six pendants,’ one bottle-shaped and grooved, made 
from a quartz pebble, five of ordinary types, one of these of red indurated shale and 
four of igneous rock. 

Burial No. 60, a flexed skeleton, had with it an undecorated smoking pipe of 
clay with comparatively small bowl and flaring rim (Fig. 178). 

Burial No. 63, bones disturbed by caving sand, had nearby five implements, 
some for cutting, some for piercing, made from columellee of large marine univalves ; 
three shell gouges, one without a cutting edge; a bit of sandstone and a pebble- 
hammer. 


s, 
<f. 
es 

ee 


RS 
Ss = 
AMIR lf] bom 


Fic. 179.—Part of deer jaw cut off at base. Two positions. Mound near Porter’s Bar. (Full size.) 


Burial No. 64, a partly flexed skeleton, lay on the base of the mound. With it 
were : a small chisel, probably of voleanic rock, somewhat broken ; a triangular ham- 
mer-stone, rudely grooved for a handle; and four shell gouges. ; 

With other burials were: two ‘“‘celts;” the small vessels of which we have 
spoken; and a number of hammer-stones, smoothing-stones and shell drinking cups. 

Apart from burials were: three ‘‘celts;” a flake of chert, probably a knife ; 
several arrow and lanceheads, some of chert, some of quartzite; mica; shell drink- 
ing cups; a lump of galena, of considerable size, apparently having seen service as a 
hammer; a pendant, probably of ingenous rock ; a number of shell implements badly 


’ 


meee { : F : ae =e 
As to the uses made of plummets, see “Archeological History of Ohio.” Fowke, pg. 556, et seq. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 241 


decayed as a rule; bitumen, in one instance; plumbago; and the quota of hones, 
hammer-stones, smoothing-stones, pebble-hammers, usually present in mounds. 

With a number of artifacts fallen in caved sand and probably at one time asso- 
ciated with a burial, were three jaws of small rodents, also two parts of a lower jaw 
of a deer, with the base cut away to leave a flat surface (Fig. 179). 

We three times found jaws of large carnivores treated this way, in mounds of 
the Georgia coast and suggested in our report! that they had been thus treated to 
facilitate insertion into wooden masks. 

Mr. Cushing at Marco found ‘certain split bear and wolf jaws neatly cut off” ? 
so as to leave the canines and two bicuspids standing. On the jaws were traces of 
cement. Mr. Cushing believed these jaws to have been let into war-clubs, which 
may well have been the case with teeth of large carnivores, but hardly so where 
jaws of deer were used. 

Mr. Moorehead found in Ohio mounds human jaws treated in the way we have 
described, some with perforations in addition, and regards them as ornaments.® 

From all this, the reader has doubtless come to the conclusion, and rightly, that 
the use made of these curiously treated jaws is still an open question. 

A feature often noticed in the mounds, namely the tendency to place with the 
dead objects no longer of use to the living, was illustrated in this mound by the 
finding with a burial, of eight arrow- and lance-points, five of chert, three of quartzite. 
Of these, five wanted either a shank or a barb; of the remaining three, two 
were in the rough. 

In caved sand was part of an ornament of sheet copper. 

Broken into several parts by palmetto roots which had penetrated it, was a 
curious object of impure kaolin,* almost cylindrical, with a certain rounded enlarge- 
ment at either end. This object, which is 11 inches long and has a middle diame- 
ter of 2.5 inches and of 3 inches at either end, had been carefully smoothed at one 
time and still, in places, shows traces of decoration in low relief. A similar object, 
found in a much better state of preservation, will be figured and described in our 
account of Mound B, Warrior river. 

Including with whole vessels those which were broken but had full complement 
of parts, and others from which but small parts were missing, ninety vessels came 
from this mound. The ware was most inferior, as a rule; the decoration poor in 
design and rudely executed. Undecorated vessels predominated and, as a rule, 
when decoration had been attempted, it consisted of the complicated stamp, usually 
rudely and irregularly applied. The use of this form of decoration, even when care- 
fully executed, is always unfortunate in a mound, since it is likely to take the place 
of incised design which calls for greater originality. Farthermore, many of the ves- 
sels with complicated stamp were not covered as to the entire body, but had only a 

1“ Certain Aboriginal Mounds of the Georgia Coast,” pp. 65, 88, 112. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. Vol. XI. 
? Proc. Am. Philosoph. Soc. -Vol. XX XV, No. 153, pg. 45. Phila., 1897. 


* “Primitive Man in Ohio,” pg. 226, et seq. 
* Kaolin is found in Florida. 


31 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


242 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


comparatively narrow band of the decoration on or below the neck. This form suffi- 
ciently ornamental when carefully done, is much less so when the stamp is irregu- 
larly and faintly applied. 


Fic 180.—Vessel No. 9. Mound near Porter’s Bar. (Full size.) 


Although a number of sherds and several vessels were found in the southwest- 
ern margin of the mound at the very start, yet the great majority of the vessels lay 
in the eastern portion and were included within the first fifteen feet of the slope. 
With these were the usual sherds. Farther in, in the same direction, were certain 
other vessels extending along the base like the rest, but with these were no piles of 


Fic. 182.—Vessel No. 9. Decoration. Mound near Porter’s Bar. (Half size.) 


sherds such as marked the deposit of ware in the outer portion of the mound. 
There was no central deposit. 
We shall now describe the most noteworthy of the vessels. Unless otherwise 
stated, the usual basal perforation is present, all without it being included in our list. 
Vessel No. 4.—Has a decoration of vertical parallel lines, rudely executed. 
Vessel No. 9.—A bowl of excellent ware, of about 1 quart capacity, colored 
crimson inside and out (Fig. 180), with incised and punctate decoration in which 
appears the symbol of the bird, shown in diagram (Fig. 181). 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 243 


Vessel No. 10.—A toy vessel with globular body and flaring quadrilateral neck. 
Vessel No. 11.—Is of eccentric shape as shown in Fig. 182. Unfortunately, a 
part of the neck is missing from an early fracture. 


Fig. 182.—Vessel No. 11. Mound near Porter’s Bar. (Half size.) 


Vessel No. 15.—An undecorated imperforate cup. 

Vessel No. 18.—Has a hemispherical body and slightly flaring neck (Fig. 183), 
around which is an incised and punctate decoration shown in (Fig. 184) in which 
the punctate markings have been accidentally omitted from the rectangular space in 
the right upper portion. 

Vessel No. 21.—A curious wedge-shaped vessel, a form new to our mound 

work. The decoration, incised, is practically 

nM the same on either side (Figs. 185, 186). 

Height, 8.5 inches; maximum diameter, 4.8 
inches. 

Vessel No. 29.—A little bowl of inferior 
ware, having below the rim a band about 1.5 
inches in breadth, made up of series of rudely 
incised perpendicular lines, of diagonal lines 
and of horizontal lines. 

Vessel No. 30.—This vessel, undecorated 
save for a single encircling incised line a 
short distance below the rim, consists of an 
upper part somewhat elliptical in horizontal 


Fig. 183.—Vessel No. 18. Mound near Porter’s ‘eet] arec . 4 Lar a 
eae CR WOLtbIVaN Shee) section, placed upon a flattened sphere (Fig. 
187). 


Vessel No. 33.—This handsome trilateral vessel (Fig. 188), unfortunately found 
broken into many pieces, probably represents some quadruped in incised and punc- 


244 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


tate decoration as conventionalized fore-legs and hind-legs are clearly shown (Fig. 
189). An animal head is probably missing from the rim in front. 

Vessel No. 35.—A bowl of about one-half pint capacity, with incised decoration 
on one part only, shown diagrammatically in Fig. 190. 

Vessel No. 56.—Portions of a compartment vessel, scattered throughout the 
mound. Parts are missing. 


Fic. 184.—Vessel No. 18. Decoration. Mound near Porter’s Bar. (Half size.) 


Vessel No. 60.—An imperforate pot. 

Vessel No. 61.—A water-bottle with a most interesting incised design repre- 
senting some highly conventionalized form. In addition to the “ killing” in the 
base, a small hole has been knocked in the side of the vessel, involving the decora- 
tion to a very limited extent. Diagram (Fig. 191) shows the design with slight res- 
toration. 


Fie. 185.—Vessel No. 21. Mound near Porter’s Bar. Fic. 186.—Vessel No. 21. Another view. Mound near Porter’s 
(Half size.) Bar. (Half size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 245 


Fic. 187.— Vessel No. 30. Mound near Porter’s Bar. (Half size.) 


Fic. 188.—Vessel No. 33. Mound near Porter’s Bar. (Eight-ninths size.) 


246 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 63.—The piece knocked from the bottom of this pot was found lying 
within it, as was the case with another vessel in this mound. 

Vessel No. 66.—A bowl of about 1 pint capacity, of red ware, with a handle in 
the form of a rather rude owl-head looking inward, which, with the exception of 
crimson paint, inside and out, is the only decoration. 


O° 
°° 


Po 


Fria. 189.—Vessel No. 33. Decoration. Mound near Porter’s Bar. (One-third size.) 


Vessel No. 69.—An imperforate pot with a rough complicated stamp around 
the neck. 

Vessel No. 71.—A graceful undecorated vessel, ovoid in shape, with holes 
below the rim, for suspension (Fig. 192). 

Vessel No. 74.—A shallow bowl 5 inches in diameter, to which a part, missing 
when found, has been added. There has been incised and punctate decoration over 
the base, part of which is wanting. A conventionalized animal paw, however, still 


Fie. 190.—Vessel No. 35. Decoration. Mound near Porter’s Bar. (Half size.) 


Fie. 191.—Vessel No. 61. Decoration. Mound near Porter’s Bar. Fic. 192.—Vessel No. 71. Mound near Porter’s Bar. 
(Half size.) (Half size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COASTS <247 


remains, The head of an aboriginal dog is represented as looking inward from the rim 
(Fig. 193). Cabecade Vaca and the chroniclers of De Soto refer to aboriginal dogs in 
Florida. Skeletons from the mounds show these dogs to have resembled collies, with 
somewhat broader jaws. 

Vessel No. 75.—A_ life-form 
from which the head and part of the 
tail unfortunately are missing, is 
shown in Fig. 194. The decoration, 
similar on either side, represents fur 
and conventionalized fore-legs and 
hind-legs. Judging from the flat 

tail, possibly the representation of a 
beaver is intended. 

Vessel No. 78.—A little bowl. 
are Ee lenticular in shape, of less than one 


Quen 


PRANK RA LL! 


pint capacity, imperforate, lay with 
Fic. 193.—Vessel No. 74. Mound near Porter’s Bar. (Full size.) a burial. The decoration consists of 
two incised designs shown in diagram in Fig. 195. With this vessel was the 
astragalus of a deer. Such knuckle-bones were used in games.’ 


Fic. 194.—Vessel No. 75. Mound near Porter’s Bar. (Half size.) 


Vessel No. 82.—A vessel, somewhat globular in shape, of about 1 gallon 
capacity, having a es ated stamp decoration around the upper part (Fig. 196). 
Vessel No. 87.—Imperforate, of red ware, of somewhat less than one-half pint 


* For details, see “Chess and Playing Cards,” by Stewart Culin, pg. 826, et seq. Report U.S 
National Museum for 1896. 


248 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


capacity. From the center of the base asmall knob protrudes. There are holes for 
suspension (Fig. 197). 

Vessel No. 88.—A small vessel intact as to the base, with perforations for sus- 
pension (Fig. 198). 

Vessel No. 89.—A vessel of about 1 pint capacity, elliptical in longitudinal 
section, the major sides incurving toward 
the margin. There are holes on the same 
side for purpose of attachment. The only 
attempt at decoration is on the side shown 
in Fig. 199. The part to the left is very 

suggestive of an effort to portray a quad- 
Be Oe ee No ee TSE) Mound neat ruped whose fore-legs are in line and also 
the hind-legs. The head and tail are 

shown. The figure to the right may represent a bird. 


Fic. 196.—Vessel No. 82. Mound near Porter’s Bar. (Two-fifths size.) 


Fic. 197. —Vessel No. 87. Mound near Porter’s Bar. 
(Full size.) 


Fig. 199.—Vessel No. 89. Mound near Porter’s Bar. 
Frc, 198.--Vessel No. 88. Mound near Porter’s Bar. (Full size.) (Half size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 249 


Vessel No. 90,.—A compartment vessel consisting of a long division with a 
a smaller one on either side. A part broken from one end has been filled in 


(Fig. 200). 


F 1G. 200.—Vessel No. 90. Mound near Porter’s Bar. (Three-fourths size.) 


Certain pieces of an effigy-bottle representing the human form, with the head 
unfortunately absent, were recovered from the mound. The arms and the hands 
are in relief. Hach finger is distinctly shown. 

The check stamp was present in the mound but once and, as it lay among the 
shell, it was probably introduced with it. 

Figs. 201, 202, 205, show three sherds with complicated stamp from this mound. 


Mounpd NEAR GREEN Point, FRANKLIN CounrTy. 

This mound, also on property of Mr. T. J. Branch, was in a field formerly cul- 
tivated, a short distance in a SW. direction from the mound just described. There 
was no sign of previous digging, but members of the family informed us that during 
cultivation certain relics had been laid bare by the plough. The height of the 
mound was 2 feet, though on the western side it was necessary to go down 5 feet to 
reach undisturbed sand. The basal diameter was 62 feet. The mound was com- 
pletely dug through. 

It was composed of sand, light in color as a rule, but blackened with organic 


32 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


950 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


matter in certain places. There were many small deposits of oyster-shells here and 
there throughout the mound, and scattered shells lay in the sand. In two or three 
cases oyster-shells lay with burials, but as there were so many cases where they did 


Fic. 202.—Sherd. Mound near Porters Bar. 
(Three-fourths size.) 


Fie, 201.—Sherd. ; Mound near Porter’s Bar. (Half size.) 


Fig. 203.—Sherd. Mound near Porter’s Bar. 
(Three-fourths size.) 


not and as local deposits of shell were so numerous, it is entirely possible that the 
proximity of the shells to the burials was accidental. Burials were in all parts of 
the mound but were especially numerous in the central portions. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 251 


There were in all eighty burials, as a rule closely flexed skeletons, though 
loosely tlexed skeletons, lone skulls. bunches of bones and scattered bones were met 
with. No flattening was noticed in the case of any skull whose condition was such 
as to allow determination. 

With burials in different parts of the mound were single vessels of earthenware ; 
also a deposit of thirteen beneath a skeleton in the western part of the mound and 
a deposit of three vessels, near human remains, a little east of the center. 

There were also in the mound, hones, hammer-stones, smoothing-stones, pebble- 
hammers and kindred objects which it is hardly necessary to describe in detail. 

With one burial, among other things, were two rounded ends of ‘ celts”? which 
had no doubt been put in substitutionally, a part for the whole, a most economical 
method and one widely practised by the aborigines, as we have seen. 

There were present also a number of lanceheads and projectile points, all but one 
or two of which were more or less broken or unfinished. Three “celts” lay with 
burials. Two of these had the cutting edge so badly chipped that prolonged grind- 
ing would have been necessary before use. 

Forty-four water-worn pebbles, slingstones no doubt, lay together, and a num- 
ber of burials had with them shell drinking cups mostly having the basal perfora- 
tion. Some of these cups were carefully wrought, the whole beak of the shell being 
ground away, giving the shell a graceful and cup-like appearance. 


Fie. 204.—Pendant of shell. Mound near Green Point. (Full size.) 


Between two burials were: a number of decayed mussel-shells; bits of sand- 
stone; unfinished shell gouges; a rude cutting implement of chert; a bone of a 
small mammal; fragments of shell; two rectangular pieces of fossilized wood; a 
number of collumelle of large marine univalves; sections of columellxe carefully 
rounded as though for large beads in block ; sandstone hones; fragments of various 
rocks, mostly chert; a small triangular piece of sandstone sharpened as for piercing ; 
a barbed arrowpoint ; a small marine shell; an object resembling in shape the tine 
of a stag horn, a recent formation containing small marine shells ; two discs of shell, 
each about 3.5 inches in diameter, evidently the first stage in the making of gorgets; 


252 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


two shell dises much smaller; a diamond-shaped section of the body whorl of a large 
univalve; a pendant made from a marine columella, 5.5 inches in length ; a small 
gouge of shell; a heavy ornament of shell with two ends grooved for suspension 
(Fig. 204), 4 inches long and 2 inches thick. With these objects were many bits 
of stone and of shell of no particular interest. 

Another mortuary deposit consisted of: bits of shell; a large columella worked 
to a point; another, unworked; one carefully ground to a cutting edge, which, how- 
ever, is badly chipped; a bit of voleanic rock, a part of an implement; a chipped 
pebble; three bits of sandstone; a small mass of hardened clay, seemingly; a small 
part of a “celt”’; three sections of a columella, probably beads in block; a rectan- 
gular piece of rock, 7 inches long; parts of two under-jaws of small rodents; a 
pendant of shell of ordinary demijohn form; a pendant of clam-shell, roughly tri- 
angular in shape, grooved at one end for suspension; five triangular gouges with 
rounded lower corners made from the body whorl of Fua/eur,; forty-three similar 
implements with undressed sides and unground edges, the first step in the making of 
a gouge, the nature of this latter deposit showing the aboriginal mind to be fully 
alive to the fact that the departed would have ample leisure in the life to come. 


Fic. 205.—Sherd. Mound near Green Point. Fie. 206.—Sherd. Mound near Green Point. 
(Half size.) (Three-fourths size.) 

Contrary to our usual experience, a general deposit of vessels was found on the 
western side of this mound and another large deposit farther in on the same side, 
while no other vessels were met with, except immediately with the dead, and these 
were well in toward the center. 

The earthenware of this mound, on an average, was distinctly inferior to any 
we had met with so far on the coast. The vessels, when decorated, bore, as a rule, 
the complicated stamp, often faintly and irregularly impressed. In Figs. 205, 206, 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 255 


Fig. 207.—Sherd. 


Mound near Green Point. (Half size.) 


207, 208, are shown four fragments of vessels more clearly stamped than the average 


and with designs new to us. 

Incised decoration was met 
with but three times, on two sherds 
and on a vessel. 

A feature of the mound was 
the presence of four feet on a con- 
siderable percentage of the vessels 
and scalloped margins on a large 
number. Curiously enough, 
neither of these characteristics 
was especially noted in the neigh- 
boring mound. In all, about forty 
vessels were met with, nearly all 
of which were in pieces or fell 
apart upon removal. Of the de- 
posit of thirteen vessels of which 
we have spoken, but one was taken 
out entire. It was apparent that 
the commonest kitchen ware had 
been placed with the dead. 

We give in detail a descrip- 
tion of the more interesting among 
the vessels. All are perforated 


Fie. 208.—Sherd. Mound near Green Point. (Half size.) 


as to the base unless otherwise described. 


254 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


F1q. 209.—Vessel No. 9. Mound near Green Point. (Nine-elevenths size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 255 


Vessel No. 1.—A_ globular bowl with faint complicated stamp and notches on 
the rim, small and near together, presenting almost a serrated appearance. 

Vessel No. 2.—A pot with scalloped rim, having four rudimentary feet. The 
basal perforation is made carefully to one side of the feet, a practice to which the 
aborigines were not given, as a rule, in this mound, as a number of bases with feet 
upon them, which had been knocked from vessels, were found scattered through the 
mound. 

Vessel No. 3.—Undecorated, of eccentric form. The lowest part is almost 
eylindrical but expands somewhat from the base which is flat. The upper part has 
been hemispherical, probably. A part of it is missing. 

Vessel No. 4.—An oval jar of about 5 gallons capacity, with scalloped rim and 
zigzag complicated stamp. 


Fira. 210.— Vessel No. 9. Decoration. Mound near Green Point. (Half size.) 


Vessel No. 5.—A pot of about 5 gallons capacity, with scalloped rim and com- 
plicated stamp decoration. It fell into bits upon removal. With it was a knuckle- 
bone of a deer. A similar bone lay with another vessel in this mound. 

Vessel No. 6.—A large vessel found in pieces. The decoration was seemingly 
the impression of basket-work. 

Vessel No. 7.—Small, imperforate, undecorated, with flaring rim and four rudi- 
mentary feet. 

Vessel No. 9.—This vessel (Fig. 209), consists of an undecorated cylinder sup- 
porting a much flattened sphere, from which is a flaring neck with scalloped margin. 
The decoration, which is incised and painted, consists of two similar designs, one of 
which is shown in diagram (Fig. 210). Height, 8.8 inches; maximum diameter of 
body, 8.7 inches. 

Vessel No. 10.—A vase of inferior ware, of about 1 quart capacity, with ovoid 
body, flaring neck and scalloped rim, undecorated (Fig. 211). 


256 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 12.—A frail vessel of about 1 pint capacity, elliptical in horizontal 
section, with rim slightly flaring, having on one side an impression resembling the 
foot of a bird. On the opposite side the circular 
portion of the foot is given without the claws 
(Fig. 212). 

Part of an earthenware smoking pipe lay 
unassociated in the sand. 

From caved sand came part of a smoking 
pipe of the “ platform,” or “ Monitor,” type. A 
part of one end has been broken off and the en- 
deavor to cut off the rough projecting portion to 
leave an even surface to join the two parts has 
been. begun but not completed. 

In addition to the customary perforation 
extending through one end of the platform to 
BioyU aeleterl Noo Mound ca the bowl, there is another running from the base 

of the bowl to the base of the platform below 
(Fig. 213). We wrote to Mr. Warren K. Moore- 
head as to this curious feature, who most oblig- 
ingly addressed twelve prominent collectors of 
this country and forwarded the replies to us. 

Smoking pipes with holes accidentally made 
by the slipping of drills are well known, as are 
some instances of this carefully made basal per- 
foration. Mr. H. P. Hamilton, of Two Rivers, 
Wis., kindly forwarded for our inspection two 
smoking pipes, one showing the accidental per- 
foration, the other the intentional one in the base. 

General Gates P. Thruston suggests that this hole in pipes was made to facilitate 
the cleaning of the bowl and that the hole was plugged during smoking. This 
seems a probable solution of the question. We are unable to say whether this pipe 
is stone or earthenware thoroughly baked, and experts, consulted on the subject, 


Fic. 212.—Vessel No. 12. Mound near 
Green Point. (Half size.) 


have not been able to decide without mutilating the specimen. 


Fig 213.—Smoking pipe. Mound near Green Point. (Full size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 257 


Mounp NEAR CARRABELLE, FRANKLIN County. 


Within sight of the water, on the right hand side going down the Carrabelle 
river, about 1.5 miles by land in NW. direction from Carrabelle, is a mound 45 feet 
across and about 1.5 feet high, which had been much dug into before our visit. On 
the surface were small fragments of human bones. Considerable trenching yielded 
nothing of interest. 


Tucker Mounp, Franxuin County. 


In sight of the water, which was about 200 yards distant, about one mile from 
the lower end of Alligator Harbor, on the north side, on property, the ownership of 
which is uncertain, was a mound about 80 feet in diameter N. and S. and 86 feet E. 
and W. The slope on the eastern side was much more gentle than elsewhere, form- 
ing a graded way. The height of the mound from the general level on the west side 
was 8.5 feet. A measurement taken near the center, from the surface to the base. 
showed 9.5 feet. 

At various points around the mound were excavations whence the sand came 
for the building. The mound was entirely demolished by us. 

The discovery of burials began at the very margin and continued in, being strictly 
confined to the eastern and southern sides included between the compass points NE. 
and SW. In the other parts of the mound were neither burials nor artifacts, with 
the exception of one undecorated vessel partly broken, probably an accidental intro- 
duction. Here we have a striking example of the great quantity of sand piled in 
certain mounds simply to round out a part used for interments. 

Burials, which were mainly in the eastern part of the mound, decreased in 
number as the digging continued and disappeared entirely 9 feet from the center. 
Especial care was taken by us as to method and position of interments, since this 
mound, which was of considerable size, was almost intact at our coming, having in 
it but two or three holes and these were less than one yard in each of their three 
dimensions. 

Seventy-nine burials were noted by us, including the flexed; the bunched, 
which sometimes had several skulls; the lone skull; and scattering bones. 

Many skulls were past determination as to flattening. The majority of those 
whose condition permitted a decision distinctly showed flattening but certain others 
just as distinctly did not. 

Burial No. 2, consisting of two decayed fragments of bone, had with it two 
barrel-shaped beads of galena (lead sulphide) each about .9 of an inch in length and 
-85 of an inch in maximum diameter. Though cubes of galena are often present in 
mounds as are masses of the material showing use as hammers, we have but once 
before, to our recollection, met with an ornament of galena, namely, a bead in the 
great mound at Mt. Royal, Putnam Co., Fla. With the two beads was a “celt.” 
Incidentally, we may say seven of these implements came from the Tucker mound, 
all directly with burials except two in whose neighborhood, possibly, bones had disap- 
peared through decay. All these “celts” but one were in marginal parts of the 


33 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


258 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


mound, though on or near the base with the original burials, the one exception being 
under the slope and no wise near the center. 

Burial No. 6.—Fragments of bones with which were many conch-shells, not 
drinking cups, simply the shells (/uleur perversum). 

Burial No. 22.—Three skulls with a bit of tibia. With these were a number of 
large clam-shells and parts of clam-shells showing wear, which probably had been 
used as tools for cutting and scraping. 

With a number of burials in this mound were similar implements of clam-shell. 

Burial No. 26.—A closely flexed skeleton lying at the bottom of a grave at the 
base of the mound which at this point was 5 feet in height. Above the skeleton, 
which was one of those having a “celt” in association, were 2.5 feet of yellow sand 
totally differing in color from the gray sand of that part of the mound where the grave 
was. It would seem as though this grave had been made and filled with sand of 
another color in a part of the mound but 2.5 feet in height when the grave was made 
and that later, an additional 2.5 feet had been added to the mound. 

Burial No. 28.—A lone skull with charcoal nearby. 

Burial No. 30.—A lone skull with a few small shell beads. 

Burial No. 33.—A flexed skeleton with two perforated shell drinking cups. A 
number of such cups were found in the mound but as a rule lying with deposits of 
earthenware, unassociated with burials. 

Burial No. 56.—A lone skull had shell beads and a rude implement of chert. 

Burial No. 48.—A flexed skeleton had oyster-shells above it as did Burial No, 
57, a flexed skeleton in a shallow grave. These two burials were exceptional in this 
respect in this mound. 

Unassociated with bones were: two small masses of galena; a stone chisel, 
somewhat broken; mica. 

In caved sand was a small fragment of thin sheet copper bearing small vepoussé 
designs. 

Although there was no marginal deposit of earthenware vessels in the mound, 
yet the aboriginal custom to place pottery for the dead in general in the eastern por- 
tion of mounds, obtained also in this one. Though a number of sherds were found 
at the start, no vessel was met with until the digging had reached a point 26 feet 
ESE. from the center where lay together a number of interesting vessels. The 
deposit of ware continued in between NE. by N. and SE. by S., sometimes single 
vessels, sometimes a number together. There was no deposit at the center, the last 
vessel found being 8 feet from it, and but few were met with for some feet farther back. 

The vessels, sixty-two in all, whole, nearly so or in a condition to permit recon- 
struction, all show the basal perforation. Asa rule, the ware was inferior and deco- 
ration, when present, was usually the complicated stamp, often carelessly applied. 

The feature of the mound in respect to earthenware was the presence of many 
flat bases, even on pots and bowls, where the bases are usually rounded. As usual, 
numbers of fragments of parts of vessels and whole vessels, crushed together in inex- 
tricable masses, lay with whole vessels or with those broken but keeping their form 
until removed. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 259 


We give a detailed description of the most interesting ware. 

Vessel No. 1.—This boat-shaped vessel, of about 1 quart capacity, parts of 
which were found some distance from each other, has since been cemented together, 
with a certain amount of restoration. At either end is the head of a duck in relief 
(Fig. 214). 

Vessel No. 2.—This interesting bird-effigy, entire, save for a small basal perfora- 
tion, has incised decoration on the wings and back, the well-known bird symbol. 
The aperture is at the base of the neck (Fig. 215). Height, 8 inches; breadth, 5.5 
inches. 


Fic. 214.—Vessel No.1. Tucker mound. (Seven-eighths size.) 


Vessel No. 3.—Is of about 1 quart capacity and is without decoration save for 
the protruding head, probably intended to represent that of a wild cat or ofa panther 
(Fig. 216). 

Vessel No. 4.—A bowl in fragments, having the check-stamp decoration. This 
instance, with a single sherd in addition, was the only example of this style of deco- 
ration noted by us in the mound. 

Vessel No. 6.—Of about 2 quarts capacity, with xvepoussé ridges around the 
body which has been painted crimson (Fig. 217). 

Vessel No. 15.—A quadrilateral vessel with circular upright rim, having in 
each corner an oblong space, vepoussé, upon which has been a complicated stamp, 
now very indistinct. 

Vessel No. 19.—An undecorated vase of red ware, hemispherical body with long 
cylindrical neck ending in four pointed corners. 


260 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 20.—A small bowl of inferior ware, with a rude dentate design sur- 
rounding the upper part, enclosing punctate impressions (Fig. 218). 

Vessel No. 21.—A vase of hemispherical body, with constricted neck decorated 
with upright parallel ridges, ending in a square rim having incised symbols of the 


bird (Fig. 219). 


Fia. 215.—Vessel No. 2. Tucker mound. (Two-thirds size.) 


Vessel No. 22.—This vessel, shown in Fig. 220, is undecorated save for the 
effigy of the head of a horned owl overlooking the aperture. Length, 8.4 inches; 
breadth, 6.6 inches. 

Vessel No. 25.—Shown in Fig. 221, has a spherical body surmounted by a long, 
flaring rim. The decoration, incised and punctate, is given in diagram (Fig. 222). 
Height, 7.2 inches; maximum diameter, 5.4 inches. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 261 


Fic. 216.—Vessel No. 3. Tucker mound. (Half size.) Fic. 217.—Vessel No. 6. Tucker mound. (Half size.) 


Vessel No. 28.—A vessel of about | pint capacity, with complicated stamp 
decoration around the neck. 

Vessel No. 29.—Somewhat similar in style to the preceding, with a deeper 
band of complicated stamp deco- 
ration around the upper part 
(Fig. 223). 

Vessel No. 51.—A jar with 
globular body and long neck 
slightly flaring, surrounded by 
a complicated stamp decoration 
(Fig. 224). Height, 8.7 inches ; 
maximum diameter, 5.9 inches. 


Fic. 218.—Vessel No. 20. Decoration. Tucker 
mound. (Half size.) 

Vessel No. 36.—This ves- 
sel, crimson in color, found 
crushed to pieces, has been ce- 
mented together with slight re- 
storations. It is particularly 


interesting as belonging to the Frc. 219,—Vessel No. 21. Tucker mound, (Half size.) 


,AL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


CERTAIN ABORIGI 


Tucker mound. (Full size.) 


Vessel No. 22. 


220, 


Fia. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 263 


ready-made mortuary class and has a hole in the base made before baking, as are 
those in the body and neck of the vessel. This vessel is notable as not being a 
life-form, to which class ceremonial vessels in this district usually belong. The 


Fic. 221.—Vessel No. 25. Tucker mound, (Full size.) 


Fig. 222.—Vessel No. 25. Decoration. Tucker mound. (Half size.) 


decoration is incised scrolls with punctate and other markings (Fig. 225). Height, 
7.5 inches; maximum diameter, 8 inches. 

Vessel No. 57.—This vessel, crimson inside and out, was found badly crushed 
and with parts missing. Cemented together and somewhat restored it seems to be a 
representation of a shell. On the opposite sides are convolutions similar to those 
shown in Fig. 226. There have been two perforations for suspension, on one side. 


Height, 4.2 inches; transverse diameter, 4.8 inches. 


Fic, 223.—Vessel No. 29. Tucker mound. (Full size.) FIG, 224.—Vessel No. 31. Tucker mound. (Half size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 265 


Vessel No, 58.—Part of a compartment vessel which had originally four circular 
divisions surrounding a fifth placed on a level above. 

Vessel No. 44.—A bowl of excellent ware. The decoration, incised, is shown 
in diagram in Fig, 227. Maximum diameter, 9.5 inches; height, 6.5 inches. 

Vessel No. 57.—A pot almost cylindrical, with flat, square base (Fig. 228). 
The incised decoration showing the bird symbol often repeated, is given diagram- 
matically in Fig. 229. 


Fic. 225.—Vessel No. 36. Tucker mound. (Five-sevenths size.) 


Yent Mounp, FRANKLIN CouUNTY. 

This mound, belonging to the Yent estate, Mrs. James Pickett, of Carrabelle, 
executrix, was in an old field, now overgrown, about one half mile in a southeasterly 
direction from the Tucker mound. 

The mound, beginning SSW. sloped gently upward in a NNE. direction, a dis- 


34 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


266 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Fic. 226.—Vessel No. 37. Tucker mound. (Full size.) 


tance of 68 feet and, continuing at a level 15 feet, had a descent of 25 feet before 
reaching the flat ground at the NNE., thus having a major axis of 106 feet along 
the base. At its broadest part, beneath the level portion, the mound was 74 feet 
across. There were deep excavations at several places along the border of the 
mound. whence sand had been taken to build it. The height, above what seemed to 
be the general level, was 7.5 feet. 


oH) 


Fia. 227.—Vessel No. 44. Decoration. Tucker mound. (One-quarter size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


267 


Fic. 228.—Vessel No. 57. Tucker mound. (About full size.) 


The mound, which had sustained almost no previous digging, was totally 
demolished by us. 

Human remains were met with in seventy-four places, lying throughout the 
mound from the very margin, sometimes below the base in graves, along the base, 
and in the body of the mound, but seldom superficially. There were present 


Fic. 229.—Vessel No. 57. Decoration. Tucker mound. (Half size.) 


the closely flexed skeleton, the bunch, the lone skull, scattered bones, and skeletons 
forced into small graves, showing partial flexion at times and, again, disarranged 
bones with the skull above. There were also bones in caved sand, whose form of 
burial was not determined, in two or three cases. Though no skulls were saved 
from this mound, a number were in a condition to allow determination as to cranial 
flattening. There was no evidence that it had been practised. 

Around the great majority of burials were large clam-shells with sometimes a 
mingling of conchs (Fleur perversum). 

Proportionately, the greatest number of burials were marginal, in graves, and 
with these burials were the most interesting objects in the mound. 

With Burial No. 2, a bunch, was a “celt” with a cutting edge 5.5 inches across, 
while the opposite end tapered gracefully to a blunt point scarcely 1 inch in 
diameter. 

Three other “celts” lay with burials and a small one with a pendant came 
from a grave where no bones were found though, presumably, lapse of time in wet 
sand below the base of the mound may account for their absence. 

With Burial No. 3, a bunch, were: a canine of a large carnivore; two sheets of 
mica, roughly shaped to resemble lanceheads; a clam-shell showing wear. <A 
number of such clam-shells with part of the side removed, some with a cutting edge, 
were met with in this mound. 

Burial No. 5, a bunch, had a triangular pebble about 5 inches long, with the 
greater end showing much use as a hammer. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 269 


With Burial No. 8, a mixture of bones, some belonging to an adult, some to a 
child, near the skull of each was a graceful pendant probably of slate, each about 
4.5 inches in length, of the type of a larger one from this mound, to be figured later. 

Burial No. 13, a flexed skeleton, had with it four pebbles. 

Burial No. 15, a bunch, had with it a rattle made of a turtle-shell holding a 
number of rather carefully flattened bits of chert. 

Burial No. 19, a skull with a single femur, lying in a grave, had a rude 
earthenware pot some distance above. Probably this association was accidental, as 
in no other case in this mound was earthenware found with a burial. 

With Burial No. 27, a flexed skeleton, were 33 pebbles. 

Burial No. 59 consisted of a pit of considerable size, below the base, in which 
were the flexed skeletons of three adults and parts of skulls and other bones of three 
infants or children, the remaining bones of these skeletons having doubtless disap- 
peared through decay. At the wrist of one of the adult skeletons were twenty-nine 
perforated bits of shell, some neatly shaped ; seventy-six teeth of the large porpoise 
(Zurrzops turrzo), kindly identified by Prof. F. A. Lucas, of the National Museum, 
all perforated, some through the enamel, but nearly all through the base of the tooth ; 
and eight pieces of bone, all perforated and more or less rudely made to resemble 
teeth. With these was a small imperforate tooth of a shark of the present geologi- 
cal period. A selection of these ornaments is given in Fig. 230, the shell being to 
the left, the bone to the right. 

As is so often the case with children in mounds, those in this grave had been 
especially favored. With one was a pendant, probably of slate, about 5 inches 
long, of the same pattern as the one next to be described, having bitumen still 
adhering to the groove. With another was the most interesting pendant it has been 
our fortune to take from a mound. The material is probably slate. The length is 
8.75 inches (Fig. 231). The remaining skull had beside it a gorget of shell cut in 
the shape of a fish. There are two holes for suspension (Fig. 232). In this grave 
were also a few shell beads. 

Burial No. 42, near Burial No. 59, resembled it in being a large grave below 
the base, but while No. 39 had a few clam-shells only, scattered here and there above 
it, this grave was filled in with almost a solid mass of them. The grave contained 
the flexed skeletons of two adults and the bones of an infant or child, badly crushed, 
with which was the tooth of a fossil shark, 2 inches long, perforated for use as a 
pendant. 

Burial No. 54, a bunch of bones belonging to an adolescent, had inverted over 
the skull a perforated shell drinking cup. 

With Burial No. 72, bones which fell in caving sand, were fragments of a sheet 
copper ornament corroded through and through, 

With other burials were hammer-stones, hones, pebbles, masses of chert and five 
or six arrowheads or knives, one of chalcedony, one of quartzite, the remainder of 
chert. 

Also in the mound, in caving sand, so that the proximity to bones could not be 


270 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Fig. 230.—Ornament of shell, ornaments of porpoise teeth and 
ornament of bone. Yent mound, (Full size.) 


MY ULAL 


i 
Wy 


WH 
iy 


Wy 


YY) U7. 


/) 


Fig. 232.—Gorget of shell. Yent mound. (Full size ) 


fi 


} 


ws 
iy 


)) 


i} 
f 


is 


N) 
FL, 


) 


WH) 


My) 


y 
yy 


Fic. 231.—Pendent ornament 
of stone. Yent mound. 
(Full size.) 


Fic. 233.—Vessel No. 22. Yent mound. (About full size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 271 


determined, or in undisturbed sand with no bones present, though they may have 
gone through decay, were, singly or associated in considerable numbers: masses of 
chert; rounded hammer-stones of chert; hones of sand-stone ; pebbles; pebble- 
hammers; smoothing stones; a mass of quartz, roughly chipped; several arrow- 
heads or knives; a handsome pendant 4.5 inches long, similar to the others we have 
described; part of a ‘* Monitor” pipe of soapstone, highly polished; a pendant 
chipped from a quartz pebble ; a demijohn-shaped pendant made of ferruginous clay- 
stone ; a globular pendant with an arm for suspension projecting from either end; a 
rude globular pendant of hematite from which the grooved portion has broken; a 
globular pendant of decomposed material ; a barbed lancepoint of brown chert, some- 
what over 4 inches in length; a knife of light-brown chert, with curved cutting 
edge, nearly 9 inches long, from which about 1 inch of the point is missing; shell 
drinking cups; an ornament of ferruginous sandstone, about 2.5 inches long and 1.5 
inches broad, flat on one side, convex on the other, with an unfinished perforation 
on either face below the middle of one of the longer sides; rude discs of shell; three 
shark’s teeth of the present geological period, two with perforations ; double pointed 
instruments made from axes of marine univalves; three small fossil shark’s teeth 
without perforations; a sheet of mica, rudely given the outline of a lancepoint; 
rectangular masses of silicified fossil wood, 7 or 8 inches in length, determined by 
Mr. Lewis Woolman of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, to have 
belonged to a coniferous tree. One of these was roughly sharpened to a cutting 
edge; the others had seen service as pestles or hammers. 

The earthenware in this mound, of which sixty-seven specimens were noted by 
us, discarding parts of vessels and heaps of sherds, consisted of common types and 
of inferior ware. The vessels lay, as a rule, near the base, often numbers together. 
The first deposit was found at the very margin of the ENE. part of the mound. 
Later, a considerable deposit lay somewhat in from the margin in the SW. side, 
while here and there single vessels were encountered throughout the mound. 
Numbers of vessels lay near the center, short distances apart. 

The majority of vessels, undecorated, or with a complicated stamp applied ina 
faint and slovenly manner, were dropping to pieces when removed. Incised deco- 
ration was met with in but five instances and of these but one showed earnestness of 
endeavor. The features of the earthenware of the mound were the presence of four 
feet on a large percentage of the vessels and the number of toy pots and bowls found 
singly, here and there, in the sand, one of which had a diameter of but 1.5 inches. 

With but few exceptions all vessels had the basal perforation. 

Vessel No. 19.—Small, undecorated, imperforate. 

Vessel No. 20.—A toy vessel of very coarse ware, with four feet and rude 
incised decoration. 

Vessel No. 21.—An undecorated vessel of common type, with four feet and 
notches around the rim, imperforate. 

Vessel No. 22.—A cup of heavy ware, with flat, circular base and inward slope 
to the sides. The decoration consists of punctate impressions around the rim and, a 
short distance apart, series of upright parallel rows of punctate markings (Fig. 253.) 


272 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 28.—A bowl of ware more solid than that of the majority from this 
mound. The incised decoration is shown in diagram in Fig. 254. 

Vessel No. 51.—A vase of rough inferior material, with four feet. The body 
consists of four repoussé lobes. The neck, upright, flares slightly near the margin. 
There is no decoration. 

Vessel No. 57.—A toy bowl having below the rim an encircling incised line 
with parallel incised perpendicular lines between it and the rim. 


Fic. 234.—Vessel No, 28. Decoration. Yent mound. Fig. 235.—Vessel No. 40. Yent 
(Half size.) mound. (Half size.) 


Vessel No. 40.—Cylindrical with flat base, and rim .4 of an inch wide extend- 
ing horizontally. There are perforations on opposite sides for suspension (Fig. 235). 


Fria. 236.—Vessel No. 45. Yent mound. (About full size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 273 


Vessel No. 45.—A graceful vase of yellow ware, whose basal perforation has 
removed one of its four feet. The rim is crimped. The decoration consists of per- 
pendicular parallel bands made up of incised crescentic markings (Fig. 256). 


Fic. 237.—Vessel No. 55. Yent mound. (Half size.) FiG. 238.—Vessel No. 62. Yent mound. (Half size.) 


Vessel No. 55.—A vessel of ware so solid that three heavy blows of a spade 
chipped but did not shatter. The form is nearly globular with a certain elongation 
at one side. The aperture, near which are two holes for suspension on opposite 


Fic. 240.—Sherd. Yent mound. (Three-fourths size.) 


Fic. 239.—Vessel No. 67. Yent mound. (Full size.) 


35 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


274 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


sides, is but .8 of an inch in diameter. The decoration, incised and punctate, with 
light-colored material inset, consists of a rudely executed design, evidently symboli- 
cal, four times repeated (Fig. 257). Height, 4.2 inches; maximum diameter, 4.5 
inches. 

Vessel No. 62.—A vessel of inferior ware, with four feet. The decoration 
seemingly is cord-marked (Fig. 258). 

Vessel No. 67.—The most carefully decorated vessel in the mound, with flat 
base on which the decoration on the body is continued. <A part of the body and 
neck, missing when found, has been restored (Fig. 259). 

A sherd from this mound is shown in Fig. 240. 


Mounp on Marsu IstAnp, WAKULLA CouNTY. 


Marsh Island is the northeastern boundary of Ocklockonee bay. The mound 
was in full sight of the water about 100 vards distant, on property of the Rayker 
family of Crawfordville, Fla. The usual deep excavations near the mound were 
present and extensive shell deposits were in the neighborhood. 

The mound, which gave little evidence of previous digging, oblong with 
rounded corners, was 96 feet through the base in an easterly and westerly direction, 
68 feet in a northerly and southerly, and had a height of 7 feet. The mound was 
entirely demolished by us. 

Human remains were present at 106 points and their discovery began at the 
very margin of different parts of the mound. Many burials lay in the eastern 
portion, but interments in graves below the base were much more numerous on the 
western side. But few burials were met with in the northern and southern parts of 
the mound, 

There were twenty-five lone skulls, some in little graves of their own below the 
base, and, in two instances, two skulls lay together without other bones. The flexed 
burial was met with in twenty-eight instances and the bunch was present forty-four 
times, counting under this heading masses of bones indiscriminately mixed, includ- 
ing numbers of skulls. There were also several disturbances of remains, probably 
aboriginal, and cases where bones fell in caved sand before the form of burial was 
determined. There was also one urn burial. 

The question of cranial flattening in this mound will be discussed later. 

Thirteen burials lay under oyster-shells sometimes few in number, sometimes 
ina solid mass. Noteworthy burials, including all associated with artifacts, were as 
follows : 

Burial No. 20—A lone skull had with it a graceful “celt.” 

Burial No. 24 had a bit of chert in association. 

Burial No. 37, a flexed skeleton, lay in a grave below the base. With it was a 
mass of plumbago, deeply pitted. 

Burial No. 58.—A lone skull lay with a “ celt.” 

Burial No. 51, in a grave beneath oyster-shells, consisted of three flexed skele- 
tons, two on the same level, one somewhat above. With them was the knucklebone 
of a deer. 


bo 
sl 
Or 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Burial No, 59, a mass of bones including fourteen femurs and four skulls. 

Burial No. 66, a flexed skeleton, had with it a bit of plumbago. 

Burial No. 70, four skulls and a lot of long-bones, 2.5 feet below the surface. 
With them were a pair of scissors and other articles, of iron or steel, badly rusted, 
glass beads, one large shell bead, one copper or brass sleigh-bell, eleven tubular beads 
of sheet brass, with overlapping edges. Dr. Harry F. Keller, who made a qualita- 
tive analysis of one of these beads, writes: ‘The tube surrounding the cord is 
brass. Beside a large proportion of zinc, it contains considerable quantities of lead, 
silver and iron.” 

Burial No. 85, about 2.5 feet down, had seven skulls and eighteen femurs 
with other bones. One small glass bead lay with them and doubtless others were 
in the sand. 

Burial No. 92, had seven skulls with other bones. Articles of iron and of 
steel were in association. 

Burial No. 95, a bunch, had a stone implement with a rude cutting edge, two 
pebbles and two pebble hammers. 

Burial No. 104 had certain burnt and calcined human bones mixed with others 
unaffected by fire. Above, in the sand, extending a considerable distance upward 
were masses of charcoal. This may have been a case of cremation or of proximity 
to ceremonial flames. 

Burial No. 105, near the surface, had eleven skulls.and many other bones. 
With them were three copper or brass sleigh-bells, articles of rusted iron or steel and 
three shell hair-pins. 

Burial No. 91, a true urn-burial, was of much interest to us, in that it carried 
the occurence of the custom so much farther east in Florida. 

About 5 feet from the surface, that is to say 3 feet to where the base of the 
under vessel rested. was an imperforate bowl of solid, but rather coarse ware, 6.75 
inches high and 10.75 inches in maximum diameter. The decoration, incised, is 
carelessly executed. Within the bowl were the bones of an infant. Around each 
humerus was a bracelet of sheet brass, about 2.25 inches in diameter and 2 inches 
wide, having two perforations on either side to regulate the diameter by aid of a 
cord or sinew. Over the bowl, inverted, was another bowl of similar ware and 
with decoration as carelessly done, imperforate, with two projections at either side. 
Maximum diameter, 12 inches; height, 4.7 inches (Fig. 241). 

In the Marsh Island mound was shown in an interesting way, in our opinion, 
the use often made of a mound for intrusive burial. In this mound nearly all burials 
lay below the base in graves or on the base, or not far above it but no burial of this 
class had with it a single object of Kuropean provenance. 

Five burials came from near the surface and one from a pit whose base was 4 
feet below the surface, but whose filling in from the surface down was clearly 
marked by admixture of masses of charcoal. 

Of these six burials (we are omitting the urn-burial) four had with them 
various articles unmistakably obtained from the whites, and glass beads, which 


276 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


undoubtedly belonged to another of them, were found in the sand near where it had 
lain. The sixth burial came from near the surface in much caved sand and associa- 
ted objects could not be definitely located. 

The 106 burials in the mound represented a great number of skulls. Of these 
skulls a large percentage were so crushed that no determination as to flattening 
could be arrived at, but on no skull coming from on or near the base was any sign 
of flattening noticed, while the skulls belonging to the six burials to which we have 
already referred were as follows: 


Fic. 241.—Urn-burial (Burial No. 91.) Mound at Marsh Island. (Half size.) 


Burial No. 61.—One skull, flattened. 

Burial No, 70,—Four skulls, all badly crushed. 

Burial No. 85.—Seven skulls. In the evening of the day when this burial was 
removed, while writing our amplified notes, we found no reference to cranial flatten- 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 277 


ing in connection with this burial, in the note book used by us at the mound, but it 
was the strong impression of the one who removed the bones and of ourselves, who 
saw the bones removed, that such skulls as were not badly crushed, showed flatten- 
ing and that our failure so to state in our notes was an omission, simply. 

Burial No. 92.—Seven skulls, six of which showed flattening; the other was 
badly crushed. 

Burial No. 104.—Three skulls, one flattened, two crushed. 

Burial No. 105.—Six skulls flattened; five hopelessly crushed. 

Here, then, we have clearly enough, superficial burials with flattened skulls and 
European artifacts on one hand, and on the other, original burials whose skulls 
showed no flattening and with which were no articles giving evidence of European 
contact. 

Two “celts” fell in caved sand, doubtless from the neighborhood of human 
remains. 

There were also in the mound, unassociated when found: a few fragments of 
chert; a small bit of plumbago; mica; scattered pebbles; a deposit of twenty-four 
pebbles, sling-stones, no doubt; pebble-hammers; hones; a bit of shell; a rude 
cutting implement; a handsomely made disc of quartzite, cup-shaped on either side, 
3 inches in diameter, .85 of an inch in thickness. Each concavity has a depth of .25 
ofaninch. While objects of this sort are not uncommon in other parts of the country, 
this is the first found by us during our mound work. 

Sand, pink from admixture of hematite, was in the mound in one or two places, 
unassociated with burials. 

At the eastern margin of the mound were a few sherds, one of excellent ware, 
showing incised decoration. There were also parts of four vessels with practically 
similar ornamentation consisting of rude animal heads upright around the rim with 
incised lines and punctate markings below. 

Four or five undecorated pots 
and bowls were found here and 
there in the mound, unassociated 
with human remains. 

On the eastern side, 24 feet in 
from the margin, began a deposit 
of earthenware which, spreading 
a little to either side, continued in 
a distance of about 15 feet. These 
vessels, lying along the base in 
masses of black sand, as a rule 
away from human remains, had 
the basal perforation with three Fic. 242.—Vessel No. 1. Mound at Marsh Island. (Half size.) 
exceptions. 

Forty-four vessels were noted by us, accompanied by the usual sherds. The 
ware was most inferior, so porous in cases that water actually could be pressed from 


278 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


it. The majority of vessels, entirely undecorated or bearing a faint complicated 
stamp, fell into bitson removal. Incised decoration was most infrequently met with. 
Vessel No. 1.—A bowl, with inverted rim, is of exceptionally good ware for this 


Mound at Marsh Island. (About two-thirds size.) 


Fra. 243.—Vessel No. 2. 
mound. The decoration, incised, consists of six rude diamonds enclosing four formed 
by single incised lines and two by double ones. Upright and central in each 
diamond, in a field of horizontal parallel straight lines is the emblem of the bird. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 279 


Between the lower parts of the diamonds are triangles, sometimes of one line, some- 
times of two, containing horizontal parallel lines. Capacity about 1 quart (Fig. 242). 

Vessel No. 2.—A ceremonial vessel of inferior ware, representing the head, 
body and tail of a bird. In addition to the basal perforation made before the hard- 
ening of the clay, there are similarly constructed holes in the body of the vessel. 
The exterior surface has been covered with crimson paint (Fig. 243). Height, 10.2 
inches; maximum diameter, 6.5 inches. 


Fic. 244.—Vessel No. 20. Mound at Marsh Island. (Five-eighths size.) 


Vessel No. 7.—A compartment vessel or part of one, found almost in a pulpy 
condition. 

Vessel No. 8.—A large flattened sphere of red ware, undecorated, which 
crumbled to bits on removal. 

Vessel No. 20.—A compartment vessel having a large central compartment 
rising above four smaller ones (Fig. 244). A cross-section is shown in Fig. 245. 


280 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Fia. 245.—Vessel No. 20. Vertical section. Mound at Marsh Island. (Half size.) 


Fra. 247.—Vessel No. 37. Decoration. Mound at Marsh 
Island. (One-third size.) 


Fie. 248.—Sherd. Mound at Marsh Island. 
(Four-fifths size.) 


Fic. 246.—Vessel No. 34.. Mound at Marsh Island. (About three-fourths size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 281 


Vessel No. 33.—A pot of yellow ware, of about 1 pint capacity with four 
encircling lines of oblong impressions below the rim. 

Vessel No. 34.—Twwo parts of this vessel, having no surface indicating the 
former junction, were found some distance apart. The restoration is an arbitrary 
one as the length of the cylinders which joined the globular extremities could be 
estimated only (Fig. 246). 

Vessel No. 36.—A large pot 15 inches across the mouth, which fell into bits 
before farther measurement could be obtained. 


Vessel No. 37.—A vessel of ordinary form, with rude punctate markings below 
the rim, shown diagrammatically in Fig. 247. 
A sherd from this mound with complicated stamp is shown in Fig. 248. 


NicHots’ Mounp, WakuLLa County. 

The estate of Mr, Eli Nichols is situate on the north side of Ocklockonee bay 
near where the Sopchoppy river unites with the bay. 

The principal mound, in a cultivated field not far from Mr. Nichols’ residence, 
is about one-half mile from the landing, in a northerly direction. 

The mound, which had suffered no digging except from insignificant efforts of 
children on the place, was 5.5 feet in height and had a basal diameter of 100 feet 
save to the SW. where a graded way 12 feet long and about 22 feet across, joined it. 

It was our belief from the start that this mound, which covered an area dispro- 
portionate to its height and which had a great level summit plateau, had been made 
for domiciliary purposes. To assure ourselves of the fact, however, and to learn, it 
our surmise proved true, whether or not a dwelling site had been used for burial 
purposes, as we have sometimes found to be the case, twenty men on an average 
worked for two days on the mound, trenching in every direction. 

The mound, of dark brown sand, had a thin layer of small clam-shells (Rangza 
cuneata) along the base and, beginning at a certain distance in, another layer of the 
same kind of shells, about 1 foot in thickness which, at the starting point, was about 
1 foot below the surface but three times that depth at the center of the mound. 

Burials were all superficial. In the slope and in the outer part of the summit 
plateau they lay just below the upper shell layer and in each case the layer had 
been cut through to bury them. In the more central part of the mound the burials 
lay above the shell layer. 

Thirty-three burials were met with during the trenching. Twenty-two were 
closely flexed. One lay on the back with the knees flexed upward. Six were not 
exactly determined as to form of burial owing to disturbance either aboriginal in 
inaking another grave or by recent digging or by caving sand. Four lay at full 
length on the back, in each case the feet pointing toward the margin of the mound. 
Whenever skulls were in a condition to be examined artificial flattening was noted. 

Burial No. 7. 
sustained a fracture. This bone was sent to the United States Army Medical 
Museum, Washington, D, C. 


A flexed skeleton had a femur the neck of which had formerly 


36 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


282 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


“ 


© 


Three burials had each a “celt;”’ one had shell beads while with several were 
pebble-hammers and flakes of chert. 

Unassociated and near the surface, as were all artifacts found in this mound, 
were three “celts,” two together; a bit of chert, with a cutting edge; a mass of 
galena, considerably larger than a closed hand; a bit of chert, roughly rounded; an 
interesting finger-ring which seemed to us made from the vertebra of a large fish, as 
a small groove or band surrounded it. This ring was sent to Prof. F. A. Lucas of 
the National Museum who kindly devoted considerable time to it. Professor Lucas 
reports the ring to be a veritable puzzle. It is not bone or shell or vegetable ivory. 
“It is very likely some large palm seed like the so-called ‘sea beans’ that come to 
the Florida coast, and this would account for the curious band, almost continuous, 
that runs around the rim.” 

Several sherds were present in the mound, coming probably from midden refuse. 
The complicated stamp and the small check stamp were represented and there was 
also a handsome fragment of excellent ware decorated with a circular band of crim- 
son, in which was a circle of punctate markings. One sherd bore a loop-shaped 
handle. 


In sight of Mr. Nichols’ house, in an easterly direction from it, was a low ridge 
in pine woods, seemingly of artificial origin. A few human bones and the base of an 
undecorated pot were the sole results of careful trenching. 


In a field bordering the water, also belonging to Mr. Nichols, near the landing 
was a mound 34 feet across the base and 4 feet high, through which a small and 
shallow trench had been dug previous to our visit. In the neighborhood of the 
mound, both in the field and along the shore, are numerous deposits of shell, some 
of the oyster but mainly of a small clam (Raxgza cuneata). All remaining parts of 
the mound were demolished by us without discovery of artifacts or burials. 

This mound was made of mud, probably from the river, with a small admixture 
of sand and was so solid that picks and axes were employed in its demolition. 


Mounp NEAR OCKLOCKONEE Bay, WAKULLA CounTyY. 

At the southwestern extremity of Ocklockonee bay are ridges of sand unusually 
high for this level district. On one of these, at the top, is amound about 18 inches 
high and 35 feet across approximately. It had been thoroughly dug into from all 
sides. Fragments of human bones and bits of aboriginal ware lay on the surface. . 
No investigation was attempted by us. 


Hatt Mounp, Panacea Sprincs, WAKULLA CounTY. 


Panacea Springs, a health resort with many mineral springs, is at the head 


of King’s bay, a part of Apalachee bay. 
In pine woods and scrub, about 1 mile in a northeasterly direction from the land- 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 283 


ing at the Springs, near a large shell-heap, is a mound on property of Mr. Thomas 
H. Hall, the owner of the Springs, who resides on the place. 

The mound, of circular outline, had a basal diameter of about 60 feet. A former 
excavation in the center of the summit plateau, though filled, seemingly had lessened 
the original altitude. At the time of our visit the mound was eight feet high. The 
excavation, the only one previous to our own, was circular with a diameter at 
the top of from 10 to 12 feet. Ata depth of 4 feet it was 8 feet across. It had a 
diameter of 2 feet 5.5 feet down, where itended. Joining the mound on the western 
side was a causeway 60 feet long, 24 feet of which was a graded ascent at the 
western end. The remainder of the causeway was level until its union with the 
mound. The causeway, about 5 feet in height, was 47 feet wide at the start, 
diminishing about 10 feet later, owing to great excavations on either side, whence 
sand for the causeway or mound had been taken. 

The mound was totally demolished by us as was the causeway with the excep- 
tion of the 24 feet of slope, which were trenched by six men without result save the 
discovery of a recent burial with parts of a coffin and nails. 

We shall first take up the causeway. No burials were found in the marginal 
parts or in the sides. Inthe southwestern part, at the union of the slope with the 
flat surface, was a bunched burial near the base. About 30 feet in from the end of 
the causeway and about 5 feet from the surface, was a small bunch of bones includ- 
ing a skull. Near these lay two pendants, one of igneous rock, the other made from 
a quartz pebble, each about 2 inches in length. Their shape is roughly ellipsoidal, 
each with an extended end around which is a groove for suspension. Near the base, 
at different points, were two lone skulls. 

Under the sloping sides of the causeway were several vessels from which con- 
siderable parts were missing. Had it not been that the basal perforation was present 
in them there would have been grounds to consider them broken and cast aside 
during the making of the mound. 

A number of vessels, none equalling in excellence of ware or decoration the 
better vessels of the mound proper, were found in the main, or flat portion of the 
causeway. Some of these will be particularly described with the vessels from the 
mound proper. 

There were also in the causeway one shell drinking cup and two masses of 
plumbago, deeply pitted. 

In the mound proper, beginning at the very margin of the eastern side and con- 
fined almost exclusively to that side, were thirty-one burials, including, as to form, 
the flexed, the bunch, the lone skull. Several were too badly decayed to allow 
determination and several others came down in caved sand. So badly decayed were 
the bones that no whole skull or considerable part of a skull was met with, but care- 
ful examination of such fragments as were found, discovered no sign of flattening. 

The custom to put oyster-shells over burials was chiefly honored in the breach 
in the Hall mound. Several burials had a few shells lying with them, but two or 
three only had masses of oyster-shells above them, such as we have found elsewhere. 


284. CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


a 


Practically no artifacts lay with burials. It would seem as though friends of 
the departed, in placing the general tribute of earthenware, which we shall speak of 
later, considered themselves released from farther duties in the matter. 

Near Burial No. 1, a small bunch with a few oyster-shells, were two “celts.” 

Burial No. 2, a few bones, had a small number of shell beads and beads were 
with Burial No. 12, a bunch. 

Burial No. 3 had two earthenware vessels nearby but, as a general deposit of 
earthenware was in that part of the mound where the burial lay, the proximity may 
have been accidental. 

A feature in the mound was the comparative absence of material ordinarily met 
with. The usual hones, masses of chert and the like were absent. ‘There were 
found: one “celt” in caved sand; two small masses of lead sulphide; two pebble- 
hammers; one smoothing stone; one hammer-stone; one bit of plumbago; one 
perforated shell drinking cup. In a quantity of sand dyed with hematite, the only 
occurrence in the mound of the red oxide of iron noted by us, was a sheet of mica, 
shaped to resemble a lancehead. 

Beginning at the very edge of the mound, almost due E., and extending slightly 
toward the N. and toward the 8. as the digging advanced, was a deposit of earthen- 
ware unassociated with burials, on or near the base, in masses of dark sand some- 
times almost of inky blackness. The result of the analysis of this sand is given else- 
where in this report. 

This earthenware, as usual, was made up of vessels badly broken of which all 
parts were present; of single portions of vessels; and of fragments which, when put 
together, formed only part of a vessel. Here and there with these were specimens 
of unbroken ware. 

Sixty-eight vessels or large parts of vessels, whole and broken, were noted by 
us in the mound and in the causeway. Had the average of excellence of ware and 
of workmanship of all vessels in the mound equalled that of the first twenty found 
by us and of the sherds among which they lay, the record of the mound would have 
been unique, since many pieces fully held their own with the best ware of the Gulf. 
As it is, the Hall mound may be considered to hold its own with any opened by us. 

The occurrence of this excellent ware was during the digging of the first few 
feet and the entire deposit of earthenware, which had degenerated into ordinary 
types, undecorated or with the complicated stamp, practically ended at a point about 
22 feet in from the margin, though a few vessels were met with later. All this 
deposit, so far as noted, had the basal perforation made before or after baking of the 
clay. There were present, however, here and there in various parts of the mound 
and of the causeway vessels near the surface or at all events much higher than the 
general deposit which, as we have stated, lay along the base. A few of these scat- 
tered vessels had the basal perforation, but the majority had not, ten having been 
found without it. 

Among the sherds, near the margin of the mound, were many birdhead handles, 
and fragments of ceremonial vases through the bases and bodies of which perfora- 
tions had been made before baking. 


TQ Cools OWS OST Ut oat : 
LY 08 0,0 P OPEL BO. Spo b 
Oo ON 1 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 285 


We shall now describe in detail the most noteworthy vessels from the Hall 


mound, 

Vessel No. 1.—A bowl of excellent heavy yellow ware of about 3 pints capacity 
(Fig. 249), with complicated incised and punctate decoration consisting of two series, 
one on either side, separated by undecorated spaces (diagram, Fig. 250). 


Fira. 249.—Vessel No. 1. Hall mound. (Full size.) 


oO 
0 


0°90 
50.9 


22 
or: 
3 


° 
° 

on 02 

IS 9g OS 
iw] 
0500 
opddoeaD 
PoP 


0 


oO 
Bx OOo Oo 


Fic. 250.—Vessel No.1. Decoration. Hall mound. (Half size.) 


286 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 3.—A vase of interesting shape having three lobes joined by a 
cylinder to a much flattened sphere (Fig. 251). The decoration, incised and pune- 
tate, is practically the same on two of the lobes, with a certain variation on the third. 


Fic. 251.—Vessel No. 3. Hall mound. (About full size.) 


On the upper part of the vessel the design is repeated on the opposite side. There 
have been two holes for suspension. Height, 6.5 inches; maximum diameter, 5 
inches. 

Vessel No. 5.—A bowl of about 2 gallons capacity, found crushed but since put 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 287 


together. There is incised decoration on the upper part of the body as shown in 
Fig. 252. 

Vessel No. 6.—Near the surface was a vessel of thick ware, made up of two cir- 
cular compartments, one higher and broader than the other. Both are perforated 
(Fig. 253). 


FG. 252.—Vessel No. 5. Hall mound. (One-third size.) 


Vessel No. 7.—A cylindrical body surmounted by a bird-effigy. The wings, 
repoussé, are decorated with the symbol of the bird. The head, that of a duck, is 
rather rudely done. The tail projects. This vessel belongs to the class made 
expressly for burial with the dead, having a hole in the base and four triangular 


Fic. 253.- -Vessel No. 6. Hall mound. (Full size.) 


2988 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


holes in the body made when the clay was soft (Fig. 254). Height, 9 inches; maxi- 
mum diameter of body, 7.7 inches. 

Vessel No. 8.—A much flattened sphere of yellow ware with circular aperture 
originally about 1 inch in diameter, but now elongated on two sides owing to the 
breaking away of the margin on either side by a cord or sinew used for suspension. 


Fra, 254.—Vessel No. 7. Hall mound. (About three-fourths size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 289 


The decoration, shown in Fig. 255, is rudely executed. A material, probably 
yellow clay, has been inset in the line and punctate markings. ; 

Vessel No. 10.—A bird-effigy vessel with the upper part of the body and head 
missing, when found. The body has since been restored and a head found not far 
distant in the mound, and seemingly belonging to the vessel, has been added. The 
ware is inferior. The outside has a covering of crimson paint. Throughout the 


body are triangular holes made before baking, as was the small triangular one in the 
base (Fig. 256). 


Fig. 255. —Vesse] No. 8. Hall mound. (About five-sixths size.) 


Vessel No. 11.—A bowl of about 2 gallons capacity has four incised designs, 
those on opposite sides being similar. The two different designs are shown diagram- 
matically in Fig. 257. 

Vessel No. 12.—An oblate-spheroidal body with upright neck (Fig. 258). The 
decoration, incised to an unusual depth, complicated and interesting, is shown 
diagrammatically in Fig. 259. It will be remarked that seven groupings running 
downward resemble each other, with minor points of difference only, and that three 
groupings extending upward are also much alike, though not entirely so. There 
are four blank spaces which the aboriginal artist, presumably, did not take time to 
fill. The vessel, found crushed into many fragments, has been carefully cemented 
together. 

Vessel No. 13.—This vessel, a bird-effigy, belonging to the ready-made mortuary 
variety, had, when found, a considerable part of the body and tail broken and 


37 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


990 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


absent. These portions have since been restored (Fig. 260). Around’the lower part 
of the vessel is a rattlesnake in relief, given diagrammatically in Fig. 261, with 
head, rattles and button distinctly shown. On the head and tail of the reptile are 
symbols of the bird. While these may be intended to designate the plumed serpent, 


Fra. 256.—Vessel No. 10. Hall mound. (About {two-thirds size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 291 


Fig. 258.—Vessel No. 12. Hall mound. (Half size.) 


Fr. 259.—Vessel No. 12. Decoration. Hall mound. (One-third size.) 


ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


292 CERTAIN 


Fic. 260.—Vessel No. 13. Hall mound. (About three-fifths size.) 


F1q. 261.—Vessel No. 13. Decoration. Hall mound. (Half size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST, 293 


which is sometimes depicted in aboriginal art,! yet, as we have stated, Professor 
Holmes has shown that the aborigines were not always consistent in their decora- 
tions. Hence the bird symbol in this case may have been used as an ornament 
solely. In the former part of this report, we spoke of the reverence shown the rattle- 
snake by Florida Indians, as recounted by William Bartram, and cited the statement 
by Captain Romans, when writing on Florida, that he had never seen a savage 
wittingly injure a snake. Adair speaks of the veneration of southern Indians for 
the serpent and we are told how the aborigines of the St. Johns river, Florida, 
treated with every mark of respect the head of a serpent cut off by a soldier of de 
Gourgues. * 


Fic. 263.—Vessel No. 16. Decoration. 
Hall mound. (Half size.) 


Fic. 262.—Vessel No. 16. Hall mound. (Half size.) 


Vessel No. 16.—A quadrilateral cup with rounded corners and curved rim. 
Part of the base, which has been flat, is missing (Fig. 262). The decoration shown 
in the half-tone is uniform throughout, save at one place, where a species of trefoil 
occurs (diagram, Fig. 263). 

Vessel No. 17,—A vase of about six quarts capacity, of excellent yellow ware, 
having a carefully executed incised decoration as shown in Fig. 264. On the rim are 
four projections, perhaps rudimentary effigy-handles. 

Vessel No. 20.—Another example of ready-made mortuary ware of the usual 
half-baked clay. In form the vessel is an inverted truncated cone having above it 
an effigy of a horned owl. The wings, broken in parts, when found, have been 
cemented, with missing portions restored. There are a ready-made perforation of 
base and triangular openings at various places in the body of the vessel (Figs. 265, 
266). 

Vessel No. 26.—This vessel, with imperforate flat base, fell with caving sand. In 
form the vessel is a truncated pyramid inverted. The rim, which has slight incised 
‘Two superb examples of the highly conventionalized plumed serpent were found by us 
engraved on vessels in a mound in Cooper’s field, not far from Darien, Ga., and are described in our 


“Certain Aboriginal Mounds of the Georgia Coast.” . 
»« Ta Reprinse de la Floride,” par le Capitaine Gourgues. Cited by Brinton. 


294 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


decoration, projects somewhat inside and out. The decoration, incised, consists of 
series of parallel lines, three such series on one side, four on the side shown in Fig. 
267. There are two perforations below the rim on the same side. 

Vessel No. 27.—An imperforate compartment vessel which fell with caving 
sand, presumably from a superficial part of the mound. A central compartment 
rises above four surrounding ones (Fig. 268). 

Vessel No. 28.—A vessel of 6 quarts capacity, quadrilateral with rounded 
corners and square imperforate base, slightly concave. The decoration consists of 
an incised encircling line below the rim. This vessel fell with Vessel No. 27. 


Fic. 264.—Vessel No. 17. Hall mound. (Six-sevenths size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 295 


Fic, 265.—Vessel No. 20. Front view. Hall mound. (Six-sevenths size.) 


296 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 30.—Of eccentric form, undecorated (Fig. 269). Height, 8.8 inches; 
maximum diameter, 5 inches. 

Vessel No. 32.—From near the surface came an interesting imperforate vessel 
having a large circular compartment raised above three others with a fourth com- 


a 


Fic. 266.—Vessel No. 20. Side view. Hall mound. (About seven-tenths size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 297 


partment missing. This vessel, we believe, has been a life-form, a semi-circular 
compartment at either side of the main one standing for wings, while a more pointed 
one behind indicates the tail. Unfortunately, the compartment representing the 
head is the missing one. 
Vessel No. 35.—A cylindrical vessel of 
yellow ware of about 2 quarts capacity, the 
decoration consisting of an arrangement of 
aigzag bands and diamond-shaped figures 
(Fig. 270). Certain bands and the larger 
diamonds are the yellow color of the ware, 
while other bands and the smaller diamonds 
are colored crimson. This vessel somewhat 
recalls many others of the same shape re- 
cently found in southwestern United States. 

Vessel No. 39. 
and constricted neck around which runs a 
band of complicated stamp decoration (Fig. 
Pf): 

Vessel No. 42.—A pot of about 5 quarts 
capacity, having a complicated stamp deco- 


A hemispherical body 


ORT —Vec To alf siz . . . 
Fic. 267.—Vessel No. 26. Hall mound. (Half size.) ration as shown in Fig. 272. 


Vessel No. 50.—Quadrilateral with square, imperforate base and constricted 
neck. Around the upper part of the body is a band of complicated stamp decora- 
tion about 1.5 inches broad. This vessel fell from near the surface in caving sand. 

Vessel No. 53.—A vessel of solid yellow ware with flat imperforate base, with 
decoration consisting of designs each composed of three concentric triangles, the 
inner one in each case being deeply cut. There are two holes on opposite sides for 
suspension (Fig. 275). 

Vessel No. 57.—A vessel of about 3 pints capacity, undecorated save for a 
graceful scallop around the rim. 

Vessel No. 63.—Has three compartments as shown in Fig. 274. The ware is 
unusually heavy. This vessel, which is imperforate, came from caving sand in the 
causeway. Length, 8.5 inches; height, 1.7 inches. 

Vessel No. 64.—An effigy of the human figure from the waist down, parts of 
which were missing when found, the remainder having been restored. This may 
have been an entire figure which, broken later, has had the irregular margin of the 
fracture smoothed down to allow the remainder of the vessel still to be of use 
(Fig. 275). 

Vessel No. 65.—This bowl, of inferior ware, found badly broken in the cause- 
way, is of interest in that it presents a combination consisting of a decoration in 
relief beneath the rim and a faint complicated stamp extending 2 inches farther 
below (Fig. 276). 

With Burial No. 23, in a pit below the base, were two skulls at opposite sides 


38 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


298 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


of the grave. With them was a large effigy of the head of a horned owl, colored 
crimson, broken from a vessel, no parts of which were present in the grave. The 
pointed horns have the inner portion excised (Fig. 277). 

In Figs. 278, 279, 280 are shown three bird-head handles found unassociated in 
the mound. 

In Fig. 281 is given part of a vessel from this mound which has had beautifully 
incised decoration, in part representing wings with the symbol of the bird. Side by 
side on the fragment, are two heads probably modelled after that of a vulture. The 


Fic. 268.—Vessel No. 27. Hall mound. (About five-sixths size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 299 


bill of one, missing when found, has been restored. In the heads, which are hollow, 
are small objects which rattle when shaken. 


Fria. 269.— Vessel No. 30. Hall mound. (Five-sixths size.) 


The lower part of a vessel, from which certain parts were missing, badly broken, 
has been cemented together and proves to have belonged to a vessel in all probability 
similar to No. 15 from this mound. Around this fragment winds a rattlesnake in 


300 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


relief whose body twists twice upon itself. Restored portions of the serpent are 
shown in broken lines (diagram, Fig. 282). 

An effigy of the human head, in relief, covered with crimson paint, which has 
projected from the rim of a vessel, was found alone in the mound in the sand near 
the surface. No fragments were in association nor was any part of a vessel found 
later, from which it seemed that this head might have come. This fact is much to 
be regretted as the modelling of the head is excellent (Fig. 283). A part of one 
cheek and a portion of the nose received blows from a spade. 


Fic. 271.— Vessel No. 39. Hall mound. (Half size.) 


Fria. 270.—Vessel No. 35. Hall mound. (Four-fifths size.) Fic. 272.—Vessel No. 42. Hall mound. (Half size.) 


CERTAIN oil 


Fria. 273.—Vessel No. 63. Hall mound. (Half size.) 


Fia. 27: 


—Vessel No. 63. Hall mound. (Five-sixths size.) 


Fic. 275.—Vessel No. 64. Hall mound. (Half size.) Fic. 276.—Vessel No. 65. Hall mound, (Two-fifths size.) 


302 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Fre. 277.—Handle of vessel. Hall mound. (About full size.) 


Fic. 279.—Handle of vessel. Hall mound. Fic. 280.—Handle of vessel. Hall 
(About two-thirds size.) mound. (Three-fourths size.) 


Frc. 278.—Handle of vessel. Hall mound. 
(About two-thirds size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 303 


Fig. 281.—Sherd. Hall mound. (Half size.) 


Fic. 282.—Rattlesnake on sherd. Hall mound. (One-third size.) 


Fig. 283.—Handle of vessel. Hall mound. (Full size.) 


304. CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Mounp at PANACEA SPRINGS, WAKULLA COUNTY. 


This mound, in full view of the landing at the Springs, has a height of 4 feet 
and a basal diameter of 75 feet, approximately. It had been badly dug into before 
our visit. 

It was examined by us with permission of Mr. Hall, owner of the large mound 
in the neighborhood. 

Many trenches showed the mound to have been domiciliary in character. 
Except at one place, where, for a considerable area and depth, it was red from the 
action of a large and long-continued fire, the material of the mound was black, but 
not of the same character as the dark sand found with mortuary deposits in 
other mounds, this material being probably from low-lying ground nearby. 


MounpD NEAR SPRING CrEEK, WAKULLA Counry. 

Spring creek runs into Oyster bay, a part of Apalachee bay. The landing on 
Spring creek is where the great springs, which give the creek its name, pour into it. 

This mound, in hammock, on property of Mr. N. R. Walker of Crawfordville, 
Fla., is somewhat over one mile in a northeasterly direction from the landing at the 
springs in Spring creek. 

The mound, in the form of a ridge, slopes gently upward from EK. to W., 
attaining its greatest height, 8 feet, near the western end, after which the ascent is 
comparatively abrupt. The diameter of base, longitudinally, is 104 feet; trans- 
versely it is 68 feet. The mound, which was seemingly intact, had various deep 
depressions along its margin, whence sand had come for use in its construction, 

Twenty-five men digging two days, first went through marginal parts without 
result of interest, and then eridironed the mound with trenches in all directions. 

No general deposit of earthenware was met with and only nine burials were 
encountered. It was clear to us that many interments must have disappeared from 
the mound through decay since so few were met with, and also because a number of 
objects were found unassociated with human remains, but lying in pockets of dark- 
colored sand where presumably bones had been. Such objects included: an elon- 
gated, pear-shaped pendant; mica in a number of places, some sheets rudely given 
the outline of lanceheads; half of a gorget; two pendants and part of one, lying 
together; a slab of fossilized wood; and the usual quota of bits of chert, hammer- 
stones, pebble-hammers and the like. 

Near the margin was a rude, undecorated pot with the basal perforation. 
Parts of the rim were missing. 

Near the surface, at different points, were two undecorated bowls, badly broken. 

About 4 feet from the surface, at the western end, where the mound was highest, 
were two oblate spheroids of earthenware, evidently parts of the same vessel. The 
lower one, imperforate, is undecorated. The upper one has a neat, uniform design, 
the incised lines and punctate markings of which are filled with a yellow material as 
shown in Fig. 284. We cannot say to a certainty that the vessel was originally as 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 305 


shown in the figure as the margins of the fracture had been carefully smoothed and 
offered no surface into which the parts could be fitted. 

We shall give the burials in detail. 

Burial No. 1.—A few crowns of human teeth, with two rude arrowheads; three 
bits of sandstone; one pebble, flat, oblong, with corners evidently artificially 
rounded ; a rude smoking pipe of clay, of ordinary type. 

Burial No. 2.—A few human teeth. 

Burial No. 5—Two small fragments of bone with two sheet-copper earplugs 
having central bosses in concave spaces. The reader will recall that with earplugs 
found by us in the mound at Huckleberry Landing were discs of pottery which, 
going back of the lobes of the 
ears, held the copper dises in 
place. Presumably dises an- 
swering the same purpose as 
the pottery ones,in this case, 
had been made of wood. 

Burial No. 4.—Fragements 
of bone, with crowns of hu- 
man teeth. With these were: 
a pebble ; a bit of sandstone ; 
an arrowhead or knife, of 
chert; a small fragment of 
some implement or ornament. 

Burial No. 5.—A few frag- 


ments of human bones, with 


a chip of chert; an arrow- 
head or knife, of chert; a 
small curved knife and a 
lancehead, of the same mate- 
rial; and one pebble. 

Burial No. 6.—Traces of 
bone, with two decayed bits 
of shell, a pebble and part of 
a shell drinking cup. 

Burial No. 7.—Fragments 
of bone, with a coarsely-made 
smoking pipe; the lower half of a “celt”; a fragment of shell; a much decayed 
shell gouge; a double-pointed implement made from the columella of a marine 


Fic. 231.—Vessel of earthenware. Mound near Spring Creek. (Full size.) 


univalve. 

Burial No. 8.—Traces of bones, with an unevenly made pendant of ordinary 
type. 

Burial No, 9.—A few bits of bone, with a soapstone smoking pipe of the usual 
shape; a pebble; a shark’s tooth of the present geological period. 


39 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


306 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Mounp NEAR THE Mounp Fietp, WAKULLA County. 

The mound, very symmetrical, was in hammock land on the border of cultiva- 
ted ground known throughout the region as the Mound Field. The mound was 
about two miles in NE. direction from the landing on Spring creek, on property 
belonging to Mr. N. R. Walker, the owner of the Spring creek mound. 

The mound had a height of about 9 feet above the surrounding level, though a 
measurement taken when the mound was in process of demolition, from the summit 
plateau to undisturbed sand at the base, gave an altitude of about 11 feet. 

The outline of the base was circular, with a diameter of 61 feet. Across the 
the summit plateau was 15 feet. A graded way about 15 feet wide joimed the 
mound on the west, making the slope less steep on that side than on the others. 
The length of the causeway before union with the margin of the mound was 18 feet. 

There had been but little previous digging in the mound which, with the 
exception of a small portion under two great trees, was thoroughly leveled by us. 

Burials were found in twenty one places only, all in the eastern half of the 
mound, and included the bunch, the single skull, and, on several occasions, two 
skulls lying side by side. All these burials but two were near the surface, and all 
were so badly decayed that no determination as to cranial flattening was possible. 
Two, from near the base, consisted of a bit of femur in one place and two decaying 
long-bones in another. As the mound throughout was composed of dark, rich, 
loamy sand and the undisturbed sand beneath was dark brown, we feared, in the 
early stages of the digging, that we might have passed over graves beneath the base, 
so few burials were met with. The comparative absence of burials in the body of 
the mound, however, and the fragmentary condition of those which were found, 
added to the fact that a great area of the base was dug through to sand unmistak- 
ably undisturbed, convinced us that burials were not being passed over. We believe 
that such burials as may not have been found in the mound and in graves below it, 
had disappeared through decay. 

With the exception of a bit of femur which lay near a vessel of earthenware, 
perhaps belonging to a pottery deposit, no artifacts were found with the dead. 

Four “celts” lay near the surface, singly, as did a lancehead of chert. There 
were also in the mound: a large, flat pebble used for smoothing ; another flat pebble 
roughly chipped on two sides; mica in several places; and, together, a smoothing 
stone, a bit of sandstone and two rough chert arrowheads or knives. 

Beginning in the eastern margin and extending to the center of the mound, 
along the base and just above it, was the usual deposit of earthenware. 

In this deposit, fifty-eight vessels, all perforate but two or three, were noted, 
though many others, broken and scattered, must have escaped us. These vessels 
may be divided into five classes. 

1.—Pots and bowls of ordinary form, mostly of moderate size or small, undeco- 
rated, the majority found broken or falling into bits on removal. This class 
outnumbered all the rest. 

2.—Vessels of ordinary shape, with incised or punctate decoration, a small class 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 307 


with roughly executed work of simple pattern, A sherd, however , of most excel- 
lent ware, equalling anything we have found to the westward, was met with by us, 
as was part of a bowl, hearing a duck’s head in relief and a carefully executed sym- 
bolical design (Fig. 285). 

3.—Vessels of fairly good ware, small, as a rule, with encircling bands of com- 


LV 


AT 


mt 


Uy 
©, 4 Bs A (0 
Lai ay TM 


Fic. 285.—Sherd. Decoration. Mound near Mound Field. (Half size.) 


a 


FG. 286.—Vessel No. 2. Mound near Mound Field. (Eight-ninths size.) 


208 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


pleated stamp decoration below the rims. None of this class, ten in all, was found 
until that part of the base was reached which lay beneath the summit plateau. The 
decoration on most of these vessels had been executed with much greater care than 
was the case with the majority of those bearing this sort of decoration found by us 


Fra. 287.—Vessel No. 7. Mound near Mound Field. (About two-thirds size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 309 


in other mounds and hence was more deeply impressed and lacked the confusion of 
design which arises from a double impression on parts of the decorated surface. 

4.—This class was made up of vessels coated with crimson pigment, as a rule 
effigy-vessels, often of birds, and was of the ceremonial, or “freak,” variety with basal 
holes made before the baking of the clay and with perforations of various shapes 
made at the same time through the body of the vessel. This ware, whose destina- 
tion was understood at the time of manufacture, and consequently was but half 
baked and most inferior, was recovered by us in masses of fragments only, some past 
restoration, 


Fic. 288.—Vessel No. 27. Mound near Mound Field. (Two-thirds size.) 


5.—Two effigy-vessels, of better ware than that of which the ceremonial 
vessels were made, did not belong to that class, as holes knocked through the bases 
after baking and absence of perforations in the bodies, clearly testified. The abori- 
zines had devoted more care to ware destined for their own use than to that turned 
out for the service of others in the “ happy hunting grounds.” Human nature is ever 
the same. 

The following vessels merit particular description. 


310 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Fig. 289.—Vessel No. 29. Mound near Mound Field. (Five-sixths size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 311 


9) 


Vessel No. 2.—A vessel of about 2 quarts capacity, of solid ware, with decora- 
tion of lines of punctate markings, starting from the rim and conyerging around an 
undecorated, elliptical space at the base (Fig. 286). There are perforations for 
suspension, one at either side of the rim. 

Vessel No, 7.—An interesting vessel of the ceremonial variety, covered with 
crimson pigment, found crushed to fragments. It has been cemented together, with 
restoration of the tail and a small part of the body (Fig. 287). Maximum diameter, 
8.5 inches; height, 9.4 inches. 


Fiq. 290.—Vessel No. 31. Mound near Mound Field. (Five-sixths size.) 


Vessel No. 10.—A bowl of about 1 quart capacity, a part of the rim missing, 
with decoration much resembling that on Vessel No. 5 from the Hall mound. 

Vessel No. 16.—A pot having below the rim two parallel, encircling lines con- 
taining parallel, perpendicular lines, all very rudely executed. 

Vessel No. 22.—Parts of a ceremonial vessel past restoration, as were a number 
of others in this mound. 


312 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 23.—A bowl of about 1 pint capacity covered with crimson paint 
inside and out. 

Vessel No. 27.—A trilateral bowl with rounded corners, of about 6 quarts 
capacity, having a small bird-head looking inward. The decoration, which includes 
the bird-symbol, consists of the two designs shown in the half-tone (Fig. 288) thrice 
repeated, with but slight modifications. 

Vessel No. 29.—A ceremonial vessel with rounded base in the center of which 
is the usual ready-made perforation. There are also openings around the body. 
Vertically from the rim rises the head of an owl, from which the beak and part of 
an ear have scaled away (Fig. 289). 


Fre. 291.—Vessel No. 33. Mound near Mound Field. (Half size.) 


Fic. 292.— Vessel No. 36. Mound near Mound Field. (About two-thirds size.) 


Que 


SE MIE) BG 


Fic. 293.—Vessel No. 36. Decoration. Mound near Mound Field, (One-third size.) 


OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 313 


Fig. 294.— Vessel No. 37. Mound near Mound Field. (About two-thirds size.) 


40 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


314. CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Fic. 295.—Vessel No. 39. Mound near Mound Field. (About four-fifths size.) . 


Fic. 296.—Vessel No. 42. Mound near Mound Field. (About five-sixths size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 315 


Vessel No. 30.—A bowl of about 1 quart capacity, decorated with crimson 
pigment, with bird-head at one end and conventional tail at the other. The wings 
are somewhat in relief and are farther indicated by incised lines and certain portions 
left free from the coloring of the rest of the vessel, showing the yellow ware. Part 
of the bill is missing. A hole has been knocked through the base. 

Vessel No. 51.—Of about 2 quarts capacity, of solid ware but rather carelessly 
made, having eight vepoussé ridges of irregular shapes and sizes around the body. 
The outside is covered with crimson pigment. A hole has been knocked through 
the base (Fig. 290). 


Fic. 297.—Vessel No. 44. Mound near Mound Field. (Five-sixths size.) 


316 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 33.—Is of rather coarse ware, with a small bird seated on one side. 
There has been a certain amount of restoration (Fig. 291). 

Vessel No. 36.—The upper part of a vessel of superior ware, shown in Fig. 292, 
heart-shaped in section, showing traces of crimson pigment, on the outside. The 
lower part of the vessel was vainly sought by us. The incised decoration is shown 


diagrammatically in Fig. 293. 


Fic. 298.—Vessel No. 45. Mound near Mound Field. (Four-fifths size.) 


Vessel No. 37.—This interesting vessel consists of a sphere flattened on one 
side, on which is placed an effigy of a horned owl. There is a perforation in the base, 
made before baking (Fig. 294). Height, 11.4 inches ; maximum diameter, 10 inches. 

Vessel No. 39.—A vessel of about 2 quarts capacity, with complicated stamp 
decoration around the neck (Fig, 295). 

Vessel No. 42.—A vessel of good, solid ware, with complicated stamp decora- 
tion on the neck (Fig. 296). 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 317 


Vessel No. 44.—An effigy-vessel of about 2 quarts capacity, representing an 
animal, probably a deer, judging from the horns, the cloven hoofs and the short tail. 
The hind-legs are repoussé, while the fore-legs, slightly repoussé, were made by the 
addition of material pressed upon the surface. There is crimson pigment inside and 
out. There are two holes for suspension and one knocked through the base. 
There has been a certain amount of restoration (Fig. 297). 

Vessel No. 45.—An effigy-vessel representing a horned owl with head and tail 
protruding, and vepoussé wings. The vessel has been decorated with crimson 
pigment, while on the wings are perpendicular, incised lines filled with light-colored 


F1a. 299.—Vessel No. 45. Mound near Mound Field. (Four-fifths size.) 


318 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


material (Figs. 298, 299). This vessel does not belong to the ready-made mortuary 
class as a hole has been broken through the base after completion of the vessel. 
Height, 8 inches ; maximum width, 10.5 inches. 

Vessel No. 47.—A bird-effigy vessel with incised decoration on wings, tail and 
back. The head is missing through an early fracture. This vessel was made with 
open base (Fig. 300). 

Vessel No. 50-—A cup of about 1 pint capacity with clearly defined complicated 
stamp decoration (Fig. 501). 


Fic. 300.--Vessel No. 47. Mound near Mound Field. (Eight-ninths size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 319 


Fie. 301.—Vessel No. 50. Mound near 
Mound Field. (Half size.) 


Fic. 302.—Vessel No. 55. Mound near Mound Field. (One-third size.) 


Fi. 303.--Vessel No. 56. Mound near Mound Field. (About eight-ninths size.) 


320 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 55.—A handsome bowl of excellent yellow ware, of about 3 gallons 
capacity, with encircling band of complicated stamp decoration, below the rim, 
which, of unusual shape, bears incised decoration (Fig. 302). 

Vessel No. 56.—Has a distinct complicated stamp below the rim (Fig. 303). 

There was in this mound part of a vessel of excellent ware carefully smoothed, 


Fic. 304.—Sherd. Mound near Mound Field. Fic. 305.--Sherd. Mound near Mound Field. 
(Full size.) (Three-fourths size.) 


which, on the outside, has well executed incised decoration and the head of a duck 
in relief. A curious feature of this head is that a part of it, projecting inward, has 
been given a mouth, which, taken in conjunction with the rear portion of the eyes 
belonging to the head in front, gives the appearance of the head of an animal (Fig. 
304). 

A part of a ceremonial vessel, found alone, has a highly conventionalized bird's 
head (Fig. 505). 

Mounp NEAR St. Marks, WAKULLA County. 

This mound is about 2 miles in a northeasterly direction from the light-house 
at the mouth of the St. Marks river, on ground formerly cultivated, the property 
of Mr. William Harrell, of St. Marks, Fla. 

The mound is on an extensive ridge erroneously believed by many to be arti- 
ficial. There are considerable shell deposits in the neighborhood. The mound, cir- 
cular in outline, 5 feet high and 40 feet across the base, had been subjected to but 
little previous digging. It was totally demolished by us. 

Though the sand was dryer than that usually met with in mounds of this 
section, yet human remains were found by us in the mound but once, a bunch in the 
eastern margin. Presumably a number of others had disappeared through decay. 

In two places was much sand dyed with hematite. 

Unassociated were two “celts” found separately, several sheets of mica, and a 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 321 


few pebbles. Three shell drinking cups, all perforate, lay with the earthenware 
deposit. 

At the eastern edge of the mound began a deposit of earthenware, the usual 
sherds, large fragments and whole vessels, placed here and there in black sand along 
the base, through an area about 8 feet across, and continuing well in toward the 
center. Among the sherds the check stamp was represented, and various forms of 
punctate impressions as well as carefully incised work. Neither on sherd nor on 
vessel did the complicated stamp appear, which probably accounts for the consider- 
able number of interesting vessels present in so small a mound. 

Vessel No. 2.—A quadrilateral 
vessel of about 1 quart capacity, 
with rounded corners. The decora- 
tion is made up of punctate lines, 
and incised lines on the rim. On 
each of two opposite sides of the 
opening is a hole for suspension 
(Fig. 506). 

Vessel No. 3.—A bowl with 
incised and punctate decoration in- 
cluded in four designs around the 
upper part of the vessel, with un- 
decorated spaces between. The lar- 
Fic. 306.—Vessel No. 2. Mound near St. Marks. (Half size.) ger are almost identical, as are the 

smaller. One of each is shown dia- 
Maximum diameter, 11.5 inches; height, 8.4 inches. 


59 


oo 


Fria. 307.—Vessel No. 3. Decoration. Mound near St. Marks. (Half size.) 


Vessel No. 4.—A bowl of about 1 gallon capacity, of yellow ware, badly discol- 
ored, as were all vessels from this mound, with incised and punctate decoration 
almost identical on opposite sides (Fig. 508). 

Vessel No. 6.—A four-lobed vessel with square aperture, shown in Fig. 309, 
having incised and punctate decoration almost identical on two opposite lobes, the 
remaining two being undecorated. There are holes for suspension. 


41 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


(‘aZzIs SYjUa}-9ULN) 


‘SMART “JQ eau punoyw 


FON [9889 A— 808 “OIA 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST: 325 


Vessel No. 7.—A bowl of about 5 quarts capacity, with inverted rim on which 
are two small protuberances probably indicating heads. There are two designs, 
almost similar, with a smaller one between. One of the larger and the small 
one are shown diagrammatically in Fig. 510. 

Vessel No. $.—A large undecorated bowl of heavy ware, with considerable 
thickening at the rim. 

Vessel No. 9.—A vessel originally with five circular compartments, the central 


one above the rest. One compartment is missing. This vessel came from the 
western part of the mound, alone. 


Fic. 309.—Vessel No. 6. Mound near St. Marks. (Eight-ninths size.) 


Fra. 310.—Vessel No.7. Decoration. Mound near St. Marks, (One-third size.) 


394. CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 10.—This four-sided vessel of about 5 pints capacity, of yellow ware, 
deeply stained, has incised and punctate decoration consisting of four designs, all 
alike, on the corners and, on two sides, similar designs, one of which is shown in the 
half-tone (Fig. 311). The decoration is deeply stained and obscured. On two sides 
are heads of birds in relief, presumably of the ibis. Formerly the pink ibis, now 


Fic. 311.—Vessel No. 10. Mound near St. Marks. (About full size.) 


almost exterminated in Florida, was well known there and must have contributed 
largely to the head-dress of the warriors. At Stowe island, where the Sisters’ creek 
enters the St. Johns, near the mouth of the river, were found, in the spring of 1895, in 
the great shell-heap which was then be- 
ing removed, human bones with large 
pink feathers in association, which prob- 
ably belonged to the pink ibis. We in- 
spected this discovery in person. 

Vessel No. 11.—A four-lobed vessel 
of red ware, of about 2 quarts capacity. 
Two of these lobes have each three semi- 
circular, parallel lines, while one has four. 
Under these lines, on one lobe, is addi- 
tional decoration (Fig. 512). 

Vessel No. 12.—A small undecorated Fre, 312.—Vessel No. 11. Mound near St. Marks. 

(One-third size.) 
bowl which came from the northern part 
of the mound, apart,from the pottery deposit. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 325 


Vessel No. 13.—A quadrilateral bowl holding somewhat over i quart, having 
crimson pigment inside and out. The four corners of the rim project upward nearly 
one inch. 

Vessel No. 14.—A four-lobed vessel found in fragments. 

Vessels from this mound had the basal perforation. 


Mounp NEAR THE AucILLA River, Taytor County. 

This mound, on property of Mr. B. F. Lewis, of Monticello, Florida, is in sight 
of the river, on the right hand side gomg up, about 2.5 miles from the mouth. A 
small stable of logs, with an enclosure in front, covers a part of the mound, beginning 
at the margin on the north side and extending well in to the summit plateau. The 
mound had been much worn by the trampling of animals, and probably by wash of 
water, as in time of freshet it is said to be the only place of refuge for stock in the 
vicinity. The height of the mound, at present, is 6.5 feet, though at one time it must 
have been considerably greater. The diameter of the base, 64 feet, has been 


Fic. 313.—Handle. Mound near the Aucilla river. Fig. 314. Vessel No.1. Mound near the Aucilla river. 
(Three-fourths size.) (Full size.) 

increased at the expense of the height. Over the surface of the mound, lying loose 
or half imbedded in it, are masses of lime rock, varying in size from that of a human 
head to irregular masses perhaps | foot by 2 feet by 1 foot. This lime rock is found 
off the shallow Florida coast, beginning east of St. Marks and in the small rivers 
which enter the Gulf, in that district. 

As it was not our purpose to injure this place of refuge, our investigation was 
chiefly devoted to the eastern part of the mound, though other parts were accorded 


due attention. 
The mound was curiously constructed, being made in the upper parts of clayey 


326 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


sand, black and tenacious, probably from adjacent swamps. Below this, varying 
from 1 to 2 feet in thickness, was a stratum of clay more densely packed as it 
approached the center, until, under the sammit plateau, the removal necessitated the 
use of a mattock or of a grubbing-hoe. 

Throughout that part of the mound investigated by us, sometimes near the 
base, but usually not far from the surface, were scattered masses of lime rock similar 
to those we have described. These masses, as we shall see, often accompanied 
burials, but sometimes they lay unassociated with human remains. 

During our work, seventeen burials, much decayed, were met with in various 
parts of the mound. Of these, fourteen burials were near the present surface of the 
mound and three flexed burials, unaccompanied by rocks, lay almost on the base. 
Of the superficial burials, eight were bunched, lying under masses of rock, and four 
were of the same class of burial, without rocks. One flexed burial lay beneath 
rocks, while two skulls, together, were surrounded by them. 


Fig. 315.—Vessel No. 3. Mound near the Aucilla river. (Nine-tenths size.) 


With the exception of several bits of chert, no artifacts lay directly with the 
dead. Somewhat apart from them, separately, were: one chert arrowhead or knife ; 
a lancehead or dagger, of chert, 4.5 inches long; many chips of chert, scatterd here 
and there; several perforated shell drinking cups. These cups lay with the pottery 
deposit and probably were considered mortuary vessels. 

At a short distance from the margin of the mound, in the eastern part as usual, 
began a small deposit of earthenware with the usual sherds and portions of vessels. 
The sherds, in the main, were of excellent quality. The check stamp was repre- 
sented but once or twice. There were also the effigy-head of a dog (Fig. 315) and 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 327 


one of an owl. Two large loop-shaped handles also were present. There was basal 
perforation in each entire vessel found by us. 

The deposit lay along the base and numbered fourteen vessels or large parts of 
vessels. When our work was discontinued the deposit seemed to be ending and the 
fact that such vessels as might be found would lie in solid clay on which a mattock 
was used of necessity, rendered the ending of our work less of a disappointment. 


Fic. 316.—Vessel No. 7. Mound near the Aucilla river. (About full size.) 


Vessel No. 1.—-A neat little cup with octagonal rim and carefully executed 
incised and punctate decoration, one-half of which, shown in Fig. 314, is duplicated 
on the opposite side. 

Vessel No. 2.—Has a band of complicated stamp decoration below the rim. 

Vessel No. 3.—A bird-effigy vessel of excellent ware, showing traces of decora- 
tion with crimson paint. There is also an incised and punctate design representing 
@ wing, on either side, and markings on the tail. The head represents that of a 


328 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Fic. 317.—Vessel No. 8. Mound near the Aucilla river. (Four-fifths size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 329 


turkey or aturkey-buzzard. Init are objects which rattle when shaken. There are 
two holes for suspension (Fig. 515). Diameter of body, 4.5 inches; height, 5.5 
inches; length, 8.2 inches. 

Vessel No. 5.—An undecorated bow] of yellow ware, of about 1 quart capacity. 
The base is flat. 

Vessel No. 7.—A compartment vessel of inferior ware, with a small circular 
compartment near the center, surrounded by three others, two of which are oval in 
outline, the other, crescentic (Fig. 316). This vessel may represent a face with eyes, 
nose and mouth. 

Vessel No. 8.—This impressive looking bird-effigy vessel, with head dispropor- 
tionately small, and extended wings (Fig. 517) has incised and punctate decoration 
on the tail, shown diagrammatically in Fig. 318. Length, 11 inches; breadth, 12 
inches; height, 8 inches; 

Vessel No. 10.—This asymmetrical vessel of four compartments, has had three 
compartments in line, the central one 
square and raised somewhat above the 
other two, one of which has a curved 
margin. The other has a large portion 
missing (Fig. 319). The fourth com- 
partment has the outline of a spread 
wing and would lead us to suppose 
that this was a compartment effigy- 
vessel, were a similar wing on the 
opposite side, but none is, or has been, 
there. Nevertheless, the vessel may 
be of the class we speak of, since the 
aborigines were not always consistent. 
In a low mound near Jacksonville. 
Florida! we found a vessel with five 


compartments, which unquestionably 
represents a bird. The head, body, tail 
Be Sloe een ao Se Mound near the and wings are clearly outlined, yet the 
open wings point in opposite directions. 

Vessel No. 11.—Somewhat over one-half of a vessel which had been made up 
of two hemispherical cups of solid ware, each of nearly one pint capacity. The part 
found by us was imperforate. 

Vessel No. 14.—A large pot with complicated stamp decoration, badly broken. 
Immediately above it lay a mass of lime rock. We carefully examined the interior 
of this vessel for human remains, but found none. As a similar mass of rock lay 
beside the pot it is probable that the presence of the two masses was accidental. 

1 “Additional Mounds of Duval and of Clay Counties, Florida.” Privately printed, Phila., 
1896, pg. 13, Plates I and II. 


42 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


330 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Fre. 319.—Vessel No. 10. Mound near the Aucilla river. (Three-fourths size.) 


Mounps NEAR THE EconreneE River, TAyLor County. 


About 200 yards in the hammock, in a northerly direction from the “ fish- 
camp,” which is about 3 miles up the Econfenee river, on the left hand side, going 
up, isa mound 3.5 feet high and 50 feet across the base. This mound, the only 
place of refuge for stock, from the water of storm tides, was occupied by a family 
who had erected a small house on a portion of the western part and an out-door 
kitchen on part of the eastern side. 

The mound was carefully trenched, with the exception of the part on which 
the house stood, digging being carried on within the kitchen. 

The mound, of white sand, yielded nothing in the way of artifacts with the 
exception of a pebble-hammer, an arrowhead or knife and several bits of chert. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 32 


Oo 
— 


In the western slope was a burial consisting of a skull and, at a short distance, 
the lower part of a skeleton with the feet, however, turned toward the skull. As 
the skull was small and the other bones were small and delicate, it is likely all 
belonged to the same individual. 


About 1 mile farther up the river and 50 yards in, from the left bank going up, 
approximately, on the edge of hammock land was a mound 2 feet high and 52 
feet across the base. Thorough trenching yielded nothing beyond a few masses of 
r to) oO J s o 
lime rock in the center of the mound. 


Mounps NEAR THE Warrior River, TayLtor County. Mowunp A. 


These mounds. on property belonging to the East Coast Lumber Co., Water- 
town, Fla., John Paul, Esq., President, were in dense undergrowth near a tract 
formerly under cultivation, known as the Pope Field. This field is about 2.5 miles 
in an easterly direction from the mouth of the Warrior river and 300 yards distant, 
approximately, from the south side of the stream. 


Fic. 320.—Vessel No.2. Mound A, Warrior river. (About three-fourths size.) 


Mound A, the more northerly, with a circular basal outline, had a diameter of 
65 feet. Its height above the general level was 9.5 feet, though deep excavations 
along the margin, gave an appearance of considerably greater altitude. 

On the surface of the mound, especially on the eastern and southern parts, 
beneath which most of the earthenware and burials lay, were slabs and thick masses 
of lime rock, water-worn, doubtless brought from the neighboring stream. Subse- 
quently, when the mound was completely demolished, similar masses were found 


FG. 321.—Vessel No. 3. Mound A, Warrior river. (Eight-ninths size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 333 


here and there somewhat below the surface. These masses were often much larger 
than those described as being in the mound near the Aucilla river. 

Mound A was of yellow sand except where pottery deposits lay, where it was 
much darker in color. 

Human remains were found twenty-nine times and, as some of the burials were 
badly decayed, it is possible that others had entirely disappeared. As usual, there 
were present the bunch, the flexed burial and the lone skull. A few burials, falling 
in caved sand, did not afford data as to their form. 


Fic, 322.—Vessel No. 4. Mound A, Warrior river. (About five-ninths size.) 


Of the twenty-nine burials, many of which were on or near the base, nine lay 
immediately beneath the rocks, but in each case these burials were superficial, the 
least so being an interment 3.5 feet deep, almost in the middle of the summit 
plateau, around which had been many masses of rock, instead of the customary two 
or three. This burial had been disturbed by the only previous digging in the mound, 
a hole 4 by 2 by 6 feet deep, which had cut away part of the skeleton. In addition 
to this case, those under rocks, in this mound, were two bunched burials; two flexed 
burials; two skulls together; two skulls with long-bones, together; a lone skull; 
and bones which fell in caved sand. 

No skulls were saved from this mound, but certain ones permitted determination 
as to the existence of cranial compression. None was evident. 

With one burial was a “celt;” with another, a flat rectangular gorget, probably 


Oo 
He 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


of fine-grained, garnetiferous schist, 1.1 inches broad by 3 inches in length, having 
two perforations. An arrowhead or knife, of chert lay with a vessel of earthen- 
ware, and three perforated shell drinking cups were found in the line of the earth- 
enware deposit. These, exclusive of earthenware, were the only artifacts noted by 
us in the mound, the usual hones, hammers and the like, not being met with. 

Near the margin, on the north side, a vessel covered with crimson paint was 
found, crushed to bits. 

Soon after the digging was begun, 8. by E. in the mound were found a number 
of sherds, all of excellent ware and some with interesting and carefully executed 
incised decoration. No vessels, however, were found until a point had been reached 
about 10 feet in from the margin, where the sherds had been, when four vessels 
were found together. About 2.5 feet distant was a burial, which, however, we do 
not connect directly with the earthenware, since these vessels, as we have said, 
presumably belonged to the general deposit. This deposit lay on, or near, the base. 

After these four vessels, for a period, none was met with, but later, as the dig- 
ging progressed, others were encountered in ones and twos until the central portion 
of the mound was reached where were a considerable number, singly, here and there. 

While the vessels in this mound were all of superior ware, with the exception, 
of course, of the ceremonial or ready-made mortuary ones, where excellence of 
material is not looked for, a point was markedly noticeable in this mound, as it had 
been in nearly all others of this district, namely, that the best and most interesting 
vessels are found among the first, and, therefore, must have been placed on the out- 
skirts of the general deposit. Almost invariably, undecorated vessels or vessels bear- 
ing the complicated stamp, lie thickest toward the center, while interesting pieces, 
which called for care and individuality in execution, are found among the first when 
the pottery deposit is reached. 

Twenty-four vessels came from this mound, of which the following offer 
features of interest. All not otherwise described have the basal perforation. 

Vessel No. 1.—A flattened hemispherical vessel, badly crushed, with crimson 
paint for its only decoration. 

Vessel No. 2-—An interesting bowl having the extended head of a vulture with 
a conventional tail, opposite it and, on either side, a wing in relief. Curiously 
enough, this vessel, which is of the ready-made mortuary variety, is imperforate as 
to the base, but has three round holes on either side of the body (Fig. 520). Maxi- 
mum diameter, 12.5 inches; height, 5.5 inches. 

Vessel No. 3.—A human-effigy vessel, found broken into fragments, with 
portions missing. There are two small holes front and two back for suspension and 
a hole knocked through the bottom of one leg. Part of the face, with the nose, has 
been restored (Fig. 521). Height, 11 inches; width, 6.7 inches; thickness, 4.5 
inches. 

Vessel No. 4.—A bird-effigy vessel of the ceremonial variety, with head thrust 
forward, and a conventional tail. The wings, which are in relief, have three perfora- 
tions made before baking and there is also a basal perforation made at the same time. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 335 
A portion of the beak is missing owing to the scaling off of small fragments, a 
frequent occurrence in vessels of this inferior, mortuary ware (Fig. 322). Diameter 
of body, 8 inches; height, 6.5 inches. 


Fic. 323.—Vessel No. 8. Mound A, Warrior river. (Two-thirds size.) 


Vessel No. 5.—A vase with pinched decoration around the neck. 

Vessel No. 7.—A vessel of yellow ware, somewhat stained, so exactly resemb- 
ling a gourd that a countryman visiting the mound, believed it to be one containing 
water for the men. 

Vessel No. 8.—A vessel of thick ware, decorated with crimson paint on the 
upper portion, is surrounded by seven projections. Above these are four designs, all 
similar, each including a vertical bird symbol. These designs are connected by 


Fic. 324.—Vessel No. 13. Decoration. Mound A, Warrior river. Fic. 325.—Vessel No. 20. Mound A, Warrior river, 
(Half size.) (Two-fifths size.) 


336 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Fie. 326. —Vessel No. 22. Mound A, Warrior river. (Full size.) 


Fic. 327.—Vessel No. 23. Mound A, Warrior river. Fic. 328.—Handle. Mound A, Warrior river. 
(Half size.) (About two-thirds size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 3: 


o 
(su) 
oe | 


Q 


punctate markings (Fig. 525). This vessel, whose capacity is about 1 quart, is a 
highly conventionalized life-form, the knobs representing projecting organs. 

Vessel No. 9.—A large pot with complicated stamp decoration, in fragments. 

Vessel No. 10.—A small imperforate vessel with quadrilateral body, flat base 
and round upright neck encircled by a complicated stamp decoration. 

Vessel No. 11.—An_ undecorated 
gourd-shaped vessel of yellow ware, with 
a small perforation in the side in addition 
to the usual one in the base. This ves- 
sel, of unusual size to find intact, was 
recovered by us from the mound with- 
out injury. Maximum diameter, 14.8 
inches; height, 14.5 inches. 

Vessel No. 12.—A large pot bearing 
the complicated stamp, found in frag- 
ments. 

Vessel No. 15.—A bowl of about | 

RiahSoO Gh era MUNGUIA, Warvion iver. quart capacity, with a rim turned inward 

(lwo: tairds ize!) and upward, bearing incised animal sym- 

bols, including the fore-legs and hind-legs, as shown diagrammatically in Fig. 324, 
where the distance between the two designs on the vessel is ignored. 

Vessel No. 14.—A small undecorated vessel, lenticular in longitudinal section. 

Vessel No. 18—A much flattened sphere with high neck, slightly flaring, 
around which is complicated stamp decoration. 

Vessel No. 20.—A pot bearing a clearly impressed complicated stamp (Fig. 
29). 

Vessel No, 22.—A handsome vessel of excellent ware, highly polished, of some- 
what less than 1 quart capacity. The decoration, raised and incised, may be 
highly conventionalized fore-legs and hind-legs (Fig. 326). ; 

Vessel No. 25.—Is undecorated, imperforate, of about 1 quart capacity (Fig. 
327). 

Fig. 528 shows an animal head which has served as a handle for a vessel. 

A complicated stamp decoration is given in Fig. 529. 


wy 


Mounps NEAR THE Warrior River, Taytor County. Mounp B. 

This mound, in thick hammock, about 200 yards in a southerly direction from 
Mound A, was of irregular outline, with major and minor diameters of 76 feet and 
54 feet, respectively. Its height was about 7 feet. There were great excavations in 
places around the margin, whence sand for the erection of the mound had come. 

There had been no previous digging. 

Owing to the marginal excavations to which we have referred, it was impossible 
to determine, from its appearance, just where the mound began, therefore twenty 
men were placed around it in a circle whose diameter exceeded that of the mound, 


43 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


338 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


and trenches, each about 3 feet across, were continued in the direction of the center 
until the exact margin of the mound was located. 

Contrary to the usual course of events in our work in this district, when the 
trenches had gone 2 or 3 feet into the mound, earthenware vessels were met with in 
the western and southern parts. ‘These vessels were not accompanied by sherds and 
did not lie together in a deposit, but had been placed here and there, singly. 

After this discovery, the trenches in the western half of the mound were joined 
and the total demolition of that part of the mound began. 

Shortly after this junction of the trenches on the western side, the trenches in 
two-thirds of the eastern side were joined and continued until the mound was dug 
down. 

Not until the trenches had gone a distance of 22 feet into the remaining third of 
the eastern part, was anything of interest met with, when the discovery of a vessel 
of earthenware, caused the union of the remaining trenches. 

Soon after the first junction of the trenches, that is 2 or 3 feet in from the 
margin, burials were met with in the W., NW. and SW. outskirts of the mound and, 
later, in part of the eastern portion. While burials were met with here and there in 
the parts of the mound we have referred to, none was found in the remaining portion 
of the eastern part until the center of the mound had almost been reached. 

In all, thirty-five burials were counted by us, the majority in small bunches, 
though solitary skulls were present and, rarely, two skulls together. 

The flexed burial was not noted. 

Neither in our field notes, where the burials are described one by one, nor in 
our amplified notes, always written immediately at the end of the investigation of 
the mound, do we find any reference to cranial compression in connection with the 
burials in this mound. Neither do we recall the discovery of any cranial flattening, 
and it is our belief that none was met with. 

The sand in this mound was not discolored in any way. It was remarkably 
dry and caved readily. On the surface lay a single mass of lime rock, and in the 
mound were a few similar masses unassociated with burials, while twice only, burials 
lay beneath them. A few oyster-shells were with two other burials, but not in the 
way we have noted in places to the westward where masses of shells lay over bones, 

With one burial was sand colored with hematite. Another burial lay near 
three vessels of earthenware, while mica and a pebble lay together with human 
remains. 

Unassociated with human bones, together, were: four pebble-hammers ; two 
flat pebbles; eight chips of chert; seven very rude arrowheads or knives, of the 
same material, three with points missing. 

In another place where no bones were met with, though they may have disap- 
peared through decay, were: a long flake, intended for a knife; an arrowhead or 
knife; another with the point missing; a small knife with curved edge. All these 
were of chert. 

There were also in the mound: a large tooth of a fossil shark, showing no 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 339 


mark of use in a handle; a large slab of ferruginous sand-stone; a lancehead of 
chert, 4 inches long and nearly 3 inches in maximum diameter, so rudely made that 
it would seem that mortuary deposits of inferior quality, made expressly for the 
dead, were not confined to vessels of earthenware. 

We have referred to a curious object of 
impure kaolin, found by us in the mound near 
Porter's bar. An object exactly similar in shape, 
carefully smoothed and enlarged at either end, 
about 9.5 inches long, was present in this mound. 
It, also, has suffered through the chipping off of 
portions, but not to the same extent as had the 
other (Fig. 530). As is the case with the other, 
traces of decoration in low relief are visible in 
places. This curious object, the second found, 
would seem to belong to a class perhaps of cere- 
monial batons. It is certain that a material so 
soft could not have been chosen for any practical 
use. Dr. H. F. Keller, to whom a part of the 
object was submitted for analysis, writes: “ It 
consists of an intimate mixture of kaolin and 
finely-divided silica. The constituents are silica, 
alumina, oxide of iron, moisture, and traces of 
magnesia. A rough determination of the silica 
yielded 75%, which is 27% in excess over the 
amount present in pure kaolinite. The propor- 
tion of iron, too, is considerable. Under the lens 
the powdered substance appears quite homogene- 
ous, but under higher powers it shows crystalline 
particles of two kinds, as well as dark specks.” 

There was also in the mound a rectangular 
mass, seemingly of clayey material, with rounded 
corners and a small groove at either end, about 6 
inches long. 

The earthenware in this mound did not lie in 
black sand, nor was there any general mortuary 
deposit, four vessels together in the southern mar- 
gin being the nearest approach to one. 

The ware, in marked contrast to that of the 
neighboring mound, was of poor quality and un- 
decorated or bore the complicated stamp, as a rule. 
Incised decoration was encountered in three instan- 


Fic. 330.—Object of kaolin. Mound B, War- 
rior river. (About five-sevenths size.) 
ces only, among the forty vessels noted by us, 


and in each case the work was unambitious and careless in execution. 


340 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


The features of the earthenware in this mound were the large number of vessels 
with inturned rims and, consequently, comparatively small openings; and the 
unusual percentage of imperforate bases present, no less than 22 of these being 
included among the 42 vessels met with, and others badly broken, may have been 
imperforate also. Marginal vessels, as a rule, were perforate; of the first twelve 
vessels found, but one had the base intact. Most of these vessels came from the 
south and southeastern margins and perhaps were in place of a general deposit. 

In this mound were no ceremonial vessels and, consequently, no basal perfora- 
tion made previous to baking. 


Fic. 331.—Vessel No. 4. Mound B, Warrior river. (Nine-tenths size.) 


The following vessels are worthy of particular notice, those omitted being, as a 
rule, undecorated or bearing the complicated stamp in well known patterns. 

Vessel No. 4.—Of about 1 pint capacity, with horizontal ears extending one 
from either side, beneath the rim. There is roughly incised decoration (Fig. 331). 
There is a basal perforation. 

Vessel No. 5.—Of red ware, undecorated, with cylindrical body, rounded base 
and upper end constricted to form a small opening. This vessel, of about 1 quart 
capacity, fell into many pieces on removal. 

Vessel No. 7.—Has the base and lower part of the body knocked out, in per- 
formance of the customary mutilation. This vessel, of about 3 pints capacity, has 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 341 


the upper part turning inward and upward, about 1.5 inches, forming an aperture of 
about 2.5 inches (Fig. 332). The decoration, incised, the only example in the 
mound not subsidiary, is shown diagrammatically in Fig. 535. 

Vessel No. 11.—A small bowl with flat base and clearly defined complicated 
stamp decoration (Fig. 554). 

Vessel No, 14.—Considerable parts of a bowl of yellow ware, in fragments, 


Fiac, 332.—Vessel No.7. Mound B, Warrior river. (Five-sixths size.) 


having as decoration lines, triangles and circular markings, all in black pigment. 
This is the first example, we believe, of the use of black paint on earthenware found 
during our mound work, though, as the reader is doubtless aware, this form of 
decoration was in vogue among the aborigines in various parts of the country. Por- 
tions of this vessel were found scattered over an area of about 4 feet by 12 feet, 
showing that the individual having in charge the immolation of the vessel, went 
at the work with a will. 

Vessel No. 16.—Of about 1 gallon capacity, undecorated and rounded at either 
end (Fig, 335). 


342 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 17.— A most interesting vessel of heavy red ware, with five com- 
partments, consisting of a circular, central compartment raised above the level of the 
rest, with two truncated, triangular ones on opposite sides and two triangular ones on 
the remaining sides. Projecting from the end of one compartment is the head of a 
bird, decorated on the upper side only. The opposite end, the tail, unfortunately, is 
missing. On the body of the vessel 
the bird-symbol appears in many places 
(Fig. 536). This vessel, the central 
part of which was filled with charcoal, 
and a compartment on either side, with 
sand blackened by fire, would seem to 
be a connecting link between the com- 


Fic. 333.—Vessel No. 7. Decoration. Mound B, Warrior Fig. 334.—Vessel No. 11. Mound B, Warrior river. 
river. (Half size.) (Half size.) 
partment vessel and the bird-effigy vessel, the other being where the bird is given 
in outline of the compartments only. Diameter across wings, 10.2 inches; height, _ 
2.5 inches. 

Vessel No. 20.—A neat, imperfo- 
rate, undecorated bowl of less than | 
pint capacity, greatly thickened at the 
rim, 

Vessel No. 21.—Red ware, imper- 
forate, with the rim inturned some- , 
what. On the upper part are three 
encircling lines made up of upright 
punctate impressions. The capacity 
is about 1 quart. 

Vessel No. 24.—A small pot, im- 
perforate, with rude complicated stamp, 
and three feet on the base instead of 
four, the usual number in this part of 
Florida, 


Vessel No. 26.—A small, undeco- 


: bat : Fig. 335.—Vessel No. 16, Mound B, Warrior river. 
rated, imperforate bowl, elliptical in Le ih 4 CRCONSEETED CISA) Se a 


longitudinal section. 


She) 
reg 
SX) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Fic. 336.—Vessel No. 17. Mound B, Warrior river. (About seven-tenths size.) 


, 


344 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 31.—An imitation of a gourd, which is made complete by the yellow 
color of the ware and a rusty appearance imparted by age, seen in places on the 
vessel and often met with on the natural gourd. The capacity is about 2 quarts 
(Fig. 337). 

Vessel No. 38.—An imperforate, undecorated vessel of about 2 quarts capacity, 
scaphoid in shape. There are traces of crimson pigment exteriorly. 


F 1G. 337.—Vessel No, 31. Mound B, Warrior river. (Four-fifths size.) 


A point of interest impressing itself on us in connection with Mounds A and B, 
near the Warrior river, is that here, at Alligator Harbor and near Spring creek, two 
mounds of considerable size are at each of these places in close proximity one to the 
other. In each of these pairs of mounds one was symmetrical, while the other was 
in the form of a ridge. From the symmetrical mound, in each case, came ware 
much superior to that found in the asymmetrical ridge. 


MounD NEAR STEINHATCHEE River, LAFAYETTE CouNTY. 

The mound, in thick scrub, is about one-quarter of a mile in a SE. direction 
from Rock Landing, which is about 4 miles above the mouth of the river. The 
height is 4.5 feet; the diameter of base, 62 feet. 

Extensive digging was first done around the margin, showing the sand to be 
bright yellow with no trace of discoloration. One sherd only was met with. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 5345 


Next the mound was dug centrally, with four large trenches radiating to the 
margin. One sherd was found and sand discolored by hematite, in one place. In 
three places, rather superficially, were bits of badly decayed bones. 


Mound NEAR Goopson’s Fisncamp, LArAyETTE County. 

The site of the fishcamp is on a small water-way extending in from the Gulf, 
about 2 miles in a SE. direction from the mouth of the Steinhatchee river. 

The mound, in pine woods, on the edge of the sawgrass marsh, on property of 
the East Coast Lumber Company, was much spread by trampling of cattle. A few 
fragments of human bone lay on the surface. Its height was 4 feet; its basal 
diameter, 66 feet. Apparently, there had been no previous digging. 

The mound was trenched in every direction by us and dug marginally and cen- 
trally. The sand was bright yellow with no sign of that darkening which so often 
accompanies an earthenware deposit. A single skull was found | foot below the 
surface, and a small bunched burial elsewhere at about the same depth. 

A large stone hatchet lay 6 inches beneath the surface. 

A globular vessel of inferior ware, with a perforation knocked through the base, 
having faint punctate decoration below the rim, lay alone about 6 inches down. 

A carefully made discoidal stone of quartzite, with a small concavity in the 
base which is somewhat broader than the upper part, lay unassociated. This 
discoidal stone is of interest, in that it is the first found by us in peninsular Florida, 
in which this mound is, though we have met with the type in abundance in Georgia 
to the eastward, and in Alabama to the westward. 


Mounp NEAR Bear Hammock, LAFAYETTE Counry. 

This mound, in pine woods, on the eastern edge of Bear Hammock, about 5 
miles in a SE. direction from the mouth of the Steinhatchee river, on the property 
of the East Coast Lumber Company, was intact at the time of our visit. Its height 
was +.5 feet; its basal diameter, 52 feet. 

Thorough trenching showed the mound to be of bright yellow sand. No burial 
or artifact was met with. 


Mounp NEAR Murpuy Lanpine, Larayerre County. 

Murphy Landing is on the coast about 2 miles above Horseshoe Point. 

The mound, in a field formerly under cultivation, the property of the East 
Coast Lumber Company, about one-quarter mile from the Gulf, had a height of 
4 feet 3 inches; a basal diameter of 52 feet. The outline was circular. We heard 
of previous digging in the mound, but as we saw no trace of it, presumably, it was 
insignificant. 

The mound, which was of light sand with a dark streak at the base, was com- 
pletely demolished by us. 

Human remains were met with at thirty-six places, and included the lone skull, 
the bunch and the flexed burial. No skull was in a condition to keep, but a number 


44 JOURN. A. N.S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


346 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


showed that no cranial compression had been practiscd. Burials were first met 
with in the eastern margin, but, later, were encountered throughout the mound. In 
the eastern part of the mound, after a number of single burials had been met with, 
a layer of bones was encountered extending in, toward the center, a considerable 
distance. This deposit, which was counted as a single burial, had with it much sand 
dyed with hematite. 

In the western part of the mound, about midway between the margin and the 
center, began a thin layer of oyster-shells on which lay several burials. Two burials 
lay with oyster-shells, locally. Two others had “celts” nearby, while with two 
more were a few small shell beads. 

Unassociated, was a nodule of chert, the shape of a finger slightly bent and 
about its leneth, with double its diameter. At one end is a certain amount of chip- 
ping, seemingly preliminary to making a cutting tool. There were also in the 
mound an arrowhead of chert and a ball of lime rock about 1 inch in diameter. 

Earthenware was represented in the mound by a few sherds of markedly 
inferior ware, some having a slight admixture of sand in the clay. In the way of 
decoration sherds bore the small check stamp, a rude punctate marking and, in one 
vase, a pinched design. A small, undecorated bowl, with a hole knocked through 
the bottom, fell with caved sand. 


Mounps NEAR Horsesuor Pornt, Larayerre County. 

These mounds, in thick hammock, on property of the East Coast Lumber Com- 
pany, lie near the edge of the marsh, somewhat to the north of Horseshoe Point. 
A visitor would find it to his advantage to follow a road about two miles in a north- 
easterly direction from the landing. 

The principal mounds, three in number, lie in sight of one another and are near 
considerable shell deposits. A large fresh-water pond is nearby and a natural water- 
way to the Gulf, doubtless available for canoes, ends in sight of the mounds, which 
are surrounded now, as no doubt they were in former times, by hammock-trees, 
including tall palmettoes and magnolias. 

The mound nearest the Gulf was built on the end of a shell-heap, a part of the 
mound extending over to the general level beyond. Its outline was circular; its 
diameter, 40 feet; its height above the shell-heap, 6 feet. A great trench had been 
dug from the SE. margin to the center. The remainder of the mound was practi- 
cally demolished by us. 

A number of burials were met with at various points in the mound. No 
flattening was apparent on the skulls, which, however, were not in a condition to 
save. 

Mainly from the western side and from near the center, comparatively near the 
surface, were ten vessels of inferior ware, all found singly. None of these bore 
incised decoration, save one, which had two encircling lines. One sherd, however, 
of the few found in the mound, was of excellent ware and bore a carefully incised 
conventionalized bird’s wing. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 347 


Vessel No. 1.—A vessel of about 5 quarts capacity, shown in Fig. 558, with 
four projections, perhaps indicating a highly conventionalized life-form. The upper 
part of the body is painted crimson; the lower has the natural yellow color of the 
ware. Part of the base has been knocked out. 

Vessel No. 2.—A bow] of about 2 quarts 
capacity, with three encircling lines of trian- 
gular punctate markings. There is a basal 
perforation. 

Vessel No. 5.—A large undecorated ves- 
sel of yellow ware, modelled after a gourd, 
with a portion missing. 

Vessel No. 4.—A vessel with oblate 
spherical body and high upright neck bear- 


Fig. 338.—Vessel No. 1. Mound near Horseshoe Point. Fia. 339.—Vessel No. 4. Mound near Horseshoe 
(One-third size.) Point. (Half size.) 


ing a distinct complicated stamp (Fig. 559). The base is missing through mortuary 
mutilation. 


Fra. 340.—Vessel No. 6. Mound near Horseshoe Point. (Half size.) 


348 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Vessel No. 5.—Another large vessel modelled after a gourd, found in fragments. 

Vessel No. 6.—A double vessel of yellow ware, also of the gourd pattern (Fig. 
340). There is a basal perforation. 

Vessel No. 7.—A small, imperforate vessel, with 
rude, punctate decoration. 

Vessel No. 8.—An undecorated, perforate bowl 
of about 6 quarts capacity, scaphoid in shape, with 
red paint inside and out. 

Vessel No. 9.—Small, undecorated, with four- 
lobed body. There are two holes for suspension ; 
also a basal perforation. 

Vessel No. 10.—Of heavy ware, undecorated, of 
about 1 pint capacity. In form this vessel resembles 
an inverted acorn. There are two holes for suspen- 
sion and a perforation in the base (Fig. 341). 


Fig. 341.—Vessel No. 10. Mound near The next mound was a ridge 80 feet long by 58 
Horseshoe Point. (Two-fifths size.) ‘ 9 t 
feet across. The maximum height was 6 feet. The 
highest portion was carefully trenched by us, yielding beside a number of burials, 
three “celts,” two of which are of a chisel-form, and a small undecorated bowl 
with basal perforation. 


The third mound, circular in outline, 5 feet 4 inches high, 54 feet across the 
base, furnished one broken arrowhead as the result of careful trenching. This 
mound was probably domiciliary. 


Mounp on Hog Isianp, Levy Counry. 


Hog Island is a small key between the eastern and western passes into the 
Suwanee river. 

The mound, but a short distance from the marsh, is in a dense mass of trees, 

bushes, and palmetto scrub. Its height is 9 feet 3 inches; its basal diameter, about 
50 feet. 
This mound seemed to be a shell-heap covered with from 12 to 18 inches of 
sand. A hole put in by a former digger, showed only shell, as did a large cavity 
caused by the fall of a great tree. Trenches put in by us reached shell almost 
immediately, and, after considerable digging in this material, the investigation of 
the mound was abandoned. 


Mounp on Pine Key, Levy Country. 

Pine Key, a small island, lies about one-quarter of a mile from a great shell- 
heap on the mainland. This shell-heap, visible at a long distance from the Gulf, 
the northernmost of the great shell-heaps of the west coast, lies about 5 miles in a. 
northerly direction from Cedar Keys. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 349 


Pine Key, largely marsh, has a certain amount of solid ground rising from 2 to 
3 feet above the general level. About one-quarter acre of this higher ground had 
been used as a sort of burial place, or cemetery. There had been considerable pre- 
vious digging, and fragments of human bones and bits of earthenware of the most 
inferior quality lay scattered over the surface. 

The cemetery was trenched in all directions. 

In places, bones lay in profusion, while again burials were met with singly, the 
flexed burial, the bunch and the lone skull being represented. No cranial flattening 
was noticed. The remains, as a rule, were about 1 foot below the surface, though 
several burials were met with at a depth of 3 feet. 

A “celt” was found not far from the surface, as were a shell drinking cup with a 
basal perforation, and many sherds, all of poor ware, undecorated in the main, 
though the check stamp and the complicated stamp were represented. 

Also near the surface was the lower part of a ceremonial, mortuary vessel 
having a basal perforation made before baking. The portion found resembled an 
inverted cone. Just above the base were two deep, encircling grooves made when 
the clay was soft. The ware and workmanship were of the coarsest description. 


MouND NEAR THE SHELL-HEAP, Levy County. 

This mound is in thick scrub, about 500 yards from the homestead of Mr. W. 
k. Young, who lives on the great shell-heap, to which we have referred, and is the 
owner of the mound in the rear. This mound, 6.5 feet high, 64 feet through its 
circular base, had been dug into from the NE. margin previous to our coming, a 
trench 6 feet wide having been carried to the center where it broadened to include 
a space about 10 feet in diameter. A few fragments of human bones and two or 
three bits of rude earthenware lay on the surface. 

Seven large trenches made by us, not all of which were entirely carried to the 
base, some having been abandoned when results of others were noted, showed the 
mound to be mainly of oyster shells irregularly placed. 

At the center a measurement from the top showed 18 inches of sand, 22 inches 
of shell, 14 inches cf sand, 1 foot of shell, in order, going down. Beneath, was undis- 
turbed sand. The mound probably was built on rising ground, as its height, taken 
from the margin, is not accounted for by these measurements. 

On the south side of the mound trenching showed 18 inches of sand on top. 
with a solid mass of shells below, and other trenches gave but slightly varying 
results. 

No human remains or artifacts were met with in our digging, though one bit of 
human bone, just below the surface, projected from the side of the former trench. 


At Cedar Keys our mound investigation for the season was brought to an end. 
A continuation of our work farther south hardly would have been consistent 
with the title of this report. Moreover, Mr. J. 8. Raybon, captain of our steamer, 
who had worked so successfully for us to the northward and to the westward, had 
been unable to locate any new mounds of importance between Cedar Keys and 


350 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


Tampa bay. It is only fair to say, however, that owing to the lack of inhabitants 
along that part of the coast, from whom inquiry could be made, certain mounds may 
have escaped him. Besides, several years before, we had covered the territory from 
Tampa almost to Clearwater Harbor (see outline map) with but negative results, 
while two men in our employ, one of whom was very familar with the coast, had 
searched from Tampa to Anclote Key, finding only mounds previously located and 
dug into by Mr. S. T. Walker,’ whose researches were continued still farther north 
without discovery of importance. 

Mr. Cushing, ? it is true, opened a mound at Tarpon Springs, in which he found 
fragments of interesting ware, but we believe this mound to have been an exception 
to the general run of mounds from Cedar Keys southward. Just north of Cedar 
Keys the great shell-heaps of the west coast begin, and neither on the east coast, 
where large shell-heaps are throughout, nor in the territory of the great shell-heaps 
on the west coast have we found the contents of mounds to be of much interest. 

As we have stated, our work of last season ended at the eastern extremity of 
Choctawhatchee bay and began this year at the western end of St. Andrews bay, in 
direct continuation (see map). 

During our season’s work certain points were brought to our attention. 

Going eastward along the coast, we saw the waning influence of Alabama and 
of the middle Mississippi district as to composition of ware, the admixture of shell * 
entirely disappearing, none having been met with by us east of Choctawhatchee bay, 
which marks also the easternmost limit of the polished, black ware of Mississippi, as 
found by us. 

1 Smithsonian Report, 1879. 

» Proceedings American Philosophical Society, Vol. XXV, No. 153. 

* In a thoughtful article in the “ American Antiquarian,” May and June, 1902, entitled “ Primi- 
tive Keramic Art in Wisconsin”, the author of that paper is inclined to believe that a mineral substance, 
and not pounded shell, is used to temper earthenware through parts of the mound region, where hitherto 
we have been led to believe pounded shell was used. 

To determine this matter, we submitted to Prof. Harry F. Keller, Ph. D., a fragment of thick, 
porous earthenware found by us in Alabama, which contained a considerable amount of what we have 
always considered broken shell used for tempering. 

Dr. Keller’s report is as follows : 

June 24, 1902. 


“The analysis of the carefully picked material (shell) from the specimen of earthenware from 
Alabama gave the following results: 


Insoluble in dilute acid, 3.09% 
(Silica and ferruginous clay) 

CaO (Lime) 54.07 
MgO (Magnesia) 19 
MnO (Manganous oxide) 09 
Fe,O, (Ferric oxide) sll 
CO, (Carbonic anhydride) 41.58 
P.O, (Phosphoric anhydride) 62 
Moisture SI 

99.86 


“The small amounts of the oxides of iron and maganese may be derived from adhering matrix. 
The insoluble residue contains traces of carbonaceous matter.” 

Here we have almost pure carbonate of lime, showing the scaly fragments in the earthenware to 
be shell. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 351 


The growing influence of Georgia in decoration became noticeable also, the com- 
plicated stamp, the specialty of that State and of territory to the northward, coming 
more and more into use. Such being the case, we should look for the clay tempered 
with coarse gravel, the well-known “ gritty ware” of Georgia, but it is not present. 

The earthenware of the northwest Florida coast is purely aboriginal in style. 
Probably most of the mounds there ante-dated the coming of the whites, and where 
_ they did not, their builders saw too little of the strangers to suffer modification m 
their art. It is true that some writers have cited the presence of feet on aboriginal 
vessels as an indication of European influence, and such vessels are often met with 
in the mounds of the northwest coast, but we have seen vessels with feet, in various 
localities, in too many mounds in which no European artifacts were found, to coin- 
cide with this idea. 

In material and decoration the pottery of the Florida northwest coast averages 
far above that of such mounds of peninsular Florida, in which earthenware is met 
with. 

For oné reason or another, the occurrence of earthenware vessels is infrequent 
in the burial mounds of the coast of peninsular Florida. We have searched almost 
the entire east coast between the Georgia boundary and Lake Worth without find- 
ing a single vessel, and our good friend, the late Andrew E. Douglass, devoted many 
seasons to mound work along the east coast, going even as far as Miami, with a like 
result. 

On the west coast, Mr. Cushing found fragments of important vessels in the 
mound opened by him at Tarpon Springs, but from near that point southward, almost 
to the end of the peninsula, we saw not a single vessel of earthenware, though there 
are a few fragments in the shell-heaps. 

It is true Mr. Cushing found several vessels of earthenware in the muck at 
Marco, with his great discovery of objects of wood, but the vessels were few in num- 
ber and unimportant as to shape and decoration. 

Presumably, then, the custom to inter earthenware vessels with the dead 
obtained but little, if at all, along the Florida east coast, and the lower half of the 
west coast of peninsular Florida. If, in these districts, vessels to any extent were 
put into the mounds, these vessels were of wood and perishable. 

Superior as is the earthenware of the northwest Florida coast to most of that of 
the peninsula, it does not excel a few of the finest specimens met with by us in the 
mounds of the St. Johns river. A duck-vessel' from near the mouth of the St. Johns ; 
sherds of excellent paste and superior decoration, from near Dunn’s creek ° (see out- 
line map); still more beautiful ones from a neighboring mound; part of a vessel 
and a handle representing a vulture’s head, beautifully incised and showing the fine 
yellow of the paste, alternating with crimson pigment, from a mound near Lake 
Monroe, hold their own with the finest earthenware of the northwest coast of Florida. 

1 “Certain Sand Mounds of Duval County, Florida.” Plate LX-X XIII. 


2 “ Certain Sand Mounds of the St. Johns River.” Part I, Pl. II, Fig. 1. Incidentally, at this 
mound was the southernmost occurrence of ware bearing the complicated stamp decoration. 


352 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


We have two hypotheses to offer to account for this: 

1.—That the aborigines of the peninsula possessed fine ware, but did not, as ¢ 
rule, inter it with the dead. 

It must be borne in mind that the natives of the peninsula did not make great 
mortuary deposits of earthenware as did those of the Florida mainland, the vessel of 
earthenware being simply one of a great number of objects from which selection was 
made. Fewer vessels were put into the mounds, and as earthenware was not so 
exclusively a mortuary selection, perhaps less attention was paid to the quality of 
that taken for burial. Besides, the interment of “freak,” or ceremonial, ware, 
which is always inferior to the other ware of the district where it was used, was 
more largely practised in the peninsula than it was on the northwest coast and, 
therefore, the pottery of the peninsular mounds may not be representative. 

2.—That the finest vessels of the peninsula were importations. 

From the island of Marco, southwest Florida, we got two large bird head han- 
dles, of excellent design, found alone, one representing the head of a turkey, the 
other that of a predatory bird. Around one of these heads a groove had been made 
to permit use as apendant. The other head had doubtless served a similar purpose, 
as circular spaces, through which a cord could pass, had been left, at the time of 
manufacture, through the neck and through the bill. Not only was the workman- 
ship of the heads markedly that of the middle Mississippi district or of the Gulf, 
but the ware was what is known as shell-tempered, which ware was in use in 
the districts we have named, but not in peninsular Florida. These heads were 
doubtless importations, and other fine specimens of ware may have been importa- 
tions also. 

On the whole we are inclined to believe that the best ware found in the penin- 
sula was exceptional and perhaps got there through barter. The lower average of 
excellence of sherds in the peninsula argues a supply of inferior vessels, and the fact 
that the “freak,” or ceremonial, ware is so much below the standard of that of the 
northwest coast might indicate a lower quality for vessels of other classes also. 
Had the natives of the peninsula possessed vessels of the highest grade in great 
numbers, we believe, in one way or another, more indication of it would have come 
to hght. 

In the first part of this report we spoke of a mortuary custom prevailing in 
peninsular Florida’ to knock a hole through the base of a vessel, presumably to 
“kill” the pot, that its soul might accompany that of the dead man. We spoke of 
a refinement of this custom, and described vessels of fantastic form and_ flimsy 
material made expressly for interment with the dead, in the bases of which holes 

‘Tn the “ American Antiquarian,” Sept.—Oct., 1902, is a paper by Mr. Francis U. Duff, on the 
antiquities of the Mimbres valley, New Mexico, describing, among other things, the finding of “large 
bowls inverted over the crania of the departed. Each of these bowls, before being deposited in the grave, 
had a small hole broken in its bottom.” It isinteresting to note the occurrence of the mortuary perfora- 
tion of the base of vessels in this remote region so far removed from where this mortuary custom flour- 
ished at its fullest. In the Mimbres valley, however, bowls were not inverted over lone skulls or skulls 


With a few scattered bones, as they were in the graves of the Florida northwest coast, but were placed 
over skulls interred with their skeletons. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 353 


had been made previous to the baking of the clay. Incidentally, we found this 
“freak,” or ceremonial, ware in the peninsula, from the mouth of the St. Johns river 
to Lake Beresford (see outline map), going southward, and in the lake district at the 
head of the Ocklawaha river. 

A few examples of this ready-made “ freak’? ware were met with by us east of 
Pensacola bay during our work last season. During this year’s investigation, as our 
readers may recall, examples of this form were found in increasing numbers, and 
individual vessels were often of much greater size than anything of the kind we had 
met with to the westward on the coast, or, incidentally, in peninsular Florida, save 
in the mounds of Volusia, south of Lake George. 

As our work progressed more to the east, a new feature in “ freak” ware was 
encountered. In the mounds of St. Andrew's bay two vessels of a new type, and 
fragments of similar ones, were found, while farther to the east vessels of this kind 
were encountered in considerable numbers. These vessels were life-forms, usually, 
but differed from other life-forms of the same district, in that they were inferior to 
them as to ware and workmanship, and that they had various perforations made 
previous to baking, in the body of the vessel as well as the customary one in the 
base. ? 

An interesting custom noted with but few exceptions along the northwest coast 
was the placing in the mounds of general deposits of earthenware, nearly always in 
the eastern part of the mound. These deposits were found in darkened sand, often 
at the very edge of the mound, and continued with the blackened sand, a few 
vessels together, in toward the center or to it. Sometimes the deposits were met 
with at some little distance in from the margin, but nearly always in the eastern 
side of the mound. 

These masses of blackened sand in which the general deposits of earthenware 
lay were noticed by us in the mounds during our former season’s work and were 
referred to by usin Part I of our report. So almost universal was the juxtaposition 
of darkened sand and general deposits of ware in the mounds, during our work this 
season, that considerable thought was devoted by us to the matter. Sand of this 

_ 1 Among numbers of small “freak” vessels found by us in the Grant mound, near the mouth of 
the St. Johns river, was part of a vessel filled with perforations, like a sieve. We are uncertain whether 
or not this vessel should be included in the same class as those having occasional perforations in the body. 

The incense-cups of Mexico and of Central America, though they have perforations of the body, 
made before baking, do not seem to us to be of the same class as these large vessels from northwest Florida, 
which have basal perforations in addition to those in the body. These latter vessels with their ready- 
made body- perforations would seem to be intimately connected with the ceremonial vessels of peninsular 
Florida, since both classes possess the perforation of the base, made before the baking of the clay, though 
the vessels of peninsular Florida do not show the body-perforations which are probably only an ampli- 
fication of the mortuary perforation of the base. Therefore, as the ceremonial vessels of peninsular 
Florida, being without body-perforations, could not have served as incense-burners, it is not likely that 
the ceremonial vessels of northwest Florida, which are so nearly related to the others, though poss 
of body-perforations, were intended for the burning of incense. 

The Twentieth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology will consist of Prof. W. 
H. Holmes’, ‘‘ The Pottery of the Eastern United States,” a most admirable memoir, part of which it has 
been our good fortune to see in manuscript. 


We earnestly advise those interested in the subject of aboriginal ware carefully to study this 
memoir, on its appearance. 


ssed 


45 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


354 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 


kind was often carefully examined by us for charcoal, but none was found, nor was 
adjacent sand burnt or discolored as by fire. In our account of the mound at West 
Bay post-office, in the early part of this volume, we have stated that a sample of 
this blackened sand, examined chemically and microscopically, showed its color to be 
due to carbonaceous matter, very probably of animal origin, and that the material, 
in all probability, could not have come from anything in the vegetable line. As 
this report is not intended for popular reading, in all probability our readers are as 
able to draw conclusions as we are. It would seem to us, however, that masses of 
animal matter, incinerated in a way to escape mixture with charcoal, have been 
mingled with sand which was placed in that part of the mound devoted to deposits 
of earthenware, put in for the dead in common. What these masses of flesh con- 
sisted of we are unable to decide. If the flesh belonged to lower animals and the 
bones were not removed before burning, and it seems unlikely that they should have 
been, the incineration must have been complete, as particles of half-burnt bone are 
not present in the sand. 

If we suppose, on the other hand, that the flesh which we know was some- 
times stripped from human skeletons when taken from the dead-house, was cremated, 
the absence of particles of bone can be accounted for. We think this latter suppo- 
sition the more probable since aboriginal cremation did not seem to reduce bones in 
a thorough way, judging from our rather extensive experience of the matter in the 
mounds of Georgia. 

Burials of human remains, also, were in greater numbers in the eastern portions 
of the mounds, sometimes being there and in the central parts, exclusively. In 
other cases, however, human remains were met with throughout the entire mound. 

No new feature as to form of burial was noted during this season’s work. The 
lone skull, the bunch, the flexed burial, the burial at length were met with; also 
loose bones scattered here and there. The urn-burial, also, was found in two locali- 
ties. 

The question of urn-burial in Florida is an interesting one since we know the 
custom to have been largely in vogue in Alabama and in Georgia, and yet there is no 
evidence | of the extension of the custom into peninsular Florida. 

We have seen how large bowls were put over skulls at Perdido bay, the boun- 
dary between Alabama and Florida, and how the custom, continuing eastward into 
Florida, was noted along Santa Rosa sound and at the eastern extremity of Choc- 
tawhatchee bay, where, also, in one instance, an inverted bowl was found covering 
another bowl containing human remains. 

This season we have remarked the existence of a cemetery with urn-burials still 
farther east, at the town of St. Andrews, and have found a single urn-burial in a 
mound on Ocklockonee bay farther yet to the eastward, though still on the mainland. 

Beyond this point, in all Florida, we have met with no example of urn-burial, 
nor is there one on record, 


' With the exception of a statement made in a newspaper by an investigator of a single mound 
and omitted from his official report. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL REMAINS OF THE NW. FLORIDA COAST. 355 


Cremation, which we met with so frequently in Georgia, but saw but once dur- 
ing our work on the Alabama and Tombigbee rivers, was not noted by us during our 
first year’s work along the northwest Florida coast, and but twice, unmistakably, 
during this, our second year’s work. In the peninsula of Florida we have not met 
with true cremation where it was evidently the purpose to burn the body as a form 
of burial, such cremation as is found there apparently being where single bones or 
parts of skeletons have lain in close proximity to ceremonial fires. These fragments 
of burnt bone are often found lying with bones unaffected by fire, while, at times, a 
skeleton is seen to have the bones of one arm burnt or calcined, or sometimes a por- 
tion of the skull, and the like. 

Cremation, then, as a form of burial, cannot be said to have obtained in penin- 
sular Florida and was practised but occasionally in the mainland, or northwestern 
portion. 

There seems to be a possible explanation for this occasional occurrence of crema- 
tion in a district where inhumation was so generally practised. Cabeca de Vaca, 
who, as the reader is aware, spent some years among the aborigines of the northwest 
Florida coast, tells us that persons there in general were buried, but that doctors 
were cremated. In our work on the mounds of the Georgia coast we pointed out 
that this statement could not apply to that part of the country, since cremation was 
very widely practised there, and, moreover, often included the bodies of infants. 
But along the northwest Florida coast, the district of which Cabeca de Vaca’s state- 
ment was made, the result of our investigations seems to bear out the assertion. 

It was our intention, another season, to carry our investigation from Mobile 
bay westward along the coast, in the endeavor to trace connection between that 
district and the region we have covered to the east. 

Since our return, this spring and summer (1902), Mr. J. 8. Raybon, captain of 
our steamer, who has in previous years so successfully located mounds for us, went 
over part of Mobile bay and most of the Mississippi coast. 

A few mounds rewarded his search on the eastern shore of Mobile bay, but 
along the coast of Mississippi, apart from shell-heaps, almost nothing was met with. 


- 
_ 


CERTAIN 


Aboriginal dog, 247. 

Alligator bayou, mound near, 
150. 

Anderson’s bayou, mound near, 
160, 

Apalachicola, mound near, 216. 

Argillite, red, bead of, 160. 

Aucilla river, mound near, 325. 


Baker’s Landing, mound near, 
196, 

Bases of vessels, sometimes 
knocked out at the mounds, 
162. 

Beads of brass, 275. 

Beads of galena, 257. 

Bear Hammock, mound 
345. 

Bear Point, mounds near, 174. 

Bird symbol, nature of the, 138. 

Bison bone, gorget of, 225. 

Bitumen in base of pot, 232. 

Black paint, ware decorated with, 
341. 

Blackened containing 
earthenware deposits, 353, 

Brass beads, 275. 

Brock Hammock, mound in, 140. 

Burnt Mill creek, larger mound 
near, 140. 

Burnt Mill creek, smaller mound 
near, 146, 


near, 


sand 


Calcined bones, 230, 239. 

Carrabelle, mound near, 257. 

“Celt,” grooved, 211, 212. 

Cemetery mound, 217. 

emetery, St. Andrew’s, 175. 

Charcoal with burials, 130, 190, 
219, 275. 

Clam-shell, implements of, 258, 
268. 


Compartment vessels, 131, 132, 


ABORIGINAL 


| Earthenware of Florida 


INDEX. 


REMAINS OF THE NW. 


PART II. 


134, 164, 165, 215, 249, 265 
279, 287, 294, 296, 297, 
329, 342. 

Compartment vessel with head of 
bird, 342. 

Cool Spring mound, 216. 

Copper, 150, 160, 177, 217, 2 
225, 231, 236, 241, 258, 269, 
305. 

Cremation, 354. 


Davis Point, mound near, 176. 

Deposits of earthenware in east- 
ern part of mounds, 353, 

Dise of quartzite, 345, 

Disc of quartzite, biconcave, 277. 

Discs of earthenware, perforated, 
forming parts of ear plugs, 
236. 

Dog, effigy head of, 247, 326. 

Dogs, aboriginal, in Florida, 247. 

Double-head, handle of vessel, 
320. 


Ear-plug overlaid with copper, 
217. 

Ear-plugs of copper, 236, 305. 

Ear-plugs of copper and silver, 
224, 

Ear-plugs of copper and silver, 
probably of aboriginal make, 
224, 

Earthenware broken and scat- 
tered throughout mounds, 131. 

Earthenware deposits in masses 
of blackened sand, 353. 

Earthenware, deposits of, in east- 
ern parts of mounds, 353. 

west- 
coast, purely aboriginal, 351. 

Econfenee river, mounds near, 
330, 


Effigy-vessel of human form, 


FLORIDA COAST. 


147, 148, 149, 179, 201, 202, 
249, 297, 334. 

Effigy-vessel representing grub- 
worm, 222. 

Eleven Mile Point, mound at 
214. 


Fanning’s bayou, mound near, 
152 

Finger-ring made from 
bean,” 282. 


“ sea- 


Fish, gorget of shell in shape of, 
269. 

Flattening of skulls caused by 
binding on bags of sand, 168. 

Fractured femur, 220, 281. 


Galena, beads of, 257. 

Glue-pot, aboriginal, 232. 

Goodson’s fisheamp, mound near, 
345. 

Gorget of bison bone, 225. 

Gorget of ferruginous sand-stone, 
198. 

Gorget of shell, in shape of fish, 
269. 

Gotier Hammock, mound in, 
210. 

Green Point, mound near, 249. 

Grub-worm, effigy of, in earthen- 


ware, 222, 


Hair-pins of shell, 275. 
Hall mound, 282. 


Hand, open, on earthenware 
vessel, 222, 223. 


Handles of vessels, bird-head, 
which rattle, 181, 299, 
329. 

Hare Hammock, larger mound 
In Ofte 


90> 


Osi, 


308 


Hare Hammock, smaller mound 
in, 207. | 

Hatchets, double-bladed, 233. 

Head, human, finely modeled | 
effigy of, 300, 308. 

Hematite, sand colored with, 150, 
225, 230, 239, 277; 284, 320, 

, 346. 

Hog Island, mound on, 348. 

Holley mound, 164. 

Horseshoe Point, mounds near, 
346. 

Huckleberry Landing, 
near, 234, 

Human figure, repoussé, on side 
of vessel, 204, 205, 206. 


92NQ 


ov 


mound 


Image, earthenware, of human 
form, 142, 1438. 

Implements of clam-shell; 258, 
268. 

Indian Pass Point, mound near, 
211. 

Intrusive burials, 275, : 


299 


Jackson mound, 229 
Jaw of deer, with base cut away, 


241, 


Kaolin, unidentified objects of, 
241, 339. 

Knife of chert, with curved edge, 
271, 338. 

Knuckle-bone of deer, 247, 
274. 


255, 


Lanceheads, 183, 184, 198, 216, 
234, 271, 305, 306, 326, 339. 

Large bayou, mound near, 163, 

Laughton’s bayou, mounds near, 
Mound A, 188. . 

Laughton’s bayou, mounds near, 
Mound B, 189. 


Marsh Island, 274. 

Mound Field, mound near, 306, 

Mounds, list of, 128. 

Murphy Landing, mound near, 
345. 


Nichols’ mound, 281. 
North bay, mound near the head 
of, 159. 


INDEX. 


Ocklockonee bay, mound near, 
282, 

Open hand on earthenware ves- 
sel, 222, 223. 

Ornaments of shell and of bone, 
made to resemble teeth, 269. 


304. 
183. 


Panacea Springs, mound at, 
Pearl bayou, mound near, 
Pearls, 224. 

Pendant, fossil shark’s tooth 
as, 269, 

Pendant of unusual length, 

Pendants of slate rock, 222, 
271. 

Perforations for suspension on 
same side of vessel, 187, 188, 
190, 204, 248, 264, 294. 

Perforations, ready-made, in 
body of vessels, 142, 144, 190, 
191, 261, 263, 265, 279, 284, 
287, 288, 289, 292, 293, 312: 
334, 353. 

Pierce Mounds, Mound A, 217. 

Pierce Mounds, Mound B, 228. 

Pierce Mounds, Mound C, 

Pierce Mounds, Mound D, 3 

Pierce Mounds, Mound E, 229. 

Pin of bone, 217. 

Pine Key, mound on, 348. 

Pipe, ‘ Monitor,” with. hole in 
base of bowl, 256. 

Pipes, 169, 225, 230, 231, 232 

236, 238, 240, 256, 271, 305. 

Pipes often of aboriginal origin, 
231. 

Plan of Pierce Mound A, 218, 

of, 


used 


269, 
269, 


Porpoise-teeth, 
269. 
Porter’s Bar, mound near, 238. 


ornaments 


Radius, fracture of, 235. 

Rattle of turtle-shell, 269. 

Rattlesnake decoration on vessel 
of earthenware, 178, 290, 292, 
9Q2 « 
293, 299. 

Rattlesnake, venerated in Fla., 
293 

Ring, finger-, made from ‘‘sea- 
bean’’, 282. 


Serpents, venerated in Florida, 
293: 

Shark’s teeth, modern, perfora- 
ted, 271. 

Shark’s tooth, fossil, as pendant, 
269. 

Shell heap, mound near the, 

Silver hammered on copper, 

Singer Mound, 229. 

Skeletons interred after removal 
of flesh, 217. 

Slingstones, 160. 

Sowell mound, 167. 

Spout, hollow bill of bird-head 
handle used as, 204, 208. 


349, 
224. 


Spring creek, mound near, 304, 


St. Andrew’s, cemetery at, 170. 

St. Andrew’s, mound at, 176. 

St. Marks, mound near, 320, 

Steinhatchee river, mound near, 
344. 

Strange’s Landing, mound near, 
OBE 

Swastika, decoration resembling 
the, 200. 


Toy bowls, 152, 163, 


272. 


Tucker mound, 257. 


Urn-burial, 175, 176, 
354, 

Urn-burial, its easternmost limit 
in Florida, 354. 


274, 275, 


Vessels, ceremonial, or ‘“ freak,” 
BOZO 

Vessels, earthenware, of open 
work, 142, 144. 


Warrior river, mounds near, 
Mound A, 331. 
Warrior river, mounds near, 


Mound B, 337. 
Weapon of chert, 207, 209. 
West Bay creek, mound near, 
140. 
West Bay post-office, mound 
near, 130. 


Worms, eaten by aborigines, 222 


aoa, 


Yent mound, 265. 


: oa 
> a 


4 
/ 
ee 


aS i 


( (ees WO 
yen on : S >) 
at “a2, 
‘ A 


1, 
— WY 
a 
4 
el 
of 
cy 
% 
cl Fannin 
a) 
? nf 
y 
Y ; 
Yr 
y Key 
& an 
\a 
Se 
( 
. Withlac, 
2 
Na < 
VLorystase 


WSN ees 


nee 
OUTLINE MAP OF FLORIDA 


Showing author's explorations 


Scaleinmiles 


1903 


Line of search —————— 


, ¢ 
ee RL? 


ves 

¢ cu’, x Fowlers Landing. 
10. & 
et 

4 L£ 

9 

q xx OF oss k 

of Rix ye Aloe a 

er Cigge, 

Cedar Keys Sie A a EL 
Gs ee S 
ware 
Bearlanding — _-~ 
x Sgn Ap + -=<s~- 
spinndacore nee C 
fo VY), 
x * oCrystal River Ss 
Crystal R, 
‘i > 
- 
Homosassa. Cc 
@nassahowitz kaR. Nn 
x 
IndianBend 
oo 
MAP OF PART OF THE WEST COAST OF FLORIDA Ms 
Compiled from U.S. Government Charts Nos. 177, 178, 179, 180 
7 7 re t We 
Scaleinmiles Pay por Q 
° 5 to 15 
1903 oO 
X indicates mouna 
Indian Cr. 
cWekiwacheeR. SS HT Te ce 
eS 
Hudson 4 


fo} Tarpon Springs 


t Joseph's Sound 


— 


/ 
ye 
i 
= 
y) 
.2/oCle 


ay water 


Bee te Se Ok 0 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS OF THE CENTRAL FLORIDA 
WEST-COAST. 


By CLARENCE B. Moore. 


During the seasons 1901 and 1902 we investigated the aboriginal remains of 
the northwest Florida coast, beginning at Perdido bay, the coast-boundary between 
Alabama and Florida, and ending at the town of Cedar Keys! (see outline map). 


This season (1903), our work was directly continued down the west coast of 
Florida, beginning at the Suwannee river, just above Cedar Keys, and continuing 
through Waccasassa bay, Withlacoochee bay, Crystal bay, Homosassa bay, Chas- 
sahowitzka bay, St. Joseph’s sound and along the Gulf coast and islands to Tampa 
bay, including short journeys up the various rivers along the route. 

Much of the territory covered by us is sparsely settled, so that information as 
to the locality of mounds is difficult to obtain and, therefore, although search had 
been made in advance for us by two agents, and over part of the distance by four, 
yet we doubt not that some mounds have escaped us, as, no doubt, have numerous 
cemeteries. By cemeteries, we mean where burials have been under level ground, 
unmarked by mounds. We do not believe these burials were enclosed in urns. 

As we had anticipated, the yield of earthenware from the mounds of the cen- 
tral west-coast of Florida did not equal that from the mounds of the northwest 
Florida coast, though a few vessels found intact and many sherds, showed that the 
aborigines of the central west-coast had been possessed of some excellent ware 
bearing decorations showing no mean ability. Life-forms in earthenware were 
conspicuous by their absence. 

In reference to the earthenware described in this report we quote from our 
report of last season. 

“All measurements of earthenware reported in this volume are approximate. 

“Tt must be borne in mind in respect to process work that reductions in size 
are made with regard to diameter and not area. If a diagram four inches by two 
inches is to be reduced one-half, each diameter is divided by two and the reprodue- 
tion, which is called half size, is two inches by one inch. The area of the original 
diagram, however, is eight square inches, while that of the so-called half-size repro- 
duction is two square inches, or one-quarter the area. To find the actual size of a 
design shown in diagram, multiply the length and the breadth by two, if the diagram 
is given ‘half size;’ by three, if ‘one-third, and so on. 


_* “Certain Aboriginal Remains of the Northwest Florida Coast,” Parts I and Il. Journ. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. of Phila. Vols. XI, XII. 


* 46 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


364 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


“In a few cases partial restoration of vessels has been attempted, but always 
in a material differing in color from the original, so that the restoration may be 
readily recognized, and it has been done only when the remainder of the vessel 
clearly indicated the size and shape of the missing part.” 

All objects found by us, with the exception of certain duplicates sent to the 
Museum of Phillips Academy, Andover, Mass., may be seen at the Academy of 
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 

Dr. M. G. Miller, who has aided us in all our previous mound work, deter- 
mined as to human remains this season as before, and assisted us in a general way 
in the field work and in putting this report through the press. 

Our warm thanks are tendered owners of the mounds investigated by us, who, 
to a man, when requested, accorded fullest permission to dig. 


Mounds [nvestigated. 


Mounds near Fowler’s Landing, Suwannee river (2). 
Mound near Cedar Keys, Gulf coast. 

Mound near Gigger Point, Gulf coast. 

Mounds near Dry creek, Waccasassa bay (2). 
Mound near Bear Landing, Withlacoochee river. 
Mound near Rock Landing, Crystal river. 

Mound near the Shell-heap, Crystal river. 

Mound near Crystal river settlement, Crystal river. 
Mound near Chassahowitzka river. 

Mound near Indian Bend, Gulf coast. 

Mound near Bayport, Gulf coast. 

Mound near Indian creek, Gulf coast. 

Mound near Wekiwachee river, Gulf coast. 

Mound near Pithlochascootie river. 

Mound on Hog island, St. Joseph’s sound. 

Mound near Clearwater, Clearwater Harbor. 
Mound near John’s Pass, Gulf coast. 

Mound on Long Key, Gulf coast. 


Mound NEAR Fow.eEr’s LAnpinc, Levy County. 


Fowler's Landing is about sixteen miles above the mouth of the Suwannee 
river, on the right-hand side, going up, though but a short distance, by land, from 
the waters of the Gulf, so the mound may be fairly classed as belonging to the 
coast. It was in thick scrub, on property of the East Coast Lumber Co., about 
one-quarter mile in NE, direction from the landing. Adjacent, were excavations 
whence material for the mound had been taken. This mound, of sand, as were all 
investigated by us along the coast, unless otherwise described, was circular in out- 
line; was 7 feet high and 50 feet across the base. It had suffered considerably 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 365 


from previous digging. In addition to a number of smaller holes, a trench about 
4 feet deep and 11 feet wide had been dug from the western margin about 20 feet 
in toward the center. Over the surface of the mound were fragments of human 
bone and bits of earthenware. This mound, which was completely dug down by 
us, had a clearly defined base-line, marking the original surface upon which the 
mound had been piled. No grave-pits were present, and of the forty-seven burials 
found by us, none lay upon the base and none was over 3.5 feet from the surface. 

Burials were encountered near the margin and were not confined to any part 
or parts of the mound. They increased in number as the digging progressed, the 
majority of the burials being in the body of the mound. In form, the burials were 
of the bunched variety and consisted of certain bones without the cranium; bones 
with one, two or three skulls; and, in one case, a bunch with four skulls. The 
bones were all badly decayed. No crania were in a condition to keep, though a few 
calvaria, which held together temporarily, showed no cranial flattening. 

Objects deposited with the dead were singularly few. Near a burial, lay frag- 
ments of a marine shell (/z/ear).'| With another burial was part of an earthenware 
vessel having a bird-head handle but, as sherds were scattered throughout the 
mound, the proximity of this one may have been accidental. Hammer stones, 
pebbles and the like were conspicuously absent. Two “ celts,’ not associated with 
burials, fell with caving sand.’ 

In the extreme edge of the mound, on the west, was an undecorated pot of 
very inferior ware, badly broken. With it was a vessel with globular body and 
upright neck around which was a complicated stamp decoration. Both these 
vessels had the usual mortuary mutilation made by knocking out a part of the 
bottom, as had all vessels met with by us in this mound. 

It is interesting to note the occurrence here of the complicated stamp, the 
specialty of Georgia. It is frequently met with to the northward in Florida, as the 
readers of our two reports on the northwest coast may recall, and its occurrence 
much farther south along the coast will be described in this report. On the St. 
John’s river, however, it was found by us no farther south than about ten miles 
above Palatka, about on a line with this Fowler's Landing mound. 

Also in a marginal part of the mound, to the southeast, were many large frag- 
ments of vessels, undecorated, all of inferior ware, water-soaked and crushed. In 
addition, four vessels were recovered, nearly whole, with the exception of the basal 
perforation. Of these, Vessel No. 4, undecorated save for several encircling incised 
lines, somewhat resembles a dumb-bell in shape, though the base has been per- 
fectly flat. A vessel much like this one is shown in Fig. 151 in the second part of 
our report on the northwest Florida coast. 

1 All determinations of shells have been made by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry and Mr, E. G. Vanatta, of 
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 

2 Thanks are due for determination of rock material, from which objects mentioned in this re- 
port are made, to Dr. E. Goldsmith and Mr. 8S. H. Hamilton, of the Academy of Natural Sciences of 
Philadelphia. As it has not heen deemed advisable to mutilate specimens, identifications are approxi- 


mate only. It has not been thought necessary to give the rocks from which the “celts” found by us 
were manufactured. None seemed to present new features, and many were given to owners of mounds. 


366 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


Fic. 1.—Vessel No. 5. Mound near Fowler’s Landing. (Full size.) 


SZ OMY Ae 


i | Aun « UA pS (ah | 


G. 2.—Vessel No. 5. Decoration. Mound near Fowler’s Landing. (Half size.) 


W) 


D) 


as 
ey: 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 367 


Vessel No. 5, shown in Fig. 1, has an interesting incised decoration shown dia- 
grammatically in Fig. 2, where restored portions are given in broken lines. There 
are two holes for suspension, 

With these vessels was one entirely undecorated and another with a complicated 
stamp decoration around the neck. 

Vessel No. 6, found alone in the western margin of the mound, is of most excel- 
lent yellow ware and of interesting shape and decoration. The vessel, shown in 
Fig. 3, is intact, save for a small basal perforation. The decoration is given in dia- 
gram in Fig. 4. 


Fic. 3.—Vessel No. 6. Mound near Fowler's Landing. (Full size.) 


368 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


ww ~ MON Ma \ \ is Aye wy Ky" 
. ©) ay ue) Y: wa \ >< 


N Oy 
~ A ~ 
\ WW Wvimaca®\\ WS 


Fic. 4.—Vessel No. 6. Decoration. Mound near Fowler's Landing. (One-third size.) 


a 


C7 


\ 


“a 


Fic. 5.—Vessel No. 7. Mound near Fowler’s Landing. (Two-thirds size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 569 


In the margin of the eastern part of the mound were several undecorated 
sherds and Vessel No. 7 (Fig. 5), having two holes for suspension, on the same side 
and so near the base that it is plain the vessel was either ceremonial or, at all events, 
not intended for liquids. A part of the rim has been restored. 

From near the base came an undecorated vessel in the form of a much-truncated 
cone, 


Fic. 6.—Sherd. Mound near Fowler’s Landing. (Half size.) 


Fic. 7.—Sherd. Mound near Fowler’s Landing. (Half size.) 


47 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


370 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


( 


oz1S J[BH) 


BUIPULT Sla_Mog vou punoyy 


‘spr0ys Jo woosTag—'g “HIT 


SMALLER Mounp NEAR Fow.er’s LANDING, 
Levy County. 
About 75 yards in a SW. direction from the 
other, was a low mound of irregular shape, literally 
dug to pieces, presumably by the ubiquitous treas- 
ure seeker, as one great central excavation ex- 
tended considerably below the base. So great 
was the wreck that no conclusion as to the 
original height, diameter or shape could be 
arrived at. Though the surface was cov- 
ered with sand from the former excava- 
tions, no fragment of bone or of earthen- 
ware was apparent and considerable 
digging, here and there, by us yielded 
but a single fragment of earthen- 
ware. Presumably, this mound 
was of the domiciliary class. 
Near the 
surface were 
scattered parts of 
a human effigy-ves- 
sel. Most diligent 
search failed to recover 
the facial parts which, 
possibly, had not been 


The record of the discov- 

ery of a fish-spear of native 

copper will be given here, 

(eo incidentally, as the place 
where the spear was 

found is too far up 
the Suwannee river 


: rightly to be in- 
placed in the mound. oN 


Throughout the mound 
were various sherds, as a rule 


cluded in a de- 
scription of the 
of inferior ware, though occa- coastterri- 
sionally of excellent quality, in WHE 
no case showing sand-, grit-, or 
shell-tempering. No small check - 
stamp was present, and but few sherds 
showed the complicated stamp. 

In Figs. 6, 7, are shown, diagram- 
matically, two sherds from this mound, 
while in Fig. 8 a selection of sherds from 
the mound is given. It is evident that the 
makers of this mound favored the incised and 
punctate decoration. 

In the mound were no masses of sand artifici- 
ally colored and surrounding deposits of earthenware, 
such as we found in the mounds of the coast, to the 
northward. 


Fra, 9.—Fish-spear of native eopper, from near 
Fannin, Suwannee river. (Full size.) 


372 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


During our visit to Cedar Keys we met Decatur Pittman, Esq., of that place, 
Justice of the Peace, and a collector of aboriginal relics. By him we were shown a 
copper fish-spear 11.5 inches in length (Fig. 9), of which Mr. Pittman gives the fol- 
lowing history : 

About seven years ago as Mr. John Clark, his father and his brother were 
digging in the garden of their place which is two miles below Fannin (see outline 
map), on the Suwannee river, they found the spear about eighteen inches below the 


. 


surface. 

Somewhat over two. years ago Mr. Pittman heard of the finding of the spear 
and, at a later period, acquired it. 

The value of this implement of native copper, coming from Florida, was 
fully appreciated by Mr. Pittman, who relinquished the spear to the Academy 
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, only because he realized, with true scientific 
spirit, that such a specimen was more fittingly placed in a museum in perpetuity 
than in a private collection. 

This spear, a unique discovery as coming from Florida, would not be of unusual 
rarity in Wisconsin, according to Mr. H. P. Hamilton, of Two Rivers, Wisconsin, 
the well-known expert and collector of ‘* coppers.” 

There is one point about the spear which deserves close attention. By exam- 
ining the cross-sections the reader will see that a small semi-enclosed space has been 
left on one side of the spear, which might appear as though intended for a shaft, and 
yet that this space is too restricted to hold a wooden shaft of a size necessary for 
the work required of the spear. Neither Mr. Hamilton nor Mr. David Boyle, of the 
Provincial Museum, Toronto, who is very familiar with “ coppers,” believes that this 
space was intended for the insertion of a shaft. Mr. Boyle writes : 

“As to the drawing you send of the fish-spear found in the Suwannee River 
and the question you propound respecting the small space apparently left for the 
insertion of a handle, I beg to give it as my opinion that it was never the intention 
of the maker so to use the narrow channel. The spear or harpoon has been made 
from a thin piece of copper and the maker had sufficient gumption, no doubt as the 
result of experience, to know that a piece of native copper of the size your diagram 
shows this to be, would bend when an attempt was made to employ it in giving an 
effective stroke. He has, therefore, hammered down both edges for the purpose 
not only of strengthening his tool, but of giving it a tolerably uniform breadth, and 
this shank was no doubt inserted zz a handle rather than having been prepared for 
the insertion of a handle. Perhaps it was with only the latter object in view (z e. 
giving it a uniform breadth) that the hammering was done at all because he could 
reduce his material to a regular form by.beating down the edges much more rapidly 
than by cutting away the superfluous material. I think, however, there can be 
little doubt that the ancient coppersmith had arrived at the knowledge that ham- 
mering the metal gave it stiffness apart from any other reason why, as in this case, 
such work was performed. If this tool had been inserted in a handle I sup- 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 3738 


pose the handle was split, the tool being placed in the cleft, and then securely 
bound with either animal or vegetable fibre.” 


Although other mounds on the Suwannee river may not be considered coast mounds, yet, as no 
mound should be investigated without a public record of the fact, it has been thought best to give here, 
incidentally, certain work done by us on the river. 

A mound near Jenning’s Landing, Lafayette Co., about thirty miles by water from the mouth 
of the river, just bordering the swamp, about a quarter of a mile in a westerly direction from the landing, 
was 4.5 feet high and 62 feet across the base. Careful trenching yielded: four small bunched burials 
and a few scattered bones, near the surface; a few uninteresting sherds; a mass of chert; a rude arrow- 
head or knife, of the same material. 

Fannin is at the NW. corner of Levy County (see outline map). About one-third of a mile in 
a northerly direction from the landing is a mound on property of Messrs. R. L. Tison & Co., of Fannin, 
The mound, 2 feet 8 inches high, from 46 feet to 56 feet across the base, variously measured, was care- 
fully dug and trenched by us. One or two sherds only, were met with. 

About one-half mile in an ENE. direction from Fannin is a mound showing much previous 
digying. Its height is 4.5 feet; its basal diameters are 46 to 64 feet. Thorough trenching yielded 
absolutely nothing. 

At Fayetteville, Lafayette Co., about 12 miles above Fannin, is a mound on property of Mr. 
John E. Moriarty. The mound showed traces of previous digging in almost every part. Its height is 
4 feet 8 inches; its basal diameter, 64 feet. Practically, every untouched portion of the mound was 
demolished by us. Remains of a disturbed skeleton were found at the beginning of the body of the 
mound and, farther in, were four small bunched burials, three with a single skull each, and one with 
two crania. Another burial consisted of a single skull with another skull immediately below it. These 
burials ranged from 3 feet to 4 feet 3 inches in depth. With one was a “celt” of hard rock, about 5 
inches in length, and a single chip of chert. Near the base, in two places, were deposits of mussel-shells 
(Unio infucatus), unassociated with bones. There were in the mound also several flakes of chert, and 
two sherds, one with incised, dentate marking in a punctate field, another with rude line and punctate 
decoration. 

Within sight of Rocky Landing, Lafayette Co., is a mound of sand, as are all we investigated on 
the Suwannee river, which had seen much previous digging. Its height is 4 feet; its basal diameter, 40 
feet. All untouched portions, practically, were dug through by us. Near the center of the mound, 3.5 
feet down, was a skull in fragments and about 1 foot distant, small fragments of bones with sand tinged 
with hematite, and a neatly made lance head of chert, + inches long. Near bits of skull and decayed 
fragments of other bones, with charcoal nearby, was a “celt.” Another “ceit’”? was found in sand 
thrown out by one of our diggers. In the SW. part of the mound, about 6 feet from the extreme 
margin, 3 feet 4 inches down, was a coarse bow] of somewhat over 1 pint capacity, of ordinary form and 
with the usual basal mutilation. The decoration consists of incised encircling lines below the rim with 
two additional encircling lines beneath, made up of punctate markings. With this vessel was a mass of 
fragments mostly of undecorated ware, among which was all or nearly all of a large bowl. There were 


also parts of a vessel with a decoration of rudely made incised encircling parallel lines. 


The investigation was continued to Branford with negative results. 

The Suwannee river, famous in song, has flat swampy banks, save in places, as far up as Branford. 
Beyond this point, we are informed, the river is narrow with less marshy surroundings. We have crosssed 
the river at Ellaville, much farther up, where the stream is picturesque and the banks rise considerably 
above the level of the water. This portion of the stream no doubt invited aboriginal occupation. 


Mounp NEAR CEDAR Keys, Levy County. 

This mound, in hammock! land, at the edge of the salt marsh bordering the 
Gulf, is about 3 miles in a NNE. direction from Cedar Keys, on property of Hon. 
KE. J. Lutterloh, mayor of that place. Great excavations near by, whence sand for 
the mound was taken, give to it an appearance of considerable altitude but, measured 
from the general level, the height is 8 feet. In shape the mound is irregular, with 
basal diameters of 85 feet and 133 feet. 


1 As to the meaning of the word “hammock” see pg. 140 of our second part of ‘“ Certain 
re seme a ; ; ” 
Aboriginal Remains of the Northwest Florida Coast. 


374 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


This mound, which had every appearance of belonging to the domiciliary class, 
was carefully trenched by us without the-discovery of even’ a remnant of bone or a 
fragment of pottery. 


Mounp NEAR GiccER Pornt, Levy County. 


Gigger Point, which extends into the Gulf, is about three miles in a NE. direc- 
tion from Cedar Keys. At the rear of this point is the property of Mr. A. M. 
Dorsett, resident on the place. The mound, circular in outline, was in a cultivated 
field, and itself had been ploughed over for a considerable period. There had been 
much previous digging in various parts of the mound, but in a superficial way only. 
The diameter of base was 46 feet. The height, at the time of the total demolition 
of the mound by us, was 5 feet, but the original height had been lessened at least 2 
feet by recent digging, as was shown by partly uncovered roots of a palmetto on the 
upper part of the mound. Fragments of human bones and bits of undecorated 
earthenware were scattered over the surface in every direction. 

Burials were met with in every part of the mound, from the margin to the 
center, the great majority being skeletons which had been buried denuded of 
flesh, but held together by ligaments. This was shown in various cases where 
bones were inverted or otherwise out of their proper position. Two burials 
lay in shallow graves beneath the base. Three were associated with oyster-shells, 
not heavy masses of shell, but thin deposits above and on the sides. Sand, crimson 
from hematite, was with one burial. 

Forty-six of the skeletons were flexed on the right; 54 on the left. There were 
also 3 skeletons full length on the back; 3 squatting; one partly flexed on the 
left side; and the bones of an infant. In addition, there were in the mound : many 
bones scattered by previous diggers ; several aboriginal disturbances made by cutting 
through skeletons to make way for others; several skulls, each with a few small 
bones in association; one single skull near the base, which may have been an abo- 
riginal disturbance. There were also several masses of bones which fell in caving 
sand, and three or four burials which resembled the bunched variety, but may have 
been aboriginal disturbances. 

The bones in this mound were in excellent condition, comparatively, which may 
be accounted for by a deposit of shell extending through about one-half the mound, 
as though a smaller mound had been covered with shell and then enlarged as to 
height and area. It has ever been our experience that presence of shell in a mound 
acts as a preservative to bones, doubtless through infiltration of lime-salts. 

Ten skulls were saved in good condition (Acad. Nat. Sci. Catalogue Nos. 2196 
to 2205, inclusive). Neither these skulls nor any in the mound, noted by us, gave 
evidence of cranial compression. 

Considering the number of burials present in the mound, artifacts met with were 
few and unimportant. Unassociated, but perhaps separated from burials by previous 
digging, were: one lance-head of chert; mica, in two places; a clam-shell with a 
neatly made circular hole near the center, probably for the insertion of a handle; a 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 375 


chert hammer-stone carefully worked; a shell gouge; part of a lance-head of chert, 
5.6 inches long, 2.5 inches in maximum breadth, the point of which, broken by the 
blow of a spade, was not recovered; two masses of lime-rock, each with a circular 
hole, probably used as sinkers ; a cigar-shaped object neatly made from the columella 
of a large marine univalve (Fig. 10); a columella wrought to a cutting edge at 
one end. 

With burials were: a chert arrowhead and a shell drinking cup with perforate 
base ; an arrowhead, of chalcedony ; a conch-shell and several sherds; a shell drink- 
ing cup without the basal perforation; two ornaments of shell (Figs. 11, 12). 


Fic. 12.—Ornament of shell. Fre. 13.—Object of fossil 


Mound near Gigger Point. material. Mound near 
(Full size.) Gigger Point. (Full 
size.) 


With a skeleton in a shallow grave 
were several mussel-shells, some on one 
side of the skull, some on the other; a 
turtle-shell with no pebbles within; parts 
of a conch-shell or shells; five sandstone 


Fic. 10.—Cigar-shaped object Fic. 11.—Pendant of shell. hones ; a fragment of chert ; a mass of 

eGo! Mining ee Point. chert, about 2 inches in diameter, chipped 

into a circular shape; one smoothing 

stone; the end of an implement of bone; a small mass of serpentinous rock; two 
nodules of hematite ; two silicious clay pseudomorphs; a bit of sandstone. 

With another burial were: a bit of earthenware; mica given the outline of an 
arrowhead ; an ellipsoidal pendant of igneous rock, with one end grooved and partly 
covered with bitumen, the other end broken. 

An unidentified object of fossil material (Fig. 15) we are confident came from 
this mound, though we do not find it described in our field-notes. 


376 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


At the extreme margin of the northeast part of the mound, with a burial, were 
two vessels of earthenware, both of which have the mortuary perforation, with this 
difference that, instead of the usual knocking out of part of the base, or of all of it, 
a carefully rounded hole is present as though, after a piece had been broken out, the 
edges had been worked to give a symmetrical outline. 

One of these vessels had four roughly cireular compartments around a larger 
circular one on a higher plane, almost exactly as shown in Fig. 268 of our second 
part of the report on the mounds of the northwest Florida coast. The vessel from 
the Gigger Point mound is covered with crimson pigment on the inside and on the 
upper half inch of the outer portion. The central compartment alone has the basal 
perforation. 

The other vessel (Fig. 14), an oblate spheroid of about one gallon capacity, has 
a rather striking decoration consisting of seven encircling rows of wedge-shaped 
impressions between the rim and a circular band in relief. 

There were in the mound, also, here and there, a moderate number of sherds, 
including one example of the small check-stamp, three or four of the complicated 


Fig. 14.—Vessel of earthenware. Mound near Gigger Point. (About two-thirds size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 377 


stamp, one with ornamentation apparently made by impression of a finger-nail, and 
a small portion of a graceful vessel of excellent ware covered with crimson pigment, 
inside and out, and ornamented in places with fine, punctate markings. 

One fragment of earthenware in this mound had a mingling of white material, 
here and there, giving it the appearance of shell-tempered ware. Expert examina- 
tion, however, showed it to be pounded lime-stone, probably, since it was largely 
carbonate of lime, and showed no lamination under the glass. Shell-tempered ware 
is very unusual in Florida at any distance from Alabama where that ware was 
used. The material of which we speak, however, also, is exceptional in pottery of 
the peninsula. 

Mounps NEAR Dry Creek, Levy Counry. 

Dry Creek enters Waccasassa bay about three miles to the westward of Wacea- 
sassa river. By following the course of the creek about 1.5 miles through the salt 
marsh, the Gulf Hammock is reached. The territory thus known is a strip of ham- 
mock land of varying breadth lying back of the salt marsh which borders the Gulf, 
between the Suwannee and Withlacoochee rivers. 

Following a road entering the hammock, about .75 of a mile, we came upon a 
mound by the road-side, on property of Mr. Arthur T. Williams, of Jacksonville, 
Florida, about 2 feet high and 25 feet across the circular base. On the mound was 
a giant live-oak. We were unable to find either bone or artifact in this mound, in 
which there had been much previous digging. 


About 300 yards farther along the road is an “old field,’ fallow for years. In 
this field, bordering a pond, is a mound 34 feet across the base and about 2.5 feet in 
height, also on property of Mr. Williams. 

The mound, which was dug through by us about as extensively as a great oak 
growing upon it permitted, was composed of black loam from the nearby swamp. 
In this were masses of lime-rock similar to many in the surrounding field. 

Many human bones, probably scattered by the plough, as the mound had been 
under cultivation, were met with by us, also three flexed skeletons and a number of 
bones of lower animals. 


Mounp NEAR Burns’ Lanpine, Levy County. 

Burns’ Landing is about seven miles up the Waccasassa river. Following a 

road leading into the Gulf Hammock from the landing, about 1.5 miles, we came to 

a small mound in sight of the road. This mound, about 25 feet in diameter and 18 

inches in height, at the time of our visit, had been so thoroughly dug through that 
no work by us was attempted. 


Mound NEAR BEAR LAnpine, Levy Counry. 
This mound, about 200 yards in a northerly direction from the landing, which 
is about six miles up the Withlacoochee river, following the course of the stream, 
was in hammock land near the edge of the pine woods, on property of Mr. W. R. 


48 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


378 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


Hodges, of Cedar Keys. The mound was literally honeyecombed with pits and 
trenches, some of which, as we discovered, had been dug a second time, material 
from one trench filling a former one, which had again been dug by later disturbers. 
In fact, a strip on one side of the mound and a small portion near the base, at the 
center, were the only undisturbed parts. Trees growing near the top, by exposed 
roots, showed the mound to have been, at one time, about 2.5 feet higher than at 
the time of our visit when its height was about 3 feet. Its basal diameters were 58 
feet by 45 feet. 

The mound, new material and old, was dug through by us to the lime bed-rock 
found in these parts, with the exception of small portions around three trees. 

Thirty-two undisturbed burials were met with by us. Twenty-eight were ot 
the bunched variety. One skull lay with part of an ulna. One skeleton was closely 
flexed on the right side and two were closely flexed on the left side. One of these 
lay in a shallow pit, the only one met with in the mound, and had above it dark 
sand with scattered oyster-shells. All bones were badly decayed and no skulls 
were preserved. Large fragments, however, showed no cranial flattening. 


Fie. 15.—Part of vessel of earthenware. Mound near Bear Landing. (Half size.) 


With burials were some bits of pot, in one instance, and a “ waster” of chert, 
in another. There were also in the mound two flakes of chert, evidently used as 
knives; one clam-shell; several small masses of lime-rock ; a pebble with one end 
smoothed, as by use as a polisher; one pebble-hammer ; two chert arrowheads found 
separately ; two clam-shells with depressions at opposite sides, as for a handle. 

In the SW. margin of the mound, placed in the lower part of an undecorated 
vessel of inferior ware, was a bowl which fell into fragments upon removal, a part 
having been crushed by roots. On one side of this bowl, rudely done, was part of 
an incised design, as though the decoration of the bowl had been started and 
abandoned (Fig. 15). Near this bowl were various scattered fragments of inferior 
ware. Two feet away was a burial. 

There was also in the mound various undecorated sherds, and fragments con- 
stituting the upper part of a bowl with thickened rim, which had been decorated 
with red pigment. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 379 


Mounp nEAR Rock LAnpine, Citrus Counry. 

Crystal river is the output of a great spring about seven miles, by water, from 
the Gulf. 

Rock Landing is about 3.5 miles from the mouth of the river. 

In scrub, about 1.5 miles in a NE. direction from the landing, on property 
under control of Mr. R. J. Knight, of Crystal River, was a mound 3 feet 3 inches 
in height, with basal diameters ef 40 and 50 feet. 

Thorough investigation showed this to have been a domiciliary mound. 


Mounp NEAR THE SHELL-HEAP, CrysTAL River, Cirrus County. 


In full view from the river, about 4.5 miles from the mouth, on the left-hand 
side going up, is a great, symmetrical shell-heap, on property under control of Mr. 
R. J. Knight, of Crystal River. 

This shell-heap, marked A on the plan (Fig. 16) is 28 feet 8 inches in height, 
is oblong in horizontal section and has basal diameters of 182 feet NW. and SE. 
and 100 feet NE. and SW. The summit plateau is 107 feet and 50 feet in the 
same directions, respectively. A graded way 80 feet long and from 14 feet to 21 
feet across, ascends from the level ground to the summit plateau on the NE. side of 
the mound. 

Beginning at the NW. corner of this mound is a low, irregular shell deposit, 
marked B on the plan, extending to the northward then curving to the eastward 
and extending for a distance along the river bank. 

About 115 yards in a northerly direction from the great shell-heap is a circular 
embankment of sand, marked © on the plan, of irregular height and width, the 
maximum, respectively, being 6 feet and 75 feet. Within this circle is certain ter- 
ritory on the general level, marked D on the plan, and an artificial elevation of 
sand, irregularly sloping (E). This elevation culminates in a mound of sand, 
marked F on the plan. While difficult to determine where the artificial elevation 
ended and the mound proper began, to call the diameter of the base of the mound 
70 feet, would be a fairly correct estimate. The height of the mound proper from 
the east, where it bordered the level ground, was 10 feet 8 inches. Cross sections 
of the elevated ground and the mound proper are shown in Fig. 17. 

In a northerly direction from the circular embankment are two ridges of shell, 
one (G) low and irregular, the other (H), 12 feet in maximum height, with a 
graded way. 

Certain excavations made in the level ground outside and inside the cireular 
embankment, yielded negative results. 

Excavations in the embankment showed burials in the southerly portion where 
the embankment was highest and one burial in the western part. Our work, how- 
ever, on the level ground and in the embankment was not exhaustive. 

Eighteen men, with four men to supervise, dug seven days, demolishing the 
entire mound and going through much of the elevated ground surrounding it. The 


RNA 
He ei 
SY Oy, Mihitine Way) 
SS i ee ih l 

Uy, 


vy aie Weta 


WUE yy, 
ROS Vy N 


an itll Wy 
ve Ve 


“p 
Gy yd 
417) Te ili A 


dy C | s 
MMi 


Scale in feet 
o 10 go bo loo too 


a 


. Nyy 
SMO 


AUN SSO EEA ETE LMS, : 2 
hil, 


Nyy, 
My; Wy al 


ANNAN yy 
My iy 


Ahi ny He iM 
| RL TRAD ah non 
Ning “yaya yeh Ss HAH oH SE RM iN, 


RETA Wig yyy ats 
: Lays, oy My Pass RTI 5 

CETTE AGE TTS an ees LI IEAIWSS x “ust nS fl 
Te > : Mi 


Fic. 16—Plan. Mounds, shell-heaps and causeway. Crystal river. 


\ ye sista te 
We s/t ae 


si 
ote wh Mi; ty wy 
ass “ty 
‘i 
Ae 
RS 
RS 7 
So ’ MATa i 
Me ANY wi I) Meh Hop 
Oe ae ; “ify 
RA i, 
AY 
‘se 
S 
we 
se 
ity far 
< A \ yell i nn Nr 
my ty aes it 
NY HLL 
FN SS : i eS. 
KN ~ vs wth Ws "Dn, 
. 
ss 4 Uf, s 
oraeg yy Lo 
DETR anil hi, Yes 
, ae Lay Gt 2 
FSSA! We 
IS AN \y HH Wy ie 


4 - 
‘i 
: > : AH 


/ 
= 1 
ps H S 
Se, 1 cE * 
= oat BEG, iy, CC Ss 
= yee, Wy FMS WS 
= B Bey Mfr INNS 
= 2 Mk He WN 4 & 
= a 1) Dyanye id" a SW z = 
a = MAN = 
= > es = =: 
= ee See = 
== s--=- ween iss Ss 
= Y ‘. ‘ SS == 
— 1 7A SS a ead 
= ee es <= 
3 \ sys Nuriny : = 
oi wa whe TM IN, ws S 
Lif nye N & 
as = 
1 & 
ws 
Ny YS 
Ne SS 
ANY Ss 
AND s 
\S M wy RS 
SS 


ie 
Rs 
MAA i 


HHH etl us \ a NN pats 
RSS 


Pen, ite 
ROS 


Miya ; an gay 
Hyiitin pte br La ath Per ra qni elt \\ wa \\s 
: itil iif" ill mn) nn iy NN 


Elevations 


Crystal river, 


Place of burial, 


Fic, 17.—Plan and elevations 


382 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


work done by us is shown in broken lines on plan (Fig. 17), where, however, many 
small excavations made in the level ground and in the embankment are not given. 

Though the shell-heap on Crystal river is a famous one, the sand mound was 
unknown to the inhabitants of the town of Crystal River, even the owner being 
unaware of the existence of this mound. Absolutely no digging had been done 
previous to our visit, which is a most important feature, and especially so when we 
note the interesting objects found by us and the fact that no object indicating Kuro- 
pean provenance was met with throughout the entire investigation. 

In the artificial elevation, burials were very numerous, and to so great an 
extent had the ground been used that many graves, passing through earlier ones, 
had caused great disturbance. In addition, numbers of disconnected bones lay, 
here and there, in the sand as though they had been gathered from the dead-house 
and scattered while the making of the elevation was in progress. Hence, exact 
classification as to form of burial was impossible, nor could any estimate be arrived 
at as to the number of individuals originally interred, as all bones met with were so 
decayed that the skulls were often in small fragments. Our enumeration of burials, 
that is of where bones were encountered, certainly falls far short of the number of 
individuals interred. 

The mound proper, of gray sand in the upper part and of white sand in the 
lower, had, running through it, along the base, from the eastern margin to the cen- 
ter, approximately, a ledge of shell about 2 feet high and 20 feet broad. This ledge 
seemed to have no particular connection with the burials. 

Running for a distance of many feet into the mound were several streaks of 
sand dyed with hematite. One, in the southern part of the mound, from 2 to 8 
inches in diameter, especially persistent, extended from the outer slope to the cen- 
ter. The intensity of the coloring varied considerably. 

There were also pockets of scarlet sand, but these were local and in connection 
with burials. Once a pocket of scarlet sand was associated with sand dyed yellow 
by powdered limonite. 

What has been said as to the difficulty of count and of classification of the 
burials in the elevated ground applies equally to the mound though from a different 
cause, in part. While burials in the mound were not unusually numerous, the 
height of the mound and the extreme dryness of the sand of which it was built, 
caused much caving and consequent disarrangement of burials: 

In the elevation and in the mound, were about 225 burials, including : 


Bunched burials, . : : i : : : : 42 
Full length on back, : : , : ; : i 631 
Closely flexed on the right side, . : : : 3) 
Closely flexed on the left side, : ; : : 26 
Partly flexed on the right side, : ; : 2 
Partly flexed on the left side, : i A : 7 
Lone skulls, . ; é : ; : , : : 11 
Skeletons of infants, badly decayed, : f : t 7 


Four of these lay side by side in a single grave; seven had lower extremities cut off by later 
interments. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 383 


Special burials not included in the above were as follows: 

Two skulls, a femur and a radius. 

Four skulls with two long-bones. 

Three skulls and scattered bones. 

A skeleton without pelvis or lower extremities. Beneath the place where the 
pelvis should have been was another skull, probably an aboriginal disturbance. 

Two skulls with scattered bones. 

Four skulls with scattered bones and, nearby, the lower extremities of a skele- 
ton. In place of the pelvis was a skull and beneath it another skull. 

A skeleton lying on the back with the legs flexed upward. 

Three skulls and one humerus. 

In a grave was the skeleton of a child at full length on the back and another 
child’s skeleton lying flexed to the left. Above these were many oyster-shells and 
numerous masses of lime-rock, from 5 to § inches in diameter. 

A bunched burial with four skulls. 

Various unclassified burials. 

In the elevated ground surrounding the mound, masses of oyster-shells almost 
invariably lay above the burials and sometimes extended well to the sides. To 
this rule there were but three exceptions. 

In the mound proper, on the other hand, forty burials unassociated with oyster- 
shells were noted, though there, also, many burials were covered by them. 

While no crania were in a condition to save, parts of many showed no cranial 
flattening. 

Many of the bones bore marks of pathological lesions. 

Artifacts were very numerous in the elevation and in the mound, though those 
from the mound proper were of much higher grade, as a rule, than were the artifacts 
from the sloping ground around it. There was no general deposit of earthenware or 
of other objects. While certain artifacts were found unassociated, there was every 
indication that most of them had lain with burials which had suffered aboriginal 
disturbance. 

In this place of aboriginal abode it was evident we were no longer among the 
mounds of the northwest Florida coast, with their great deposits of earthenware 
placed for the dead in common, in the eastern part of the mound. Here the vessels 
were widely scattered and were found singly. Outside the mound but few vessels 
were met with, though little piles of sherds, bits of inferior ware from various ves- 
sels, were numerous. 

There were present in the elevated ground, as well as in the mound, a limited 
number of sherds bearing the complicated stamp, the design being chiefly one of 
concentric circles, a popular pattern along the central west-coast of Florida, and 
which we found in the great shell-heap at Cedar Keys. 

From the mound proper came a number of vessels, some of inferior ware, others 
of excellent material. 

The most striking object in earthenware met with during the investigation is 


884 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


part of a cylindrical vessel (Fig. 18) of excellent ware, bearing an incised design show- 
ing part of the human hand, remarkable for its boldness of execution. On the back 
of the hand is a curious figure which many authorities agree is not a known totemic 
symbol or design of any sort, hitherto met with. Some have suggested its origin 
from heraldry and hence early European sources, while a still greater number see 
nothing in the design that suggests other than an aboriginal origin. To us the figure 
has an aboriginal look, and as nothing of European provenance was met with during 
our investigation of the mound-—and this counts for so much in determinations— 
we believe the symbol to be 
aboriginal in origin. Other 
designs, perhaps equally in- 
teresting, have been on the re- 
mainder of the vessel, which 
a diligent search failed to 
discover. 


Fic. 19.—Part of earthenware vessel. 
Mound near Crystal river. (Full 
size.) 


Throughout the mound 
were vessels with feet, and 
parts of vessels indicating the 
presence of feet when the 
vessels were whole. There 
was also found a part of a 
vessel, showing a human face 
(Fig. 19). 

A selection of sherds 
found during the investigation is given in Fig. 20. The third from the left hand 
upper corner shows punctate deco ‘ation between bands of crimson pigment. The 
sherd in the lower right-hand corner has part of another open hand. 

We shall describe the vessels in detail. 


Fic. 18.—Sherd. Mound near Crytal river. (Full size.) 


‘Sploys JO woNoa[ag—‘og “DI 


“OAL [RISMIQ ROU PUNY 


('9z18 J{@H) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


49 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


386 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


Vessel No. 1.—An oblate spheroid, of good ware (Fig. 21) lay with a burial in 
the northwestern border of the artificial elevation. It is entirely covered with 
incised and punctate decoration shown diagrammatically in Fig. 22 where the cross 
on the base of the vessel is spread in order to show the design in diagram. This 
cross is given with the remainder of the basal decoration in Fig. 23. There are two 
holes for suspension in the vessel, and the usual mortuary perforation. 


Fic. 21.—Vessel No. 1. Mound near Crystal river. (Full size.) 


° 
SS On Od 
S058 ° 

O50 9005 GP OF fe) ° oog 


200.90 


° 


Fig. 22.—Vessel No. 1. Decoration. Mound near Crystal river. (Half size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 387 


Vessel No. 2.—An undecorated bowl, of most inferior ware. There is a small 
basal perforation, which is the case with all vessels in this mound unless otherwise 
described. 

Vessel No. 3—A broken bowl of inferior ware, undecorated. 

Vessel No. 4.—Similar to Vessel No. 3. 

Vessel No. 5.—This vessel, of dark ware, which lay about one foot from the 
skeleton of an infant, had with it a small, imperforate, shell drinking cup. The 
basal perforation had carried away two of the feet which have since been restored 
and a certain amount of restoration has been done to the rim. The interior of the 
dentate design has been colored with red pigment (Fig. 24). 


Fic. 23.—Vessel No.1. Decoration of base. Mound near Crystal river. Fic. 24.—Vessel No. 5. Mound near 
(Not exactly on scale.) Crystal river, (Full size.) 


Vessel No. 6.—An undecorated, cylindrical jar of about one quart capacity, 
slightly contracted toward the base, which is flat and imperforate. 

Vessel No. 7.—A toy pot of poor ware, undecorated save for notches around 
the margin. Two holes for suspension, on opposite sides, have been enlarged by 
the pulling through of the cord or sinew used. There is a carefully broken circular 
hole in the base. This little vessel has six feet, one somewhat within the line of 
the other five. 

Vessel No. 8.—A bowl of excellent ware, with protruding rim (Fig. 25). 

Vessel No. 9.—This vessel, undecorated, of excellent ware, lay with bones in 
the mound proper whence came all vesels yet to be described. In shape it is a 
much flattened sphere. There is a carefully rounded hole in the base and small 
holes for suspension on opposite sides of the opening. 


388 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


Fic. 25.—Vessel No. 8. Mound near Crystal river. (Half size.) 


Vessel No. 10.—A small, imperforate, undecorated bowl. 

Vessel No. 11.—A pot of inferior ware, badly broken by roots, having traces of 
red pigment, and rough incised decoration similar on two opposite sides. 

Vessel No. 12.—In fallen sand was an undecorated, imperforate vessel with 
ovoid body, flat base, and flaring neck, broken but since cemented together (Fig. 26). 

Vessel No. 15.—A bowl of about one 
quart capacity, of beautiful, smooth, red 
ware, with thickened rim projecting slightly, 
horizontally (Fig. 27). The decoration, in 
black pigment, was not continued around 
the vessel, or has disappeared through wear. 


Fic. 27.—Vessel No. 13. Mound near Crystal river. 


Fic. 26.—Vessel No. 12. Mound near Crystal river. ] I 
(Full size.) (Two-thirds size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 389 


Vessel No. 14.—The upper part of a vessel of beautiful red ware, with certain 
lower portions decorated with bands of black pigment (Fig. 28), which would give 
quite a classical appearance were it not for the scalloped rim. 

Vessel No, 15.—Unassociated in the mound, was part of a curious vessel origi- 
nally annular in shape. On the fragment is one upright neck and parts of two 
others. The vessel, when whole, probably resembled that shown in Fig. 164 in Part 
II of our “ Aboriginal Remains of the Northwest Florida Coast,” though in this 
case the body of the vessel is not flattened. 


Fic. 28.—Vessel No. 14. Mound near Crystal river. (About two-thirds size.) 


Vessel No. 16.—A vessel, badly broken, originally with four feet, two of which 
were lost at the time of the basal mutilation (Fig. 29). These feet, with certain 
parts of the body, have been restored. 

Vessel No. 17.—A vessel of excellent ware, undecorated save for the scalloped 
rim. At the base, which is rounded, has been a flat, circular space in relief, 1.25 
inches in diameter, which enabled the vessel to stand upright. A circular perfora- 
tion has been made through this flattened part (Fig. 30). 

Vessel No. 18.—A rough, undecorated vessel. 

Vessel No. 19.—A wide-mouthed water-bottle, undecorated, with a portion 
missing. 


390 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


Fic. 29.—Vessel No. 16. Mound near Crystal river. (Two-thirds size.) 


ee 


Fra. 30.—Vessel No. 17. Mound near Crystal river. (Full size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 591 


Fira. 31.—Vessel No. 20. Mound near Crystal river. (Two-thirds size.) 


Vessel No. 20.—This interesting vessel, a bowl, of superior ware, of about two 
quarts capacity (Fig. 31), has had for decoration a design in black pigment which, 
apparently, having grown faint in course of time, has had painted above it designs 


Fic. 32.—Vessel No. 21. Mound near Crystal river. (Full size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


3) 


(Sy) 
LS) 


Fic. 33.—Vessel No. 22 found near Crystal river. (About five-sixths size.) 


Fic. 34.—Vessel No. 23. Mound near Crystal river. (About three-fourths size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 393 


in two shades of red. Our artist has well shown in stipple the design in black, and 
in lighter and darker “ wash,” the two shades of red. The lightest shade of all on 
the vessel, of course represents the natural shade of the ware. About one-third of 
this vessel was missing when found. There has been restoration of the missing 
part, but no attempt to replace the complicated design. 

Vessel No, 21.—Undecorated, save for four repoussé lobes each ending at the 
base in a foot for the vessel’s support (Fig. 52). 

Vessel No. 22.—An imperforate bowl of excellent ware, undecorated. A thick 
rim projects laterally (Fig. 33). 

Vessel No. 25.—A vessel of about three pints capacity, with a neck, first con- 
stricted, then expanded. The decoration consists of a small check-stamp. One of 
four feet, missing through basal perforation, has been restored (Fig. 54). 

Vessel No. 24.—A vase with rude, 
incised and punctate decoration, shown 
in Fig. 55. 

Vessel No, 25.—Of inferior ware, 
undecorated, with semi-globular body, 
and long neck first constricted, then 
flaring. 


iii Y Z 


WE 


Fic. 35.— Vessel No, 24. Mound near Crystal river. FG. 36.—Vessel No. 26. Mound near Crystal river. 
(Full size.) (Full size.) 


Vessel No. 26.—A toy vessel, undecorated, imperforate, with four feet, shown 
in Fig. 56. 

A sherd from this mound is shown in Fig. 37. 

Seven smoking pipes, all or nearly all from the mound proper, were met with 
during the investigation. Three are of soapstone, all of the familiar type with rec- 
tangular cross-section of the part having the bowl and of the part holding the stem. 
One of these pipes, showing faint incised decoration, is shown in Fig. 58. At the 
base of the bowl is a small circular orifice. In the second part of our ‘ Certain 
Aboriginal Remains of the Northwest Florida Coast,” page 256, we speak of a pipe 
with a basal perforation. 


50 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


394 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


, A rude pipe of earthenware, also of common type. has the bowl slightly 
flaring. 

Part of a pipe of earthenware, similar in shape to those of soapstone, came 
from the mound. ‘There was found also a small ‘“ Monitor” pipe of earthenware, 
somewhat broken. This is the first example of this type of pipe met with in penin- 


Fic. 37.—Sherd. Mound near Crystal river. (Half size.) 


sular Florida. There was also in the mound a great pipe of soft lime-rock, found in 
pieces, but since restored. In shape it is the same as those of soapstone. Each arm 
is 5.5 inches in length. The measurement across each end is 2.25 inches; the 
openings are about 1.25 inches each, in diameter. 

A flat tube of earthenware, perhaps used for a ceremony with smoke, came 
from the mound proper (Fig. 39). 

Throughout the investigation were met with, in the elevated ground and in the 
mound proper, a large number of shell cups wrought from Fuleur perversum, some 
imperforate, but the great majority with the mortuary perforation. There were 
also eight or ten drinking cups made from what is known as the “ horse-conch”’ 
(Fasctolaria) along the Florida coast. One of these cups is shown in Fig. 40. We 
do not recall before having met with a drinking cup made from this shell, although 
the shell was largely used in the manufacture of implements in aboriginal times. 

One drinking cup wrought from AZe/ongena corona, the first we have seen, was 
found during the investigation. 

During our work, there were met with sixty columelle of large marine uni- 
valves, sometimes a considerable number with a single burial. These columellz 
had been at times ground squarely across one end to serve as chisels, and sometimes 
given a circular edge for use as gouges. Occasionally, a wing, or flange, was left to 
increase the gauge of the edge. 

There were found also ten gouges made from triangular sections of the body- 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


Fic. 38.—Smoking-pipe of soapstone. Mound near Crystal river. (Full size.) 


Fic. 39.—Tube of earthenware. Mound near Crystal river. (Full size.) 


eo 


(Two-thirds size.) 


Fig. 40.—Shell drinking cup. Mound near Crystal river. 


396 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


whorl of Fuleur perversum and one rectangular chisel likewise wrought from /%/- 
gur, also seventeen “celts” made, as a rule, from the lip of Strombus gigas, 2.5 to 
7 inches in leneth. All implements of shell from this mound were badly weathered. 

Three large shells (Cavdzum) were met with, each with a hole in the centre to 
allow the insertion of a handle, and a number of large clam-shells, some showing 
wear. There were, also, triangular sections of clam-shells, doubtless tools, when 
hafted. Among the clam-shells was a large marine shell of the clam family (Ca/ 
lista gigantea). 

There were found also three conchs (Fu/gur perversum) variously treated for 
the reception of handles, and worn down at the beak by use as hammers, hoes, ete.1 

Eleven gorgets wrought from the body-whorl of /ulour perversum came from 
the mound, almost invariably associated with other objects near burials or near 
where burials had been disturbed. Only one shows decoration and none is engraved. 


Fic. 41.—Gorget of shell. Mound near Crystal river. (Full size.) 


Four are roughly circular, ranging in diameter from 2.25 to 3.5 inches. The 
smallest has a circular perforation in the center, about .12 of an inch in diameter. 
The next in size has, in the middle, three small holes in line. Two have single 
holes centrally, one, in addition, having two perforations side by side, at the mar- 
gin. Four others are sections of the body-whorl of Az/gur, scoop-shaped, each with 
a central perforation, three about 1 inch in diameter, the fourth much smaller. One, 
in addition, has two small holes side by side on the broadest portion. One of these 
gorgets lay with the concave side upon a skull. 

Two gorgets, one a curved band of shell, about 1.5 inches wide, having a hole 


‘ For description and figures of many implements of this sort, see our “Certain Antiquities of 
the Florida West-Coast,” page 380 et seq. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., Vol. XI. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 397 


for suspension and showing where another has been (Fig.41), the other, fragmentary, 
probably like the one just described, were found in the mound. 

There was also a handsome little gorget with six rounded points, and a 
central perforation, shown in Fig. 42. 

A small number of shell beads were 
present with one burial, and with another 
were a discoidal bead of shell, about half 
an inch in diameter, and an imperforate 
shell disc of the same size. This scarcity 
of shell beads in a burial place teeming 
with objects of shell, is remarkable, and 


equally noticeable was the absence of 
shell hair-pins, which class of objects pres areas fenuaeele et ee ecnae 
was represented by certain fragments of 

what may or may not have belonged to a hair-pin of shell. 

Near the skull of a child, lay two shells pierced for suspension (Olva reficu- 
farts, and Cerzthium, a fossil, a large undescribed variety from oligocene beds). 

Those who lay in the burial place near the great shell-heap had, in life, been 
given to the wearing of pendent ornaments—of shell, of stone, of copper. 

Those of shell met with by us, 105 in number, were, as a rule, much affected 
by disintegration, and hence it is hard to say how finished their original appearance 
may have been. Doubtless they varied. On many is bitumen. One deposit, with 
a burial, consisted of ten pendants of shell, each about 5.5 inches in length. Another 
deposit of pendants consisted of one of lime-rock and five of shell, one being 9.25 
inches in length. A selection of pendent ornaments of shell, found during the 
investigation, is shown in Fig. 45. 

During the digging there were found: hammer-stones of chert, and several of 
quartz, fairly well rounded; pebble-hammers, including several of sandstone and 
pudding-stone ; hones of sandstone and of ferruginous sandstone; flakes, and small, 
partly chipped, masses of chert; a “ waster,” of chert, 5.5 inches long; and various 
other fragments, and material of the class usually found in mounds. There were 
also fourteen entire ‘celts,’ of various rocks and a large number of “celts” badly 
broken. Some of these parts were afterward fitted together, which led us to believe 
that perhaps, also, these “celts’’ had been ceremonially broken before placing them 
in the mound. In length the “ celts” varied from 2.5 to 12.5 inches. Incidentally, 
15 inches is the greatest length of any ‘“celt”” met with by us in the south. 

Thirty-one lance-points, arrowheads and knives, all of chert, were found during 
the digging, often associated with other objects. Many of these were rude, though 
a few were of excellent workmanship. In addition to these, from the same part ot 
the mound whence came a number of ‘celts’’ in fragments, was a deposit of three 
lance-heads of brown chert, each broken in two parts; the lower half of a similar 
lance-head ; two upper halves of lance-points of dark brown chert; three rude chert 
arrowheads, four chips of chert; the canine tooth of a large carnivore.  Pre- 
sumably the lance-heads in this deposit had been broken ceremonially. 


398 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


Fic. 43.—Selection of ornaments of shell. Mound near Crystal river. (Full size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 399 


A neatly made blunt-pointed implement of fossil material, from the mound, 
with incised decoration on one side, is shown in Fig. 44. Two cigar-shaped imple- 
ments, also of fossil material, are given in Fig. 45. 

A carefully smoothed ellipsoidal 
hammer-stone of lime-rock, about 4 
inches long, shows marks of consider- 
able use. Two bar-amulets, one of 
lime-rock, one of thin, banded slate, 
came from the mound and many sheets 
of mica were found during the entire 
investigation. None of these had any 
particular shape and none was per- 
forate. 

One hundred and eleven pendent 
ornaments of various rocks were met 
with during the investigation. As 
mutilation of the specimens was not 
deemed advisable, there has not been 
an exact determination as to material. 
Many are of the lime-rock, and some, 
of the ferruginous lime-rock, of the dis- 
trict; others are of igneous rocks; 
two long ones are of slate. One is of 
calcite and doubtless there are other 
rocks not included in this enumeration, F! acto a aaa 
Several are of quartz, including two (Full size.) 
beautifully made of rock-crystal, one 
z BS ee soni evich toset of which has, presumably, a conventionalized bird-form (Fig. 46). 

cece ae (Se Ten well-made pendants, shown in Fig. 47, lay with a 
burial with which was sand dyed with hematite. 

A selection from the various stone pendants found by us is given in Figs. 48, 
49,50, 51, among which are shown a long slate pendant similar to those found by us 
the preceding year along the northwest coast, one pendant with a central perfora- 
tion, and several doubtless intended to represent conventionalized birds. 

On the base of the mound, in the southern slope, was the skeleton of an adult, 
lying full length on back. Extending ‘across the pelvis, sagging down somewhat, 
was a row of pendants of stone, among which were three of copper, 4.7 inches, 5.75 
inches, 6 inches long, respectively, of the same type as the long ones of slate from 
this mound, one of which has already been figured. Seemingly, all these pendants 
had hung from the waist in the manner shown by Le Moyne on aborigines of the 
St. Johns river, Florida. Along the lower part of the left arm, which lay extended 
down the left side of the body, were other pendants, or charm-stones, which may 
have fallen over from a belt at the waist. Exclusive of the copper, 39 pendants, 


400 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


mostly of lime-stone and of ferruginous lime-stone, and a long one of slate, were in 
this interesting deposit. With them were two parts of the lower jaw of a puma, 
each with three molars, and each part having a hole artificially made near the fora- 
men to aid in suspension or attachment. With these were two canines of a black 
bear, having the bases much ground away, and two molars, also of the bear, ground 
down, not on the base alone, but on certain of the sides also." 

About 5 feet down, in the 
southern side of the mound, 
near a skull belonging to a 
bunched burial, were three 
quartz crystals and one twin 
crystal of quartz, from 2.5 to 4 
inches in leneth. The three 
crystals have grooves for sus- 
pension as pendants. On the 
twin crystal no groove is appar- 
ent, though there are traces of 
bitumen, at one end, where a 
cord has been attached. 

With the crystals were six- 
teen ornaments of various rocks, 
including a small pendant of 
amethystine quartz,” a perfect 
gem, a triumph of aboriginal 
endeavor, shown fourth from 
the left-hand side of the BADIA Fra. 46.—Pendants of rock-erystal. Mound near Crystal river. 
row in Fig. 52 where all this (Qeiataizs) 
deposit is given. 

The rocks of which these ornaments are made, which include beads, imitations 
of canine teeth of carnivores, and other forms, are impossible to name with any cer- 
tainty, without mutilating the specimens to obtain slides for the microscope. One 
is surely of banded, ferruginous slate; others are of catlinite; several resemble 
hematite in appearance, but are not this material since they make a mark too 
light in color upon porcelain and do not respond to the magnet. Others are of fine- 
grained, igneous rock. 


1 Vide, ‘Certain Aboriginal Remains of the Northwest Florida Coast,” Part II, Journ. Acad. 
Nat. Sci., of Phila.,-Vol. XII, pg. 240 et seq. 

» We are indebted to Mr. Warren K. Moorehead for the following details of the discovery of a 
pendant of amethyst found in 1898, in a grave at the mouth of the Wabash river, west side, southern 
Indiana, by Mr. Clifford Anderson, acting under instructions from Mr. Moorehead. About 150 burials 
were found in graves at this place, having with them pottery, pipes, copper objects, etc. The graves, 2 
to 4 feet below the present surface, Were not stone lined. According to Mr. Moorehead, they mark the 
northernmost extension of the southern (Missouri-Arkansas) type of pottery. Mr. Moorehead kindly 
sent the pendant for our inspection. It is of a deep violet, pear-shaped, and has a perforation for sus- 
pension. Itis about the same size as ours, but it is much more rudely made, showing a scratched surface 
without polish. The catalogue number of this specimen is 15,400, Museum, Phillips’ Academy, An- 
dover, Mass. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 401 


Frc. 47.—Pendants of stone, found with a single burial. Mound near Crystal river. (Full size ) 


51 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


402 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


Fic. 48.—Selection of pendants of stone. Mound near Crystal river. (Full size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 403 


Mound near Crystal river. (Full size.) 


Fic. 49.—Selection of pendants of stone. 


404 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


Fic. 50.—Selection of pendants of stone. Mound near Crystal river. (Full size.) . 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 405 


Mound near Crystal river, (Full size.) 


Fig. 51.—Selection of pendants of stone. 


406 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


Fic, 52,Ormaments found with a single burial. Mound near Crystal river. (Full size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 407 


Fic. 53.—Pendent ornaments of copper. Mound near Crystal river. (Full size.) 


408 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


The perforations in these ornaments are countersunk and from large openings 
at the surface meet at the center in a much smaller aperture. On some are 
scratches which probably would be called file-marks by those disbelieving in any 
proficiency obtained by the natives through ages of aboriginal culture, which marks 
are exactly similar to those noted on certain ornaments of red jasper found by us in 
Florida, on which material the file leaves no mark and which was no doubt worked 
with the aid of hard, cutting sand. 

In the southern part of the mound, whence, with the exception of two copper 
pendants and the deposit of ten pendants of rock, came practically all articles of 
especial interest met with during the investigation, were found ten copper pendants, 
including the three already referred to, making twelve in all from this mound, 
shown in Fig. 53. Three pendants were twice found together, and three times, two 
pendants were in association, always, of course, with burials. All came from con- 
siderable depths in the mound, from 4 to 8 feet, and nearly all were wrapped in 
fabrics and in bark, as is customary with “ finds” of copper. 

An especially noteworthy feature connected with these pendants, which are of 
native copper, is that all are of the same type as other pendants of stone and of 
shell found in this mound, even the conventional bird-form being represented. 

The method of wearing these pendants was interestingly shown. Apparently, 
certain material, seemingly hide, was cut into a small circle. A cord was run 
through the center of this and knotted on the lower side. The hide was then 
adjusted on the end of the pendant, like a cap, and the lower portion of the hide 
was bound around with a cord and fastened with bitumen. The cord which ran 
through the hide, when fastened to a belt, would allow the pendant to hang true, 
which it could not do had the hide not been used and a cord been tied around the 
end of the pendant and knotted at one side. 

But once in the elevated ground surrounding the mound proper, was copper 
met with, and this was so greatly corroded that it was hardly more than a paste- 
like substance. 

Upon several occasions in the mound, copper was found in a like condition. 

About 8 feet from the surface of the mound, near one of the streaks of sand 
dyed with hematite, to which reference has been made, was a flat mass of bitumen, 
about 6 inches by 8 inches and 1.25 to 2 inches in thickness. Imbedded in this was 
an oblong bit of sheet-copper, about 1 inch in length by .5 of an inch in breadth. 

During the excavation of the mound proper there were found, always with 
burials, three pairs of ear-plugs of sheet-copper. 

One pair has the upper and the lower discs of a similar pattern, consisting of 
open spaces made with considerable regularity (Fig. 54). There is a circular con- 
cavity at the center of each disc. Careful measurements show that while the four 
discs closely resemble each other, the openings do not exactly coincide in size or in 
shape, thus precluding all chance of their having been made with a die or stamp. 
These discs, each about 3.5 inches in diameter, were wrapped in bark. With one 
set of discs was a vertebra of a fish, which probably had been used to hold the pair 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 409 


r=) 


together. The second vertebra was not found, but may have been lost in the 


excavation. 
The interesting design of these discs was shown to Mr. Charles C. Willoughby, 


of the Peabody Museum, Cambridge, Mass., who writes: ‘“ Regarding the enclosed 


re 


Fic. 55.—Part of copper disc showing animal head, with bear-symbol 
beneath. (Full size.) 


Fia. 54.—One of four copper discs, forming a pair of ear-plugs. Mound 
near Crystal river. (Full size.) 


Fic. 57.—Silver-coated ear-plug of copper. Side view. Mound near 
Crystal river. (Full size.) 


Fie, 56.—Copper dise with animal symbols removed, leaving the 


cosniic sign. (Full size.) Fic. 58.—The same. Top view. (Full size.) 


52 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


410 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


photograph of the copper disc from Crystal river. This seems to belong to the 
same type of symbolic forms as many of the sheet-copper objects from the Hopewell 
and Turner mounds,’ although the mechanical execution of your ornament is 
inferior to similar objects from these groups. 

“This may well be symbolic of an animal god, probably the bear, combined 
with the cosmic sign. The animal’s head is drawn double, and the design appears 
the same when reversed. One pair of ears, two eyes and one head answer for both 
animals, but there are separate mouths, nostrils and necks. The five nearly paral- 
lel perforations upon the neck, also duplicated upon the opposite side, doubtless 
represent the claws of the bear. This symbol occurs several times in modified 
form in objects of bone and copper from the Hopewell group, and is still used as a 
bear sign by modern Indians. It seems to me that this mark may be the distin- 
guishing mark of the animal represented. 

“The outer circle and four perforated arms doubtless form a cosmic symbol 
representing the horizon and four directions. ‘The central perforation may also 
represent the central circle usually present, especially as it seems to have no con- 
nection with the head of the animal. The arms representing the four quarters 
are pushed out of their normal position to make room for the central head.” 

In Figs. 55, 56 are given, from Mr. Willoughby’s designs, part of the copper 
disc, showing the animal head with the bear symbol beneath, and the copper dise 
with the animal symbols removed, leaving the cosmic sign. 

Another pair of ear-plugs, side and top views of which are shown in Figs. 57, 
58, where two missing parts are represented in broken lines, had for decoration on 


Fic. 59.—Silver-coated ear-plug of copper. Upper and lower parts. Mound near Crystal river. (Full size.) 


top, a thin coating of sheet-silver,? hammered on. There is a concave circle in the 
center and four crescent-shaped open spaces. 
The third pair of ear-plugs, wrapped in bark or vegetable fiber and in a woven 


‘For farther information on this interesting subject we would call the reader’s attention to 
“Symbolism in Ancient American Art,” by F. W. Putnam and C. C. Willoughby, “ Proceedings of 
the American Association for the Advancement of Science.” Vol. XLIV, 1896. 

° Sheet-gold, sheet-silver, sheet iron (meteoric) have been found in various mounds in Ohio, in 
which no objects distinctly of European provenance have been met with. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 411 


fabric, has circular, concave spaces in the center of the upper and lower portions. 
The whole outer surface of the upper halves is coated with thin sheet-silver, which, 
loose in places, has turned up and over. The upper and lower discs were separated 
by a mass of vegetable fiber through which ran a cord. This cord, passing through 
a perforation in the middle of the central concavity, on the outside of each upper 
part is knotted around a pearl which is pierced. The upper and the lower part of 
one of these ear-plugs is shown in Fig. 59. 


eo ae wath pert we “age * 
ge galt Bt ee OE 
ge od ag 2 


»~ 


Fra. 60.—Ornament of sheet-copper. Mound near Crystal river. (Three-quarters size.) 


Fic. 61.—Ornament of sheet-copper. Mound near Crystal river. (Full size.) 


Badly broken when found, was an oblong ornament of sheet-copper (Fig. 60), 
rather rudely decorated with punctate markings and showing a cruder form of 
aboriginal effort in repoussé decoration, though in direct line with more ambitious 
work. 


412 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


An ornament of fluted sheet-copper, badly broken, came from this mound (Fig. 
61). This pattern was a popular one among the aborigines. We have met with it 
at least twice before, once at Apalachicola and once in the fine mound on Murphy 
Island, Fla. 

Two tubular beads of over-lapping sheet-copper were found in caved sand. 

A portion of a second ornament of fluted sheet-copper from this mound was 
submitted to Prof. Harry F. Keller, Ph.D., who reported on it as follows : 

“As to the sheet-copper from the Crystal river mound, it is certainly made 
from the native metal; a very searching qualitative analysis of the cleaned speci- 
men gave only silver and iron as metallic impurities, and demonstrated the entire 
absence of lead, arsenic, antimony and zinc.” 

Here we have native copper such as was used by the aborigines, previous to 
the coming of the Europeans, which copper was not obtainable in Europe in quan- 
tities sufficient for commercial purposes and which is most distinctly different from 
the copper brought to this country by Europeans, the European copper being the 
product of arsenical, sulphide ores, and teeming with impurities. 

Three pointed implements made from cannon-bones of 
deer, and three shark’s teeth of the present geological period, 
lay with three arrowheads or knives. Such teeth were found 
by Mr. Cushing at Marco, in the Ten Thousand Islands, Fla., 
and were shown by him to have been used for the carving of 
wood. 

In one deposit were a number of pointed implements of 
bone, fragments of other bone implements of various kinds, 
and a fish-hook of bone, from which the pointed end, broken 
by the blow of a spade, was lost. With these was an object 
of bone, perhaps used in basketry (Fig. 62). 

Half of a tooth of a fossil shark was met with in the 
mound. 

As to note the exact association of all objects from this 
mound would unduly occupy our space, a few groups of arti- 
facts, only, will be given as they were found. 

With a burial were: one canine tooth of a large carni- 
vore; two ‘‘celts” of polished rock; two sheets of mica; 
three lance-heads of chert; two sandstone pebble-hammers ; 
four shell gouges; four shell ‘‘celts;” parts of other “celts” of 
shell; two sandstone hones; several bits of clayey material. 

Together were: two pendants of shell; two pendants 


FiG. 62.Implementof bone. Of igneous rock ; a knuckle-bone of a deer. 
EE ee Three knuckle-bones of the deer lay with two shell 
pendants. 
With the skeleton of a child were: two pendants of rock; one pendant of 


shell; a knuckle-bone of a deer. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 413 


In one deposit were: half of a bar-amulet of slate; two smooth, flat fragments, 
one of banded slate, one seemingly of fine-grained sandstone; one pendant of sedi- 
mentary rock; one of igneous rock; one of quartz; a beautifully made one of 
quartz, somewhat worn. 

Again we would call the attention of the reader, before ending the account of 
this interesting investigation, to the fact that nothing showing white provenance 
was met with during the work and that the entire area gone over by us was abso- 
lutely virgin. 


MounpD NEAR CrysTaL River SETTLEMENT, Citrus County. 


The settlement is at the head of Crystal river. 

About 1.5 miles in a NNW. direction from the town, on property of Mr. Her- 
man Miller, of Crystal River, in pine woods bordering a hammock, was a sand 
mound 4 feet 9 inches high and 70 feet across the circular base. 

Thorough trenching showed this mound to belong to the domiciliary class. 


Mounp NEAR THE CHASSAHOWITZKA River, Cirrus County. 


The river has its source at a large spring, or boil, about eight miles from the 
Gulf. 

The mound, in pine woods, about one-half mile in a E. by S. direction from the 
landing at the river’s head, was in full view from the road. Though but compara- 
tively little dug into before our visit, seemingly, it had been much trampled by 
cattle, and bits of human bone and fragments of earthenware were scattered here 
and there over the entire surface. It was evident that the diameter of the mound, 
75 feet at the time of our visit, had been extended at the expense of the height, 
which was 4 feet. 

Fifteen trenches were started inward from the margin and continued until 
human remains were encountered, when all trenches were joined and the remaining 
part of the mound, which had a diameter of from 50 to 54 feet, probably about the 
original diameter, was demolished. 

Eighteen burials, all very badly decayed, including the lone skull, were met 
with. The bunched burial, also, was represented, sometimes without a skull, some- 
times with one, and once with two. 

With one burial were bits of pottery and fragments of chert. With another 
was an imperforate pot of inferior ware, bearing a small check-stamp. Certain 
decaying fragments of bone had with them bits of different vessels. The following 
vessels were in the mound, not as a general deposit but here and there, singly, per- 
haps interred with burials since decayed; a small, undecorated, imperforate vessel 
modelled after a gourd; an undecorated bowl with a basal perforation, having a 
small depression below the rim at opposite sides; a small vessel without decoration, 
a flattened sphere in shape, having the usual mortuary mutilation; an undecorated 
vessel badly broken. 

A handle of a vessel, representing the head of a predatory bird (Fig. 63), was 


414 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


found unassociated with other ware. In the beak is a circular hole which would 
allow the use of the head as a pendent ornament. We got, on the Island of Marco, 
one of the northern-most of the Ten Thousand Islands (see outline map) a bird-head 
handle of a vessel, with a groove around the neck, showing the use of the head as a 
pendant. 

Sherds in the mound were numerous but did not lie in deposits. The great 
majority are of ordinary ware and undecorated. Some, however, are of excellent 
material. Red pigment had been used in several instances and punctate markings 
and the check-stamp are represented. The complicated stamp was not met with. 

There were also in the mound, unassociated: a small hatchet, seemingly of 
igneous rock ; a triangular weapon or tool, of chert; a bit of fossil wood ; a number 
of flakes and chippings, of chert; a pendant of volcanic rock (Fig. 64). 


Mounp NEAR InpIAN Benn, HERNANDO CouNTY. 


This name is given to a bight in the swamp bordering the Gulf, around which 
erow pine trees, and oaks in places. The mound at Indian Bend is about two 
miles in a straight line almost due south from the landing at the head of Chassa- 
howitzka river. It had been dug into in a limited way before our visit and seemed, 
in addition, to have been greatly trampled by cattle. Its height was 4 feet. It was 
48 feet across its circular base. Fifteen trenches were dug in toward the center 
until, at the union of these trenches, a portion from 52 feet to 34 feet in diameter 
remained. This part was entirely demolished. 

Burials, eight in num- 
ber, in the last stage of de- 
cay, were: two lone skulls; 
four small bunches, each 
with a skull; one bunch 
without a skull; and, cen- 
trally, a skeleton flexed on 


Fic. 63.—HandJe of vessel. Mound near Fie. 64.—Pendant of stone. Fic, 65.—Sherd. Mound near 
the Chassahowitzka river. (Full size.) Mound near the Chassahow- Indian Bend. (Half size.) 
itzka river. (Full size.) 
the right side with a few shell beads at the wrist. 
Exceptionally few sherds were met with in this mound. Most were undecora- 
ted; some had the check-stamp; one had encircling, parallel lines incised (Fig. 65) 
which gave the ware the appearance of the coil method of manufacture. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 415 


No whole vessels were found, but a portion of one, undecorated, had a basal 
perforation carefully rounded after the fracture. 

Here and there in the mound, unassociated, were several flakes and fragments, 
of chert, an arrowhead or knife, and a lance-head, of the same material. 

Running through the mound for a number of feet, was a deposit of sand dyed 
red with hematite. 


Mounp NEAR Bayvort, Hernanpo County. 


Bayport is at the mouth of the Wekiwoochee river. 

The mound, owner unknown, lay in scrub and pine, about one mile in a north- 
erly direction from the town. One small hole was the only previous digging 
noticed by us, but, at the center, there seemed to be a certain flattening as though 
a building had been there, and that such had been the case was the belief in Bay- 
port. As the mound was on a natural elevation and no base-line was at any time 
apparent, we found it impossible to decide as to height. Judging from appearances, 
the altitude was 3 feet 7 inches, but-as nothing showing human origin is believed to 
have been found during the digging, at a depth greater than 2 feet, the mound may 
have been lower than it appeared. The diameters of base, as taken by us, were 84 
feet N. and S., and 76 feet E. and W., but here again, our judgment may have been 
at fault. At all events, one burial and sherds at various points, were found soon 
after digging began. The area as given above was completely dug through. 

Burials were found marginally in various parts of the mound and continued to 
be met with, occasionally, until the more central parts of the mound were reached, 
when they were fairly numerous. All were so badly decayed that no bones were 
saved. Such crania as were sufficiently preserved to allow determination showed 
no sign of flattening. In all but three cases, the form of burial was of the ordinary 
bunched variety. Of these bunches, thirty-four had one skull; four bunches had 
two skulls; four bunches had three skulls; one had four skulls; one had six 
skulls; one bunch had seven skulls. Three bunches had no ecrania with them. 

Three other bunches had with them small deposits of fragments of calcined 
human bones. Twice the deposits were mingled with some unburnt bones belone- 
ing to the bunched burials. In these cases the calcined fragments were so few in 
number that a fractional part of the skeleton only was represented. The third 
deposit, near a burial, but not in contact, was somewhat larger, perhaps amounting 
to several quarts. 

With various burials were: three conch-shells and bits of pottery; certain 
fragments of earthenware ; two earthenware vessels in fragments; a bit of chert ; 
six conch-shells; two implements made from marine univalves (Fulgur perversum 
and Fasciolarza) by removing part of the body-whorl; sand dyed with hematite ; 
sand less deeply tinged with the red oxide; two small shells much decayed; one 
*“celt.” 

Over one burial was a large fragment of what must have been a bowl of 
great size, of inferior ware, roughly decorated. On the fragment was one large 
loop-shaped handle. 


416 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


(Half size.) 


Mound near Bayport. 


Fic. 66.—Selection of sherds. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 417 


There were also in the mound: marine shells, more or less broken (Fu/gz7, 
Fasciolaria) with the lower outer portions removed, and sharpened at the lower end 
of the columella so that, when the upper part of the shell was held in the hand, 
they could be used to bore or to pierce with ; chips, flakes and fragments, of chert ; 
several arrowheads or knives, also of chert, some of which were broken, some only 
rudely blocked out; four “ celts,’ one showing marks of service in a handle; two 
very diminutive “celts; a few fragments of what had been an ornament of sheet- 
copper. 

At the very margin of the mound, in various directions, were small deposits of 
sherds made up of parts of different vessels, while single sherds and smaller deposits 
were met with throughout the mound. The ware, as shown by these fragments, is, 
in most cases, inferior, though some is of excellent quality. Much is undecorated. 
One sherd, seemingly, is cord-marked, though this decoration is hard to determine. 
A few bear traces of crimson pigment ; many have the check-stamp of various sizes ; 
several have the complicated stamp, including the design of concentric circles, so 
much in vogue in this district. One has a complicated pattern shown by us in 
Fig. 66, Part II, of our “Certain Aboriginal Remains of the Northwest Florida 
Coast.” Some sherds from this investigation bear incised decoration alone; some, 
punctate decoration, in addition, but the specialty of the builders of the mound 
was the punctate impression in various combinations. A selection of sherds from 
the mound is shown in Fig. 66 and others are given in Figs. 67, 68, 69, 70. 


Fic. 67.—Sherd. Mound near Bayport. (Three-fourths size.) 


53 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


418 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


O20 3 20,39000 
9 90, 


ooo S00 


% 
aro 
3 

&) 
3 
oot 


09% 


6 
o 


ics 


00, 


oie) 
eo 
Se 
ork 
So" 


7p oe 


oF 
SS 
Px 
ee 
° 
% 
Lo, 


iss 


Fra. 68.—Sherd. Mound near Bayport. (Half size.) 


Fic. 69.—Sherd. Mound near Bayport. (Half size.) 


(About four-fifths size.) 


Mound near Bayport. 


(Half size.) 


Fic. 70.—Sherd. Mound near Bayport. 
Fic. 71.—Part of vessel of earthenware. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 419 


Part of a vessel, found in several bits, shows an interesting decoration and indi- 
cates a graceful form though, unfortunately, the entire base and most of the neck, 
are wanting (Fig. 71). The sand for some distance around these fragments was 
carefully sifted without discovery of farther trace of the vessel and it became evi- 
dent that the pieces had been interred as fragments only. 

In view of the evidence furnished by some of the sherds that the makers of the. 
mound posessed ware superior as to quality, form and decoration, the entire vessels 
met with by us were doubly disappointing. 

Soon after the digging began, in the eastern margin of the mound, at a distance 
from human remains, evidently placed in the mound for the use of the dead in com- 
mon, as were all deposits of vessels in this mound, with one exception, was Vessel 
Nos ly Gigs 72 


), of most inferior ware, with six projecting knobs, undoubtedly 


Fic. 72.—Vessel No. 1. Mound near Bayport. (About two-thirds size.) 


420 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


(One-third size.) 


Fic. 73.—Vessel No. 1. Decoration. Mound near Bayport. 


Fic. 74.—Vessel No. 2. Mound near Bayport. (Full size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 421 


highly conventionalized head, tail and legs of a life-form. The decoration, traced 
on the clay before firing, is rude (diagram, Fig. 73). In the base is a carefully 
rounded perforation made after baking, as was the case with all vessels in this 
mound, except such as are described to the contrary. 

With this vessel, in fragments which have since been put together, was Vessel 
No. 2, of excellent ware (Fig. 74), with incised and punctate decoration shown 
diagrammatically in Fig. 75. There are duck-head handles. 


Fic. 75.—Vessel No. 2. Decoration. Mound near Bayport. (Half size.) 


Somewhat farther in, still in the eastern part of the mound, unfortunately 
shattered by the blow of a spade, was a vessel, an inverted, truncated cone in shape, 
with a check-stamp decoration. This vessel was too badly broken to determine as 
to basal perforation. 

A little later, in the same direction, an undecorated, globular vessel was met 
with. 


Fic. 76.—Vessel No. 5. Mound near Bayport. (About two-thirds size.) 


Fic. 77.—Vessel No. 6. Mound near Bayport. (About three-fifths size.) 


From the southern part of the mound came Vessel No. 5 (Fig. 76) which for- 
merly had had double, circular compartments. The greater part of one compart- 
ment has been restored. 

Still in the marginal part of the mound, the northwestern portion, but farther 
in than the vessels already described, together, were nine vessels, Nos. 6 to 14, 
inclusive, all of most inferior ware, some upright, some lying on the side, some 
inverted. 

Vessel No. 6.—A jar of about 3 quarts’ capacity (Fig. 77), undecorated, has a 
curious projecting base in which is a perforation made before baking. Three other 
vessels of this type came from this mound. Almost, there would seem to be cause 
to doubt whether these curious, open, projecting bases entitle the vessels to which 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 423 


they belong to be classed among the ready-made mortuary variety. Possibly the 
vessels may have been used as sieves or strainers with a fabric inserted on the 
bottom. 

Vessel No. 7.—A globular vessel of about 6 quarts’ capacity, undecorated, with 
a small vertical rim, a part of which was missing when the vessel was found. 

Vessel No, 8.—A quadrilateral vessel with rounded base, shown in Fig. 78. 

Vessel No. 9.—This vessel, similar to Vessel No. 6, was sent to the Peabody 
Museum, Cambridge, Mass. 

Vessel No, 10.—A large bowl in many fragments, having the upper part faintly 
decorated with a complicated stamp composed of concentric circles. 

Vessel No. 11.—A pot of about 3 gallons’ capacity, having on the upper part 
of the body a faint check-stamp. 


Fic. 78.—Vessel No. 8. Mound near Bayport. (About four-fifths size.) 


424 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


Fic. 79.—Vessel No. 12. Mound near Bayport. (About three-fifths size.) 


Vessel No. 12.—A jar of the same type as Vessels Nos. 6 and 9, with pro- 
truding base and ready-made perforation, shown in Fig. 79, but differing slightly in 
outline. The reader will bear in mind that properly to show the base, the aperture 
of the vessel has been turned away. 

Vessel No. 13.—Badly broken, similar to Vessels Nos. 6 and 9. 

Vessel No. 14.—A badly broken vessel having a check-stamp decoration. 

Vessel No 15.—Alone in the sand was a small vessel, oblate spheroidal, 
undecorated, with narrow, upright rim. The carefully-made, circular hole in the 
base, looking as though, after a small piece had been broken out, the margin of the 
break had been rounded by a cutting implement, was not present in this case, the 
entire bottom having been knocked out. 

In the body of the mound, NE. part, with a burial, were two large, undeco- 
rated vessels in fragments (Numbers 16 and 17). 


Mounp NEAR INDIAN CREEK, HERNANDO CounTY. 


Indian creek enters the Gulf about five miles south of Bayport. 

Surrounded by marsh, about 400 yards ENE. from the mouth of the creek, on 
property of Mr. Richard A. Ellis, of Aripeka, is a small patch of solid ground on 
which grow a few palmettoes and pines. In the center, was an artificial elevation 
about 2.5 feet high and 42 feet across the base. Previous digging had been confined 
to a small, central hole. 

The mound was entirely demolished by us except portions around several 
trees. The material was tough, clayey sand. 

Near the center were two bunched burials, each with a skull, and a skeleton 
closely flexed on the right side. 

No artifacts of any sort were met with. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 425 


MouND NEAR THE WEKIWACHEE River, Pasco Counry.* 


The mound, in pine woods, in full view from the Tampa road, was about two 
miles in a SSE. direction from the mouth of the Wekiwachee river, also called 
Hammock creek. 

At one side of the mound was a depression whence the sand had been taken, 
and about 100 yards distant was a fresh-water pond where the aborigines found a 
supply of water. 

The mound had been dug into, centrally, to a certain extent before we came 
and bits of bone and fragments of pottery were scattered on the surface. The area 
of the base, which seemed to have been extended somewhat by the trampling of 
cattle, was 86 feet by 64 feet. The height of the mound was a trifle over 4 feet. 
What seemed to be the mound proper, was entirely dug down by us, except small 
parts around certain trees. Sand, apparently washed and trampled from above, 
presumably not belonging to the mound, though in appearance a part of it, was 
excluded from the investigation. 

Burials were met with from the very start and continued in until a deposit of 
bones, spread in a layer, was encountered, which occupied all the central part of the 
mound, at a depth of about two feet from the surface. In this layer, with other 
bones, were seventy-six skulls, and, doubtless, the digging preceding our own 
removed certain others. 

The sole, and rather incommensurate, votive offering with this great deposit of 
bones was a vessel of earthenware, of about one quart capacity, a flattened sphere in 
shape, having traces of red paint on the exterior and a small mortuary perforation 
in the base. 

There were also in the mound : 


Bunched burials each having one skull, ' : 40) 
Bunched burials with two skulls each, . : : 11 
Bunched burials with three skulls each, : : 2 
Bunched burials with four skulls each, . 2 , : : 2 
Skeletons closely flexed on the right side, . : ; ,; 5 
Skeletons closely flexed on the left side, 3 
Bunched burial with no skull, —. : ; ; : : d 1 


Four additional burials, each with a single skull, fell with caved sand. 

There was also a small pocket of calcined fragments of human bone, perhaps 
about one quart in all, present in the mound. 

The condition of the bones was such that no skull was saved. No cranial 
flattening was noticed on any of the fragments. 

The aborigines who built this mound were not liberal in offerings to the 
departed, as was indicated by the comparative lack of artifacts with the great 
deposit. The skeleton of a child had three shell driking-cups and two unwrought 


' This river must not be confounded with the Wekiwoochee river, some eight miles away. 


54 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


426 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS,-CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


conchs (Fulgur perversum), while two shell-cups lay each with another burial. 
With one burial was sand dyed with hematite. 

With a bunched burial was a gracefully made “celt;’ with another, two 
equally as well-made. 

Not immediately associated with burials were: one hammer-stone ; two lance- 
heads, of chert, each about 3.5 inches in length; a well-made spear-head of chert, 
about 5 inches long and about 2 inches in maximum diameter. A grooved pendant, 
rather roughly made from a pebble, lay alone in the sand. 

In the southern margin of the mound was a small deposit of sherds and, here 
and there in the mound, fragments were met with singly, bearing red pigment, the 


Fic. 80.—Selection of sherds. Mound near the Wekiwachee river. (Half size.) 


check-stamp, punctate markings. There were several fragments with a complicated 
stamp in which the concentric circle figured. A selection of sherds from this 
mound is shown in Fig. 80. 

Part of a vessel was met with showing a basal perforation made before the 
firing of the clay. 


Mounp NEAR THE PitHLocuascootre River, Pasco County. 


This river, variously spelled on maps and charts, is commonly spoken of as the 
“* Kootie.” 


About three-quarters of a mile from the mouth of the river, on the S. side, 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 427 


visible from the water, on property of Mr. E. B. Liles, of Ehren, Fla., is an oblong 
mound running almost north and south, 142 feet along the base and 70 feet across 
it. The summit plateau is 91 feet long and 19 feet in width. The height is 9 feet. 
The mound, composed of alternate layers of sand and of shell, as is shown by former 
excavations, 1s probably domiciliary. 

Mr. S. T. Walker, in the Smzthsonzan Report for 1879, page 392, ed seg., has 
described, and given plans of, this domiciliary mound and of the burial mound 
nearby, a description of which we are about to give. 

About 100 yards in an easterly direction from the domiciliary mound is a 
mound of sand, of irregular outline (see Plan, Fig. 81), also on property of Mr. 
Liles. The mound, narrowest at its western end, slopes gently upward for 58 feet, 


Ay ai sia Hath Ode 
V4 H {I WR {! Til fy 
Ze Mt i! pu) Hy He 
thf j 7] er 
Yi ty Mii iii WUE £7, 
Wy BG 
nln HD WZ 
EE os 
LADLE 
ee eS 
1 
. 
Lt; = 
I 
tC 
Scaleinject L 
: ° 10 zo Be t 
NGL =excavation E 
r 
7 


7 


[pa 


Yi, Lif Hf! Ly i : 
Siem Lert cared LL] ly Wns Wp: F mu "i AN SS 
ee ue May Oy, / ie I i itt th is Ni \s 


SLI Ul a ‘it 
, Hi 


Jay 
HE H1 bie Ut 
eo 


=< inate 


se 


Fic, 81.—Plan. Mound near Pithlochascootie river. 


when the maximum height, 4 feet, is reached. There is then a decline of 65 feet to 
the level ground at the eastern extremity of the mound. Mr. Walker is in error 
in ascribing to the sand mound a height greater than that of the domiciliary mound, 
and in his plan of the burial mound has reversed the position of its ends, putting 
the broader end at the western extremity. 

There had been comparatively little previous digging, considering the size of 
the mound. Mr. Walker’s digging, amounting to but little, was plainly traceable. 


428 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


The western, or narrower part of the mound, which, however, included the highest 
part, was entirely dug through by us to include 76 feet of the length of the base. 
The remaining, or eastern portion of the mound, 47 feet in length along the_ base, 
was dug through by us with the exception of the outer parts, in which neither 
burials nor artifacts were found by trenching. The total area of our investigation 
is shown in broken lines on the plan. The arm, or causeway (see plan) having been 
dug by Mr. Walker, was not investigated by us. 

The mound, of sand, rested upon a foundation of clay on which, here and there, 
were masses of lime-rock. Whether these masses were put in place by aborigines 
at the making of the mound, we are unable to say, though it is our opinion they 
were not, as an excavation made by us at some distance from the mound yielded 
similar masses of rock. 

There were in the mound, locally, along the base, deposits of oyster-shells. 
These deposits had no direct connection with the burials. 

Mr. Walker says, in speaking of this mound: “ Excavations systematically 
conducted revealed human remains in vast quantities in every part of the mound.” 

Burials were numerous in places but were not present in others. Some of our 
men dug through undisturbed sand during many hours without coming upon a sin- 
gle bone. Mr. Walker says also, ‘“‘ The mode of burial was interment at full length, 
with the heads directed toward a common center, the body reclining on its right 
side; I discovered three of these circles of bodies, each containing from seven to 
fourteen adult skeletons.” 

We met with nothing in the mound to indicate this method of burial, and we 
may say, incidentally, we have not found it in several hundred mounds opened by 
us in the southern United States. 

Human remains were found in the mound at sixty-two places. 

The skeletons in the mound lay as follows: 


Partly flexed on the right side, : : 5 
Partly flexed on the left side, : ; : 6 
Closely flexed on the right side, . ; } 13 
Closely flexed on the left side, U 
Full length on back, 2 


The heads of the skeletons pointed as follows: E.,4; E. by S.,1; ESE, 
SE OG OL conus ale WAS Wesoe a Wier lem VieubivaNec allem \VANAV eaalecuNEWa-cnlacasINetys 
ENE., 5; E. by N., 4. 

The upper half of a skeleton, perhaps an aboriginal disturbance, had the cra- 
nium directed toward the south. 

It was noted as an invariable rule in this mound that the skeletons lay on the 
base, while the lone skulls, of which there were seven, and the bunched burials, 
of which eighteen were met with, were considerably higher in the mound. 


bo 09 


; 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 429 


The bunched burials were as follows: 


With no skull present, IL 
With one skull, : a 8 
With two skulls, 2 
With three skulls, 4 
With five skulls, 1 
With eight skulls, 2 


A number of scattered bones found by us at one point in the mound, was 
perhaps an aboriginal disturbance. 

There were included in our enumeration also one recent disturbance, and one 
burial details as to which we do not find in our note book. 

About two-thirds the length of the mound from the western extremity, well in 
toward the median line and continuing inward and eastward, not always in close 
contact but spread, was a deposit of bones with which were fifty-seven skulls. With 
this great mass, were three small deposits of calcined human bones. All this was 
scored as one burial and completes the sixty-two burials counted by us. 

No skulls were saved from this mound. Judging from large fragments found, 
cranial compression had not been practised. 

With burial No. 1, a recent disturbance, were Vessels Nos. 1, 2 and _3, all of 
most inferior ware, and in fragments. 

A conch-shell lay with a lone skull, and similar shells were 
with burials or unassociated. 

Burial No. 22, a skeleton closely flexed on the left side, had on 
the pelvic portion a beautiful pendant of slate (Fig. 82). 

With a bunched burial was a graceful arrow- or lance-head of 
chalcedony, while a flake of chert, evidently used as a knife, lay with 
another bunched burial. 

A skeleton closely flexed on the right, Burial No. 52, had with 
it: one hammer-stone; four small masses of cherty material; part 
of a lance-head or of a dagger, of chert; five fragmentary objects of 
shell, chisels, ete.; one tibia and one humerus, belonging to the 
deer; three deer tibix and one humerus, in fragments; one astrag- 
alus of a deer; bits of bone mainly belonging to the deer; part of a 
jaw of a small mammal; fragments of pointed implements of bone ; 
five entire implements wrought from leg-bones of deer, and two, 
each broken into two parts; three tubes of bone, each about 1.5 
ote, ¥joteaant inches in length. Me 
the _Pithlochaconotio Near Burial No. 33, a skeleton closely flexed on the right side, 

were three piercing implements wrought from cannon-bones of deer, 
and a number of fragments of bone, probably parts of implements. 

In the southern part of the mound, with Burial No. 50, a skeleton flexed on 
the right side, was an inverted bowl, Vessel No. 4, oval in horizontal section, 13.8 


430 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


inches by 15 inches in maximum diameter, 8.5 inches high, 6.5 inches by 7.5 inches 
in diameters of aperture, with in-turned rim and rude, incised decoration shown in 
Fig. 83. So stout was the ware that it resisted a number of blows of a spade, aimed 
at neighboring palmetto roots. There is a rounded perforation in the base, made 
after the completion of the vessel, and another in the side. 


SSS 


Fra. 83.—Vessel No. 4. Mound near Pithlochascootier iver. (About half size.) 


On the base of the mound, as was the other, and about 6 feet east of it, inver- 
ted, with Burial No. 42, a skeleton closely flexed on the right side, was Vessel No. 
5, a bowl of excellent yellow ware, 18 inches in diameter, 7.75 inches high and 13.8 
inches across the opening. This vessel (Fig. 84) has red pigment interiorly and red 
coloring matter within two of each of the four triangles which make up the oblong 
spaces between the groups of parallel vertical lines of the decoration. With Burial 
No. 42 was also a small pendant of sedimentary rock, having a conventional bird- 
form, shown in two positions in Fig. 85, while a well-made pendant of metamorphic 
rock (Fig. 86) lay with another burial. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 431 


A bunched burial had near it an ungrooved quartz crystal, and a rather rude 
lance-head of chert was with another bunched burial. 

With the large deposit were two “celts,” a conch-shell, a long pendant made 
from a columella of a marine univalve, and three pendants of lime-rock, much the 
worse for age. 


Fic. 84.—Vessel No. 5. Mound near the Pithlochascootie river. (About two-fifths size.) 


pO RS 


Fic. 85.—Pendant of sedimentary rock. Fic. 86.—Pendant of meta- 
Two positions. Mound near the Pithlochas- morphic rock. Mound near the 
cootie river. (Full size.) Pithlochascootie river. (Full size.) 


At places throughout the mound, usually singly, was a considerable number of 
fragments of chert, also flakes of chert, evidently used as knives, and many cutting 


432 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


tools of chert, half wrought or very rudely worked, if complete. There were also 
several implements made from columelle of marine univalves. Apparently unas- 
sociated, were: one ‘“‘celt”’ showing much wear where the handle had been; two 
roughly chipped cutting implements of cherty material, each about 7 inches long 
and each somewhat broken at the smaller end; one graceful pendant of shell; two 
stone pendants found separately ; seven arrow- and lance-heads, of chert, some 
barbed and beautifully pointed; one drill of chert; and several small cutting tools 
of the same material; two arrowheads which, partly broken, had been rounded for 
use as scrapers; the lower part of a fine lance-head of chert; an implement 5 inches 
long, of smoothed quartz material. 

In this mound were no deposits of sherds other than, possibly, two or three 
fragments lying together though, here and there, sherds were met with unassociated. 
Some were undecorated and of inferior ware; others gave evidence that vessels of 
excellent ware and superior decoration had been possessed by the makers of the 


Fic. 87.—Selection of sherds. Mound near the Pithlochascootie river. (Half size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 433 


mound. Many sherds bore the ever-present check-stamp; the complicated stamp 
was on one sherd only. Some had a decoration of crimson pigment ; others, incised 
and punctate designs. A selection is shown in Fig. 87. The reader will note in 
the right hand upper corner a sherd, handsomely decorated, where a portion of the 
design is carried above the rim. One interesting sherd, of excellent ware, shows 
the head of a bird with peculiarly shaped bill beneath which is a perforation which 
may be one of two made for the suspension of the vessel, or a single hole to allow 
the fragment to be worn as a pendant. 


Mounp NEAR Tarpon Sprineas, Hittsporo County. 


This mound is referred to, incidentally, as it belonged to those of the district 
of which we are writing. 

The mound is described by Mr. 8. T. Walker (of. cz?., page 394 et seg.) under 
the heading of the Ormond mound on the Anclote river. Such digging as was done 
by Mr. Walker, after members of Mr. Ormond’s family had tried their hands at it, 
yielded nothing of importance. 

In 1895, what remained of the mound was totally demolished by the late Mr. 
Frank Hamilton Cushing, who reported! the discovery of many burials and also of 
a pendant of crystal, a pendant of copper and many fragments of earthenware. 
These fragments will be figured and described in Prof. W. H. Holmes’ “The Pot- 
tery of the Eastern United States,” which will be published as the Twentieth 
Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology. 


Mounp on Hoe IsLtanp, Hititsporo County. 


Hog Island lies between part of St. Joseph sound and the Gulf. 

The mound, on property of Mr. Henry Scherrer, living nearby, is about one 
mile in a northerly direction from the southern extremity of the island. It lies on 
low ground which is entirely surrounded by water at high tide, and seems a curious 
selection for a place of burial. 

The mound, composed of a mixture of sand and of small marine bivalves 
(Venus cancellata), the same genus as our round clam, had been wofully dug into, 
centrally, and from the sides, previous to our visit, when it was completely demol- 
ished by us, with the exception of parts surrounding two trees. 

Burials in this mound lay, as a rule, near the base and in graves below the 
base. Many skeletons, we were told, had been removed by former diggers and many 
others, remaining, showed great disturbance. 

Thirty-three skeletons were met with by us, buried as follows: 


~ 


jt oy ft 


Closely flexed on the right side, 
Closely flexed on the left side, 
Partly flexed on the right, 
Closely flexed, face down, 
Closely flexed on the back, 
Disturbance by our diggers, 


~ 


— jet 


*“ Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society,” Vol. XX XV, No. 153, Phila., 1897. 


55 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


434. CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


Two of these burials had above them a skull, and a skull with a femur, respec- 
tively, aboriginal disturbances. 

There was also in the mound a burial, presumably intrusive, as it was but 2 
feet below the surface and was in a better condition than the other burials, although 
they, owing to the infiltration of lime-salts, were in a state of preservation much 
superior to that usually met with. 

Nineteen skulls were saved from this mound, none showing cranial flattening. 
Three of these, showing marked pathological changes, were sent to the United States 
Army Medical Museum, Washington, D. C.; four are now in our Academy of Natu- 
ral Sciences (Catalogue numbers 2206 to 2209, inclusive); nine probably will be 
added to the collection, later. Three of the nineteen skulls subsequently fell into 
fragments. 

In the count of burials found by us, bones scattered by former diggers are not 
noted. In addition, we may have passed over certain burials in graves, if any lay 
beneath trenches put in by former diggers. 

This mound, in a negative way, is about the most remarkable one in our expe- 
rience for, in the parts dug down by us, not a single fragment of pottery was met 
with, nor was any artifact of any sort discovered, with the exception of part of a 
small implement, probably of coralline lime-stone. Neither was there in the 
mound, according to the reports of our diggers, over whom was close supervision, in 
addition, any unworked pebble, conch-shell, or fragment of chert. In a word, prac- 
tically nothing imperishable had been placed with the dead, if we except powdered 
hematite, in several instances. 


MounD NEAR CLEARWATER, HILLSBoro Counry. 


The mound, in sight from St. Joseph sound, and but a few feet from the N. end 
of the bridge across Steven’s creek, about 2 miles in a N. direction from Clearwater, 
is 75 feet across the base and 5 feet in height. Fifteen excavations in various parts 
of the mound strongly suggested a domiciliary character for the mound. 


Mounp NEAR Joun’s Pass, Hitissoro County. 


This mound, described by Mr. 8. T. Walker (of. czt., page 401 e¢ seg.) lay near 
the SE. end of a nameless key which, extending éast and west, lies just inside of 
John’s Pass. The mound, on a low ridge, a portion of which had been dug into to 
make it, had sustained considerable investigation before our visit, when it was com- 
pletely demolished. The diameter of the circular base was about 55 feet; the 
height, 2 feet 4 inches. The mound was composed of sand and of broken shells, 
not shell-heap material, but fragments of shells, washed up by the sea. 

Although, as we have said, there had been much previous digging, a large per- 
centage of the area of the mound was intact and afforded a good idea of what the 
mound and its contents had been. Burials extended more than one foot below the 
base, into broken shell material of the kind we have described, mixed with a little 
sand. In addition to disturbances by comparatively recent diggers, we noted six 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 435 


skeletons, three flexed on the right side, three on the left side. Also, there was 
on the S. side of the mound, a great number of bones, including a large number of 
crania, spread along the lower part of the mound. So thickly were these bones 
placed, at times, that eight or ten skulls were in sight within a comparatively small 
space. Unfortunately, though the admixture of shell in the mound tended to pre- 
serve the bones, close packing of long-bones against crania had crushed the facial 
bones of most of the skulls. Twelve crania, none showing flattening, were saved 
from this mound, six of which are now in the Academy of Natural Sciences 
(Catalogue Nos. 2210 to 2215, inclusive), and six, we trust, will be added later. 

With certain burials, was sand dyed with hematite but no artifacts lay with 
the dead, though throughout the mound, were ten or a dozen shell drinking-cups 
(Fulgur perversum), some neatly made. Curiously enough, none had the usual 
basal perforation. 


Fic, 88.—Selection of sherds. Mound near John’s Pass. (Half size.) 


within 


ry 


Ta 


WAT Ogata, 


itn aggeLARCERLNCC Wy 


MULL UML 


436 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


Mr. Walker says of this mound, “The surface about the base was thickly 
strewn with fragments of pottery; in fact it seemed that the whole foundation of 
the mound was covered with broken pottery previously to the interment of any of 
the bodies.” 

There were a number of sherds in the mound, here and there, at various 
depths, but we saw nothing to bear out Mr. Walker's statement on the subject. 
These sherds, the only artifacts in the mound, except the drinking-cups, were of 
inferior ware and rudely decorated, when at all. The check-stamp was present in 
several instances, but the prevailing form of decoration was incised and punctate. 
A few loop-handles were found. <A selection of sherds from this mound is shown 
in Fig. 88. 

In this mound were several large fragments of shell-tempered ware, belonging 
to one vessel, the first we recall having met with in peninsular Florida, if we except 
two handsomely made bird-head handles from the Island of Marco, which had been 
worn as pendants, and were, doubtless, importations. Even on the Florida main- 
land shell-tempered ware is rarely met with until the district bordering Alabama is 
reached. 


i) fil hi Wh jit 
iy yh! 


i NE ig nliiiy, y 
aN f (ld) 


Zl 
Ail 


/ i Wy) / Yo 


Yijess 
Yes 


TURE 


My Wh 


Scale in feet 
°o Ss Jo 


: ane 


rato =excayation 


Bey 


Wy 


AMA tiny tpl 1 
"1 Hil flip at 


4 ee 


I Nik ' Wy 
may ! raul rH] Hit i M4 


Mit 


Li, Wy yy, 
UN 
I) 


Udi Mil bya 


Fic. 89.—Plan. Mound on Long Key. 


Mounp on Lone Key, Hrtussoro County. 


Long Key lies between the Gulf and Boca Ceiga bay, having Blind Pass on 
the north and Passe a Grille on the south. 

About midway from the extremities of the island, a strip of land makes into 
the bay in a SE. direction. About one-half mile from the end of this strip, in thick 
growth, is the mound, to which only good luck or a guide can lead one. 

The mound is described by Mr. 8. T. Walker (0. czz., pg. 403, et. seg.) who 
also gives a plan of it, and ascribes to it the form of a turtle. In Fig. 89 we give 


unt 
vit 
al! 


Ayu 
gael ques 


int 
atin san! 


a syle? 
my 


dk MN iy ys nny c/a gg) aye dew 
LAW MLS HANEY ET 


va 
eyed nel? 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 437 


the plan of the mound as it seemed to us. The material is white sand; the height 
somewhat under 4 feet. The length is 100 feet; the maximum breadth, about 70 
feet. 

Three holes, each 12 feet square, and three others, each 6 feet square, were dug 
by us. In several places was sand tinged with hematite and one skeleton closely 
flexed on the left side, about two feet from the surface, was met with, This burial 
had a recent appearance and impressed us as being intrusive. 

No artifact of any sort was found. 


For accounts of additional, but unimportant mounds in this district just north 
of Tampa bay, see our “ Antiquities of the Florida West-Coast,” Journal of the 
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Vol. XI. 


In the district of which this paper treats was no new form of burial. 

Calcined human bones were found upon several occasions, but these were prob- 
ably connected with other burials as is usually the case when calcined remains are 
found in peninsular Florida. 

No urn-burials were met with, nor had our previous experience in the peninsula 
led us to anticipate their discovery. Incidentally, the southeasternmost urn-burial 
we have found in Florida was on Marsh Island, Ocklockonee bay, which belongs to 
the mainland portion of Florida (see outline map). 

Cranial flattening, which Bernard Romans says was practised by the Choctaws, 
was not seen by us on any skull in the mounds of the central Florida west-coast, 
though the reader of our reports on the northwest coast will recall that the custom 
was extensively practised there. 

The custom to inter general deposits of earthenware in blackened sand did not 
obtain along the central west-coast, and the life-form in earthenware was not met 
with, save in the case of one human effigy-vessel and a very highly conventionalized 
life-form consisting of six protuberances representing head, tail and four legs. Bird- 
head handles, however, were found. Loop-shaped handles were met with occa- 
sionally and seemingly show the influence of regions farther north. 

Ceremonial vessels having, in the body, a number of large holes made before 
the firing of the clay, were not found along the central west-coast, though, as the 
reader may recall, they are present in numbers in the mounds of the northwest 
coast of Florida. 

The small check-stamp was everywhere met with, and the complicated stamp 
was found once as far south as the Pithlochascootie river, which is considerably 
farther south than it was found by us on the St. Johns river. The complicated 
stamp, however, varies but slightly in pattern along the central west-coast where 
but little is met with that does not consist of combinations of concentric circles. 

While, as we have stated, the ware, as a rule, was inferior, yet excellent ware 
with artistic decoration, punctate and incised, was in the possession of the aborigines 


‘ Life forms in earthenware are not met with, practically, south of the Warrior river (see outline 
map). 


438 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, CENTRAL FLORIDA W.-COAST. 


of the west-coast. Gritty ware and shell-tempered ware, as might have been ex- 
pected, practically were absent. 

The finding of solid copper, a fish-spear along the Suwannee river, and pen- 
dants of solid copper in the Crystal river mound, came in the nature of a surprise. 
Though we had found several large and heavy beads of solid copper along the 
Ocklawaha river and near the Lakes from which the river runs, and a lance-head 
of thin copper near the mouth of the St. Johns, yet sheet-copper preponderated to 
such an extent among our discoveries of copper in Florida, that we had come to 
regard the territory as being so far distant from the source of aboriginal supply that 
the material would be used there hardly otherwise than as a veneer. It seems, 
however, that some solid copper was in use there, and doubtless more will be 
found as mound-work is continued in the State. 


CERTAIN 


ABORIGINAL MOUNDS 


OF THE 


Apalachicola River 


CLARENCE: B: MOORE: 


PHILADELPHIA : 


Estiffanulga 


N 


MAP OF THE APALACHICOLA RIVER 


Scale inmiles 
bat Chit ABYSS ER Cy to 


1303 
eX 
Abalachicola 


x indicates mound 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS OF THE APALACHICOLA RIVER. 
By CiLarence B. Moore. 


The Apalachicola river, formed by the union of the Chattahoochee and the 
Flint, at the boundary between Georgia and Florida, keeps a southward course 
through the Florida mainland and empties into Apalachicola bay, a part of the Gulf 
of Mexico. The length of the river is about 70 miles in a straight line, and about 
105 miles, following the course of the stream. 

What we have said as to the reproduction of vessels and as to the preparation 
of the report, at the beginning of the paper on the mounds of the Florida west-coast, 
applies equally to this report. 


Mounds Investigated. ne 


Mound on Brickyard creek, Apalachicola river. 
Mound near Burgess creek, Chipola river. 

Mound near Isabel Landing, Chipola river. 

Mound near Chipola Cut-off, Chipola river. 

Mound near Estiffanulga, Apalachicola river. 
Mound near Blountstown, Apalachicola river. 
Mound in Davis Field, Apalachicola river. 

Yon mound, Apalachicola river. 

Mound below Bristol, Apalachicola river. 

Mound at Bristol, Apalachicola river. 

Mound near Atkins’ Landing, Apalachicola river. 
Mounds near Aspalaga, Apalachicola river (5). 
Mound near Sampson’s Landing, Apalachicola river. 
Mounds at Chattahoochee Landing, Apalachicola river (7). 


In addition to these mounds, we investigated, the previous season, at and near 
) 3 ? p) 
the town of Apalachicola, eleven mounds, full accounts of which are given in our 
“Certain Aboriginal Remains of the Northwest Florida Coast,” Part IT. 


Mowunp on BrickyArD CREEK, FRANKLIN COUNTY. 

This mound, immediately on the eastern bank of Brickyard creek, about one 
mile from its junction with the Apalachicola river (see map), on property of Mr. 
Frank Massina, of Apalachicola, had been dug through and through, previous to 
our visit. 


56 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


442 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 


The mound, probably, had been about 4 feet in height and 35 feet across the 
circular base, approximately. What was left of the mound was completely de- 
molished by us. 

One human femur, badly decayed, one molar and some fragments of bone too 
small for identification were the only signs of burial met with by us in the mound, 
though fragmentary human bones lay upon the surface. 

There were present, here and there in the mound: two arrow-heads or knives, 
of chert; two piercing implements of bone; three columelle of marine univalves, 
pointed as for use, found together; two pebble-hammers; flakes of chert; a trian- 
gular bit of chert, chipped to a cutting edge on one side; a fragment of ferruginous 
sandstone; mica; an oblong piece of silicified wood, which had seen use as a hone. 

Owing to the great amount of previous 
digging, data as to position of objects in the 
mound were hard to obtain. However, sherds 
and piles of fragments of different vessels, 
placed together, were noted in undisturbed 


5 


es 


Fig. 91.—Sherd. Mound on Brickyard creek, Fic. 92.—Earthenware handle of vessel. Mound on Brickyard 
(Half size.) creek, (Full size.) 


sand in the eastern part of the mound, as we had so often found to be the case in 
mounds of the northwest Florida coast. 

There were also in the eastern part of the mound nine vessels of inferior ware, 
some badly broken, all showing the basal perforation where their condition allowed 
determination. 

Vessel No. 2.—In a sort of pit, in the SE. margin, was an unassociated bowl 
of about one quart capacity, having an incised scroll-decoration, with punctate 
markings, in addition. 

Vessel No. 4.—A quadrilateral vessel undecorated save for an incised line 
around the rim. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER, 443 


Vessel No. 5.—A vessel probably representing a section of a gourd cut lon- 
gitudinally. 

Vessel No. 6.—A bowl in fragments, with notches around the rim and four 
very rude animal heads. 

Vessel No. 7.—A vessel badly crushed, having a broad band of complicated 
stamp-decoration around the neck. 

Vessel No. 8.—A bowl of heavy ware, badly broken, covered with crimson 
pigment, inside and out. 

Vessel No. 9.—A quadrilateral vessel with rounded corners and convex base, 
having for decoration beneath the rim a broken line with an incised line below it. 

Among the sherds, the check-stamp was represented as was the complicated 
stamp, one pattern of which is shown in Fig 91. 

Much ware bore incised and punctate decoration of familiar patterns. There 
were found also a handle representing the head of a duck (Fig. 92) and a small 
handle, a bird head in profile, having a perforation in place of eyes. 


Mounp nEAR Burcess LAanprnc, BurGEss CREEK, CALHOUN CouNnTY. 


Chipola river is a tributary of the Apalachicola. 

Burgess creek enters the Chipola river on the west side, about eight miles up. 
Burgess landing, on the west side of the creek, is about one mile above the junc- 
tion of the creek with the river. The mound, on property of Mr. S. 8S. Alderman, 
of Wewahitchka, Florida, was about 100 yards from the landing, in full view from 
the road. 

The mound, much spread by previous digging here and there, had also a narrow 
trench entirely through it in an eastwardly and westwardly direction. The height 
of the mound at the time of our investigation, was 4 feet 9 inches; its diameter, 
- 48 feet. Trenches were run in from all sides, a distance of about 5 feet when it 
became evident that the mound proper, with a diameter of 42 feet, had been reached. 
The mound, of clayey sand, very tenacious in places, was entirely demolished by 
us, with the exception of small portions around several trees. 

Human remains were not met with until the digging had advanced well into 
the body of the mound, when, at different points, and especially, near the center, 
fragments of single skulls and bits of long-bones were found. Once, fragments of 
a skull lay with the remains of one radius and of one femur. In all, human re- 
mains lay in twelve places, but so near together, at times, that some of these may 
have belonged to the same burial. 

No artifacts lay with the bones, but scattered through the mound were: two 
small “celts” of polished rock, at one place and one at another; four hones of fer- 
ruginous sandstone; mica, in two places; a rude arrowhead of chert. 

All in the eastern side of the mound, beginning a certain distance in from the 
margin, were deposits of sherds, often parts of a number of vessels together, and 
entire vessels, broken and whole, Altogether about two dozen vessels were met 
with, all of inferior ware, none showing any novelty as to form or decoration. The 


444 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 


majority were undecorated, several had a faint check-stamp. The complicated 
stamp, faintly impressed, was on one sherd and on one vessel. Rude, punctate 
decoration was shown on two or three vessels, and a somewhat better executed line 
and punctate design was on part of a vessel found in three pieces. 


Fic. 93.—Vessel No. 5. -Mound near Burgess Landing. (Three-quarters size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 445 


Thirteen or fourteen vessels, mostly pots, some badly crushed, lay in contact 
one with another. 

In cases where the condition of the vessel allowed determination, the hole 
knocked in the base to “kill” the pot was found to be present. 

But two vessels merit particular description. 

Vessel No. 2.—A vessel of about three pints’ capacity, of elliptical section, 
with a projection on two opposite sides, perhaps a conventional head and tail, un- 
decorated, save for crimson pigment on the exterior. 

Vessel No. 5.—This vessel, found in fragments and since cemented together, 
with restoration of certain missing parts, including where the tail should be, has 
for handle the head of a wood-duck (Fig. 93). Upon the vessel is a certain amount 
of crimson pigment. The base has the usual mortuary mutilation made after the 
baking of the clay. 


Mounp NEAR IsapeL LAnpinG, Cuipota River, CALHoun County. 


This mound, about 100 yards west of the landing, on property of Mr. L. M. 
Ware, of St. Andrews, Florida, had been literally honey-combed by holes and 
trenches. At the time it was dug down by us, with the exception of parts around 
certain trees, it had a height of 4 feet 7 inches; a basal diameter of 48 feet. 

Though much of the mound still remained intact, especially the lower portion, 
human remains were found by us but twice: a single skull badly decayed, 3 feet 
down in the SE. part of the mound; a few bones, probably disturbed by a former 
trench. 

In the eastern part of the mound, near the margin, were a few undecorated 
sherds and several with the small check-stamp. Farther, in the same direction, 
here and there, stopping short of the center, were five or six vessels of ordinary 
type and inferior ware, undecorated, several with parts missing. Among these was 
a pot with a complicated stamp decoration consisting of squares made up of parallel 
lines, a pattern found by us on the northwest coast. This vessel had two perfora- 
tions, one on either side of an early fracture, to permit a cord or sinew to bind the 
parts together. 

All vessels in this mound, of which sufficient remained to allow a determina- 
tion, had the mortuary perforation knocked through after baking. 

There were also in the mound: a sherd with the complicated stamp ; one with 
rude punctate decoration ; mica; a flake of chert; a quartz pebble. 


Mound NEAR CuipoLta Cut-orr, CALHOUN CouNTY. 


The Apalachicola and Chipola rivers, some miles above their junction, are 
united by a sort of canal which is called the Chipola Cut-off. 

In a swamp, about 40 yards from the bank, on the northern side, near the 
eastern end of the cut-off, was a mound on property under control of Mr. F. B. 
Bell, of Wewahitchka, Florida. Between the mound and the water is a consider- 
able excavation whence the material for the mound was taken. 


446 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 


The mound, which had been dug into in almost every direction, had, at the 
time of our visit, a height of 5 feet 5 inches. The base, circular in outline, was 45 
feet in diameter. 

The mound, which was totally dug down by us, was composed of brown sand 
with a certain admixture of clay. The sand in the eastern and southern parts of 
the mound, where most of the pottery was found, was of a deeper brown than else- 
where. Below the mound was sand seemingly undisturbed, yellow, rather coarse, 
without admixture of clay. 

Burials were noted at forty-two points, and were met with marginally, and 
throughout the mound to the center, the greater number being in the southeastern, 
southern and southwestern parts, where the principal deposit of pottery was found, 
though the pottery was seldom directly associated with burials. 

The forms of burial were similar to the majority of those found along the north- 
west Florida coast, consisting of the flexed skeleton, the bunched burial and the 
lone skull. The condition of the bones was fragmentary through decay, crania 
being represented by one calvarium. Upon this no artificial flattening was ap- 
parent. 

With the burials were a number of artifacts, including several vessels of 
earthenware, one immediately over a skull; chisels wrought from lips of marine 
univalves; shell beads, large and small; fifty small shells (A/argznel/a) perforated 
for use as beads; many small, round masses of hematite, perhaps used in a rattle ; 
a number of “celts” of various rocks; two hones of ferruginous sandstone; a 
number of small, sharp flakes of chert, together; one glass 
bead from the body of the mound; several columellex of 
marine univalves, with pointed ends. 

With Burial No. 15, a bunch, were: two large colu- 
mellx, each pointed at one end and each having a portion 
of the shell remaining on the upper part, doubtless to serve 
as a handle; two shell hair-pins; mussel-shells; one stone 
“celt;” shells used as beads (Margznella),; two shell 
chisels made from lips of marine univalves; two fine shell 
gouges wrought from the body whorl of Fu/gur, two bones 
of a lower animal, probably ulne of deer, badly decayed, 
with the proximal articular parts present, and the distal 
ends, which, seemingly, had been worked to a point, miss- 
ing; two tibie of the deer, with both ends cut off, doubtless 
handles; a number of fragmentary implements of bone. 
With these was a fish-hook of bone (Fig. 94), 8.2 inches in 
length, having two features not before met with by us in 
our mound work. The lower end has a part of the articular 
FiG. 94.—Fish-hook of bone. Surface of the bone remaining, and the hook has a well- 

Sa aaa Ce defined barb. Barbed fish-hooks of aboriginal make are 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 447 


met with infrequently enough anywhere, but in the southern United States this 
barbed hook must be almost unique. 

Another fish-hook, probably similar to this one, came from elsewhere in the 
mound. Unfortunately, the point of the hook was broken in removal, and the most 
careful search failed to recover it. 

In Fig. 95 is shown an implement of bone, proba- 


‘ » bly a fish-hook of another variety, found with the fish- 
<i hook first described. 


F1G. 95.—Object of bone, probably fish- This swamp-mound, under water in times of freshet, 
hook. M d near Chipola Cut- 6 
of (Fullsize) SSS Wass somewhat above water-level at the period of our 


visit. Burial No. 19, consisting of a few fragments 
of badly decayed bone, lay in a distinctly marked pit, below the base, where the 
dark-brown, clayey sand of that part of the mound extended into the coarse, 
yellow sand considerably below the water level. With the bones, and extracted 
with great difficulty, owing to the rapid filling of the pit with water, were: two 
vessels of earthenware, one badly broken; a disc of sheet-brass, about 4.5 inches 
in diameter, without decoration, having two holes for suspension, about .75 of an 
inch apart, near the margin; a disc of sheet-brass, nearly 8 inches in diameter, also 
undecorated, having a small hole in the center for attachment. 

This disc, which was somewhat broken in removal, still showed traces of fiber 
in which it had been wrapped, as did the other disc. Also with these objects were 
three glass beads; doubtless many others were left at the bottom of the pit, since 
the removal of objects so small, when one is working at arm’s-length under water, 
is a difficult matter. 

Burial No. 25, a few bones, lay also in a pit, under water, below the base of 
the mound. With them were shell beads and a stone * celt.” 

Burial No. 30, two skulls, had with it a Fuleur perversum, 15.2 inches in 
length, the largest shell of this variety of which we have been able to learn. 

With Burial No. 32, bones which fell with caved sand, was a circular ornament 
of sheet-brass, 4.5 inches in diameter, slightly concavo-convex, without decoration, 
with a central perforation, somewhat broken, bearing traces of fiber, like the others. 

Burial No. 41, a bunch, lay in a pit with Vessels Nos. 48 and 49, 

Burial No. 42, the skull of a child, had with it fragments of an undecorated 
disc of sheet-brass. 

Unassociated were: three pebbles; one sandstone hone; several flakes of chert, 
with cutting edge on one side. There were also many objects of shell, such as we 
have described as present with burials. These objects, in all probability, though 
not found with bones, had been with them before disturbance by recent diggers. 

Twenty-four “celts” of various rocks, from 2.6 inches to 9.8 inches in length, 
many with ends gracefully tapering opposite the cutting edge, were present in the 
mound, some with burials as we have stated, many alone. Certain of these lay in 
the very margin of the mound and evidently had been placed there ceremonially, 
since burials were not met with until farther in. 


448 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 


While sounding with an iron rod in and around the burial pits of which we 
have spoken, a member of the party, with no particular reason, drove the rod 
through the bright yellow sand which, as we have said, was seemingly undisturbed 
and underlay the base of the mound. Greatly to our surprise, about 2.5 feet below 
the level uncovered by our men, which was supposed to be the base of the mound, 
a solid object was encountered. After much labor, including repeated use of a port- 
able pump, this object was found to be a beautiful chisel or hatchet, of trap rock, 9 
inches long and about 3.5 inches in maximum breadth with a maximum thickness 
of .8 of an inch. This implement, flat on one side, slightly convex on the other, 
had a well-made cutting edge at the broad end. With this implement were two 
ordinary “celts.” We are at a loss to explain the presence of these objects where 
they were found. We are loth to believe in the presence of burials beneath the 
base, unnoticed by us, as a careful lookout was kept by the diggers who had been 
with us mostly for long periods, and by those having the work in charge. The 
regular burial-pits found by us, as we have said, were filled with a material differ- 
ing from the sand into which they extended. Possibly this deposit was a ceremo- 
nial one, or a cache made before the building of the mound. 

At the very start, all around the margin, but mainly in the 8. and SE. parts 
of the mound, sherds were met with, followed by considerable deposits of various 
parts of broken vessels, in masses, in no case, however, having a full complement 
of any one vessel. Near these, occasionally, were single vessels, and later, num- 
bers of vessels together, extending in to the center of the mound—in fact, the same 
ceremonial deposit of earthenware with which those who have looked over our re- 
ports of the mounds of the northwest Florida coast, must be familiar. In this case, 
however, vessels, to a certain extent, were found with burials, and the ceremonial 
deposit, in a certain degree, was met with in parts of the mound other than those 
we have named. 

The ware from this mound is, as a rule, inferior, though some is of excellent 
quality, including certain bowls of black, polished ware, the specialty of Mississippi, 
which ware we had found before no farther eastward than Choctawhatchee bay 
(see outline map) where it was, as in the Chipola mound, represented by a few ex- 
amples, perhaps importations. : 

Curiously enough, also, other ware from the mound, besides that we have men- 
tioned, recalls ware belonging to more western districts in composition and in finish, 
while the decoration, largely made up of the scroll, resembles that described in the 
first part of our report on the mounds of the northwest Florida coast, rather than 
that of the second part, in which the Apalachicola coast-region is included. 

There fell to our portion as gleaners, after the wide-spread, previous digging in 
this mound, fifty-one vessels, including whole vessels, vessels with but small parts 
missing, and others, in fragments, where the full complement or almost the comple- 
ment of the vessel is present. 

We shall describe in detail the most notable of these vessels. All, unless 
otherwise described, have the usual basal mutilation made before the baking of 
the clay. 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 449 

Vessel No. 6.—A small bowl notched around the margin, with incised and 
punctate decoration, as shown in Fig. 96. 

Vessel No. 7.—A 
bowl of about one quart 
capacity, with incised 
and punctate decoration 
on the sides and base, 


OW on ee i Be 
a 


° 
ool? 80004. 


shown diagrammatically 
in Fig. 97. 

Vessel No. 8.—A 
small bowl of inferior ware, oval in section, with a rudely executed bird-head on 
one side and a rudimentary, conventional tail on the other (Fig. 98). The decora- 
tion, incised and punctate, representing wings in part, is shown diagrammatically 
in Fig. 99, where it has been found impossible to follow an exact scale, owing to 
the curvature of the base. 

Vessel No. 10.—A five-pointed dish of yellow ware, with incised and punctate 
decoration (Fig. 100). ; 


Fic. 96.—Vessel No. 6. Decoration. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Full size.) 


Fic. 97.—Vessel No. 7. Decoration. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Half size.) 


57 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


450 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 


Fic. 98.—Vessel No. 8. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Full size.) 


Fie. 99.—Vessel No. 8. Decoration. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Not exactly on scale.) 


Vessel No. 12.—A bowl of about four quarts’ capacity, with notches around 
the margin, having an incised and punctate design six times repeated (Fig. 101). 

Vessel No. 13.—Has for decoration upright, parallel lines between two encire- 
ling, parallel lines. 

Vessel No, 14.—A bowl of about five pints’ capacity, of inferior ware, having a 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 4851 


Fra. 100.—Vessel No. 10. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Half size.) 


Fra. 101.—Vessel No. 12. Moand near Chipola Cut-off. (About three-quarters size.) 


452 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 


scalloped margin. On the seven apices of the scallops have been an equal number 
of small, rude animal-heads, all but one of which are missing. 

Vessel No. 15.—A vase of yellow ware (Fig. 102), with incised and punctate 
decoration shown in diagram (Fig. 103). 

Vessel No. 16.—A dipper representing a section of a gourd. There is rude, 
incised decoration in which the scroll figures. 

Vessel No. 20.—This interesting, mortuary vessel, 13.25 inches in height, 8.75 
inches in maximum diameter (Fig. 104), with upright bird-head handle, was not 
represented in the mound by its full complement of parts. Such portions as were 
missing have been restored, but in no case has any opening been introduced, unless 


Fic. 102.—Vessel No. 15. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (About five-sixths size.) 


EE YP a OOS 


AWN cake 7S eal Ne 7 
: ANAC ATA | 


Fig. 103.—Vessel No. 15. Decoration. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Half size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 453 


its former presence was clearly indicated by marginal parts. Nearly the entire 
base has been broken out. 
Vessel No. 21.—A water-bottle of coarse ware, with uniform incised and punc- 
tate decoration, in which the partly interlocked scroll is prominent (Fig. 105). 
Vessel No. 22.—A handsome dipper, modelled after a section of a gourd, of 


ie se 
tot ee 


Fic. 104.—Vessel No. 20. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Half size.) 


454 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 


Fria. 105.—Vessel No. 21. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (About four-fifths size.) 


Fic. 106.—Vessel No. 22. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Five-sixths size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 4: 


Or 
Or 


Fie. 107.—Vessel No. 22. Decoration. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Not exactly on scale.) 


Fic, 108.— Vessel No. 24. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (About two-fifths size.) 


456 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 


black, polished ware, recalling that of Mississippi (Fig. 106), with the entire body 
and base covered with incised decoration in which the scroll is prominent, shown 
diagrammatically in Fig. 107. At the end of the handle is a small hole for sus- 
pension. The basal perforation is absent. 

Vessel No. 24.—A bowl 7.5 inches high and 12.8 inches in maximum diameter, 
with a uniform decoration (Fig. 108). 


Fic. 109.—Vessel No. 26. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Four-sevenths size.) 


Vessel No. 26.—This vessel, of heavy but coarse ware (Fig. 109), notched 
around the rim, has for decoration incised crosses on two opposite sides and incised, 
partly interlocked scrolls on the other two. Other decoration, seemingly punctate, 
proves, on examination, to have been done with a stamp. One-half the decoration, 
almost a repetition of the other half, is shown diagrammatically in Fig. 110. 

Vessel No. 28.—A compartment vessel originally consisting of a square com- 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 457 


ae eee 

1 =) 

i 

{BRS Oo Mpa R a GaUTOTS { 
re 2 HoOoUood oo 

Soot HOLS” qqnsans’, J TpToDoDoOoS ; 

BOE 'G0% Hovoe ons Oo \ 

99 ge 03 gaem |} 

WWSo8 22 = : 

ogee |: 

ogee i 

Beret | s 

EE 

ppb? ?al ' 

ceoae, ' 

Sea3%)/ | 

Bac op0d, ' 


Fic. 110.—Vessel No. 26. Decoration. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Half size.) 


Fic. 111.—Vessel No. 28. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (About three-fourths size.) 


partment with round ones on three sides. One 


mil of these, missing when the vessel was found, 


S\\ A) 
\\ 


(a9 has been restored (Fig. 111). 
Vessel No. 29.—This diminutive, imperfor- 


ee 
ate vessel, with semi-globular body and upright 
neck slightly expanding, having small holes on 
opposite sides for suspension, is but 2.2 inches 
in height (Fig. 112). The incised decoration, 
shown diagrammatically in Fig, 115, evidently 
represents two eyes and a nose on one side and 
probably hair on the other. The decoration 
around the neck of the vessel is not so readily 
determined. 

Vessel No. 52.—An imperforate vessel of 


Fria. 112.—Vessel No. 29. Mound near Chipola 


Cutoff. (Full size) about two quarts’ capacity, notched around the 


58 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


458 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 


Fic. 113.—Vessel No. 29. Decoration. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Full size.) 


Fre 114.—Vessel No. 32. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (About three-fourths size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 459 


rim, which has, in addition, four upright protuberances, probably rudimentary 
animal heads (Fig. 114). 

Vessel No. 55.—This vessel has notches around the rim and an incised decora- 
tion of animal paws and partly interlocked serolls below (Fig. 115). 

Vessel No. 34.—A bowl with incised decoration shown in Fig. 116. 

Vessel No. 35.—This vessel, with rather rudely incised decoration, is shown in 
Biesslaliie 

Vessel No. 36.—An imperforate bowl of polished, black ware, with a small 
bird-head at one side and the conventional tail at the other (Fig. 118). The incised 
decoration is shown diagrammatically in Fig. 119. 

Vessel No. 37.—A broad-mouthed, imperforate water-bottle of dark ware seem- 


Fig. 115.—Vessel No. 33. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (About five-sixths size.) 


460 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 


Fra. 116.—Vessel No. 34. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (About two-thirds size.) 


Fig. 117.—Vessel No. 35. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (About two-thirds size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 461 


Fie. 118.—Vessel No. 36. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Full size.) 


Fic. 119.—Vessel No. 36. Decoration. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Not exactly on scale. 


462 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 


ingly tempered with pounded shell, in every way resembling a type found much 
farther to the westward. 

Vessel No. 38.—A vessel of heavy ware, lenticular in section, undecorated save 
for one encircling, incised line below the rim. 

Vessel No. 41.—A pot with complicated stamp-decoration (Fig. 120). 

Vessel No. 42.—A small bowl with a complicated stamp faintly impressed. 

Vessel No. 47.—A jar with a complicated stamp-decoration around the neck. 

Vessel No. 49.—A vessel with incised decoration of a pattern frequently 
encountered in this mound (Fig. 121). 


Fra. 120.—Vessel No. 41. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Five-sixths size.) 


Among the masses of fragments in the margin of the mound were many large 
portions of bowls, four of which are shown in Figs. 122, 123, 124, 125. 

In Fig. 126 is shown part of a bowl with the head of a fish in profile. 

In Fig. 127 is shown a part of a vessel with the neck divided into two parts 
before joining the body, a type not met with by us before in Florida, but well-known 
elsewhere, including Missouri, Tennessee and Peru. 

Many loop-shaped handles were present in the mound and a considerable num- 
ber of handles representing heads of quadrupeds and of birds. A selection of these 
is shown in Fig. 128. 

Three stopper-shaped objects of earthenware came from this mound, one with a 
central depression in the top, and an encircling line of impressions made by a tri- 
angular point, around the margin (Fig. 129). 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 46 


Oo 


Fie. 121.—Vessel No. 49. Mound near Chipola Cut-off, (Five-sixths size.) 


Fig. 122.—Sherd. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Half size.) 


464 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 


Fie. 123.—Sherd. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Half size.) 


Fic. 125.—Sherd. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Half size.) 


Fie. 124.—Sherd. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. 
(One-third size.) 


Fra. 126.—Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Full size.) Fic. 127.Sherd. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Full size.) 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER 465 


Fic, 128.—Handles of earthenware vessels. Mound near Chipola Cut-off. (Full size.) 


59 JOURN. A. N. S. PHILA., VOL. XII. 


466 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 


This mound was distinctly a post-Columbian one. Glass came from below the 
base, and brass was met with in it in three different places. Presumably, previous 
diggers had removed other objects of European provenance. The reader is urged 
to contrast this mound with that near 
the great shell-heap on Crystal river, 
described in the paper preceding this, 
where, among hundreds of objects, noth- 
ing indicating a European origin was 
found. In that mound the copper found 
was native copper, which, by analysis, 


=—_— 


We np EE: 7 ty e Of Sy Ua \ 
A it Wn Mf ED Har a} : i 
“AN by I wil “i i uly yy ah, y ils \ (| 
\ 


Xs NER a Vy ill mp mifi ) 


can readily be distinguished from the 
impure results of the smelting processes 
formerly in vogue in Europe, by which 
copper was recovered from arsenical, sul- 
phide ores. Much of the so-called sheet- 
copper traded with aborigines by Euro- 
Z,, peans is in reality brass. If any re- 
By poussé or open-work designs, such as are 
found on native copper in many of the 
FIG. 129.—Stopper-shaped object of earthenware. Mound larger mounds which contain no objects 
near Chipola Cut-off. (Full size.) 4 
admittedly of European provenance, have 
been found on either sheet-brass or on sheet-copper of the impure kind furnished 
by Europeans, it has eluded our most careful inquiries. 


SS 
\\\\ 
WX 


\ 


it 
WALLA 


. 
Beis) 


Mounp NEAR EstirrANULGA, APALACHICOLA River, Liserty County. 


This mound, in pine woods, about one mile in a NE. direction from Estiffa- 
nulga, on property of Hon. Thomas Johnson, resident near that place, had been 
dug into in but a very superficial way prior to our visit. Its height was 3 feet; its 
basal diameter, 38 feet. The mound, composed of yellow, clayey sand, was totally 
demolished by us, with the exception of small portions around certain trees. 

Human remains were met with but once, 4 feet down, in the center of the 
mound, in white sand with intermingling of bits of charcoal. The burial consisted 
of decaying remnants of a lower jaw, two femurs, one tibia. 

In the southwestern slope was a rather graceful, spheroidal vessel of fairly 
good ware, undecorated, with a thickening of rim which projects slightly outward. 
The usual basal perforation is present. 

In the eastern margin was a bowl with perforate base, bearing a small check- 
stamp. 

There were several fragments of undecorated vessels and undecorated vessels 
in fragments, about the mound, also one sherd with a complicated stamp-decoration. 

Separately, here and there in the mound, were three graceful “celts” of various 
rocks, and another “‘celt’”” which, seemingly, had been used to smooth or to polish 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 467 
with, as a surface about .75 of an inch in breadth was present where the cutting 


edge had been. 
Counry. 


what broken, and one large, round pebble 
APALACHICOLA RIVER 


There were also in the mound three arrowheads or knives, of chert, one some 
CALHOUN 


Mounpd NEAR Brountstown 

About one mile in a NE. direction from Blountstown Landing, a short distance 
in from the river, is a mound whose southeastern side, facing the water, is on the 
edge of a terrace along which the river runs in time of flood (see plan, Fig. 130). 


Much of this side of the mound has been eaten away by freshets, leaving it almost 
) 
The sum- 


perpendicular. 
The mound, on property of Mr. George W. I. Landau, of Patterson, N. J 
does not owe its irregularity of shape entirely to the action of the river 
On the plateau are 


b) 
ipreedlani 
mit plateau slopes gently down from the side bordering the water, and has a maxi- 
2 feet more than the opposite side. 


mum height of 19.5 feet, or 2 
the remains of a feast part of which has fallen through decay. The upright 
portion, 5 feet from the ground, is 16 feet in circumference. 

On the side farthest from the water is a small, graded way reaching from the 


rye 


level ground to the summit plateau. 


Phe types 


i iit \= : 
mt Wi Vie 
WY ee 
Yi 


Mr 1, 
as MMi alien 


hy 


}] 


ao \ tt ‘i it 


\ \\ At wi Hi 
A 


Hii 


Ss 
f 


| 


| 


| 


SSN 


== SS 


Mii 


x= 
SSS = 
—S 


| 


Scalein feet 
20° 3o «oO 


i HRC Ht lu 
Hi Hl MTT) i W/O ili HINT 01 


Mii 


SS 

Ton Mu 
HA | mln nt et 

ENO NOT WV MT 
ul hal HH 

Fra. 130.—Plan of mound near Blountstown 


ih 


cal 


Ln, 
ui smi Mein 
i Thi earn mit 


senimi nn EAT MTA CTY 


468 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 


When our representative located this mound, previous to our visit, through 
some error the name of the rightful owner was not obtained, and, at the time of 
our visit, on account of the owner, in his absence, having a watchful representative 
on the spot, we were unable to investigate. Full permission to dig reached us after 
our departure. However, the mound was doubtless domiciliary, as indicated by its 
shape and by the section laid bare by the river, which showed neither bone nor 
artifact. 


Mounp 1n Davis’ Fretp, APALACHICOLA River, CALHOUN CouNTY. 


About one mile in a northeasterly direction from Blountstown is Davis’ Field, 
long under cultivation in time gone by, but now covered with a sprinkling of pine 
and other trees, on property of Hon. F. M. Yon, of Blountstown. 

The mound, which had been much ploughed over and considerably spread, bore 
trace of but little previous digging. Its height was 4.5 feet; its basal diameter, 
considerable of which, however, was due to former cultivation, was 70 feet. 

Fourteen trenches were dug inward by us from the margin of the mound, as 
found by us, until the original margin, presumably, was reached, when what re- 
mained of the mound, with a diameter of about 50 feet, was completely dug down, 
with the exception of small parts around several large pine trees. 

The mound, circular in outline, was made of clay having a small admixture of 
sand, with here and there, small layers and pockets where clayey sand predomi- 
nated. Throughout, at various points, were more or less charcoal and several fire- 
places of considerable size. In the northern part of the mound, extending inward 
ten feet along-the base, with a maximum width of 6 feet and a maximum height of 
3 feet, was a mass of fire-hardened clay, red from the effect of heat. Curiously 
enough, while, here and there, a bit of charcoal lay near this mass, the amount 
present seemed disproportionately small considering the extent and duration of fire 
necessary to produce such an effect. 

The burials in this mound, which were hardly of more consistency than would 
be damp sawdust compressed, were met with in twenty-six places. Many of these 
were found on or near a central space showing marks of fire, and probably be- 
longed to a general interment made at the same time. We shall refer to this mat- 
ter, later. 

The first burial, a few small bits of bone, was met with in the eastern part of 
the mound at what probably was the original margin. This burial lay near a de- 
posit of earthenware but may have had no connection with it. 

The next burial, fragments of a femur, lay in the NW. part of the mound, 
much farther in than the first burial. After this, burials consisting of the bunch, 
single skulls, fragments of long-bones, etc., continued to be met with until well in 
toward the center of the mound, after which flexed skeletons alone were found, be- 
einning with Burial No. 15. Several lay in shallow pits below the base of the 
mound. 

With no burial was an artifact immediately associated, with the exception of a 


CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 469 


shell drinking-cup found with the skeleton of a child, Certain sheets of mica, one 
with a small circular hole in the center, were found near earthenware vessels, and 
were probably put into the mound ceremonially, as were the vessels. 

Toward the center of the mound, somewhat above the base, was an area per- 
haps about twelve feet square, consisting of masses of charcoal, over and under 
burials, and in one place bark seemingly with no mark of fire, two thicknesses in 
one place, three, in another. This layer of bark, 40 inches long and about 2 feet 
wide, had at one end, at right angles to it, the remains of a log about 6 inches in 
diameter and about 3 feet in length. Both bark and log were little more than dust. 
This bark layer lay above a skeleton. The burials under charcoal and under bark 
were not contiguous, but being on the same plane and near each other, it is prob- 
able this area, with its flexed burials, was created at one time and served as a 
nucleus for the mound. 


Fic. 131.—Vessel No. 1. Mound in Davis’ Field. (About three-quarters size.) 


470 CERTAIN ABORIGINAL MOUNDS, APALACHICOLA RIVER. 


Vessel No. 1.—Almost due east, probably where the original margin of the 
mound was, lay a vessel in fragments, with traces of red pigment, inside and out, 
and a space where a bird-head handle had been (Fig. 131). In the base is a circu- 
lar hole made before the baking of the clay and, in the body of the vessel, are open- 


Fic. 132.—Vessel No. 1. Decoration. Mound in Davis’ Field. (Half size.) 


ings made at the same time. In Fig. 152 is shown diagrammatically the incised 
and punctate decoration on the wings and on the tail, that on each wing to the left, 
on the tail to the right. Here we have a ceremonial vessel such as was frequently 
met with by us along the northwest coast of 
Florida between St. Andrew’s bay and the 
Warrior river (see outline map). 

Vessel No. 2.—Near Vessel No. 1 lay a 
mass of fragments, a mixture of sherds and 
parts of vessels, also several undecorated vessels 
badly crushed. Several feet on either side of 
this deposit were parts of vessels or possibly 
whole ones which had been broken and scat- 
tered. Certain fragments from this material, 
cemented together, with slight restoration at 
places, are shown in Fig. 153. With these frag- 
ments was a small, earthenware head of an owl 
which, like the vessel, which is colored with red 
pigment inside and out, bore traces of crimson 
paint. We have tried in vain to find a connec- 
tion between the head and the vessel. This 
vessel belongs strictly to the ceremonial class, 
having body perforations and a basal hole, 


Fic. 133.—Vessel No. 2. Mound in Davis’ Field. made before the clay was ‘ f